Bibliografia
Lingüística general

La lingüística i l’estudi del llenguatge

Manuals de lingüística

✓ Akmajian, A., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (1984). ¿Qué es la lingüística? (V. Demonte i M. Mora, Trad.). A Lingüística: una introducción al lenguaje y a la comunicación (p. 23–28). Alianza. (Obra original publicada el 1979)

✓ Akmajian, A., Farmer, A. K., Bickmore, L., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (2017). What is linguistics? A Linguistics: An introduction to language and communication (7a ed., p. 5–12). The MIT Press.

✓ Casado, C. i Escandell, M. V. (2011). El lenguaje y las lenguas. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), Invitación a la lingüística (p. 1–52). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

Cavallaro, J. (2024). A language is a language, right? A Everyday linguistics: An introduction to the study of language (p. 8–27). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429269059

Cruz-Ferreira, M. i Abraham, S. A. (2011). Language and linguistics. A The language of language: A linguistics course for starters (3a ed., p. 1–24). https://www.beingmultilingual.com/Books.html

Díaz-Campos, M., Geeslin, K. L. i Gurzynski-Weiss, L. (2018). Comunicación animal y lenguaje humano. A Introducción y aplicaciones contextualizadas a la lingüística hispánica (p. 1–26). John Wiley & Sons.

✓ Escandell, M. V. (2009). El lenguaje y la naturaleza humana. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), El lenguaje humano (p. 1–36). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

Escandell, M. V. (2009). La lingüística como ciencia. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), El lenguaje humano (p. 37–62). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Escandell, M. V. (2014). El lenguaje y la lingüística. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), Claves del lenguaje humano (p. 1–37). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Escandell, M. V. i Marrero, V. (2011). La lingüística y sus fundamentos. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), Invitación a la lingüística (p. 53–85). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Fasold, R. W. i Connor-Linton, J. (2014). Introduction. A R. W. Fasold i J. Connor-Linton (Ed.), An introduction to language and linguistics (2a ed., p. 14). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107707511.001

✓ Finegan, E. (2015). Languages and linguistics. A Language: Its structure and use (7a ed., p. 1–30). Cengage Learning.

✓ Fromkin, V., Rodman, R. i Hyams, N. (2017). What is language? A An introduction to language (11a ed., p. 32). Cengage Learning.

Genetti, C. (2019). Introduction: Language, languages, and linguistics. A C. Genetti (Ed.), How languages work: An introduction to language and linguistics (2a ed., p. 3–25). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108553988.002

McGregor, W. B. (2024). Unity and diversity in language structure. A Linguistics: An introduction (3a ed., p. 359–386). Bloomsbury Academic. https://www.bloomsburyonlineresources.com/linguistics-an-introduction-3/student-resources_chapter-15

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2000). El objeto de investigación I: características del lenguaje humano. A Curso universitario de lingüística general: Vol. 1. Teoría de la gramática y sintaxis general (2a ed. rev. i ampl., p. 39–48). Síntesis.

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2000). El objeto de investigación II: tipo, lengua, norma y habla. Competencia y actuación. A Curso universitario de lingüística general: Vol. 1. Teoría de la gramática y sintaxis general (2a ed. rev. i ampl., p. 49–58). Síntesis.

✓ Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2016). Una sola especie humana y una sola especie lingüística. A La dignidad e igualdad de las lenguas: crítica de la discriminación lingüística (2a ed., p. 240). Alianza.

Muñoz-Basols, J., Moreno, N., Taboada, I. i Lacorte, M. (2017). Conceptos fundamentales: lenguaje, lengua y lingüística. A Introducción a la lingüística hispánica actual: teoría y práctica (p. 14–64). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203096758

✓ O’Grady, W. (2011). Language: A preview. A W. O’Grady, J. Archibald i F. Katamba (Ed.), Contemporary linguistics: An introduction (2a ed., p. 1–15). Pearson Longman.

✓ O’Grady, W. (2017). Language: A preview. A W. O’Grady, J. Archibald, M. Aronoff i J. Rees-Miller (Ed.), Contemporary linguistics: An introduction (7a ed., p. 1–15). Bedford/St. Martin’s, Macmillan Learning.

✓ O’Grady, W. (2021). Language: A preview. A W. O’Grady i J. Archibald (Ed.), Contemporary linguistic analysis: An introduction (9a ed., p. 1–13). Pearson.

Olarrea, A. (2010). La lingüística: ciencia cognitiva. A J. I. Hualde, A. Olarrea, A. M. Escobar i C. E. Travis, Introducción a la lingüística hispánica (2a ed., p. 44). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511808821.002

Tuson, J. (1999). Les llengües del món: diversitat i unitat. A Introducció al llenguatge (p. 61–98). Edicions de la Universitat Oberta de Catalunya.

Tuson, J. (2003). Las lenguas del mundo: diversidad y unidad. A Introducción al lenguaje (p. 64–106). Editorial UOC. (Obra original publicada el 1999)

Viaplana, J. (2000). La llengua, realitat estructurada. A Lingüística descriptiva: una introducció aplicada al català (p. 22–34). Edicions 62.

Winkler, E. G. i Stickle, T. (2024). What every native speaker secretly understands. A Understanding language: A basic course in linguistics (3a ed., p. 3–28). Bloomsbury Academic. https://www.bloomsburyonlineresources.com/understanding-language-3/chapter-1

Treballs generals

Argenter, J. A. (1983). La unitat de la ciència lingüística. Estudis Universitaris Catalans [Miscel·lània Aramon i Serra, III], 25, 5–29.

Argenter, J. A. (1983). La lingüística i la construcció de la teoria del llenguatge. (ciència), 25, 30–35. https://revistes.iec.cat/index.php/ciencia2/article/view/123565

Argenter, J. A. (1984). La unitat de la ciència lingüística. A De poètica i lingüística (p. 145–174). EUMO; Edipoies. (Obra original publicada el 1983)

Argenter, J. A. (1984). La lingüística i la construcció de la teoria del llenguatge. A De poètica i lingüística (p. 175–186). EUMO; Edipoies. (Obra original publicada el 1983)

✓ Balari, S. (2019). Lingüística: la ciència del llenguatge. ReGroc. Revista de Gramática Orientada a las Competencias, 2(1), 42. https://doi.org/10.5565/rev/regroc.41

✓ Barceló Coblijn, L. (2009). El llenguatge, prova de la unitat de l’espècie. Pissarra, 133, 29–31. https://core.ac.uk/reader/159169135

Bartra, A. (1987). La gramàtica generativa com a teoria de la capacitat humana del llenguatge. Límits. Revista d’assaig i d’informació sobre les Ciències del Llenguatge, 3, 44–66.

Chomsky, N. (1971). Preliminares metodológicos (C. P. Otero, Trad.). A Aspectos de la teoría de la sintaxis (p. 5–60). Aguilar. (Obra original publicada el 1965)

Chomsky, N. (1977). La naturaleza formal del lenguaje (J. Ferraté i S. Oliva, Trad.). A El lenguaje y el entendimiento (Ed. ampl., p. 195–266). Seix Barral. (Obra original publicada el 1972)

Chomsky, N. (1980). On the biological basis of language capacities. A Rules and representations (p. 185–216). Columbia University Press. https://archive.org/details/rulesrepresentat0000chom

Chomsky, N. (1983). Sobre la base biológica de las capacidades lingüísticas (S. A. Bastien, Trad.). A Reglas y representaciones (p. 199–228). Fondo de Cultura Económica. (Obra original publicada el 1980)

Chomsky, N. (1986). Sobre les bases biològiques de les capacitats lingüístiques (J. A. Argente, Trad.). A Regles i representacions (p. 203–233). Empúries. (Obra original publicada el 1980)

Chomsky, N. (2006). The formal nature of language. A Language and mind (3a ed., p. 102–142). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511791222.008

Chomsky, N. (2015). Methodological preliminaries. A Aspects of the theory of syntax: 50^th anniversary edition (p. 1–65). The MIT Press. (Obra original publicada el 1965)

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2014). ¿Qué es el lenguaje? A M. Mendizabal (Ed.), Hizkuntzen Berdintasun Komunikatiboa: Mitoa ala Errealitatea? (p. 59–106). Utriusque Vasconiae. https://www.academia.edu/7300273/_QUÉ_ES_EL_LENGUAJE

Rigau, G. (1989). Per què els lingüistes necessiten una teoria del llenguatge? Revista de Catalunya, 34, 124.

Sapir, E. (1921). Introductory: Language defined. A Language: An introduction to the study of speech (p. 1–23). Harcourt, Brace and Company. https://archive.org/details/languageintroduc0000unse

Sapir, E. (1954). Introducción: definición del lenguaje (M. Alatorre i A. Alatorre, Trad.). A El lenguaje: introducción al estudio del habla (p. 9–31). Fondo de Cultura Económica. (Obra original publicada el 1921)

Sapir, E. (1985). Preliminar: definició de llenguatge (H. Curell, Trad.). A El llenguatge: introducció a l’estudi de la parla (p. 9–26). Empúries. (Obra original publicada el 1921)

Sapir, E. (2014). Introductory: Language defined. A Language: An introduction to the study of speech (p. 1–23). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139629430.002 (Obra original publicada el 1921)

Smith, N. i Wilson, D. (1979). Knowledge of language. A Modern linguistics: The results of Chomsky’s revolution (p. 32–49). Penguin Books; Indiana University Press. https://archive.org/details/modernlinguistic0000smit

Smith, N. i Wilson, D. (1983). Conocimiento de la lengua (R. Pochtar, Trad.). A La lingüística moderna: los resultados de la revolución de Chomsky (p. 29–44). Anagrama. (Obra original publicada el 1979)

Competència, actuació, gramaticalitat, acceptabilitat i correcció

✓ Bosque, I. i Gutiérrez-Rexach, J. (2009). Juicios sobre los datos sintácticos: el concepto de ‘gramaticalidad’ y nociones conexas. A Fundamentos de sintaxis formal (p. 28–46). Akal. https://archive.org/details/fundamentosdesin0000bosq

Chomsky, N. (1971). Preliminares metodológicos (C. P. Otero, Trad.). A Aspectos de la teoría de la sintaxis (p. 5–60). Aguilar. (Obra original publicada el 1965)

Chomsky, N. (2015). Methodological preliminaries. A Aspects of the theory of syntax: 50^th anniversary edition (p. 1–65). The MIT Press. (Obra original publicada el 1965)

Martínez, A. i Monteserin, A. (2019). Gramaticalidad, corrección y adecuación en el aula de lengua: observaciones desde la gramática generativa. Quintú Quimün. Revista de Lingüística, 3, Article Q022. https://revele.uncoma.edu.ar/index.php/lingustica/article/view/2452

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2000). Adecuación, explicación y argumentación en gramática. A Curso universitario de lingüística general: Vol. 1. Teoría de la gramática y sintaxis general (2a ed. rev. i ampl., p. 59–82). Síntesis.

Muñoz Pérez, C. (2014). Una nota acerca del uso de juicios en teoría gramatical. Signo y Seña, 26, 107–120. http://revistascientificas.filo.uba.ar/index.php/sys/article/view/3112

Schütze, C. T. (2019). The empirical base of linguistics: Grammaticality judgments and linguistic methodology. Language Science Press. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.3362734 (Obra original publicada el 1996)

Preface (1996); Acknowledgements (1996); 1.– Introduction; 2.– Definitions and historical background; 3.– Judging grammaticality; 4.– Subject-related factors in grammaticality judgments; 5.– Task-related factors in grammaticality judgments; 6.– Theoretical and methodological implications; 7.– Looking back and looking ahead; References.

Schütze, C. T. i Sprouse, J. (2013). Judgment data. A R. J. Podesva i D. Sharma (Ed.), Research methods in linguistics (p. 27–50). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139013734.004

Prejudicis lingüístics

Arditty, J. i Blanchet, P. (2008). La « mauvaise langue » des « ghettos linguistiques » : la glottophobie française, une xénophobie qui s’ignore. Revue Asylon(s), 4. http://www.reseau-terra.eu/article748.html

Bardají, M. (2022, 22 d’octubre). L’exotisme sota revisió. VilaWeb. https://www.vilaweb.cat/noticies/exotisme-sota-revisio-glidi/

Bauer, L. i Trudgill, P. (Ed.). (1998). Language myths. Penguin Books.

1.– The meaning of words should not be allowed to vary or change (P. Trudgill); 2.– Some languages are not good enough (R. Harlow); 3.– The media are ruining English (J. Aitchison); 4.– French is a logical language (A. Lodge); 5.– English spelling is kattastroffik (E. Carney); 6.– Women talk too much (J. Holmes); 7.– Some languages are harder than others (L.-G. Andersson); 8.– Children can’t speak or write properly any more (J. Milroy); 9.– In the Appalachians they speak like Shakespeare (M. Montgomery); 10.– Some languages have no grammar (W. Bauer); 11.– Italian is beautiful, German is ugly (H. Giles and N. Niedzielski); 12.– Bad grammar is slovenly (L. Milroy); 13.– Black children are verbally deprived (W. Wolfram); 14.– Double negatives are illogical (J. Cheshire); 15.– TV makes people sound the same (J. K. Chambers); 16.– You shouldn’t say ‘It is me’ because ‘me’ is accusative (L. Bauer); 17.– They speak really bad English down South and in New York City (D. R. Preston); 18.– Some languages are spoken more quickly than others (P. Roach); 19.– Aborigines speak a primitive language (N. Evans); 20.– Everyone has an accent except me (J. H. Esling); 21.– America is ruining the English language (J. Algeo).

Bernárdez, E. (2004). ¿Qué son las lenguas? (Nova ed.). Alianza.

Introducción: Qué es y no es ese libro; 1.– ¿Cuántas lenguas hay?; 2.– De lenguas, dialectos, idiomas, hablas, jergas; 3.– ¿Por qué hay tantas lenguas (o: tan pocas)?; 4.– ¿Qué sucede con las lenguas al pasar el tiempo? ¿Hay lenguas en peligro?; 5.– ¿Hay lenguas mejores y peores, más o menos primitivas, más o menos perfectas, más o menos puras?; 6.– Los piyin y los criollos; 7.– ¿Cómo y por qué aparece el lenguaje?; 8.– ¿Por qué cambian las lenguas?; 9.– ¿Para qué sirve el lenguaje?; 10.– La vida de las lenguas y su variedad; 11.– Lenguaje y cerebro; Apéndice A.– Historia brevísima de la lingüística contemporánea; Apéndice B.– Las lenguas más habladas; Apéndice C.– ¿Una lengua complicada?; Apéndice D.– Lenguas y lingüística en Internet. Nota para iniciar el viaje; Miniglosario.

Blanchet, P. (2013). Repères terminologiques et conceptuels pour identifier les discriminations linguistiques. Cahiers Internationaux de Sociolinguistique, 4(2), 29–39. https://doi.org/10.3917/cisl.1302.0029

Blanchet, P. (2010). Postface en forme de coup de gueule : pour une didactique de l’hétérogénéité linguistique – contre l’idéologie de l’enseignement normatif et ses discriminations glottophobes. Cahiers de Linguistique, 35(2), 165–183. https://lairedu.fr/wp-content/uploads/2016/04/postfaceblanchetrfsfeussi.pdf

Blanchet, P. (2019). Discriminations: combattre la glottophobie (2a ed.). Lambert-Lucas.

Préface de la deuxième édition; Lutte contre la glottophobie : en progrès, peut mieux faire; Introduction : Les pratiques linguistiques, un domaine de discrimination largement ignoré; Première partie : Voir les choses autrement… : 1.– Les pratiques linguistiques sont des pratiques sociales; 2.– Les langues sont des moyens et des enjeux de domination et de pouvoir; 3.– Pratiques spontanées et normes prescrites; 4.– Les discriminations linguistiques sont des discriminations; 5.– Glottophobie : un terme pour insister sur les dimensions humaines et sociales des discriminations linguistiques; 6.– Le cercle vicieux de la minoration et de la majoration sociolinguistique, ou le trio infernal glottophobie, glottophilie, glottomanie; 7.– L’hégémonie impose la croyance dans une idéologie; 8.– Diversité linguistique et communication; 9.– La communication linguistique et le mythe de la maîtrise de la langue commune; Deuxième partie : Comment s’est déployée et se maintient la glottophobie ? : 10– Les rôles des agents et des instances glottopolitiques dans la diffusion de la glottophobie; 11.– Désocialisation et déshumanisation des « langues » : la responsabilité des grammairiens et des linguistes; 12.– Contrôle linguistique et contrôle social; 13.– Standardisation, diglossie et insécurité linguistique; 14.– Enseignement, insécurité linguistique et glottophobie; 15.– L’élaboration des langues standard comme procédé d’exclusion sociopolitique; 16.– Quand les dominés veulent devenir dominants à la place des dominants; Troisième partie : La glottophobie en pratique : étude d’exemples : 17.– Discours et comportements glottophobes; 18.– Exemples de glottophobie institutionnelle; 19.– Exemples de glottophobie institutionnelle et individuelle; 20.– Exemples de glottophobie individuelle; Quatrième partie : Des pistes et des principes pour combattre la glottophobie : 21.– Réaffirmer le caractère profondément humain, social et culturel des « langues »; 22.– Demande sociale et mise en œuvre d’une glottopolitique autogestionnaire de la pluralité; 23.– Repenser l’éducation linguistique et les aspects linguistiques de l’éducation; 24.– Commencer par une pratique personnelle consciente et vigilante; 25.– Réinsérer la question linguistique dans un projet de société.

Calvo, A. i Castillo, J. (2016). Sobre el atractivo social atribuido a las variantes regionales del español: mitos lingüísticos. Revista de Filología y Lingüística de la Universidad de Costa Rica, 42(1), 89–103. https://doi.org/10.15517/RFL.V42I1.25460

Charity Hudley, A. H., Mallinson, C. i Bucholtz, M. (Ed.). (2024). Decolonizing linguistics. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780197755259.001.0001

Introduction: Decolonizing linguistics (A. H. Charity Hudley, I. L. Montoya, C. Mallinson, M. Bucholtz); I.– Decolonizing linguistics and the academy: 1.– Manifestations of colonialism in linguistics and opportunities for decolonization through refusal (I. L. Montoya); 2.– Racialization, language science, and nineteenth-century anthropometrics (M. Thomas); 3.– The colonial geography of linguistics: A view from the Caribbean (B. Braithwaite, K. Ali); 4.– We like the idea of you but not the reality of you: The whole scholar as disruptor of default colonial practices in linguistics (N. Fuller Medina); 5.– Apolitical linguistics doesn’t exist, and it shouldn’t: Developing a black feminist praxis toward political transparency (A. Moreno Clemons); 6.– Unpacking experiences of racism in European applied linguistics (K. Khan); 7.– Centering race and multilingualism in French linguistics (M. A. Smith); 8.– Decolonizing (psycho)linguistics means dropping the language gap rhetoric (M. Figueroa); II.– Decolonizing methods of teaching and research: 9.– From gatekeeping to inclusion in the introductory linguistics curriculum: Decolonizing our teaching, our psyches, our institutions, and our field (L. Arnold); 10.– Decolonizing historical linguistics in the classroom and beyond (C. Bowern, R. Dockum); 11.– Towards a decolonial syntax: Research, teaching, publishing (H. Gibson, K. Jerro, S. Namboodiripad, K. Riedel); 12.– Decolonising methodologies through collaboration: Reflections on partnerships and funding flows from working between the South and the North (R. Chetty, H. Gibson, C. Reilly); 13.– Open methods: Decolonizing (or not) research methods in linguistics (D. Villarreal, L. Collister); 14.– Revitalizing attitudes toward creole languages (A. Bancu, J. P. G. Peltier, F. Bisnath, D. Burgess, S. Eakins, W. D. Wong Gonzales, M. Saltzman, Y. Sedarous, A. Stevers, M. Baptista); III.– Decolonizing research by centering community and activism: 15.– Solidarity and collectivity in decolonizing linguistics: A black diasporic perspective (A. H. Charity Hudley, C. Mallinson, Ka. Monét Martin, A. Moreno Clemons, L. J. Randolph Jr., M. Bucholtz, K. Calhoun, S. Hankerson, J. P. G. Peltier, J. A. Thomas, D. Lacy McQuitty, K. Seidel); 16.– Growing a bigger linguistics through a Zapotec agenda: The Ticha project (M. H. Plumb, A. Dubcovsky, M. García Guzmán, B. D. Lillehaugen, F. H. Lopez); 17.– Decolonizing creolistics through popular culture: The case of dancehall (R. V. Lydner); 18.– Prioritizing community partners’ goals in projects to support indigenous language revitalization (K. J. Riestenberg, A. Freemond, B. D. Lillehaugen, Jonathan N. Washington); 19.– Promoting decolonized classrooms through an introductory linguistics course for future teachers in Alaska (È. Ryan, M. Ford, G. Wilde); 20.– An interdisciplinary approach to language activism from community colleges: Linguistics meets communication studies (C. de Cuba, P. Slocum, L. Spinu); Conclusion: Decolonizing linguistics (A. H. Charity Hudley, I. L. Montoya, C. Mallinson, M. Bucholtz).

Comellas, P. (2006). Contra l’imperialisme lingüístic: a favor de la linguodiversitat. La Campana.

1.– La creixent desaparició de diversitat lingüística; 2.– Les llengües, un bé cultural; 3.– Les llengües com a objecte, instrument i font de coneixement científic i de producció tecnològica; 4.– La diversitat lingüística, garantia de la diversitat del pensament: llengües i visió del món; 5.– Les llengües també són poesia; 6.– Llengües i espècies: l’ecologisme lingüístic; 7.– Diferents llengües, diferents identitats; 8.– El mal de llengua; 9.– Són cares de mantenir, les llengües?; 10.– Conclusions.

Gasquet-Cyrus, M. (2022, 22 de juny). glottophobie. Le Robert. https://dictionnaire.lerobert.com/dis-moi-robert/raconte-moi-robert/mot-jour/glottophobie.html

Kaplan, A. (2016). Women talk more than men… And other myths about language explained. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781316027141

1.– Introduction; I.– …But is it language?: 2.– ‘A dialect is a collection of mistakes’; 3.– ‘Sign language is skilled charades’; 4.– ‘Chimpanzees can talk to us’; II.– Language learning: 5.– ‘Children have to be taught language’; 6.– ‘Adults can’t learn a new language’; 7.– ‘Being bilingual makes you smarter (or dumber)’; III.– Language in use: 8.– ‘Women talk more than men’; 9.– ‘Texting makes you illiterate’; 10.– ‘The most beautiful language is French’; 11.– ‘My language limits my thoughts’; Appendix A.– Statistics brief reference.

López García, Á. (2005). La visió del món de l’altre: llengües «primitives» i categories conceptuals. A A. Lluís i G. Dalla-Corte (Ed.), Llengües ameríndies: polítiques de promoció i pervivència. Actes del III Fòrum Amer&Cat de les Llengües Ameríndies / Lenguas amerindias: políticas de promoción y pervivencia. Actas del III Fórum Amer&Cat de las Lenguas Amerindias (p. 177–187). Casa Amèrica Catalunya.

Méndez Santos, M. del C. (2024). No me gusta cómo hablas (o más bien no me gustas tú): crítica de la discriminación lingüística. {Pie de Página}.

Presentación; Introducción; 1.– La cigüeña de París; 2.– Poderoso caballero; 3.– No me gustas; 4.– Objeto hablador no identificado; 5.– ¿Vas a ir (hablando) así por la calle?; 6.– No te quiero ver ni en pintura; 7.– Señora, suélteme el brazo; 8.– ¿Sabes lo que estás haciendo?; 9.– ¿A qué suenas? A raro, raro, raro… que diría Papuchi; 10.– ¿Ser de pueblo o no ser?; 11.– Te lo juro por Snoopy; 12.– Tu voz no me suena; 13.– La tengo más grande; 14.– Mesetarians; 15.– Muerte del gatito del Parlamento español; 16.– Las lenguas las mata el estado; Epílogo; Glosario; Índice de términos citados; Bibliografía.

Méndez Santos, M. del C. [Zaragoza Lingüística - Grupo Psylex]. (2024, 25 de setembre). ¿Vas a ir hablando así por la calle?: crítica de la discriminación lingüística - María Méndez Santos [Vídeo]. YouTube. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=huJORVCicRg

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (1999). Nombre, verbo y etnocentrismo lingüístico. A Homenatge a Jesús Tuson (p. 232–244). Empúries. https://www.academia.edu/3205359/32_Nombre_Verbo_y_Etnocentrismo_Lingü%C3%ADstico_en_Homenatge_a_Jesús_Tuson_Barcelona_Empúries_1999_páginas_232_244

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2001). Asombróse un portugués… Prejuicios lingüísticos y educación. Textos de Didáctica de la Lengua y la Literatura, 26, 9–16.

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2002). La diversitat lingüística mundial a l’era de la globalització. A Llengua i immigració: diversitat lingüística i aprenentatge de llengües (p. 1–53). Generalitat de Catalunya, Departament de Benestar i Família. https://dixit.gencat.cat/web/.content/home/04recursos/02publicacions/02publicacions_de_bsf/05_immigracio/llengua_immigracio_ensenyament_catala/llengua_immigracio_ensenyament_catala.pdf

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2006). De Babel a Pentecostés: manifiesto plurilingüista. Horsori.

De Babel a Pentecostés. Manifiesto plurilingüista; Introducción: del castigo de Babel al premio de Pentecostés; 1.– Babel, la «confusión» de las lenguas y la comunicación; 2.– Aprenderás las lenguas con el sudor de tu rostro; 3.– La deconstrucción de Babel: monolingüismo y oligoglosia; 4.– El milagro de Pentecostés y el sesquilingüismo cooperativo; Texto; Glosario; Anexo I.– Los dos primeros artículos de la Constitución Europea en las lenguas oficiales; Anexo II.– Publicaciones relacionadas del autor; Anexo III.– Ilustraciones.

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2007–2008). Sobre la complejidad y dificultad de las lenguas: el caso del euskera. Revista de lenguas y literaturas catalana, gallega y vasca, 13, 199–216. https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/articulo?codigo=2749227

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2008). La homogeneización lingüística mundial bajo la globalización capitalista. A B. Uranga i M. Maraña (Ed.), El futuro de las lenguas: diversidad frente a uniformidad (p. 29–48). Catarata. https://www.academia.edu/8747696/_La_homogeneización_lingüística_mundial_bajo_la_globalización_capitalista_en_B_Uranga_y_M_Maraña_eds_El_futuro_de_las_lenguas_Diversidad_Frente_a_Uniformidad_Madrid_Catarata_2008_29_48

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2008). El nacionalismo lingüístico: una ideología destructiva. Península.

I.– Lengua y nación: aspectos sociales y lingüísticos: 1.– Introducción; 2.– La evolución natural de las lenguas; 3.– Las lenguas imaginadas: construcción ideológica y lingüística de las lenguas; II.– Nacionalismo lingüístico y discriminación: 1.– Lengua común vulgar y lengua nacional; 2.– La supuesta superioridad intrínseca de la lengua nacional; 3.– El nombre de la lengua nacional; 4.– Lengua nacional, prestigio y discriminación; III.– Nacionalismo lingüístico y colonialismo: 1.– Introducción; 2.– La lengua nacional como compañera del imperio colonial; 3.– Nacionalismo y asimilación cultural de los pueblos «primitivos»; 4.– Colonialismo lingüístico y bilingüismo sustitutivo; 5.– El mantenimiento de la unidad del idioma nacional; IV.– Nacionalismo lingüístico e imperialismo: 1.– El imperialismo lingüístico; 2.– La proyección mundial de la lengua nacional y su número de hablantes; 3.– La enseñanza mundial de la lengua nacional; 4.– La lengua nacional como compañera del imperio económico; 5.– Conclusión; V.– Lingüística y nacionalismo lingüístico: 1.– La lingüística al servicio del nacionalismo lingüístico; 2.– Bases nacionalistas de los conceptos de lengua y dialecto; 3.– Identidad nacional y forma interior del lenguaje; 4.– Conclusión; VI.– Contra el nacionalismo lingüístico; Referencias bibliográficas; Apéndice I.– Las etapas fundamentales del nacionalismo lingüístico en sus textos; Apéndice II.– Autores, entidades y textos citados.

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2010). ¿Tiene base científica la idea de la igualdad de las lenguas? Textos de Didáctica de la Lengua y la Literatura, 54, 671.

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2010). Lengua / nacionalismo en el contexto español. Universidad Autónoma de Madrid.

1.– Nacionalismo y no-nacionalismo; 2.– Breve caracterización del nacionalismo español; 3.– Crítica lingüística del nacionalismo lingüístico español; 4.– El nacionalismo lingüístico español y las lenguas de España; 5.– Las lenguas españolas y el nacionalismo lingüístico español; 6.– Lengua común y lengua propia; 7.– Conclusión; Referencias bibliográficas; Apéndice documental I.– Escrito de la RAE (1978); Apéndice documental II.– Manifiesto por la lengua común (2008).

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2011). Lengua, colonialismo y nacionalismo: antología de artículos (2004–2010). https://www.academia.edu/3214659/Lengua_colonialismo_y_nacionalismo_Antología_de_artículos_2004_2010_

1.– El ocaso de las lenguas indígenas en Sudamérica: el caso de Colombia; 2.– Las lenguas locales en el mundo actual: ¿Pérdida o destrucción de la diversidad lingüística?; 3.– El castellano y las lenguas oficiales del Estado español; 4.– Sobre la igualdad de las lenguas; 5.– El nacionalismo lingüístico español; 6.– Gramáticos y academias. Para una sociología del conocimiento de las lenguas; 7.– La homogeneización lingüística mundial bajo la globalización capitalista; 8.– Bilingüismo e lingua común; 9.– Las lenguas españolas y la Constitución. 30 años de nacionalismo lingüístico (1978–2008); 10.– ¿Tiene base científica la idea de la igualdad de las lenguas?

✓ Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2016). La dignidad e igualdad de las lenguas: crítica de la discriminación lingüística (2a ed.). Alianza.

1.– ¿Qué es la discriminación lingüística?; 2.– Una sola especie humana y una sola especie lingüística; 3.– Las lenguas de señas; 4.– El origen del lenguaje humano; 5.– La esencia de las lenguas; 6.– Lengua natural y lengua cultivada; 7.– Lengua y dialecto; 8.– Mitos sobre la diversidad de las lenguas; 9.– El chovinismo lingüístico; 10.– La excelencia de los tipos lingüísticos; 11.– Lengua, sociedad y mentalidad primitivas; 12.– La increíble lengua de la tribu de los pirahãs; 13.– La facilidad y dificultad de las lenguas; 14.– La irregularidad de las lenguas naturales; 15.– El número de hablantes de las lenguas; 16.– Los idiomas los hace el pueblo; 17.– Lengua escrita y lengua hablada; 18.– Léxico e idioma; 19.– El origen de las lenguas grandes es muy humilde; 20.– Literatura e idioma; 21.– Lenguas en peligro y política lingüística; 22.– Para una lingüística responsable; 23.– Conclusión; Apéndice A.– Cien mitos, prejuicios y tópicos sobre las lenguas; Apéndice B.– Lenguas indoeuropeas en peligro; Apéndice C.– La variedad del inglés en Inglaterra; Apéndice D.– Literatura indígena; Apéndice E.– Extracto de la declaración universal de derechos lingüísticos.

✓ Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2016). Cien mitos, prejuicios y tópicos sobre las lenguas. A La dignidad e igualdad de las lenguas: crítica de la discriminación lingüística (2a ed., p. 273–302). Alianza.

✓ Tuson, J. (2001). Mal de llengües: a l’entorn dels prejudicis lingüístics (24a ed.). Empúries.

1.– Baixa, Galileu!; 2.– Les velles petjades de l’etnolatria; 3.– Els tentacles llunyans d’una educació potinera; 4.– La presumpció (volguda?) de la ignorància; 5.– Les pseudo-raons dels nous civilitzadors; Final: Una nova educació lingüística; una nova educació.

✓ Tuson, J. (1997). Los prejuicios lingüísticos. Octaedro. (Obra original publicada el 1988)

1.– Juicios de hecho, juicios de valor y prejuicios lingüísticos; 2.– Breve historia de los prejuicios lingüísticos; 3.– Primer peldaño: los prejuicios inocentes; 4.– Segundo peldaño: los prejuicios culturales; 5.– Tercer peldaño: los prejuicios geopolíticos; Epílogo: Una nueva educación lingüística; una nueva educación.

Vicente, Á. [Zaragoza Lingüística - Grupo Psylex]. (2023, 19 d’octubre). ¡Con mucho acento! Discriminación versus prestigio lingüístico [Vídeo]. YouTube. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Igpyj7ty3e0

Yaguello, M. (1988). Catalogue des idées reçues sur la langue. Éditions du Seuil. https://archive.org/details/cataloguedesidee0000yagu

Le sentiment de la langue ; Vous qui êtes linguiste ; Entre la nature et la culture ; La planète des langues ; Grandes et petites langues ; Le don des langues ; Le multiple dans l’unique ; Avé l’assen ; Le Neg’ de la Ma’tinique ; Identité linguistique, identité nationale ; L’arbre des langues ; Latinité ; Le génie de la langue ; Au commencement était le verbe ; Moi, j’ai jamais fait de grammaire ! ; La langue maternelle ; C’est pas dans le dictionnaire ; Touche pas à ma langue ; Telle qu’en elle-même en fin l’éternité la change ; La langue de chez nous ; Ce qui n’est pas clair n’est pas français ; Qu’est-ce qu’une langue difficile ? ; Yabon Banania ; Les belles étrangères.

L’accentisme

L’accentisme als mitjans de comunicació i a les xarxes

Alex Scott proud of accent amid criticism from Lord Jones. (2021, 31 de juliol). BBC News. https://www.bbc.com/news/uk-england-london-58040793

Aphatie, J.-M. i Feltin-Palas, M. (2020). J’ai un accent, et alors ? Témoignage et enquête sur une discrimination ignorée. Michel Lafon.

Avanzi, M. (2020, 4 de juliol). Il a un accent, et alors ? Français de nos régions. https://francaisdenosregions.com/2020/07/04/il-a-un-accent-et-alors/

Boisselier, A. (2018, 18 d’octubre). Jean-Luc Mélenchon, député de Marseille, se moque de l’accent d’une journaliste. Le Journal du Dimanche. https://www.lejdd.fr/Politique/jean-luc-melenchon-depute-de-marseille-se-moque-de-laccent-dune-journaliste-3781580

Bote, J. (2022, 22 d’agost). Sanas, the buzzy Bay Area startup that wants to make the world sound whiter. SFGATE. https://www.sfgate.com/news/article/sanas-startup-creates-american-voice-17382771.php

Cole, A. (2021, 7 d’octubre). Working-class and ethnic minority accents in south-east England judged as less intelligent – new research. The Conversation. https://theconversation.com/working-class-and-ethnic-minority-accents-in-south-east-england-judged-as-less-intelligent-new-research-162886

Cole, A. (2022, 14 de setembre). Posh Spice sounds posher, but changing your working-class accent isn’t a ticket out of discrimination. The Conversation. https://theconversation.com/posh-spice-sounds-posher-but-changing-your-working-class-accent-isnt-a-ticket-out-of-discrimination-189401

Grossin, B. (2023, 1 de febrer). Glottophobie : comment le français «sans accent» est devenu la norme. France Culture. https://www.radiofrance.fr/franceculture/glottophobie-comment-le-francais-sans-accent-est-devenu-la-norme-5938148

Hogenboom, M. (2018, 19 de març). How hard is to fake an accent? BBC Future. https://www.bbc.com/future/article/20180315-the-people-who-fake-their-accents

Luu, C. (2017, 23 de maig). Does your accent make you sound smarter? BBC Worklife. https://www.bbc.com/worklife/article/20170523-does-your-accent-make-you-sound-smarter

Navarro, J. (2020, 4 de febrer). Polèmica les xarxes perquè Miquel Montoro no sap parlar bé el castellà. Catalunya Diari. https://catalunyadiari.com/autors/julia-navarro/455

Ortega, R. (2020, 5 de febrer). El nen de ses pilotes. El País. https://elpais.com/cat/2020/02/05/cultura/1580913908_094790.html

Rasool, Z. i Makuve, C. (2022, 16 de maig). ‘You can’t even talk English, so don’t talk!’ How linguistic racism impacts immigrants in the UK. The Conversation. https://theconversation.com/you-cant-even-talk-english-so-dont-talk-how-linguistic-racism-impacts-immigrants-in-the-uk-182173

Ro, C. (2021, 3 de juny). The pervasive problem of ‘linguistic racism’. BBC Worklife. https://www.bbc.com/worklife/article/20210528-the-pervasive-problem-of-linguistic-racism

Ro, C. (2022, 9 de maig). The regional accentism that secretly affects job prospects. BBC Equality matters. https://www.bbc.com/worklife/article/20220505-the-regional-accentism-that-secretly-affects-job-prospects

Sharma, D. (2019, 25 de novembre). British people still think some accents are smarter than others – what that means in the workplace. The Conversation. https://theconversation.com/british-people-still-think-some-accents-are-smarter-than-others-what-that-means-in-the-workplace-126964

Todd, S. (2020, 18 de febrer). Have a strong accent? Here’s how that hurts your paycheck. Quartz at work. https://qz.com/work/1797510/why-workers-with-regional-accents-make-less-money/

Estudis acadèmics sobre l’accentisme

Axer, G. (2019). British accent perceptions and attributions of guilt by native and non-native speakers. Journal of Language and Discrimination, 3(2), 195–217. https://doi.org/10.1558/jld.39970

Carrie, E. (2017). ‘British is professional, American is urban’: Attitudes towards English reference accents in Spain. International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 27(2), 427–447. https://doi.org/10.1111/ijal.12139

Cole, A. (2021). Disambiguating language attitudes held towards sociodemographic groups and geographic areas in South East England. Journal of Linguistic Geography, 9(1), 13–27. https://doi.org/10.1017/jlg.2021.2

Coupland, N. i Bishop, H. (2007). Ideologised values for British accents. Journal of Sociolinguistics, 11(1), 74–93. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9841.2007.00311.x

Deprez-Sims, A.-S. i Morris, S. B. (2010). Accents in the workplace: Their effects during a job interview. International Journal of Psychology, 45(6), 417–426. https://doi.org/10.1080/00207594.2010.499950

Dixon, J. A., Mahoney, B. i Cocks, R. (2002). Accents of guilt? Effects of regional accent, race, and crime type on attributions of guilt. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 21(2), 162–168. https://doi.org/10.1177/02627x02021002004

Du Bois, I. (2019). Linguistic discrimination across neighbourhoods. Journal of Language and Discrimination, 3(2), 92–119. https://doi.org/10.1558/jld.39973

Esling, J. H. (1998). Everyone has an accent except me. A L. Bauer i P. Trudgill (Ed.), Language myths (p. 169–175). Penguin Books.

Frances, C., Costa, A. i Baus, C. (2018). On the effects of regional accents on memory and credibility. Acta Psychologica, 186, 63–70. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actpsy.2018.04.003

Freynet, N. i Clément, R. (2018). Lorsque les idéologies et les pratiques langagières ne concordent pas: le cas de l’accentisme au Canada français. Les cahiers de la LCD, 2(7), 95–106. https://doi.org/10.3917/clcd.007.0095

Freynet, N., Clément, R. i Sylvestre, J. (2018). A qualitative investigation of the experience of accent stigmatisation among native and nonnative French speakers in Canada. Journal of Language and Discrimination, 2(1), 5–31. https://doi.org/10.1558/jld.32226

Freynet, N., Collins, K. A. i Clément, R. (2020). Consequences of perceived accent discrimination for psychological adjustment and resilience effects. Journal of Multilingual and Multicultural Development, 41(10), 858–871. https://doi.org/10.1080/01434632.2019.1660355

Frumkin, L. (2020). The impact of British accents on perceptions of eyewitness statements. Journal of Language and Discrimination, 4(1), 119–138. https://doi.org/10.1558/jld.39368

Giles, H. (1970). Evaluative reactions to accents. Educational Review, 22(3), 211–227. https://doi.org/10.1080/0013191700220301

Giles, H., Wilson, P. i Conway, A. (1981). Accent and lexical diversity as determinants of impression formation and perceived employment suitability. Language Sciences, 3(1), 91–103. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0388-0001(81)80015-0

Grover, V., Namasivayam, A. i Mahendra, N. (2022). A viewpoint on accent services: Framing and terminology matter. American Journal of Speech-Language Pathology, 31(2), 639–648. https://doi.org/10.1044/2021_ajslp-20-00376

Honey, J. (1989). Does accent matter? The Pygmalion factor. Faber and Faber. https://archive.org/details/doesaccentmatter0000hone

Preface; 1.– What is an accent?; 2.– Where did RP come from?; 3.– Talking proper and talking posh; 4.– Are some accents better than others?; 5.– What is happening to RP?; 6.– Accent variety and the mass media; 7.– The accents of politics; 8.– Changing patterns; 9.– Accents and the future.

Lev-Ari, S. i Keysar, B. (2010). Why don’t we believe non-native speakers? The influence of accent on credibility. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 46(6), 1093–1096. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jesp.2010.05.025

Lippi-Green, R. (1994). Accent, standard language ideology, and discriminatory pretext in the courts. Language in Society, 23(2), 163–198. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0047404500017826

Méndez Guerrero, B. (2023). Actitudes y creencias hacia las variedades del español de España: castellano, andaluz y canario. Verba. Anuario Galego de Filoloxía, 50, 18. https://doi.org/10.15304/verba.50.7873

Méndez Santos, M. del C., Carofiglio, F., Casal, C., Dimari, E., Duñabeitia, J. A., Espiritusanto, L., Khiari, A., Pölkki, E. i Komura, M. (2023). Análisis de la discriminación por perfilado lingüístico durante la atención telefónica para acceder a la vivienda de alquiler en España. Biblioteca de Babel: Revista de Filología Hispánica, 4, 121–147. https://doi.org/10.15366/bibliotecababel2023.4.006

Pélissier, M. i Ferragne, E. (2022). The N400 reveals implicit accent-induced prejudice. Speech Communication, 137, 114–126. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.specom.2021.10.004

Rakić, T. (2019). How accent and gender influence perceptions of competence and warmth in the medical profession. Journal of Language and Discrimination, 3(2), 218–231. https://doi.org/10.1558/jld.39960

Roessel, J., Schoel, C. i Stahlberg, D. (2020). Modern notions of accent-ism: Findings, conceptualizations, and implications for interventions and research on nonnative accents. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 39(1), 87–111. https://doi.org/10.1177/0261927x19884619

Romero-Rivas, C., Morgan, C. i Collier, T. (2022). Accentism on trial: Categorization/stereotyping and implicit biases predict harsher sentences for foreign-accented defendants. Journal of Language and Social Psychology, 41(2), 191–208. https://doi.org/10.1177/0261927x211022785

Sharma, D., Levon, E., Watt, D., Ye, Y. i Cardoso, A. (2019). Methods for the study of accent bias and access to elite professions. Journal of Language and Discrimination, 3(2), 150–172. https://doi.org/10.1558/jld.39979

de Souza, L. E. C., Pereira, C. R., Camino, L., de Lima, T. J. S. i Rosas Torres, A. R. (2016). The legitimizing role of accent on discrimination against immigrants. European Journal of Social Psychology, 46(5), 609–620. https://doi.org/10.1002/ejsp.2216

Wood, G. (2019). Guilty by accent? Journal of Language and Discrimination, 3(2), 173–194. https://doi.org/10.1558/jld.39918

Yu, B., Nair, V. K. K., Brea, M. R., Soto-Boykin, X., Privette, C., Sun, L., Khamis, R., Chiou, H. S., Fabiano-Smith, L., Epstein, L. i Hyter, Y. D. (2022). Gaps in framing and naming: Commentary to «A viewpoint on accent services». American Journal of Speech-Language Pathology, 31(4), 1913–1918. https://doi.org/10.1044/2022_AJSLP-22-00060

Llengües amenaçades

Adamou, E. (2024). Endangered languages. The MIT Press. https://doi.org/10.7551/mitpress/15352.001.0001

1.– Introduction: What we mean when we talk about endangered languages; 2.– Where are endangered languages found?; 3.– When is a language no longer used by a community?; 4.– Why does it matter if a language is no longer used?; 5.– How do communities and governments support endangered languages?; 6.– When linguists and language practitioners study endangered languages; 7.– Endangered languages in a digital world; 8.– Multilingualism as resolution; Conclusion: Tips to promote language diversity; Glossary.

Argenter, J. A. (2014). En memòria dels darrers parlants d’una llengua. Quaderns-e. Revista de l’Institut Català d’Antropologia, 19(1), 235–240. https://raco.cat/index.php/QuadernseICA/article/view/280290

Austin, P. K. i Sallabank, J. (Ed.). (2011). The Cambridge handbook of endangered languages. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511975981

1.– Introduction (P. K. Austin, J. Sallabank); I.– Endangered Languages: 2.– Language ecology and endangerment (L. A. Grenoble); 3.– Speakers and communities (C. Grinevald, M. Bert); 4.– A survey of language endangerment (D. Bradley); 5.– Language contact and change in endangered languages (C. O’Shannessy); 6.– Structural aspects of language endangerment (N. Palosaari, L. Campbell); 7.– Language and culture (L. Michael); 8.– Language and society (B. Spolsky); II.– Language Documentation: 9.– Language documentation (A. C. Woodbury); 10.– Speakers and language documentation (L. M. Dobrin, J. Berson); 11.– Data and language documentation (J. Good); 12.– Archiving and language documentation (L. Conathan); 13.– Digital archiving (D. Nathan); III.– Responses: 14.– Language policy for endangered languages (J. Sallabank); 15.– Revitalisation of endangered languages (L. Hinton); 16.– Orthography development (F. Lüpke); 17.– Lexicography in endangered language communities (U. Mosel); 18.– Language curriculum design and evaluation for endangered languages (S. Coronel-Molina, T. L. McCarty); 19.– The role of information technology in supporting minority and endangered languages (G. Holton); IV.– Challenges: 20.– Endangered languages and economic development (W. Harbert); 21.– Researcher training and capacity development in language documentation (A. Jukes); 22.– New roles for endangered languages (M. Moriarty); 23.– Planning a language documentation project (C. Bowern).

Comellas, P. (2021). Llengües vulnerables: la diversitat lingüística en perill. Compàs d’amalgama, 4, 44–48. https://raco.cat/index.php/compas/article/view/392781

Diamond, J. (2012). Speaking in many tongues. A The world until yesterday: What can we learn from traditional societies? Viking Penguin.

Diamond, J. (2013). Hablar muchas lenguas (E. del Valle, Trad.). A El mundo hasta ayer: ¿qué podemos aprender de las sociedades tradicionales? (p. 316–349). Debate.

Dorian, N. C. (1993). A response to Ladefoged’s other view of endangered languages. Language, 69(3), 575–579. https://doi.org/10.2307/416699

Evans, N. (2010). Dying words: Endangered languages and what they have to tell us. Wiley-Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781444310450

I.– The library of Babel: 1.– Warramurrungunji’s children; 2.– Four millennia to tune in; II.– A great feast of languages: 3.– A Galapagos of tongues; 4.– Your mind in mine: Social cognition in grammar; III.– Faint tracks in an ancient wordscape: Languages and deep world history: 5.– Sprung from some common source; 6.– Travels in the logosphere: Hooking ancient words onto ancient worlds; 7.– Keys to decipherment: How living languages can unlock forgotten scripts; IV.– Ratchetting each other up: The coevolution of language, culture, and thought: 8.– Trellises of the mind: How language trains thought; 9.– What verse and verbal art can weave; V.– Listening while we can: 10.– Renewing the word; Epilogue.– Sitting in the dust, standing in the sky.

Grinevald, C. (2005). Documentació de llengües en perill: el cas de les llengües ameríndies. A A. Lluís i G. Dalla-Corte (Ed.), Llengües ameríndies: polítiques de promoció i pervivència. Actes del III Fòrum Amer&Cat de les Llengües Ameríndies / Lenguas amerindias: políticas de promoción y pervivencia. Actas del III Fórum Amer&Cat de las Lenguas Amerindias (p. 120–140). Casa Amèrica Catalunya.

Hagège, C. (2000). Halte à la mort des langues. Odile Jacob. https://archive.org/details/haltelamortdesla00clau

I.– Les langues et la vie : 1.– Les langues, pourvoyeuses de vie ; 2.– Les langues, espèces vivantes ; 3.– La langue et la parole ; 4.– Les mots et la lutte pour la vie ; II.– Les langues et la mort : 5.– Qu’est-ce qu’une langue morte ? ; 6.– Les sentiers de l’extinction ; 7.– Le bataillon des causes ; 8.– Le bilan ; 9.– Facteurs de maintien et lutte contre le désastre ; III.– Les langues et la résurrection : 10.– L’hébreu : de la vie à la mort ; de la mort à la vie ; 11.– Renaissances, langues nouvelles, créoles, promotions.

Hagège, C. (2001). No a la muerte de las lenguas. (A. Bueno, Trad.). Paidós. (Obra original publicada el 2000)

I.– Las lenguas y la vida: 1.– Las lenguas, proveedoras de vida; 2.– Las lenguas, especies vivas; 3.– La lengua y el habla; 4.– Las palabras y la lucha por la vida; II.– Las lenguas y la muerte: 5.– ¿Qué es una lengua muerta?; 6.– Los senderos de la extinción; 7.– La multitud de causas; 8.– El balance; 9.– Factores de mantenimiento y lucha contra el desastre; III.– Las lenguas y la resurrección: 10.– El hebreo: de la vida a la muerte y de la muerte a la vida; 11.– Renacimientos, lenguas nuevas, criollos, promociones; Conclusión.

Hale, K., Krauss, M., Watahomigie, L. J., Yamamoto, A. Y., Craig, C., Jeanne, L. M. i England, N. C. (1992). Endangered languages. Language, 68(1), 1–42. https://doi.org/10.2307/416368

Ladefoged, P. (1992). Another view of endangered languages. Language, 68(4), 809–811. https://doi.org/10.2307/416854

Moseley, C. (Ed.). (2007). Encyclopedia of the world’s endangered languages. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203645659

General introduction (C. Moseley); 1.– North America (V. Golla); 2.– Latin America: South America (M. Crevels); Meso-America (W. Adelaar); 3.– Europe and North Asia (T. Salminen); 4.– South Asia and the Middle East (G. van Driem); 5.– East and Southeast Asia (D. Bradley); 6.– Australasia and the Pacific (S. A. Wurm); 7.– Africa (G. J. Dimmendaal, F. K. E. Voeltz); Maps.

Moseley, C. (Ed.). (2010). Atlas of the world’s languages in danger (3a ed.). UNESCO Publishing. https://archive.org/details/187026eng

Preface (I. Bokova); Introduction (C. Moseley); Cartographic representation of the world’s endangered languages (C. Moseley); Sub-Saharan Africa (M. Brenzinger, H. Batibo); North Africa and the Middle East (S. Mezhoud, Y. El Kirat El Allame); Europe and the Caucasus (T. Salminen); Western and Central Asia (H. Elnazarov); North-east Asia (J. Janjuen); India and the Himalayan chain (S. Blackburn, J. R. Opnegort); South-East Asia, southern China and Taiwan (China) (D. Bradley); Greater Pacific Area (D. T. Tyron); Australia (M. Walsh); South America (W. Adelaar); South America: Andean region (M. Haboud); Mexico and Central America (Y. Lastra); United States of America (C. Rogers, N. Palosaari, L. Campbell); Canada and Greenland (M. J. Norris).

Olina, O., Ayres, H. i Vidokle, A. (2022, novembre). Muted tongues: A timeline of suppressed languages. e-flux Journal, 131. https://www.e-flux.com/journal/131/502722/muted-tongues-a-timeline-of-suppressed-languages/

Rangel, J. (2017). Les derniers locuteurs : au croisement des typologies des locuteurs de langues en danger. Histoire Épistémologie Langage, 39(1), 107–133. https://doi.org/10.1051/hel/2017390106

Rehg, K. i Campbell, L. (Ed.). (2018). The Oxford handbook of endangered languages. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780190610029.001.0001

Foreword (M. Krauss); Introduction (L. Campbell, K. L. Rehg); I.– Endangered languages: 1.– The status of the world’s endangered languages (A. Belew, S. Simpson); 2.– Assessing degrees of language endangerment (N. H. Lee, J. R. Van Way); 3.– Language contact and language endangerment (S. G. Thomason); 4.– Indigenous language rights-miner’s canary or mariner’s tern? (T. L. McCarty); II.– Language documentation: 5.– The goals of language documentation (R. Rhodes, L. Campbell); 6.– Documentation, linguistic typology, and formal grammar (K. Rice); 7.– The design and implementation of documentation projects for spoken languages (S. Chelliah); 8.– Endangered sign languages: An introduction (J. Woodward); 9.– Design and implementation of collaborative language documentation projects (R.-M. Sapién); 10.– Tools and technology for language documentation and revitalization (K. Rice, N. Thieberger); 11.– Corpus compilation and exploitation in language documentation projects (U. Mosel); 12.– Writing grammars of endangered languages (A. Camp, L. Campbell, V. Chen, N. H. Lee, M. Lou-Magnuson, S. Rarrick); 13.– Compiling dictionaries of endangered languages (K. L. Rehg); 14.– Orthography design and implementation for endangered languages (M. Cahill); 15.– Language archiving (A. L. Berez-Kroeker, R. E. Henke); 16.– Tools from the ethnography of communication for language documentation (S. Floyd); 17.– Language documentation in diaspora communities (D. Kaufman, R. Perlin); 18.– Ethics in language documentation and revitalization (J. Good); III.– Language revitalization: 19.– Approaches to and strategies for language revitalization (L. Hinton); 20.– Comparative analysis in language revitalization practices: Addressing the challenge (G. Pérez Báez, R. Vogel, E. Okura Koller); 21.– The linguistics of language revitalization: Problems of acquisition and attrition (W. O’Grady); 22.– New media for endangered languages (L. Buszard-Welcher); 23.– Language recovery paradigms (A. R. King); 24.– Myaamiaataweenki: Revitalization of a sleeping language (D. Baldwin, D. J. Costa); 25.– Language revitalization in kindergarten: A case study of Truku Seediq language immersion (A. Tang); 26.– Mâori: Revitalisation of an endangered language (J. King); 27.– Language revitalization in Africa (B. Sands); 28.– Planning minority language maintenance: Challenges and limitations (S. Wright); IV.– Endangered languages and biocultural diversity: 29.– Congruence between species and language diversity (D. Harmon, J. Loh); 30.– Sustaining biocultural diversity (L. Maffi); 31.– Traditional and local knowledge systems as language legacies critical for conservation (W. C. McClatchey); 32.– Climate change and its consequences for cultural and language endangerment (C. P. Dunn); 33.– Interdisciplinary language documentation (G. Holton); 34.– Why lexical loss and culture death endanger science (I. Mackenzie, W. Davis); V.– Looking to the future: 35.– Funding the documentation and revitalization of endangered languages (S. Penfield); 36.– Teaching linguists to document endangered languages (C. Genetti); 37.– Training language activists to support endangered languages (N. C. England); 38.– Designing mobile applications for endangered languages (S. Bird); 39.– Indigenous language use impacts wellness (A. Taff, M. Chee, J. Hall, M. Yéi Dulitseen Hall, K. N. Martin, A. Johnston); Afterword (D. Crystal).

Sánchez Avendaño, C. (2014). Muerte de lenguas y lenguas en peligro en Costa Rica: la perspectiva exocomunitaria. Revista de Filología y Lingüística de la Universidad de Costa Rica, 40(1), 173–196. https://doi.org/10.15517/RFL.V40I1.16298

Serra Casals, E. (2023, 5 de gener). La utilitat de les llengües “inútils”. VilaWeb. https://www.vilaweb.cat/noticies/utilitat-llengues-inutils/

Woodbury, A. (s. d.). What is an endangered language? Linguistic Society of America. https://web.archive.org/web/20140810201352/http://www.linguisticsociety.org/resource/faq-what-endangered-language

Llenguatge i comunicació: el llenguatge com a sistema de signes

Aitchison, J. (1996). A peculiar habit: What is language for? A The seeds of speech: Language origin and evolution (p. 16–25). Cambridge University Press.

Benveniste, É. (1964). Les niveaux de l’analyse linguistique. A H. G. Lunt (Ed.), Proceedings of the 9^th International Congress of Linguistics. Cambridge, Mass., August 27-31, 1962 (p. 266–275). Mouton.

Benveniste, É. (1966). Les niveaux de l’analyse linguistique. A Problèmes de linguistique générale, I (p. 119–131). Gallimard. https://archive.org/details/problemesdelingu0000eben (Obra original publicada el 1964)

Benveniste, É. (1971). Los niveles del análisis lingüístico (J. Almela, Trad.). A Problemas de lingüística general, I (p. 118–130). Siglo XXI. (Obra original publicada el 1964)

Bühler, K. (1999). Sprachtheorie: Die Darstellungsfunktion der Sprache. Lucius & Lucius. (Obra original publicada el 1934)

Bühler, K. (1979). Teoría del lenguaje (J. Marías, Trad.). Alianza. https://archive.org/details/buhler-karl-teoria-del-lenguaje (Obra original publicada el 1934)

Nota preliminar del traductor; Prólogo; Introducción: la teoría del lenguaje ayer y hoy; 1.– Los principios de la lingüística; 2.– El campo mostrativo del lenguaje y los demostrativos; 3.– El campo simbólico del lenguaje y los nombres; 4.– Estructura del habla humana: elementos y composiciones.

Escandell, M. V. (2005). La comunicación. Gredos.

1.– Algunas reflexiones iniciales; 2.– Un nuevo modelo de la comunicación: elementos, representaciones y procesos; 3.– La situación y el medio; 4.– La distancia social; 5.– Los objetivos comunicativos; 6.– Codificación e inferencia; 7.– Consecuencias y aplicaciones generales; Respuestas a los ejercicios; Lecturas recomendadas.

✓ Escandell, M. V. (2009). El lenguaje y la naturaleza humana. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), El lenguaje humano (p. 1–36). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

Escandell, M. V. (2014). La comunicación: lengua, cognición y sociedad. Akal.

1.– ¿Qué es comunicarse?; 2.– La respuesta cognitiva; 3.– La situación y el medio; 4.– La representación de los interlocutores; 5.– Los objetivos comunicativos; 6.– Procesos semánticos y procesos pragmáticos.

✓ Escandell, M. V. i Marrero, V. (2011). La lingüística y sus fundamentos. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), Invitación a la lingüística (p. 53–85). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

Finch, G. (2003). The linguistic context. A How to study linguistics: A guide to understanding language (2a ed., p. 12–45). Palgrave Macmillan.

✓ Finegan, E. (2015). Languages and linguistics. A Language: Its structure and use (7a ed., p. 1–30). Cengage Learning.

Jakobson, R. (1960). Linguistics and poetics. A T. A. Sebeok (Ed.), Style in language (p. 350–377). The MIT Press. https://archive.org/details/styleinlanguage00confrich

Jakobson, R. (1963). Linguistique et poétique (N. Ruwet, Trad.). A Essais de linguistique générale (p. 209–248). Éditions de Minuit. https://archive.org/details/essaisdelinguist0000jako (Obra original publicada el 1960)

Jakobson, R. (1988). Lingüística y poética (A. M. Gutiérrez Cabello, Trad.; 4a ed.). Cátedra. https://archive.org/details/476190335-roman-jakobson-linguistica-y-poetica (Obra original publicada el 1960)

Jakobson, R. (1989). Lingüística i poètica (J. Casas, Trad.). A À. Broch (Ed.), Lingüística i poètica i altres assaigs (p. 39–78). Edicions 62. (Obra original publicada el 1960)

Martinet, A. (1960). La linguistique, le langage et la langue. A Éléments de linguistique générale (p. 6–27). Armand Colin. https://archive.org/details/ElmentsDeLinguistiqueGGnraleAndrnMartinet

Martinet, A. (1984). La lingüística, el lenguaje y la lengua (J. Calonge, Trad.). A Elementos de lingüística general (3a ed. rev., p. 11–37). Gredos. (Obra original publicada el 1960)

Martinet, A. (1984). Double articulation as a criterion of linguisticity. Language Sciences, 6(1), 338. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0388-0001(84)80003-0

McGregor, W. B. (2024). Introduction. A Linguistics: An introduction (3a ed., p. 21). Bloomsbury Academic. https://www.bloomsburyonlineresources.com/linguistics-an-introduction-3/student-resources_chapter-1

Pessoa de Barros, D. (2006). A comunicação humana. A J. L. Fiorin (Ed.), Introdução a lingüística: Vol. 1. Objetos teóricos (5a ed., p. 25–54). Contexto.

✓ Rojo, G. (1986). El lenguaje como sistema de comunicación. A El lenguaje, las lenguas y la lingüística (p. 7–26). Universidad de Santiago de Compostela. https://gramatica.usc.es/~grojo/Publicaciones/Lenguaje_lenguas_lgca.pdf

Sapir, E. (1921). Introductory: Language defined. A Language: An introduction to the study of speech (p. 1–23). Harcourt, Brace and Company. https://archive.org/details/languageanintrod00sapi

Sapir, E. (1985). Preliminar: definició de llenguatge (H. Curell, Trad.). A El llenguatge: introducció a l’estudi de la parla (p. 9–26). Empúries. (Obra original publicada el 1921)

de Saussure, F. (1945). Naturaleza del signo lingüístico. A A. Alonso (Ed. i Trad.), Curso de lingüística general (Publicado por Charles Bally y Albert Sechehaye con la colaboración de Albert Riedlinger, p. 91–96). Losada. (Obra original publicada el 1916)

de Saussure, F. (1945). Inmutabilidad y mutabilidad del signo. A A. Alonso (Ed. i Trad.), Curso de lingüística general (Publicado por Charles Bally y Albert Sechehaye con la colaboración de Albert Riedlinger, p. 97–104). Losada. (Obra original publicada el 1916)

de Saussure, F. (1945). Relaciones sintagmáticas y relaciones asociativas. A A. Alonso (Ed. i Trad.), Curso de lingüística general (Publicado por Charles Bally y Albert Sechehaye con la colaboración de Albert Riedlinger, p. 147–151). Losada. (Obra original publicada el 1916)

de Saussure, F. (1972). Nature du signe linguistique. A T. De Mauro (Ed.), Cours de linguistique générale (Publié par Charles Bally et Albert Sechehaye avec la collaboration d’Albert Riedlinger, p. 97–103). Payot. (Obra original publicada el 1916)

de Saussure, F. (1972). Immutabilité et mutabilité du signe. A T. De Mauro (Ed.), Cours de linguistique générale (Publié par Charles Bally et Albert Sechehaye avec la collaboration d’Albert Riedlinger, p. 104–113). Payot. (Obra original publicada el 1916)

de Saussure, F. (1972). Rapports syntagmatiques et rapports associatifs. A T. De Mauro (Ed.), Cours de linguistique générale (Publié par Charles Bally et Albert Sechehaye avec la collaboration d’Albert Riedlinger, p. 170–175). Payot. (Obra original publicada el 1916)

de Saussure, F. (1990). Naturalesa del signe lingüístic. A J. Casas (Ed. i Trad.), Curs de lingüística general (p. 109–114). Edicions 62. (Obra original publicada el 1916)

de Saussure, F. (1990). Immutabilitat i mutabilitat del signe. A J. Casas (Ed. i Trad.), Curs de lingüística general (p. 115–122). Edicions 62. (Obra original publicada el 1916)

de Saussure, F. (1990). Relacions sintagmàtiques i relacions associatives. A J. Casas (Ed. i Trad.), Curs de lingüística general (p. 171–175). Edicions 62. (Obra original publicada el 1916)

Shannon, C. E. (1948). A mathematical theory of communication. Bell System Technical Journal, 27(3), 379–423. https://doi.org/10.1002/j.1538-7305.1948.tb01338.x

Shannon, C. E. i Weaver, W. (1949). The mathematical theory of communication. The University of Illinois Press. https://archive.org/details/mathematicaltheo00shan

Shannon, C. E. i Weaver, W. (1981). Teoría matemática de la comunicación (T. Bethencourt, Trad.). Forja. (Obra original publicada el 1949)

Tió, J. (1999). Lingüística i comunicació. A Fonaments de la lingüística (p. 9–30). Edicions de la Universitat de Lleida.

Tió, J. (1999). El signe lingüístic. A Fonaments de la lingüística (p. 31–52). Edicions de la Universitat de Lleida.

✓ Tuson, J. (1984). Las señales. A Lingüística: una introducción al estudio del lenguaje, con textos comentados y ejercicios (p. 7–24). Barcanova.

✓ Tuson, J. (1984). La comunicación y el lenguaje. A Lingüística: una introducción al estudio del lenguaje, con textos comentados y ejercicios (p. 25–44). Barcanova.

✓ Tuson, J. (1999). El model de la comunicació i els tipus de senyals. A Introducció al llenguatge (p. 37–60). Edicions de la Universitat Oberta de Catalunya.

✓ Tuson, J. (2003). El modelo de la comunicación y los tipos de señales. A Introducción al lenguaje (p. 35–63). Editorial UOC. (Obra original publicada el 1999)

Viaplana, J. (2000). La llengua, realitat articulada. A Lingüística descriptiva: una introducció aplicada al català (p. 15–21). Edicions 62.

Yaguello, M. (1981). À quoi sert le langage ? A Alice au pays du langage : pour comprendre la linguistique (p. 19–38). Éditions du Seuil. https://archive.org/details/aliceaupaysdulan0000yagu

Semiòtica i comunicació

Boves, M. del C. (1989). La semiología. Síntesis.

Introducción; I.– La investigación semiológica: 1.– Semiología y Semántica: relaciones y límites; 2.– Precedentes históricos de la Semiología; 3.– La Semiología en la actualidad: su evolución desde el estructuralismo; 4.– Partes de la semiología; II.– El objeto de la investigación semiótica: 1.– Los procesos semiósicos; 2.– El signo.

Chandler, D. (2025). Semiotics: The basics (5a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003615644

Introduction; 1.– Models; 2.– Realities 3.– Structures; 4.– Codes; 5.– Ways of meaning; 6.– Interactions; 7.– Perspectives; Going further; Glossary.

Danesi, M. (2018). Of cigarettes, high heels, and other interesting things: An introduction to semiotics (3a ed.). Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1057/978-1-349-95348-6

1.– Cigarettes and high heels: The universe of signs; 2.– What does it mean?: How humans represent the world; 3.– Makeup: Why do we put it on?; 4.– Tell me about yourself: What is What is language?; 5.– Kisses sweeter than wine: Metaphor and the making of meaning; 6.– Now, you tell me about yourself: Why do we tell stories?; 7.– At arm’s length: The meanings of spaces; 8.– What a beautiful ring!: The meaning of clothes and objects; 9.– Art is indistinguishable from life: The artistic nature of the human species; 10.– There’s more to perfume than smell: Advertising, pop culture, and meme culture.

Eco, U. (1968). La struttura assente: introduzione alla ricerca semiologica. Bompiani.

Eco, U. (1972). La estructura ausente: introducción a la semiótica (F. Serra, Trad.). Lumen. (Obra original publicada el 1968)

Introducción; 1.– El campo semiótico; 2.– Los umbrales de la semiótica; A.– La señal y el sentido: 1.– El universo de las señales; 2.– El universo del sentido; 3.– El mensaje estético; 4.– La definición semiótica de las ideologías; 5.– El mensaje persuasivo: la retórica; B.– La mirada discreta: 1.– Los códigos visuales; 2.– El mito de la doble articulación; 3.– Articulaciones de los códigos visuales; 4.– Algunas comprobaciones: cine y pintura contemporánea; 5.– Algunas comprobaciones: el mensaje publicitario; C.– La función y el signo: 1.– Arquitectura y comunicación; 2.– El signo arquitectónico; 3.– La comunicación arquitectónica y la historia; 4.– Los códigos arquitectónicos; 5.– ¿La arquitectura como comunicación de masas?; 6.– Los códigos externos; D.– La estructura ausente: 1.– Estructura y estructuralismo; 2.– ¿Realidad ontológica o sistema operativo?; 3.– Pensamiento estructural y pensamiento serial; 4.– La estructura y la ausencia; 5.– Los métodos de la semiótica; Conclusión.

Eco, U. (1975). Trattato di semiotica generale. Bompiani.

0.– Introduzione: verso una logica della cultura; 1.– Significazione e comunicazione; 2.– Teoria dei codici; 3.– Teoria della produzione segnica; 4.– Il soggetto della semiotica.

Eco, U. (1977). Tratado de semiótica general (C. Manzano, Trad.). Lumen. https://archive.org/details/EcoUmbertoTratadoDeSemioticaGeneral01 (Obra original publicada el 1975)

0.– Introducción: hacia una lógica de la cultura; 1.– Significación y comunicación; 2.– Teoría de los códigos; 3.– Teoría de la producción de signos; 4.– El sujeto de la semiótica.

Guiraud, P. (1983). La sémiologie (4a ed.). Presses Universitaires de France.

Guiraud, P. (2008). La semiología (M. T. Poyrazian, Trad.; 30a ed.). Siglo XXI. (Obra original publicada el 1971)

Introducción: la semiología; 1.– Funciones y «media»; 2.– La significación: forma y sustancia del signo; 3.– Los códigos lógicos; 4.– Los códigos estéticos; 5.– Los códigos sociales; Conclusión: mitologías de nuestro tiempo.

Mounin, G. (1970). Introduction à la sémiologie. Les Éditions de Minuit. https://archive.org/details/introductionlase0000moun

Introduction ; Sémiologie de la communication et sémiologies de la signification ; Les systèmes de communication non linguistiques et leur place dans la vie du XX^e siècle ; Communication linguistique humaine et communication non linguistique animale ; La sémiotique de Charles Morris ; Linguistique et sémiologie ; La notion de code en linguistique ; La communication théatrale ; La sémiologie chez Hjelmslev ; Le blason ; La communication avec l’espace ; Des cailloux et des mots ; Quelques observations sur la notion d’articulation sin sémiologie ; La chimie et les signes ; Une étude sémiologique du code de la route ; Le mime contemporain ; Quelques traits du style de Jacques Lacan ; La sémiologie de Roland Barthes ; Lévi-Strauss et la linguistique ; Appendices : 1.– Les religions de la préhistoire ; 2.– Le geste et la parole ; 3.– Peinture et langage ; 4.– La sémiologie graphique ; 5.– Messages et signaux ; 6.– La communication et l’articulation linguistique.

Mounin, G. (1972). Introducción a la semiología (C. Manzano, Trad.). Anagrama. (Obra original publicada el 1970)

Sebeok, T. A. (1996). Signos: una introducción a la semiótica (P. Torres, Trad.). Paidós. (Obra original publicada el 1994)

1.– El estudio de los signos; 2.– Seis especies de signos; 3.– Signos sintomáticos; 4.– Signos indexicales; 5.– Signos icónicos; 6.– Signos fetiches; 7.– Signos del lenguaje; 8.– ¿La lengua como un sistema primario de modelización?.

Sebeok, T. A. (2001). Signs: An introduction to semiotics (2a ed.). University of Toronto Press. https://archive.org/details/signsintroductio0000sebe_k2e2

1.– Basic notions; 2.– The study of signs; 3.– Six species of signs; 4.– Symptom signs; 5.– Indexical signs; 6.– Iconic signs; 7.– Fetish signs; 8.– Language signs; 9.– Language as a primary modelling system?; Glossary.

Sebeok, T. A. i Danesi, M. (Ed.). (2010). Encyclopedic dictionary of semiotics (3a ed. rev. i act.). Mouton de Gruyter. https://doi.org/10.1515/eds

Serrano, S. (1980). Signes, llengua i cultura: cap a una epistemologia del silenci. Edicions 62.

Serrano, S. (1981). Signos, lengua y cultura (J. Jordá, Trad.). Anagrama. (Obra original publicada el 1980)

Serrano, S. (1981). La semiótica: una introducción a la teoría de los signos. Montesinos.

Serrano, S. (1984). De l’amor als signes. Promociones y Publicaciones Universitarias.

I.– La ciència dels signes: justificació; Notícia històrica; La comunicació; El llenguatge verbal com a sistema semiòtic; Els signes no verbals; de la lògica al teatre; Cloenda; II.– Apèndixs: Carta a un(a) estudiant(a) de Filologia; L’educació lingüística.

Serrano, S. (1999). Comprendre la comunicació: el llibre del sexe, la poesia i l’empresa. Proa.

Introducció; Esclata la informació; L’emergència del sexe i les seves conseqüències; Els refinaments sentimentals; Cap al llenguatge: l’esclat; La gran bifurcació; Les primeres tecnologies; Cap a les relacions estables; La força del ritual o el poder de la desautomatització; Amb l’emergència de la veu la cultura aixeca el vol; La llarga marxa de l’oralitat; Les tecnologies de la paraula: de la poesia a l’escriptura; Les noves tecnologies treuen el nas; El fascinant vol de la papallona; Petit tirabuixó a manera de cloenda.

Serrano, S. (1999). Evolución, comunicación y lenguaje. A J. Fernández González, C. Fernández Juncal, M. Marcos Sánchez, E. de los Mozos i L. Santos Río (Ed.), Lingüística para el siglo XXI: III Congreso de Lingüística General (p. 125–139). Ediciones de la Universidad de Salamanca.

Serrano, S. (1999). La comunicació al tombant del segle. A Lliçons inaugurals i de cloenda: estiu 1998 (p. 17–28). Edicions de la Universitat de Lleida.

Urrutia, J. (1975). Sistemas de comunicación. Planeta.

Introducción; La comunicación; Teoría de la comunicación (primer acercamiento); La percepción de los lenguajes; La imagen y las imágenes; El lenguaje natural humano; La literatura; La escritura y las escrituras; Teoría de la comunicación (segundo acercamiento).

Comunicació no verbal

Anderson, M. (2006). Nonverbal communication. A K. Brown (Ed.), Encyclopedia of language & linguistics (2a ed., p. 690–692). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/b0-08-044854-2/01432-2

Argyle, M. (1988). Bodily communication (2a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203753835

1.– Introduction; 2.– How to do research on non-verbal communication; 3.– Non-verbal communication in animals; 4.– Cultural differences in bodily communication; 5.– The expression of emotion; 6.– Interpersonal attitudes; 7.– Non-verbal communication and speech; 8.– Facial expression; 9.– Non-verbal vocalizations; 10.– Gaze; 11.– Spatial behaviour; 12.– Gestures and other bodily movements; 13.– Posture; 14.– Touch and bodily contact; 15.– Clothes, physique and other aspects of appearance; 16.– Social skills, persuasion, and politics; 17.– Personality and NVC; 18.– The explanation of bodily communication; 19.– Beyond language.

Birdwhistell, R. L. (1970). Kinesics and context: Essays on body-motion communication. University of Pennsylvania Press. https://archive.org/details/kinesicscontexte00bird

Introduction; I.– Learning to be a human body; II.– Isolating behavior; III.– Approaching behavior; IV.– Collecting data: Observing, filming and interviewing; V.– Research on an interview; Appendixes: Introductory note; I.– Kinegraphs; II.– Sample conversation with description; III.– Kinesic recording; List of examples of body motions.

Birdwhistell, R. L. (1979). El lenguaje de la expresión corporal (A. J. Desmonts, Trad.). Gustavo Gili. (Obra original publicada el 1970)

Danesi, M. (2006). Kinesics. A K. Brown (Ed.), Encyclopedia of language & linguistics (2a ed., p. 207–213). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/b0-08-044854-2/01421-8

Davis, F. (1973). Inside intuition: What we know about nonverbal communication. McGraw-Hill. https://archive.org/details/insideintuitionw00flor

The fledgling science; 2.– Gender signals; 3.– Courting behaviours; 4.– The silent, celluloid world of kinesics; 5.– The body is the message; 6.– Greetings from a very old primate; 7.– The human face; 8.– What the eyes tell; 9.– The dance of the hands; 10.– The messages in distance and location; 11.– Interpreting postures; 12.– Body rhythms; 13.– The rhythms of the human encounter; 14.– Communicating by smell; 15.– Communicating by touch; 16.– The lessons of the womb; 17.– The nonverbal code of childhood; 18.– Clues to character; 19.– Public order; 20.– Making conversation; 21.– The future.

Davis, F. (1976). La comunicación no verbal (R. Mourglier, Trad.). Alianza. https://archive.org/details/lacomunicacionno0000flor (Obra original publicada el 1973)

1.– Agradecimiento; 2.– Prólogo: nota para el lector; 3.– La ciencia incipiente; 4.– Señales genéricas; 5.– Comportamiento durante el galanteo; 6.– El silencioso mundo de celuloide de la cinesis; 7.– El cuerpo es el mensaje; 8.– El saludo de un antiguo primate; 9.– El rostro humano; 10.– Lo que dicen los ojos; 11.– La danza de las manos; 12.– Mensajes a la distancia y en el lugar; 13.– Interpretación de posturas; 14.– Ritmos corporales; 15.– Los ritmos de los encuentros; 16.– Comunicación por el olfato; 17.– Comunicación por el acto; 18.– Las lecciones intrauterinas; 19.– El código no-verbal durante la niñez; 20.– Indicadores del carácter; 21.– El orden público; 22.– El arte de conversar; 23.– El futuro.

Fast, J. (2002). Body language (Ed. rev. i act.). M. Evans.

1.– The body is the message; 2.– Of animals and territory; 3.– How we handle space; 4.– When space is invaded; 5.– The masks men wear; 6.– The wonderful world of touch; 7.– The silent language of love; 8.– Positions, points and postures; 9.– Winking, blinking and nods; 10.– An alphabet for movement; 11.– Body language: Use and abuse.

Fast, J. (1971). El lenguaje del cuerpo (V. Bastos, Trad.). Kairós. https://archive.org/details/ellenguajedelcue0000fast (Obra original publicada el 1970)

1.– El cuerpo es el mensaje; 2.– De los animales y su territorio; 3.– Cómo manejamos el espacio; 4.– Cuando el espacio es invadido; 5.– Las máscaras que usan los hombres; 6.– El fantástico mundo del tacto; 7.– El lenguaje silencioso del amor; 8.– Posiciones, puntos y posturas; 9.– Parpadeos, guiños y cabeceos; 10.– Un alfabeto para el movimiento; 11.– El lenguaje corporal: uso y abuso.

Hall, E. T. (1959). The silent language. Doubleday. https://archive.org/details/1969silentlanguage00hall

1.– The voices of time; 2.– What is culture?; 3.– The vocabulary of culture; 4.– The major triad; 5.– Culture is communication; 6.– The pervasive set; 7.– The illusive isolate; 8.– The organizing pattern; 9.– Time talks: American accents: 10.– Space speaks; 11.– Loosening the grip; Appendix I.– Schema for social scientists; Appendix II.– A map of culture; Appendix III.– Three examples of change; Appendix IV.– Selected bibliography.

Hall, E. T. (1989). El lenguaje silencioso (C. Córdoba, Trad.). Alianza. (Obra original publicada el 1959)

Hall, E. T. (1966). The hidden dimension. Doubleday. https://archive.org/details/hiddendimension000hall

I.– Culture as communication; II.– Distance regulation in animals; III.– Crowding and social behavior in animals; IV.– Perception of space: Distance receptors - Eyes, ears, and nose; V.– Perception of space: Immediate receptors - Skin and muscles; VI.– Visual space; VII.– Art as a clue to perception; VIII.– The language of space; IX.– The anthropology of space: An organizing model; X.– Distances and man; XI.– Proxemics in a cross-cultural context: Germans, English and French; XII.– Proxemics in a cross-cultural context: Japan and the Arab world; XIII.– Cities and culture; XIV.– Proxemics and the future of man.

Hall, E. T. (1972). La dimensión oculta (F. Blanco, Trad.). Siglo XXI. https://archive.org/details/hall-edward-la-dimension-oculta (Obra original publicada el 1966)

I.– Cultura como comunicación; II.– Regulación de la distancia en los animales; III.– Hacinamiento y comportamiento social de los animales; IV.– Percepción del espacio. Receptores de distancia: ojos, oídos y nariz; V.– Percepción del espacio. Receptores inmediatos: la piel y los músculos; VI.– El espacio visual; VII.– El arte, indicador de la percepción; VIII.– El lenguaje del espacio; IX.– La antropología del espacio, modelo organizado; X.– Las distancias en el hombre; XI.– La proxémica en un contexto de distintas culturas: alemanes, ingleses y franceses; XII.– La proxémica en un contexto de distintas culturas: el Japón y el mundo árabe; XIII.– Urbe y cultura; XIV.– La proxémica y el futuro del hombre.

Kita, S. (2009). Cross-cultural variation of speech-accompanying gesture: A review. Language and Cognitive Processes, 24(2), 145–167. https://doi.org/10.1080/01690960802586188

Knapp, M. L. (1982). La comunicación no verbal: el cuerpo y el entorno (M. A. Galmarini, Trad.). Paidós. https://archive.org/details/knapp-mark-la-comunicacion-no-verbal-1982 (Obra original publicada el 1972)

1.– Comunicación no verbal: perspectivas básicas; 2.– Comunicación no verbal: perspectivas del desarrollo; 3.– Los efectos del entorno; 4.– Los efectos del territorio y del espacio personal; 5.– Los efectos de la apariencia física y la ropa; 6.– Los efectos del movimiento del cuerpo y la postura; 7.– Los efectos de la conducta táctil; 8.– Los efectos de las expresiones faciales; 9.– Los efectos de la conducta visual; 10.– Los efectos de las señales vocales que acompañan a las palabras habladas; 11.– La capacidad para emitir y recibir señales no verbales; 12.– Observación y registro de la conducta no verbal.

Knapp, M. L., Hall, J. A. i Horgan, T. G. (2014). Nonverbal communication in human interaction (8a ed.). Wadsworth, Cengage Learning. https://archive.org/details/nonverbalcommuni0000knap_i7c6

I.– An introduction to the study of nonverbal communication: 1.– Nonverbal communication: Basic perspectives; 2.– The roots of nonverbal behavior; 3.– The ability to receive and send nonverbal signals; II.– The communication environment: 4.– The effects of the environment on human communication; 5.– The effects of territory and personal space on human communication; III.– The communicators: 6.– The effects of physical characteristics on human communication; IV.– The communicators’ behavior: 7.– The effects of gesture and posture on human communication; 8.– The effects of touch on human communication; 9.– The effects of the face on human communication; 10.– The effects of eye behavior on human communication; 11.– The effects of vocal cues that accompany spoken words; V.– Communicating important messages: 12.– Using nonverbal behavior in daily interaction; 13.– Nonverbal messages in special contexts.

Manusov, V. i Patterson, M. L. (Ed.). (2006). The SAGE handbook of nonverbal communication. SAGE Publications. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781412976152

Introduction: The ubiquity and social meaningfulness of nonverbal communication (H. Giles, B. A. Le Poire); I.– Foundations: 1.– An historical overview of nonverbal research (M. L. Knapp); 2.– The evolution of theories of interactive behavior (M. L. Patterson); 3.– Methods for the study of nonverbal communication (H. M. Gray, N. Ambady); 4.– Automatic cognitive processes and nonverbal communication (J. L. Lakin); 5.– Nonverbal skills and abilities (R. E. Riggio); 6.– Nonverbal and verbal communication: Hand gestures and facial displays as part of language use in face-to-face dialogue (J. Beavin Bavelas, N. Chovil); II.– Factors of influence: 7.– The biological foundations of social organization: The dynamic emergence of social structure through nonverbal communication (R. Buck, S Renfro Powers); 8.– An evolutionary approach to understanding nonverbal communication (K. Floyd); 9.– Personality and nonverbal behavior: A complex conundrum (R. Gifford); 10.– Factoring in age: Nonverbal communication across the life span (R. S. Feldman, J. M. Tyler); 11.– Women’s and men’s nonverbal communication: Similarities, differences, stereotypes, and origins (J. A. Hall); 12.– Culture and nonverbal behavior (D. Matsumoto); 13.– Casting nonverbal behavior in the media: Representations and responses (V. Manusov, A. Jaworski); III.– Functions: 14.– Nonverbal behavior in intimate interactions and intimate relationships (P. A. Andersen, L. K. Guerrero, S. M. Jones); 15.– Nonverbal expressions of dominance and power in human relationships (J. K. Burgoon, N. E. Dunbar); 16.– The functions of facial expressions: What’s in a face? (A. J. Fridlund, J. A. Russell); 17.– Why and how the silent self speaks volumes: Functional approaches to nonverbal impression management (C. F. Keating); 18.– Nonverbal communication and deception (A. Vrij); 19.– The interaction management function of nonverbal cues: Theory and research about mutual behavorial influence in face-to-face settings (J. N. Cappella, D. M. Schreiber); 20.– Nonverbal behavior and its functions in the ecosystem of rapport (L. Tickle-Degnen); IV.– Contexts and consequences: 21.– Nonverbal cues in close relationships (P. Noller); 22.– Nonverbal communication in instructional contexts (J. C. McCroskey, V. P. Richmond, L. L. McCroskey); 23.– Nonverbal communication and physician-patient interaction: Review and new directions (J. D. Robinson); 24.– Nonverbal dynamics in computer-mediated communication or :( and the net :( ’s with you, :) and you :) alone (J. B. Wather); 25.– Nonverbal communication, race, and intergroup interaction (J. F. Dovidio, M. Hebl, J. Richeson, J. N. Shelton); 26.– Uses and consequences of nonverbal communication in the context of organizational life (M. S. Remland); V.– Final thoughts: Nonverbal communication: Basic issues and future prospects (M. L. Patterson, V. Manusov).

Nascimento Dominique, N. (2005). Comunicación no verbal: algunas diferencias gestuales entre España y Brasil. LinRed. Lingüística en la Red, 2. https://linred.web.uah.es/numero2_articulo_6.htm

Ponzio, A. (2006). Body language. A K. Brown (Ed.), Encyclopedia of language & linguistics (2a ed., p. 78–85). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/b0-08-044854-2/01397-3

Rivas, A. (2008). Introdución a comunicación non verbal: panorama de investigación. A E. Fernández Rei i X. L. Regueira (Ed.), Perspectivas sobre a oralidade (p. 141–168). Consello da Cultura Galega; Instituto da Lingua Galega. http://consellodacultura.gal/publicacion.php?id=10

Rowe, B. M. i Levine, D. P. (2023). Nonverbal communication: Communicating without words. A A concise introduction to linguistics (6a ed., p. 318–336). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003268369

Bases biològiques del llenguatge

Biolingüística

Balari, S. i Gavarró, A. (2007). Bases biològiques del llenguatge. Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona, Servei de Publicacions.

1.– La naturalització de la lingüística; 2.– L’arquitectura de la Facultat de Llenguatge; 3.– La complexitat de l’estructura lingüística; 4.– L’adquisició del llenguatge. Arguments per a l’innatisme; 5.– L’adquisició del llenguatge; 6.– L’adquisició del llenguatge. L’ordre de paraules; 7.– L’adquisició en circumstàncies normals i en circumstàncies especials; 8.– El trastorn específic del llenguatge; 9.– Les patologies adquirides: l’afàsia; 10.– El problema de «les altres ments»; 11.– Filogènia i Facultat de Llenguatge: primera aproximació; 12.– Propietats bàsiques de la Facultat de Llenguatge; 13.– Precursors de la FL: la cognició en els primats; 14.– Un escenari evolutiu plausible.

Boeckx, C. i Grohmann, K. K. (Ed.). (2013). The Cambridge handbook of biolinguistics. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511980435

1.– Introducing the volume (K. K. Grohmann, C. Boeckx); 2.– Biolinguistics: A historical perspective (L. Jenkins); 3.– Biolinguistics yesterday, today and tomorrow (M. Piattelli-Palmarini); 4.– The philosophical foundations of biolinguistics (J. McGilvray); 5.– (Evidence for) the language instinct (I. M. Tsimpli); 6.– Sensitive phases in successive language acquisition: The critical period hypothesis revisited (J. M. Meisel); 7.– Discovering word forms and word meanings: The role of phrasal prosody and function words (S. Millotte, E. Cauvet, P. Brusini, A. Christophe); 8.– Luria’s biolinguistic suggestion and the growth of language (K. Wexler); 9.– Parameters in language acquisition (L. Pearl, J. Lidz); 10.– Bilingualism beyond language: On the impact of bilingualism on executive control (M. Hernández, C. D. Martin, N. Sebastián-Gallés, A. Costa); 11.– The role of experimental syntax in an integrated cognitive science of language (J. Sprouse, D. Almeida); 12.– Working memory and language processing: Theory, data and directions for future research (M. Wagers, B. McElree); 13.– Computational primitives in phonology and their neural correlates (P. J. Monahan, E. F. Lau, W. J. Idsardi); 14.– Computational primitives in syntax and possible brain correlates (M. Schlesewsky, I. Bornkessel-Schlesewsky); 15.– Computational primitives in morphology and possible brain correlates (I. Bornkessel-Schlesewsky, M. Schlesewsky); 16.– Grounding the cognitive neuroscience of semantics in linguistic (L. Pylkkänen, J. Brennan, D. Bemis); 17.– Modularity and descent with modification (G. F. Marcus, C. D. Rabaglia, H. Rabagliati); 18.– The role of Broca’s area in language function (G. Hickok); 19.– Lexical retrieval and breakdown in aphasia and developmental language impairment (N. Friedmann, M. Biran, D. Dotan); 20.– Genetics of language: Roots of specific language deficits (A. Benítez-Burraco); 21.– The cognitive capacities of non-human primates (K. Zuberbühler); 22.– Birdsong for biolinguistics (K. Okanoya); 23.– Language, culture and computation: An adaptive systems approach to biolinguistics (S. Kirby); 24.– Language and natural selection (D. Bickerton); 25.– The fossils of language: What are they? Who has them? How did they evolve? (S. Balari, A. Benítez-Burraco, V. M. Longa, G. Lorenzo).

Caplan, D. (1988). The biological basis for language. A F. J. Newmeyer (Ed.), Linguistics: The Cambridge survey: Vol. III. Language: Psychological and biological aspects (p. 237–255). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511621062.010

Caplan, D. (1992). Las bases biológicas del lenguaje (J. Llisterri, Trad.). A F. J. Newmeyer (Ed.), Panorama de la lingüística moderna de la Universidad de Cambridge: Vol. III. El lenguaje: aspectos psicológicos y biológicos (p. 275–296). Visor. (Obra original publicada el 1988)

Jenkins, L. (2000). Biolinguistics: Exploring the biology of language. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511605765

Introduction; 1.– The unification problem; 2.– Knowledge and use of language; 3.– Acquisition (growth) of language; 4.– Mechanisms of language; 5.– Evolution of language; 6.– Conclusion.

Jenkins, L. (2002). Biolingüística (C. Piña, Trad.). Cambridge University Press. (Obra original publicada el 2000)

Introducción; 1.– El problema de la unificación; 2.– Conocimiento y uso del lenguaje; 3.– Adquisición (crecimiento) del lenguaje; 4.– Mecanismos del lenguaje; 5.– Evolución del lenguaje; 6.– Conclusión.

Lenneberg, E. H. (1967). Biological foundations of language. John Wiley & Sons.

1.– The conceptual framework; 2.– Morphological correlates; 3.– Some physiological correlates; 4.– Language in the context of growth and maturation; 5.– Neurological aspects of speech and language; 6.– Language in the light of evolution and genetics; 7.– Primitive stages in language development; 8.– Language and cognition; 9.– Towards a biological theory of language development (General summary); Appendix A.– The formal nature of language (N. Chomsky); Appendix B.– The history of the biological basis of language (O. Marx).

Lenneberg, E. H. (1975). Fundamentos biológicos del lenguaje (N. Sánchez Sáinz-Trápaga i A. Montesinos, Trad.). Alianza. (Obra original publicada el 1967)

1.– El marco conceptual; 2.– Correlatos morfológicos; 3.– Algunos correlatos fisiológicos; 4.– El lenguaje en el contexto del crecimiento y la maduración; 5.– Aspectos neurológicos del habla y del lenguaje; 6.– El lenguaje a la luz de la evolución y la genética; 7.– Etapas primitivas del desarrollo del lenguaje; 8.– Lenguaje y cognición; 9.– Hacia una teoría biológica del desarrollo del lenguaje (Resumen general); Apéndice A.– La naturaleza formal del lenguaje (N. Chomsky); Apéndice B.– La historia de la base biológica del lenguaje (O. Marx).

Lorenzo, G. (2013). Biolingüística: la nueva síntesis. OpenLibra.

Introducción: 1.– ¿De dónde viene la biolingüística?; I.– Explorando el lenguaje en el sentido estricto: 2.– La cuestión fundamental de la biolingüística; 3.– Caracterización del sistema computacional humano (SC_H); 4.– ¿Es SC_H específicamente lingüístico y específicamente humano?; 5.– El concepto de la Facultad de Lenguaje en sentido Estricto; 6.– La cuestión del léxico; II.– Explorando el lenguaje en sentido amplio: 7.– El lenguaje y los sistemas de pensamiento; 8.– El lenguaje y los sistemas sensomotrices; 9.– La tesis de la asimetría entre los sistemas externos; 10.– Consideraciones finales sobre el concepto de Facultad de Lenguaje en sentido amplio (FLA); Conclusiones: 11.– El impacto de la biolingüística en la comprensión científica del lenguaje.

McGregor, W. B. (2024). Language in its biological context. A Linguistics: An introduction (3a ed., p. 235–256). Bloomsbury Academic. https://www.bloomsburyonlineresources.com/linguistics-an-introduction-3/student-resources_chapter-10

Olarrea, A. (2016). Biología y lenguaje. A J. Gutiérrez-Rexach (Ed.), Enciclopedia de lingüística hispánica (Vol. 1, p. 19–29). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315713441

Comunicació animal i trets de disseny del llenguatge

Manuals de lingüística

✓ Akmajian, A., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (1979). Comparing animal communication systems. A Linguistics: An introduction to language and communication (p. 52–66). The MIT Press. https://archive.org/details/linguisticsintro00adri

✓ Akmajian, A., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (1984). Comparación de los sistemas de comunicación animal (V. Demonte i M. Mora, Trad.). A Lingüística: una introducción al lenguaje y a la comunicación (p. 77–91). Alianza. (Obra original publicada el 1979)

✓ Akmajian, A., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (1984). Animal communication. A Linguistics: An introduction to language and communication (2a ed., p. 9–45). The MIT Press. https://archive.org/details/linguisticsintro0002akma

Burton, S., Déchaine, R.-M. i Vatikiotis-Bateson, E. (2012). Communicating with language: The design features. A Linguistics for dummies (p. 21–32). John Wiley & Sons Canada.

✓ Dobrovolsky, M. (2011). Animal communication. A W. O’Grady, J. Archibald i F. Katamba (Ed.), Contemporary linguistics: An introduction (2a ed., p. 547–580). Pearson Longman.

✓ Dobrovolsky, M. (2021). Communication in other species. A W. O’Grady i J. Archibald (Ed.), Contemporary linguistic analysis: An introduction (9a ed., p. 17-1–17-25). Pearson.

✓ Fromkin, V. i Rodman, R. (1978). Animal «languages». A An introduction to language (2a ed., p. 39–53). Holt, Rinehart and Winston.

Makarova, V. (2021). Animal communication. A Linguistic universe: An introduction to linguistics (2a ed., p. 199–211). Kendall Hunt.

McGregor, W. B. (2024). Introduction. A Linguistics: An introduction (3a ed., p. 1–21). Bloomsbury Academic. https://www.bloomsburyonlineresources.com/linguistics-an-introduction-3/student-resources_chapter-1

Riba, C. (2000). Introducción á zoosemiótica: a análise da comunicación animal. A F. Ramallo, G. Rei-Doval i X. P. Rodríguez Yáñez (Ed.), Manual de ciencias da linguaxe (p. 97–138). Edicións Xerais de Galicia.

Rowe, B. M. i Levine, D. P. (2023). Introduction: The nature of communication. A A concise introduction to linguistics (6a ed., p. 1–26). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003268369

Slobodchikoff, C. (2021). Animal communication and language. A J. Bruhn de Garavito i J. W. Schwieter (Ed.), Introducing linguistics: Theoretical and applied approaches (p. 573–580). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108696784.017

Smith, K. A. (2025). Introduction. A Linguistics: A functionalist introduction (p. 1–8). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003325710

Winkler, E. G. i Stickle, T. (2024). Human language versus animal communication systems. A Understanding language: A basic course in linguistics (3a ed., p. 29–45). Bloomsbury Academic. https://www.bloomsburyonlineresources.com/understanding-language-3/chapter-2

✓ Yule, G. (2008). Los animales y el lenguaje humano (N. Bel, Trad.). A A. Benítez Burraco (Ed.), El lenguaje (3a ed. corr. i ampl., p. 14–28). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 2006)

✓ Yule, G. (2020). Animals and human language. A The study of language (7a ed., p. 13–27). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108582889.003

Treballs generals

Coleman, J. (2006). Design features of language. A K. Brown (Ed.), Encyclopedia of language & linguistics (2a ed., p. 471–475). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/b0-08-044854-2/04743-x

Demers, R. A. (1988). Linguistics and animal communication. A F. J. Newmeyer (Ed.), Linguistics: The Cambridge survey: Vol. III. Language: Psychological and biological aspects (p. 314–335). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511621062.013

Demers, R. A. (1992). Lingüística y comunicación animal (J. Llisterri, Trad.). A F. J. Newmeyer (Ed.), Panorama de la lingüística moderna de la Universidad de Cambridge: Vol. III. El lenguaje: aspectos psicológicos y biológicos (p. 361–384). Visor. (Obra original publicada el 1988)

Hockett, C. F. (1960). Logical considerations in the study of animal communication. A W. E. Lanyon i W. N. Tavolga (Ed.), Animal sounds and communication (p. 392–430). American Institute of Biological Sciences. https://archive.org/details/animalsoundscomm0000symp_r9u8

Hockett, C. F. (1960). The origin of speech. Scientific American, 203(3), 88–96. https://doi.org/10.1038/scientificamerican0960-88

Hockett, C. F. (1977). Logical considerations in the study of animal communication. A The view from language: Selected essays, 1948-1974 (p. 124–162). University of Georgia Press. https://archive.org/details/viewfromlanguage0000hock (Obra original publicada el 1960)

Hockett, C. F. i Altmann, S. A. (1968). A note on design features. A T. A. Sebeok (Ed.), Animal communication: Techniques of study and results of research (p. 61–72). Indiana University Press. https://archive.org/details/animalcommunicat0000sebe

Kaplan, G. (2014). Animal communication. WIREs Cognitive Science, 5, 661–677. https://doi.org/10.1002/wcs.1321

Longa, V. M. (2015). Los sistemas combinatorios animales no tienen dualidad: Hockett tenía razón. Pragmalingüística, 23, 122–141. https://revistas.uca.es/index.php/pragma/article/view/2165

Marler, P. i Hamilton, W. J. (1966). Acoustical communication. A Mechanisms of animal behavior (p. 426–479). John Wiley & Sons. https://archive.org/details/mechanismsofanim0000pete

Marshall, J. C. (1970). The biology of communication in man and animals. A J. Lyons (Ed.), New horizons in linguistics (p. 229–241). Penguin Books. https://archive.org/details/newhorizonsinlin00lyon

Marshall, J. C. (1975). Biología de la comunicación en el ser humano y en los animales (C. Lleó, Trad.). A J. Lyons (Ed.), Nuevos horizontes de la lingüística (p. 241–254). Alianza. (Obra original publicada el 1970)

✓ Naguib, M. (2006). Animal communication: Overview. A K. Brown (Ed.), Encyclopedia of language & linguistics (2a ed., p. 276–284). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/b0-08-044854-2/00804-x

✓ Napoli, D. J. (2019). Do animals use language? A C. Myrick i W. Wolfram (Ed.), The five-minute linguist: Bite-sized essays on language and languages (3a ed., p. 58–62). University of Toronto Press.

Riba, C. (2003). De la significació a la comunicació. Mètode, 39. https://metode.cat/revistes-metode/monografics/de-la-significacio-a-la-comunicacio.html

Salguero, F. J. (2004). Rasgos definitorios del lenguaje natural humano frente a otros sistemas de comunicación animal. A Á. Nepomuceno, F. J. Salguero i F. Soler (Ed.), Bases biológicas, lingüísticas, lógicas y computacionales para la concepción de la mente (p. 47–75). Mergablum Edición y Comunicación. https://idus.us.es/handle/11441/50571

Thorpe, W. A. (1972). The comparison of vocal communication in animals and man. A R. A. Hinde (Ed.), Non verbal communication (p. 22–47). Cambridge University Press. https://archive.org/details/nonverbalcommuni00hind

Wilson, E. O. (1972). Animal communication. Scientific American, 227(3), 52–63. https://www.jstor.org/stable/24927427

Wilson, E. O. (1991). Animal communication. A W. S.-Y. Wang (Ed.), The emergence of language: Development and evolution (p. 3–15). W. H. Freeman. https://archive.org/details/emergenceoflangu0000unse (Obra original publicada el 1972)

Abelles

Akmajian, A., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (1979). Bee communication. A Linguistics: An introduction to language and communication (p. 9–19). The MIT Press. https://archive.org/details/linguisticsintro00adri

Akmajian, A., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (1984). La comunicación en las abejas (V. Demonte i M. Mora, Trad.). A Lingüística: una introducción al lenguaje y a la comunicación (p. 31–42). Alianza. (Obra original publicada el 1979)

Chittka, L. i Rossi, N. (2023). Bees learn to dance. Science, 379(6636), 985–986. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.adg6020

von Frisch, K. (1962). Dialects in the language of bees. Scientific American, 207(2), 78–89. https://www.jstor.org/stable/24936638

von Frisch, K. (1993). The dance language and orientation of bees (L. E. Chadwick, Trad.). Harvard University Press. https://doi.org/10.4159/harvard.9780674418776 (Obra original publicada el 1965)

Foreword to the paperback edition by Thomas D. Seeley; An appreciation of Karl von Frisch; Preface to the first edition; Part one: The dance of bees; I.– Historical; II.– Methods in general; III.– The round dance as a means of communication when nectar sources are nearby; IV.– The tail-wagging dance as a means of communication when food sources are distant; V.– Dependence of the dances on the profitability of foraging activity; VI.– Guidance by scent; VII.– Application of the dances to other objectives; VIII.– Other dance forms; IX.– Danceless communication by means of sounds and scents; X.– Variants of the «language of the bees»; XI.– Phylogeny and symbolism of the «language of the bees»; Part two: The orientation of bees on the way to the goal; XII.– Orientation on long-distance flights; XIII.– Orientation when near the goal; Retrospect.

Aus

Akmajian, A., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (1979). Bird communication. A Linguistics: An introduction to language and communication (p. 20–32). The MIT Press. https://archive.org/details/linguisticsintro00adri

Akmajian, A., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (1984). La comunicación en las aves (V. Demonte i M. Mora, Trad.). A Lingüística: una introducción al lenguaje y a la comunicación (p. 43–56). Alianza. (Obra original publicada el 1979)

Marler, P. (1973). Speech development and bird-song: Are there any parallels? A G. A. Miller (Ed.), Communication, language and meaning: Psychological perspectives (p. 73–83). Basic Books. https://archive.org/details/communicationlan00geor

Uribe, F. (1986). Transmissió cultural i dialectes: els ocells com a pretext. Límits. Revista d’assaig i d’informació sobre les ciències del llenguatge, 1, 85–95.

Primats no humans

Akmajian, A., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (1979). Primate communication. A Linguistics: An introduction to language and communication (p. 33–51). The MIT Press. https://archive.org/details/linguisticsintro00adri

Akmajian, A., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (1984). La comunicación en los primates (V. Demonte i M. Mora, Trad.). A Lingüística: una introducción al lenguaje y a la comunicación (p. 57–76). Alianza. (Obra original publicada el 1979)

Altmann, S. A. (1973). Primate communication. A G. A. Miller (Ed.), Communication, language and meaning: Psychological perspectives (p. 84–94). Basic Books. https://archive.org/details/communicationlan00geor

Ghiglieri, M. P. (1985). The social ecology of chimpanzees. Scientific American, 252(6), 102–113. https://www.jstor.org/stable/24967684

Ghiglieri, M. P. (1986). Ecología social de los chimpancés. A J. Ros (Ed.), El comportamiento animal (p. 238–247). Prensa Científica. (Obra original publicada el 1985)

Ghiglieri, M. P. (1988). Ecología social de los chimpancés. A E. Aguirre (Ed.), Paleontología humana (p. 138–146). Prensa Científica. (Obra original publicada el 1985)

Goodall, J. (1971). In the shadow of man. Houghton Mifflin. https://archive.org/details/inshadowofman00good_0

1.– Beginnings; 2.– Early days; 3.– First observations; 4.– Camp life; 5.– The rains; 6.– The chimps come to camp; 7.– Flo’s sex life; 8.– The feeding station; 9.– Flo and her family; 10.– The hierarchy; 11.– The growth of the research center; 12.– The infant; 13.– The child; 14.– The adolescent; 15.– Adult relationships; 16.– Baboons and predation; 17.– Death; 18.– Mother and child; 19.– In the shadow of man; 20.– Man’s inhumanity; 21.– Family postscript; Appendixes: A.– Stages of development; B.– Facial expressions and calls; C.– Weapon and tool use; D.– Diet; E.– Chimpanzee and human behavior.

Goodall, J. (1986). En la senda del hombre: vida y costumbres de los chimpancés (J. Rodríguez Puértolas i C. Criado, Trad.). Salvat. https://archive.org/details/jane-goodall-en-la-senda-del-hombre (Obra original publicada el 1971)

1.– Los comienzos; 2.– Los primeros días; 3.– Observaciones iniciales; 4.– La vida en el campamento; 5.– Las lluvias; 6.– Los chimpancés vienen al campamento; 7.– La vida sexual de Flo; 8.– El centro de alimentación; 9.– Flo y su familia; 10.– La jerarquía; 11.– Desarrollo del centro de investigación; 12.– Infancia; 13.– Juventud; 14.– Adolescencia; 15.– Relaciones entre adultos; 16.– Los papiones y la depredación; 17.– Muerte; 18.– Madre e hijo; 19.– En la senda del hombre; 20.– La inhumanidad del hombre; 21.– Postscriptum familiar; Apéndice I.– Expresiones faciales y gritos; Apéndice II.– Dieta; Apéndice III.– Armas y herramientas; Apéndice IV.– Algunos hitos en el desarrollo de los chimpancés; Apéndice V.– De qué modo el estudio de la conducta de los chimpancés es afín al estudio del hombre.

Pedersen, J. (2021). Nonhuman primates and language: Vocal communication. A J. Stanlaw (Ed.), The international encyclopedia of linguistic anthropology. Wiley Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118786093.iela0290

Rowell, T. i Hinde, R. A. (1962). Vocal communication by the Rhesus monkey. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London, 138(2), 279–294. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-7998.1962.tb05698.x

Comunicació entre primats no humans i humans

Akmajian, A., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (1979). Can chimpanzees learn language? A Linguistics: An introduction to language and communication (p. 328–347). The MIT Press. https://archive.org/details/linguisticsintro00adri

Akmajian, A., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (1984). ¿Pueden los chimpancés aprender el lenguaje? (V. Demonte i M. Mora, Trad.). A Lingüística: una introducción al lenguaje y a la comunicación (p. 373–394). Alianza. (Obra original publicada el 1979)

Gardner, R. A. i Gardner, B. T. (1969). Teaching sign language to a chimpanzee. Science, 165(3894), 664–672. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.165.3894.664

Gardner, R. A. i Gardner, B. T. (1976). Cómo enseñar el lenguaje de los sordomudos a un chimpancé. A V. Sánchez de Zavala (Ed. i Trad.), Sobre el lenguaje de los antropoides: investigaciones sobre los rudimentos del lenguaje en los monos superiores (p. 24–58). Siglo XXI. (Obra original publicada el 1969)

Linden, E. (1981). Apes, men, and language. Penguin Books. https://archive.org/details/apesmenlanguage00lind

I.– The chimpanzee in the temple of language: 1.– The problem: A chimpanzee that swears; 2.– Washoe; 3.– A tentative comparison of child and chimpanzee; 4.– The scientific world reacts; 5.– The Institute for Primate Studies; 6.– The chimp colony: Lucy; 7.– The chimp colony: Ally; 8.– The chimp colony: Bruno and Booee; 9.– On man’s description of language; 10.– A language-using chimp community; 11.– Displacement and the evolution of the intellect; 12.– Future plans; 13.– Sarah; 14.– Conclusion to part one; II.– Rehabilitating the reputation of animal mind: 15.– The nature of scientific change; 16.– Darwin in the temple of Plato; 17.– The animal behavior society, Washoe and a confluence of Skinner and Lorenz; 18.– The symposium; 19.– Aftermath; 20.– Washoe and the moon shot: Dionysus and Apollo; Afterword: Into the looking glass.

Pedersen, J. (2021). Nonhuman primates and language: Primates raised by humans. A J. Stanlaw (Ed.), The international encyclopedia of linguistic anthropology. Wiley Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118786093.iela0289

Premack, A. J. i Premack, D. (1972). Teaching language to an ape. Scientific American, 227(4), 92–99. https://www.jstor.org/stable/24922894

Premack, A. J. i Premack, D. (1991). Teaching language to an ape. A W. S.-Y. Wang (Ed.), The emergence of language: Development and evolution (p. 16–27). W. H. Freeman. https://archive.org/details/emergenceoflangu0000unse (Obra original publicada el 1972)

Premack, D. i Premack, A. J. (1983). The mind of an ape. W. W. Norton. https://archive.org/details/mindofape0000prem

Introduction: The hairy Golem; 1.– A language designed for an ape; 2.– From simple judgments to analogies; 3.– Does the ape believe you have intentions?; 4.– The ape and its physical world: Action and conservation; 5.– Do apes cheat on tests?; 6.– Translating «pictures» into «words» and vice versa; 7.– Who has language?; 8.– Characteristics of an upgraded mind; Conclusion.

Premack, D. i Premack, A. J. (1988). La mente del simio (J. C. Gómez i P. Linares, Trad.). Debate. (Obra original publicada el 1983)

Introducción: el Gólem peludo; 1.– Un lenguaje diseñado para un antropoide; 2.– De los juicios simples a las analogías; 3.– ¿Cree el antropoide que el ser humano tiene intenciones?; 4.– El antropoide y su mundo físico: acción y conservación; 5.– ¿Hacen trampas los monos en las pruebas?; 6.– La traducción de «imágenes» a «palabras» y viceversa; 7.– ¿Quién posee lenguaje?; 8.– Características de una mente potenciada; Conclusiones.

Sánchez de Zavala, V. (Ed.). (1976). Sobre el lenguaje de los antropoides: investigaciones sobre los rudimentos del lenguaje en los monos superiores (V. Sánchez de Zavala, Trad.). Siglo XXI.

Prólogo; 1.– Cómo enseñar el lenguaje de los sordomudos a un chimpancé (R. A. Gardner, B. T. Gardner); 2.– La adquisición y comprobación del uso de signos gestuales en cuatro chimpancés jóvenes (R. S. Fouts); 3.– Algunos signos tempranos de lenguaje en el niño y el chimpancé (R. A. Gardner, B. T. Gardner); 4.– Algunas características generales de un método para enseñar el lenguaje a organismos que normalmente no lo adquieren (D. Premack); 5.– La lectura y el completado de oraciones realizados por un chimpancé (D. M. Rumbaugh, T. V. Gill, E. C. von Glasersfeld); 6.– Un enfoque unitario de la evolución del lenguaje (P. Lieberman); 7.– La concordancia de preferencias como condición previa para la comunicación afectiva pero no la simbólica (o cómo hacer antropología experimental) (D. Premack).

Savage-Rumbaugh, S. i Levin, R. (1994). Kanzi: The ape at the brink of the human mind. John Wiley & Sons.

1.– On a beach in Portugal; 2.– The meaning of words; 3.– Talking to each other; 4.– An uncommon ape; 5.– First glimpse; 6.– Inside Kanzi’s mind; 7.– Childside; 8.– Pan, the tool-maker; 9.– The origin of language; 10.– At the brink of the human mind.

Terrace, H. S. (1979). Nim. Alfred A. Knopf. https://archive.org/details/nim00terr

1.– Introduction; 2.– Background; 3.– Beginnings; 4.– Nim’s first nine months. His first signs; 5.– Nim’s nursery school; 6.– Salad days; 7.– Nim’s personality; 8.– Nim’s teachers; 9.– Project director or project father?; 10.– Nim’s vocabulary; 11.– Can a chimpanzee create a sentence?; 12.– Nim leaves; 13.– Some unexpected discoveries; 14.– Beyond project Nim; Epilogue.– One year later; Appendix A.– Sign language; Appendix B.– Recruiting Nim’s teachers; Appendix C.– Nim’s vocabulary.

Origen i evolució del llenguatge

Manuals de lingüística

Alonso, J. A. (2000). A orixe da linguaxe. A F. Ramallo, G. Rei-Doval i X. P. Rodríguez Yáñez (Ed.), Manual de ciencias da linguaxe (p. 63–96). Edicións Xerais de Galicia.

✓ Marrero, V. (2009). Origen y adquisición del lenguaje. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), El lenguaje humano (p. 339–368). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Marrero, V. i Polo, N. (2014). Lenguaje y cognición. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), Claves del lenguaje humano (p. 295–343). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

Tuson, J. (1999). Els orígens del llenguatge. A Introducció al llenguatge (p. 13–36). Edicions de la Universitat Oberta de Catalunya; Proa.

Tuson, J. (2003). Los orígenes del lenguaje. A Introducción al lenguaje (p. 7–34). Editorial UOC. (Obra original publicada el 1999)

✓ Yule, G. (2008). Los orígenes del lenguaje (N. Bel, Trad.). A A. Benítez Burraco (Ed.), El lenguaje (3a ed. corr. i ampl., p. 7–13). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 2006)

✓ Yule, G. (2020). The origins of language. A The study of language (7a ed., p. 12). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108582889.002

Manuals i treballs generals

Aitchison, J. (1996). The seeds of speech: Language origin and evolution. Cambridge University Press.

I.– Puzzles: 1.– A natural curiosity: How did language begin?; 2.– A peculiar habit: What is language for?; 3.– The bother of Babel: Why do languages differ so much?; 4.– Distinct duties: Is language an independent skill?; II.– Origin: 5.– The family tree: The evolutionary background; 6.– A devious mind: The basic requirements; 7.– Broken air: Inherited ingredients; 8.– Small beginnings: First steps; III.– Evolution: 9.– The second word: The emergence of rules; 10.– The tower of speech: Expansion; 11.– Time travelling: Extra attachments; 12.– Rebuilding the high seas: Keeping going; IV.– Diffusion: 13.– The widening circle: Moving outwards; 14.– The hidden core: The hunt for universals; 15.– The real magician: Ruling the rules; 16.– Unweaving the rainbow: Separating the strands; 17.– The endless stair: Past and future.

Benítez Burraco, A. (2003). ¿Evidencias fósiles del origen del lenguaje? Interlingüística, 14, 129–140. https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/articulo?codigo=918580

Benítez Burraco, A. (2009). La evolución del lenguaje: algunos parámetros relevantes y un escenario lingüístico molecularmente plausible (y viceversa). Verba. Anuario Galego de Filoloxía, 36, 155–194. http://hdl.handle.net/10347/3514

Benítez Burraco, A. i Barceló-Coblijn, L. (2015). El origen del lenguaje. Síntesis.

1.– De la mitología a la biología; 2.– Comunicación animal; 3.– Cognición animal; 4.– El registro fósil y los indicios estructurales; 5.– Paleoneurobiología y ADN fósil; 6.– El registro arqueológico y los indicios cognitivos; 7.– La búsqueda de la protolengua. Indicios de protolenguaje en las lenguas actuales; 8.– El análisis lingüístico: de los sistemas simplificados a los universales del lenguaje; 9.– La adquisición del lenguaje: de la ontogenia a la filogenia; 10.– Las patologías del lenguaje: los atavismos y la evolución del lenguaje; 11.– Simulaciones computacionales; 12.– ¿Es el lenguaje como pensábamos?; 13.– ¿Funciona la evolución como pensábamos?; 14.– Una revisión de los indicios comparados: ¿continuidad o discontinuidad?; 15.– Una revisión de los indicios estructurales, paleoneurobiológicos y paleogenéticos: ¿realmente decisivos?; 16.– Una revisión de los indicios arqueológicos y cognitivos: ¿relevantes o accesorios?; 17.– Algunas hipótesis sobre el origen del lenguaje; 18.– Cómo pudo haber evolucionado el lenguaje.

Bickerton, D. (1990). Language and species. The University of Chicago Press.

Introduction; 1.– The continuity paradox; 2.– Language as representation: The Atlas; 3.– Language as representation: The itineraries; 4.– The origins of representational systems; 5.– The fossils of language; 6.– The world of protolanguage; 7.– From protolanguage to language; 8.– Mind, consciousness, and knowledge; 9.– The nature of the species; Epilogue.

Bickerton, D. (1994). Lenguaje y especies (M. Á. Valladares, Trad.). Alianza. (Obra original publicada el 1990)

Introducción; 1.– La paradoja de la continuidad; 2.– El lenguaje como representación: el atlas; 3.– El lenguaje como representación: los itinerarios; 4.– El origen de los sistemas de representación; 5.– Los fósiles del lenguaje; 6.– El mundo del protolenguaje; 7.– Del protolenguaje al lenguaje; 8.– Mente, conciencia y conocimiento; 9.– La naturaleza de la especie; Epílogo.

Boë, L.-J., Sawallis, T. R., Fagot, J., Badin, P., Barbier, G., Captier, G., Ménard, L., Heim, J.-L. i Schwartz, J.-L. (2019). Which way to the dawn of speech? Reanalyzing half a century of debates and data in light of speech science. Science Advances, 5(12), Article eaaw3916. https://doi.org/10.1126/sciadv.aaw3916

✓ Bomhard, A. R. (2019). Do all languages come from the same source? A C. Myrick i W. Wolfram (Ed.), The five-minute linguist: Bite-sized essays on language and languages (3a ed., p. 115–119). University of Toronto Press.

Bueno, D. (2015). Llenguatge, creativitat i lliure albir: l’origen evolutiu de la capacitat lingüística. Llengua, Societat i Comunicació. Revista de Sociolingüística de la Universitat de Barcelona, 13, 38–49. https://www.raco.cat/index.php/LSC/article/view/299735

Dingwall, W. O. (1988). The evolution of human communicative behavior. A F. J. Newmeyer (Ed.), Linguistics: The Cambridge survey: Vol. III. Language: Psychological and biological aspects (p. 274–313). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511621062.012

Dingwall, W. O. (1992). La evolución de la conducta comunicativa humana (J. Llisterri, Trad.). A F. J. Newmeyer (Ed.), Panorama de la lingüística moderna de la Universidad de Cambridge: Vol. III. El lenguaje: aspectos psicológicos y biológicos (p. 317–360). Visor. (Obra original publicada el 1988)

Dornbierer-Stuart, J. (2024). The origins of language: An introduction to evolutionary linguistics. Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-54938-0

1.– Introduction; 2.– The design of language; 3.– The purpose of language; 4.– How the physical environment shaped language; 5.– The impact of society and culture on language; 6.– The role of historical language change in the evolution of language; 7.– How do we produce and understand speech?; 8.– How do we learn to speak?; 9.– How unique is human language?; 10.– Conclusion: Putting it all together; Glossary.

Fitch, W. T. (2010). The evolution of language. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511817779

Introduction; I.– The lay of the land: 1.– Language from a biological perspective; 2.– Evolution: Consensus and controversy; 3.– Language; 4.– Animal cognition and communication; II.– Meet the ancestors: 5.– Meet the ancestors; 6.– The LCA: Our last common ancestor with chimpanzees; 7.– Hominid paleontology and archeology; III.– The evolution of speech: 8.– The evolution of the human vocal tract; 9.– The evolution of vocal control: The neural basis for spoken language; 10.– Models of the evolution of speech and phonology; IV.– Evaluating phylogenetic models of language evolution: 11.– Historical overview: Western theories of language origin before Darwin; 12.– Lexical protolanguage; 13.– Signs before speech: Gestural protolanguage theories; 14.– Musical protolanguage; 15.– Conclusions and prospects; Glossary; Appendix.– Species names.

Hauser, M. D., Yang, C., Berwick, R. C., Tattersall, I., Ryan, M. J., Watumull, J., Chomsky, N. i Lewontin, R. C. (2014). The mystery of language evolution. Frontiers in Psychology, 5, Article 401. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2014.00401

Hillert, D. (2026). The birth of language. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003667995

I.– The dawn of humanity: 1.– The tale of language; 2.– Biological grammar; 3.– Evolutionary path; 4.– Culture shapes words; 5.– A world of languages; 6.– The bigger picture; II.– The evolving brain: 7.– Human ancestors; 8.– Linguistic diversity; 9.– Prehistoric artifacts; 10.– Mastering sounds; 11.– The speech-ready brain; 12.– The language circuits; III.– Critical milestones: 13.– Layered dynamics; 14.– Using structures; 15.– Brain comparisons; 16.– The dawn of talking; 17.– Rewiring the brain; 18.– Homo erectus; Epilogue.

✓ Hilton, B. (2019). What was the original language? A C. Myrick i W. Wolfram (Ed.), The five-minute linguist: Bite-sized essays on language and languages (3a ed., p. 111–114). University of Toronto Press.

Hurford, J. R. (2014). The origins of language: A slim guide. Oxford University Press.

1.– The prehistory of a very special ape; 2.– Nature, nurture, and language; 3.– How trusted talk started; 4.– Concepts before language; 5.– We began to speak, and to hear differently; 6.– Coining words; 7.– Building powerful grammar engines; 8.– Pronunciation gets complex.

Hurford, J. R. (2016). Evolutionary linguistics: How languages and language got to be the way they are. A K. Allan (Ed.), The Routledge handbook of linguistics (p. 17–32). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315718453

✓ Jackendoff, R. (2006). How did language begin? Linguistic Society of America. https://web.archive.org/web/20140405093532/http://www.linguisticsociety.org/resource/faq-how-did-language-begin

Lieberman, P. (1975). On the origins of language: An introduction to the evolution of human speech. Macmillan. https://archive.org/details/onoriginsoflangu0000lieb

1.– Introduction; 2.– Cognitive and communicative factors underlying language; 3.– The comparative method in the study of communication: Darwin and Negus; 4.– Basic acoustics; 5.– Source-filter theory of speech production; 6.– Phonetic features; 7.– Physiology of speech; 8.– Comparative studies of speech production in primates; 9.– Supralaryngeal vocal tract modeling of living primates; 10.– Reconstruction and modeling of fossil supralaryngeal vocal tracts; 11.– Neural and cognitive factors; 12.– Conclusion.

Lieberman, P. (1984). The biology and evolution of language. Harvard University Press. https://archive.org/details/biologyevolution00lieb

Introduction: The biological framework; 1.– Neurophysiology, neural models, and language; 2.– Distributed neural computers and feature detectors; 3.– Automatization and syntax; 4.– Syntax, words, and meaning; 5.– Respiration, speech, and meaning; 6.– Elephant ears, frogs, and human speech; 7.– Speech is special; 8.– Linguistic distinctions and auditory processes; 9.– The man on the flying trapeze: The acquisition of speech; 10.– Apes and children; 11.– The evolution of human speech: comparative studies; 12.– The evolution of human speech: The fossil record; Conclusion: On the nature and evolution of the biological bases of language.

Lieberman, P. (1991). Uniquely human: The evolution of speech, thought and selfless behavior. Harvard University Press. https://archive.org/details/uniquelyhumanevo00lieb

Introduction; 1.– Brain structure, behavior, and circuitry; 2.– Human speech; 3.– A thoroughly modern human brain; 4.– The brain’s dictionary; 5.– Learning to talk and think; 6.– Culture and selfless behavior.

Lieberman, P. (2007). The evolution of human speech: Its anatomical and neural bases. Current Anthropology, 48(1), 39–66. https://doi.org/10.1086/509092

Lyons, J. (1988). Origins of language. A A. C. Fabian (Ed.), Origins: The Darwin College lectures (p. 141–166). Cambridge University Press.

Mascaró, J. (1988). Antropologia lingüística: llenguatge i humanització. Límits. Revista d’assaig i d’informació sobre les ciències del llenguatge, 4, 99–109.

Mithen, S. (2024). The language puzzle: How we talked our way out of the Stone Age. Profile Books.

1.– Introduction: The puzzle of language; 2.– A brief history of humankind; 3.– Words and language; 4.– Monkeys and apes; 5.– Speaking and hearing; 6.– Iconic and arbitrary words; 7.– Making tools; 8.– Lessons from an artificial language; 9.– Finding and learning the meaning of words; 10.– Fire; 11.– Language and the brain; 12.– The genetics of language; 13.– Words keep changing; 14.– Language, perception and thought; 15.– Signs and symbols; 16.– Conclusion: The evolution of language.

Renfrew, C. (1994). World linguistic diversity. Scientific American, 270(1), 116–123. https://www.jstor.org/stable/24942557

Renfrew, C. (1996). Diversidad lingüística del mundo. A El lenguaje humano (p. 38–45). Prensa Científica. (Obra original publicada el 1994)

Serrano, S. (2003). Procés d’hominització i llenguatge. Mètode, 39. https://metode.cat/revistes-metode/monografics/proces-dhominitzacio-i-llenguatge.html

Tuson, J. (2003). Una nueva visita a los orígenes del lenguaje. A M. Casas i C. Varo (Ed.), VII Jornadas de Lingüística (p. 75–89). Servicio de Publicaciones de la Universidad de Cádiz.

Reculls

Botha, R. i Knight, C. (Ed.). (2009). The prehistory of language. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199545872.001.0001

1.– Introduction: Rewards and challenges of multi-perspectival work on the evolution of language and speech (R. Botha); 2.– Why only humans have language (R. Dunbar); 3.– Is sociality a crucial prerequisite for the emergence of language? (L. Steels); 4.– Holistic communication and the co-evolution of language and music: Resurrecting an old idea (S. Mithen); 5.– Music as a communicative medium (I. Cross, G. E. Woodruff); 6.– Cultural niche construction: Evolution’s cradle of language (J. Odling-Smee, K. N. Laland); 7.– Playing with meaning: Normative function and structure in play (S. Ragir, S. Savage-Rumbaugh); 8.– The ontogeny and phylogeny of non-verbal deixis (D. A. Leavens, T. P. Racine, W. D. Hopkins); 9.– The directed scratch: Evidence for a referential gesture in chimpanzees? (S. Pika, J. C. Mitani); 10.– The origins of the lexicon: How a word-store evolved (M. Tallerman); 11.– Language: Symbolization and beyond (E. Reuland); 12.– Grammaticalization from a biolinguistic perspective (E. van Gelderen); 13.– Recursion, phonological storage capacity, and the evolution of modern speech (F. L. Coolidge, T. Wynn); 14.– Why women speak better than men (and its significance for evolution) (B. de Boer); 15.– Mosaic neurobiology and anatomical plausibility (W. K. Wilkins).

Botha, R. i Knight, C. (Ed.). (2009). The cradle of language. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780199545858.001.0001

1.– Introduction: Perspectives on the evolution of language in Africa (C. Knight); 2.– Earliest personal ornaments and their significance for the origin of language debate (F. d’Errico, M. Vanhaeren); 3.– Reading the artifacts: Gleaning language skills from the Middle Stone Age in Southern Africa (C. S. Henshilwood, B. Dubreuil); 4.– Red ochre, body painting, and language: Interpreting the Blombos ochre (I. Watts); 5.– Theoretical underpinnings of inferences about language evolution: The syntax used at Blombos cave (R. Botha); 6.– Fossil cues to the evolution of speech (W. T. Fitch); 7.– Evidence against a genetic-based revolution in language 50,000 years ago (K. C. Diller, R. L. Cann); 8.– A ‘language-free’ explanation for differences between the European Middle and Upper Palaeolithic record (W. Roebroeks, A. Verpoorte); 9.– The importance of archaeological evidence for investigating the evolutionary emergence of language (I. Davidson); 10.– Diversity in languages, genes, and the language faculty (J. R. Hurford, D. Dediu); 11.– How varied typologically are the languages of Africa? (M. Cysouw, B. Comrie); 12.– What click languages can and can’t tell us about language origins (B. Sands, T. Güldemann); 13.– Social origins: Sharing, exchange, kinship (A. Barnard); 14.– As well as words: Congo pygmy hunting, mimicry, and play (J. Lewis); 15.– Sexual selection models for the emergence of symbolic communication: Why they should be reversed (C. Power); 16.– Language, ochre, and the rule of law (C. Knight).

Tallerman, M. i Gibson, K. R. (Ed.). (2011). The Oxford handbook of language evolution. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199541119.001.0001

Introduction: The evolution of language (M. Tallerman, K. R. Gibson); Introduction to Part I: Insights from comparative animal behaviour (K. R. Gibson, M. Tallerman); Language or protolanguage? A review of the ape language literature (K. R. Gibson); Primate social cognition as a precursor to language (R. M. Seyfarth, D. L. Cheney); Cooperative breeding and the evolution of vocal flexibility (K. Zuberbühler); Gesture as the most flexible modality of primate communication (F. B. M. de Waal, A. S. Pollick); Have we underestimated great ape vocal capacities? (K. Slocombe); Bird song and language (P. Slater); Vocal communication and cognition in cetaceans (V. M. Janik); Evolution of communication and language: Insights from parrots and songbirds (I. M. Pepperberg); Are other animals as smart as great apes? Do others provide better models for the evolution of speech or language? (K. R. Gibson); Introduction to Part II: The biology of language evolution: Anatomy, genetics and neurology (K. R. Gibson and M. Tallerman); Innateness and human language: A biological perspective (W. T. Fitch); Evolutionary biological foundations of the origin of language: The co-evolution of language and brain (S. Számadó, E. Szathmáry); Genetic influences on language evolution: An evaluation of the evidence (K. C. Diller, R. L. Cann); Not the neocortex alone: Other brain structures also contribute to speech and language (K. R. Gibson); The mimetic origins of language (M. Donald); Evolution of behavioural and brain asymmetries in primates (W. D. Hopkins, J. Vauclair); Towards an evolutionary biology of language through comparative neuroanatomy (W. K. Wilkins); Mirror systems: Evolving imitation and the bridge from praxis to language (M. A. Arbib); Cognitive prerequisites for the evolution of indirect speech (F. L. Coolidge, T. Wynn); The anatomical and physiological basis of human speech production: Adaptations and exaptations (A. MacLarnon); Introduction to Part III: The prehistory of language: When and why did language evolve? (K. R. Gibson, M. Tallerman); Molecular perspectives on human evolution (R. L. Cann); The fossil record: Evidence for speech in early hominins (B. A. Wood, A. L. Bauernfeind); The genus Homo and the origins of «humanness» (A. Mann); The Palaeolithic record (T. Wynn); Musicality and language (S. Mithen); Linguistic implications of the earliest personal ornaments (F. d’Errico, M. Vanhaeren); Inferring modern language from ancient objects (R. Botha); Natural selection-itis (D. Lightfoot); The role of hominin mothers and infants in prelinguistic evolution (D. Falk); Infant-directed speech and language evolution (B. de Boer); Displays of vocal and verbal complexity: A fitness account of language, situated in development (J. L. Locke); Tool-dependent foraging strategies and the origin of language (K. R. Gibson); Gossip and the social origins of language (R. I. M. Dunbar); Social conditions for the evolutionary emergence of language (C. Knight, C. Power); Introduction to Part IV: Launching language: The development of a linguistic species (M. Tallerman, K. R. Gibson); The role of evolution in shaping the human language faculty (S. R. Anderson); The origins of meaning (J. R. Hurford); The origins of language in manual gestures (M. C. Corballis); From sensorimotor categories and pantomime to grounded symbols and propositions (S. Harnad); The symbol concept (T. W. Deacon); Words came first: Adaptations for word-learning (R. Burling); The emergence of phonetic form (M. Studdert-Kennedy); The evolution of phonology (P. F. MacNeilage); The evolution of morphology (A. Carstairs-McCarthy); What is syntax? (M. Tallerman); The origins of syntactic language (D. Bickerton); The evolutionary relevance of more and less complex forms of language (A. Carstairs-McCarthy); Protolanguage (M. Tallerman); The emergence of language, from a biolinguistic point of view (C. Boeckx); Introduction to Part V: Language change, creation, and transmission in modern humans (M. Tallerman, K. R. Gibson); Grammaticalization theory as a tool for reconstructing language evolution (B. Heine, T. Kuteva); Domain-general processes as the basis for grammar (J. Bybee); Pidgins, creoles, and the creation of language (P. T. Roberge); What modern-day gesture can tell us about language evolution (S. Goldin-Meadow); Monogenesis or polygenesis: A single ancestral language for all humanity? (J. Nichols); Prehistoric population contact and language change (B. Pakendorf); Why formal models are useful for evolutionary linguists (K. Smith); Language is an adaptive system: The role of cultural evolution in the origins of structure (S. Kirby); Robotics and embodied agent modelling of the evolution of language (A. Cangelosi); Self-organization and language evolution (B. de Boer); Statistical learning and language acquisition (K. Graf Estes); A solution to the logical problem of language evolution: Language as an adaptation to the human brain (N. Chater, M. H. Christiansen).

Capacitats lingüístiques dels primers homínids

Balari, S., Benítez Burraco, A., Camps, M., Longa, V. M., Lorenzo, G. i Uriagereka, J. (2008). ¿Homo loquens neanderthalensis? En torno a las capacidades simbólicas y lingüísticas del Neandertal. Munibe. Antropologia-Arkeologia, 59, 3–24. http://www.aranzadi.eus/fileadmin/docs/Munibe/2008003024AA.pdf

Benítez Burraco, A., Longa, V. M., Lorenzo, G. i Uriagereka, J. (2008). Así habló (o tal vez no) el neandertal. teorema. Revista internacional de filosofía, 27(1), 73–83. https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/articulo?codigo=2540428

Everett, D. L. (2018). Did Homo erectus speak? Aeon. https://aeon.co/essays/tools-and-voyages-suggest-that-homo-erectus-invented-language

Llenguatge i genètica

Benítez Burraco, A. (2007). Genes y lenguaje. teorema. Revista internacional de filosofía, 26(1), 37–72. https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/articulo?codigo=2312757

Benítez Burraco, A. (2009). Genes y lenguaje: aspectos ontogenéticos, filogenéticos y cognitivos. Reverté.

1.– Anatomía y fisiología del lenguaje; 2.– Innatismo y aprendizaje en la adquisición del lenguaje; 3.– Bases moleculares del desarrollo, el funcionamiento y la plasticidad de los centros cerebrales (lingüísticos); 4.– Genes y lenguaje (I): aspectos ontogenéticos; 5.– Genes y lenguaje (II): aspectos filogenéticos; 6.– Conclusiones.

Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (1991). Genes, people and languages. Scientific American, 265(5), 104–111. https://www.jstor.org/stable/24938803

Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (1992). Genes, pueblos y lenguas. Investigación y Ciencia, 184, 4–11.

Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (1996). Genes, pueblos y lenguas. A El lenguaje humano (p. 30–36). Prensa Científica. https://archive.org/details/GenesPueblosYLenguasLuigiLucaCavalliSforza (Obra original publicada el 1991)

Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (1996). Gènes, peuples et langues. Odile Jacob.

1.– Les gènes et l’histoire ; 2.– Promenade dans une forêt ; 3.– La légende d’une Ève africaine ; 4.– Révolutions technologiques et géographie des gènes ; 5.– Langues et gènes ; 6.– La transmission et l’évolution culturelles.

Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (1996). Geni, popoli e lingue (E. Stubel, Trad.). Adelphi.

1.– I geni e la storia; 2.– Una passeggiata nella foresta; 3.– La leggenda dell’Eva africana; 4.– Rivoluzioni tecnologiche e geografia dei geni; 5.– Lingue e geni; 6.– Trasmissione ed evoluzione culturali.

Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (1997). Gens, pobles i llengües (E. Carreras, Trad.). Proa. (Obra original publicada el 1996)

Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (1997). Genes, pueblos y lenguas (J. Vivanco, Trad.). Crítica. (Obra original publicada el 1996)

1.– Los genes y la historia; 2.– Un paseo por la selva; 3.– La leyenda de la Eva africana; 4.– Revoluciones tecnológicas y geografía de los genes; 5.– Lenguas y genes; 6.– Transmisión y evolución culturales.

Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (2001). Genes, people, and languages (M. Seielstad, Trad.). Penguin Books. https://archive.org/details/genespeopleslang0000cava_b5q2 (Obra original publicada el 1996)

1.– Genes and history; 2.– A walk in the woods; 3.– Of Adam and Eve; 4.– Technological revolutions and gene geography; 5.– Genes and languages; 6.– Cultural transmission and evolution.

Dediu, D. (2015). An introduction to genetics for language scientists: Current concepts, methods, and findings. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511735875

1.– Introduction; 2.– Nature, nurture, and heritability; 3.– The molecular bases of genetics; 4.– Effects of genes on phenotype; 5.– Linkage disequilibrium and its role in finding genes; 6.– What do genes actually do?; 7.– The way forward: Exome and genome sequencing; 8.– Population and evolutionary genetics; 9.– Interactions between genetic and cultural evolution; 10.– Conclusions, topics not covered, future directions; Appendix.– The computer code.

Longa, V. M. (2003). Genètica i llenguatge. Mètode, 39. https://metode.cat/revistes-metode/monografics/genetica-i-llenguatge.html

Llenguatge i cervell

Neurolingüística

Llenguatge, cultura i pensament

✓ Birner, B. (s. d.). Does the language I speak influence the way I think? Linguistic Society of America. https://web.archive.org/web/20220524192650/https://www.linguisticsociety.org/resource/faq-does-language-i-speak-influence-way-i-think

Boroditsky, L. (2011). How language shapes thought: The languages we speak affect our perceptions of the world. Scientific American, 304(2), 62–65. https://www.jstor.org/stable/26002395

Coll-Florit, M. (2013). La psicolingüística. A M. Coll-Florit (Coord.), Llenguatge, ment i cervell. FUOC. http://hdl.handle.net/10609/69165

Coll-Florit, M. (2013). La psicolingüística. A M. Coll-Florit (Coord.), Llenguatge, ment i cervell: una introducció a la psicolingüística i a la neurolingüística. Editorial UOC.

✓ Comrie, B. (s. d.). Language and thought. Linguistic Society of America. https://web.archive.org/web/20151031064016/http://www.linguisticsociety.org/resource/language-and-thought

Everett, C. (2023). A myriad of tongues: How languages reveal differences in how we think. Harvard University Press.

Introduction; 1.– Your future is behind you; 2.– Turn to your West; 3.– Who’s your brother?; 4.– The sky is grue; 5.– Desert ice; 6.– Seeing speech; 7.– The nasal start to “nose”; 8.– Big into what?; Conclusion.

Hudson, R. (1981). Lenguaje, cultura y pensamiento (X. Falcón, Trad.). A La sociolingüística (p. 83–116). Anagrama. (Obra original publicada el 1980)

Hudson, R. (1996). Language, culture and thought. A Sociolinguistics (2a ed., p. 70–105). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139166843.005

✓ Pullum, G. K. (2019). Does our language influence the way we think? A C. Myrick i W. Wolfram (Ed.), The five-minute linguist: Bite-sized essays on language and languages (3a ed., p. 93–97). University of Toronto Press.

Rowe, B. M. i Levine, D. P. (2023). Linguistic anthropology: Language and culture. A A concise introduction to linguistics (6a ed., p. 215–238). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003268369

✓ Tannen, D. (2014). Language and culture. A R. W. Fasold i J. Connor-Linton (Ed.), An introduction to language and linguistics (2a ed., p. 353–382). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107707511.011

✓ Yule, G. (2008). Lengua y cultura (N. Bel, Trad.). A A. Benítez Burraco (Ed.), El lenguaje (3a ed. corr. i ampl., p. 267–282). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 2006)

✓ Yule, G. (2020). Language and culture. A The study of language (7a ed., p. 311–329). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108582889.021

Relativisme lingüístic

Comellas, P. i Junyent, C. (2021). Llengües i visió del món: relativitat i traductabilitat. A Els colors de la neu: les llengües, les persones i el món (p. 61–81). Eumo.

Danesi, M. (2021). Linguistic relativity today: Language, mind, society, and the foundations of linguistic anthropology. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003001669

1.– Overview; 2.– Early research on linguistic relativity; 3.– The Whorfian hypothesis; 4.– Vocabulary and grammar; 5.– Discourse and translation; 6.– Figurative language; 7.– Computer-mediated communication, AI, and artificial languages; Epilogue; Implications of linguistic relativity; Concluding remarks; Discussion questions and activities; Glossary.

Fernández Casas, M. X. (2003). El relativismo lingüístico en la obra de Edward Sapir: una revisión de tópicos infundados. teorema. Revista internacional de filosofía, 22(3), 115–129. https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/articulo?codigo=1059467

Robins, R. H. (1976). The current relevance of the Sapir-Whorf hypothesis. A R. Pinxten (Ed.), Universalism versus relativism in language and thought: Proceedings of a colloquium on the Sapir-Whorf hypotheses (p. 99–108). De Gruyter. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110805826.99

Sampson, G. (1980). The Sapir-Whorf hypothesis. A Schools of linguistics: Competition and evolution (p. 81–102). Hutchinson.

Sapir, E. (1929). The status of linguistics as a science. Language, 5(4), 207–214. https://doi.org/10.2307/409588

Sapir, E. (1949). The status of linguistics as a science. A D. G. Mandelbaum (Ed.), Selected writings of Edward Sapir in language, culture and personality (p. 160–166). University of California Press. https://archive.org/details/bwb_W8-ASI-141 (Obra original publicada el 1929)

Whorf, B. L. (1940). Science and linguistics. Technological Review, 42(6), 229–231, 247–248.

Whorf, B. L. (1956). Science and linguistics. A J. B. Carroll (Ed.), Language, thought, and reality: Selected writings of Benjamin Lee Whorf (p. 207–219). The MIT Press. https://archive.org/details/languagethoughtr00whor (Obra original publicada el 1940)

Whorf, B. L. (1971). Ciencia y lingüística (J. M. Pomares, Trad.). A J. B. Carroll (Ed.), Lenguaje, pensamiento y realidad (p. 235–247). Barral Editores. (Obra original publicada el 1956)

Adquisició del llenguatge

Manuals de lingüística

✓ Akmajian, A., Farmer, A. K., Bickmore, L., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (2017). Language acquisition in children. A Linguistics: An introduction to language and communication (7a ed., p. 459–502). The MIT Press.

Anderson, C., Bjorkman, B., Denis, D., Doner, J., Grant, M., Sanders, N. i Taniguchi, A. (2022). Child language acquisition. A Essentials of linguistics (2a ed., p. 655–697). eCampusOntario. https://ecampusontario.pressbooks.pub/essentialsoflinguistics2/part/chapter-11-child-language-acquisition/

Clancy, P. M. (2019). First language acquisition. A C. Genetti (Ed.), How languages work: An introduction to language and linguistics (2a ed., p. 336–365). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108553988.015

✓ Finegan, E. (2015). Acquiring first and second languages. A Language: Its structure and use (7a ed., p. 506–538). Cengage Learning.

✓ Fromkin, V., Rodman, R. i Hyams, N. (2017). Language acquisition. A An introduction to language (11a ed., p. 383–429). Cengage Learning.

✓ King, K. A. (2014). Child language acquisition. A R. W. Fasold i J. Connor-Linton (Ed.), An introduction to language and linguistics (2a ed., p. 217–248). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107707511.007

López García, Á. (1996). El lenguaje infantil. A C. Martín Vide (Ed.), Elementos de lingüística (p. 267–286). Octaedro.

✓ Marrero, V. (2009). Origen y adquisición del lenguaje. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), El lenguaje humano (p. 339–368). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Marrero, V. i Polo, N. (2014). Lenguaje y cognición. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), Claves del lenguaje humano (p. 295–343). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ O’Grady, W. i Cho, S. W. (2011). First language acquisition. A W. O’Grady, J. Archibald i F. Katamba (Ed.), Contemporary linguistics: An introduction (2a ed., p. 357–393). Pearson Longman.

✓ O’Grady, W. i Cho, S. W. (2017). First language acquisition. A W. O’Grady, J. Archibald, M. Aronoff i J. Rees-Miller (Ed.), Contemporary linguistics: An introduction (7a ed., p. 347–388). Bedford/St. Martin’s, Macmillan Learning.

✓ O’Grady, W. i Cho, S. W. (2021). First language acquisition. A W. O’Grady i J. Archibald (Ed.), Contemporary linguistic analysis: An introduction (9a ed., p. 315–352). Pearson.

Rowe, B. M. i Levine, D. P. (2023). Language acquisition: How children (and others) learn language. A A concise introduction to linguistics (6a ed., p. 239–263). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003268369

Schwieter, J. W. (2021). First language acquisition. A J. Bruhn de Garavito i J. W. Schwieter (Ed.), Introducing linguistics: Theoretical and applied approaches (p. 417–459). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108696784.013

Smith, K. A. (2025). First language acquisition. A Linguistics: A functionalist introduction (p. 116–120). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003325710

Winkler, E. G. i Stickle, T. (2024). First language acquisition. A Understanding language: A basic course in linguistics (3a ed., p. 46–61). Bloomsbury Academic. https://www.bloomsburyonlineresources.com/understanding-language-3/chapter-3

✓ Yule, G. (2008). Adquisición de la primera lengua (N. Bel, Trad.). A A. Benítez Burraco (Ed.), El lenguaje (3a ed. corr. i ampl., p. 175–191). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 2006)

✓ Yule, G. (2020). First language acquisition. A The study of language (7a ed., p. 201–218). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108582889.014

Manuals i treballs generals

✓ Aparici, M. (2003). L’adquisició del llenguatge. A O. Soler (Coord.), Psicologia del llenguatge. Universitat Oberta de Catalunya. https://hdl.handle.net/10609/52401

✓ Aparici, M. (2006). L’adquisició del llenguatge. A O. Soler (Coord.), Psicologia del llenguatge (p. 173–238). Editorial UOC.

✓ Aparici, M. (2012). L’adquisició del llenguatge. A L. A. Barrachina, M. Aparici i E. Noguera, Desenvolupament i avaluació del llenguatge oral (p. 13–108). Editorial UOC.

✓ Aparici, M. (2013). L’adquisició del llenguatge. A M. Coll-Florit (Coord.), Llenguatge, ment i cervell: una introducció a la psicolingüística i a la neurolingüística (p. 43–104). Editorial UOC.

✓ Aparici, M. (2013). L’adquisició del llenguatge. A M. Coll-Florit (Coord.), Llenguatge, ment i cervell. FUOC. http://hdl.handle.net/10609/69165

Aparici, M., Esteve-Gibert, N., Andrés-Roqueta, C., Sánchez Amat, J. i Quer, J. (2018). El desenvolupament del llenguatge i de la comunicació (A. Igualada, Coord.). FUOC.

1.– Perspectives teòriques sobre l’adquisició del llenguatge (M. Aparici); 2.– Mètodes d’investigació en l’adquisició del llenguatge (N. Esteve); 3.– Bases comunicatives i lingüístiques (M. Aparici, N. Esteve); 4.– Desenvolupament fonològic (N. Esteve, M. Aparici); 5.– Desenvolupament lèxic i semàntic (M. Aparici); 6.– Desenvolupament de la morfologia i de la sintaxi (M. Aparici); 7.– Desenvolupament de la pragmàtica (C. Andrés-Roqueta); 8.– Desenvolupament del discurs (M. Aparici); 9.– Desenvolupament multimodal del gest i de la parla (A. Igualada); 10.– Desenvolupament multilingüe (M. Aparici); 11.– El desenvolupament de les llengües de signes (J. Sánchez Amat, J. Quer).

Aparici, M. i Igualada, A. (Ed.). (2019). El desarrollo del lenguaje y la comunicación en la infancia. Editorial UOC.

1.– Perspectivas teóricas sobre la adquisición del lenguaje (M. Aparici); 2.– Métodos de investigación en adquisición del lenguaje (N. Esteve); 3.– Bases comunicativas y lingüísticas (M. Aparici Aznar, N. Esteve); 4.– Desarrollo fonológico (N. Esteve, M. Aparici); 5.– Desarrollo léxico y semántico (M. Aparici); 6.– Desarrollo de la morfología y la sintaxis (M. Aparici); 7.– Desarrollo de la pragmática (C. Andrés); 8.– Desarrollo del discurso (M. Aparici); 9.– Desarrollo multimodal del gesto y del habla (A. Igualada); 10.– Desarrollo multilingüe (M. Aparici); 11.– El desarrollo de las lenguas de signos (J. Sánchez Amat, J. Quer).

✓ Birner, B. (s. d.). Language acquisition. Linguistic Society of America. https://web.archive.org/web/20140701055458/http://www.linguisticsociety.org/resource/faq-how-do-we-learn-language

Clark, E. V. (2024). First language acquisition (4a ed.). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781009294485

1.– Acquiring language; I.– Getting started: 2.– In conversation with children; 3.– Starting on language: Perception; 4.– Early words; 5.– Sounds in words: Production; 6.– Words and meanings; II.– Constructions and meanings: 7.– First combinations, first constructions; 8.– Modulating word meanings; 9.– Adding complexity within clauses; 10.– Combining clauses: More complex constructions; 11.– Constructing words; III.– Using language: 12.– Honing conversational skills; 13.– Doing more with language; 14.– Two languages at a time; IV.– Process in acquisition: 15.– Specialization for language; 16.– Continuity and change; Glossary.

Curtiss, S. (1977). Genie: A psycholinguistic study of a modern-day «wild-child». Academic Press. https://doi.org/10.1016/C2013-0-07305-7

I.– Case history: 1.– Family background and early childhood; 2.– November 1970-January 1971; 3.– January 1971-June 1971; 4.– June 1971-August 1971; 5.– September 1971-June 1975; II.– Linguistic development: 6.– The data; 7.– Phonology: Comprehension and production; 8.– Syntax, morphology, semantics: Comprehension; 9.– Syntax, morphology, semantics: Production; 10.– Genie in relation to other children; III.– Neurolinguistic aspects: 11.– Neurolinguistic aspects; Appendix I.– Comprehension tests; Appendix II.– Dichotic listening and tachistoscopic tests; Appendix III.– Excerpt from Kent (1972); Appendix IV.– Sketches by Genie.

✓ Curtiss, S. (2019). What happens if you are raised without language? A C. Myrick i W. Wolfram (Ed.), The five-minute linguist: Bite-sized essays on language and languages (3a ed., p. 65–68). University of Toronto Press.

Elliot, A. J. (1981). Child language. Cambridge University Press. https://archive.org/details/isbn_0521225183

1.– Introduction; 2.– Mechanisms for language acquisition; 3.– Language in the developing child; 4.– Development of the child’s sound system; 5.– Naturalistic studies of language acquisition; 6.– Experimental studies of linguistic development; 7.– The communicative context of language acquisition.

Foster-Cohen, S. H. (1999). An introduction to child language development. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315844893

1.– What do children bring to the acquisition task?; 2.– How do children communicate before they can use language?; 3.– When does language development start?; 4.– How do young children think language works?; 5.– What influences language development?; 6.– Do all children learn language the same way?; 7.– Does it matter which language(s) you learn?; 8.– When does language development stop?; Appendix 1.– Tools for studying children’s language.

Goodluck, H. (2020). Language acquisition by children: A linguistic introduction. Edinburgh University Press.

1.– Introduction; 2.– The acquisition of sound systems; 3.– Morphological development; 4.– The acquisition of syntax; 5.– Further aspects of syntactic and semantic development; 6.– Cognition, environment and language learning; 7.– Performance development; Appendix 1.– Methods in child language research; Appendix 2.– Resources for child language research.

Ibbotson, P. i Tomasello, M. (2016). Language in a new key. Scientific American, 315(5), 70–75. https://doi.org/10.1038/scientificamerican1116-70

Jakobson, R. (1960). Why «mama» and «papa»? A B. Kaplan i S. Wapner (Ed.), Perspectives in psychological theory: Essays in honor of Heinz Werner (p. 124–134). International Universities Press.

Jakobson, R. (1962). Why «mama» and «papa»? A Selected writings: Vol. 1. Phonological studies (p. 538–545). Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110892499.538 (Obra original publicada el 1960)

Jakobson, R. (1971). Why «mama» and «papa»? A Studies on child language and aphasia (p. 21–30). Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110889598-002 (Obra original publicada el 1960)

Jakobson, R. (1974). ¿Por qué «papá» y «mamá»? (E. Benítez, Trad.). A Lenguaje infantil y afasia (p. 159–174). Ayuso. (Obra original publicada el 1960)

Karmiloff, K. i Karmiloff-Smith, A. (2001). Pathways to language: From fetus to adolescent. Harvard University Press.

1.– What is language acquisition?; 2.– Experimental paradigms for studying language acquisition; 3.– Speech perception in and out of the womb; 4.– Learning about the meaning of words; 5.– Becoming a grammatical being; 6.– Beyond the sentence; 7.– Atypical language development; 8.– Rethinking the nature–nurture debate.

Levey, S. (2024). Introduction to language development (3a ed.). Plural Publishing.

1.– An introduction to language acquisition (S. Levey); 2.– An introduction to theories of language development (S. Levey); 3.– The brain and cognitive, speech, and language development (S. Levey, D. Cruz); 4.– Infant and toddler language development (S. Levey); 5.– Preschool language development (S. Levey); 6.– Language development in middle and late childhood and adolescence (S. Levey, D. Cruz); 7.– The development of literacy skills (S. F. Diehl); 8.– Bilingual children’s language development: Assessment and intervention (C. Roseberry-McKibbin); 9.– Language development and hearing (B. J. Fligor); Glossary.

✓ Lieven, E. (2006). Language development: Overview. A K. Brown (Ed.), Encyclopedia of language & linguistics (2a ed., p. 376–391). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/b0-08-044854-2/00836-1

Llinàs, M. (2001). Petites paraules: ¿d’on surt la gramàtica? Empúries.

1.– Introducció; 2.– Saber una llengua vol dir posseir una gramàtica; 3.– Posseir una gramàtica implica saber moltes coses, heus-ne aquí alguns exemples; 4.– El camí cap al llenguatge està guiat; 5.– Recapitulem.

✓ Llinàs, M. (2006). Primeres paraules: com aprenen a parlar els nostres fills. Empúries.

1.– Introducció; 2.– Sons; 3.– Paraules; 4.– Oracions; 5.– Els sentits de les paraules; 6.– Bilingüisme en directe.

Lust, B. C. (2006). Child language: Acquisition and growth. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511803413

1.– The growth of language; 2.– What is acquired?; 3.– What is the problem of language acquisition?; 4.– How we can construct a theory of language acquisition; 5.– Brain and language development; 6.– The nature of nurture; 7.– How can we tell what the children know? Methods for the study of language acquisition; 8.– The acquisition of phonology; 9.– The acquisition of syntax; 10.– The acquisition of semantics; 11.– On the nature of language growth; 12.– Conclusions: Toward an integrated theory of language acquisition; Appendices: 1.– Developmental milestones in motor and language development (adapted from Lenneberg 1967); 2a.– Developmental milestones in infant speech perception; 2b.– Examples of sound distinctions perceived by infants; 3.– Developmental milestones in infant speech production; 4.– Developmental milestones in infant syntax: Perception; 5.– Developmental milestones in infant syntax: Production; 6.– Developmental milestones in infant semantics.

O’Grady, W. (2005). How children learn language. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511791192

1.– Small talk; 2.– The great word hunt; 3.– What’s the meaning of this?; 4.– Words all in a row; 5.– What sentences mean; 6.– Talking the talk; 7.– How do they do it?; Appendix 1.– Keeping a diary and making tape recordings; Appendix 2.– The sounds of English.

Serra, M., Serrat, E., Solé, R., Bel, A. i Aparici, M. (2000). La adquisición del lenguaje. Ariel.

1.– Introducción y conceptos básicos; 2.– Psicobiología evolutiva de la comunicación y el lenguaje; 3.– Bases sociales y cognoscitivas del lenguaje; 4.– La adquisición de las habilidades fonológicas y fonéticas; 5.– El léxico inicial y su evolución; 6.– Morfosintaxis (I); 7.– Morfosintaxis (II); 8.– El desarrollo de la pragmática; Anexos: Lista de palabras según su frecuencia y por edades.

Serrat, E., Sidera, F., Rostan, C. i Amadó, A. (2015). Adquisició del llenguatge i cognició. Llengua, Societat i Comunicació. Revista de Sociolingüística de la Universitat de Barcelona, 13, 30–37. https://www.raco.cat/index.php/LSC/article/view/299732

✓ Stites, L. J., Michnick Golinkoff, R. i Hirsh-Pasek, K. (2019). How do babies learn their mother tongue? A C. Myrick i W. Wolfram (Ed.), The five-minute linguist: Bite-sized essays on language and languages (3a ed., p. 169–173). University of Toronto Press.

Tomasello, M. (2015). The usage-based theory of language acquisition. A E. L. Bavin i L. R. Naigles (Ed.), The Cambridge handbook of child language (2a ed., p. 99–106). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781316095829.005

Reculls

Bavin, E. L. i Naigles, L. R. (Ed.). (2015). The Cambridge handbook of child language (2a ed.). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781316095829

1.– Introduction: Perspectives on child language (L. R. Naigles, E. L. Bavin); I.– Theoretical and methodological approaches: 2.– Innateness and learnability (V. Valian); 3.– Statistical learning (E. Thiessen, L. Erickson); 4.– Neurocognition of language development (A. D. Friederici, M. A. Skeide); 5.– The usage-based theory of language acquisition (M. Tomasello); 6.– Crosslinguistic approaches to language acquisition (S. Stoll); II.– Early developments: 7.– Speech perception (S. Curtin, S. Archer); 8.– Crosslinguistic perspectives on segmentation and categorization in early language acquisition (B. Höhle); 9.– From gesture to word (S. Goldin-Meadow); III.– Phonology, morphology and syntax: 10.– Babbling and words: A dynamic systems perspective on phonological development (M. M. Vihman, R. A. DePaolis, T. Keren-Portnoy); 11.– The acquisition of prosodic phonology and morphology (K. Demuth); 12.– The acquisition of grammatical categories (H. Behrens); 13.– Verb argument structure (S. E. M. Allen); 14.– The first language acquisition of complex sentences (B. Lust, C. Foley, C. D. Dye); 15.– The morphosyntax interface (K. Ud Deen); IV.– Semantics, pragmatics and discourse: 16.– Lexical meaning (E. V. Clark); 17.– The acquisition of words (S. A. Graham, V. San Juan, E. Vukatana); 18.– Sentence scope (S. Crain); 19.– Sentence processing (J. Snedeker, Y. T. Huang); 20.– Pragmatic development (J. Becker Bryant); 21.– Language development beyond the sentence (R. Berman); V.– Varieties of development: 22.– Language development in bilingual children (E. Hoff); 23.– Sign language acquisition studies (D. Lillo-Martin); 24.– Children with specific language impairment (SLI) (J. B. Tomblin); 25.– Language symptoms and their possible sources of specific language impairment (L. B. Leonard); 26.– Processing deficits in children with language impairments (L. M. D. Archibald, N. B. Noonan); 27.– Language development in genetic disorders (F. M. Richardson, M. S. C. Thomas); 28.– Language development in children with Williams syndrome: Genes, modularity, and the importance of development (S. Lewis, B. Landau); 29.– Language in children with autism spectrum disorders (L. Naigles, I. Chin); VI.– Reading: 30.– Precursors to reading: Phonological awareness and letter knowledge (E. Marinus, A. Castles); 31.– Reading disorders (F. J. Duff, M. J. Snowling); 32.– Predictors of reading skills across languages (H. Lyytinen, H. Shu, U. Richardson); 33.– Neurobiology of reading disorders: Implications of functional neuroimaging studies in dyslexia and specific reading comprehension deficits (K. Swett, S. Bailey, A. Sefcik, L. Cutting); 34.– The development of reading comprehension skill: Processing and memory (J. A. Van Dyke, N. Landi).

Hoff, E. i Shatz, M. (Ed.). (2007). Blackwell handbook of language development. Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470757833

1.– On the development of the field of language development (M. Shatz); 2.– The neurodevelopmental bases of language (V. L. Shafer, K. Garrido-Nag); 3.– Formal and computational constraints on language development (H. Goodluck); 4.– Domain-general learning capacities (J. R. Saffran, E. D. Thiessen); 5.– How inherently social is language? (D. Baldwin, M. Meyer); 6.– Input and the acquisition of language: Three questions (V. C. Mueller Gathercole, E. Hoff); 7.– The emergence of language: A dynamical systems account (J. L. Evans); 8.– Experiential influences on speech perception and speech production in infancy (L. Polka, S. Rvachew, K. Mattock); 9.– Acquiring linguistic structure (L. Gerken); 10.– Cognitive processes in early word learning (D. Poulin-Dubois, S. A. Graham); 11.– Syntactic supports for word learning (L. R. Naigles, L. D. Swensen); 12.– Phonological development (C. Stoel-Gammon, A. Vogel Sosa); 13.– Mechanisms of word learning (G. Diesendruck); 14.– The abstract nature of syntactic representations: Consequences for a theory of learning (J. Lidz); 15.– Conversational understanding in young children (M. Siegal, L. Surian); 16.– Bilingual first language acquisition (F. Genesee, E. Nicoladis); 17.– Developing linguistic knowledge and language use across adolescence (R. A. Berman); 18.– Language and literacy in bilingual children in the early school years (D. Kimbrough Oller, L. Jarmulowicz); 19.– Second language acquisition in childhood (J. Paradis); 20.– Children with specific language impairment: Bridging the genetic and developmental perspectives (M. L. Rice); 21.– Atypical language development: Autism and other neurodevelopmental disorders (H. Tager-Flusberg); 22.– Reading and reading disorders (H. Lyytinen, J. Erskine, M. Aro, U. Richardson).

Horst, J. S. i von Koss Torkildsen, J. (Ed.). (2019). International handbook of language acquisition. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315110622

I.– Foundations of language acquisition: 1.– Research on first language acquisition: A brief history (E. V. Clark); 2.– Neural basis of language acquisition (A. D. Friederici, J. Brauer); 3.– The genetics of language acquisition (H. S. Mountford, D. F. Newbury); 4.– Statistical learning approaches to studying language development (R. A. Cannistraci, R. Dal Ben, F. Karaman, S. Parvanezadeh Esfahani, J. F. Hay); 5.– Computational and robotic models of early language development: A review (P.-Y. Oudeyer, G. Kachergis, W. Schueller); 6.– Building the foundations of language: Mechanisms of curiosity-driven learning (K. E. Twomey, G. Westermann); 7.– Visual objects as they are encountered by young language learners (H. Yoshida, C. M. Fausey); 8.– A role for sleep in understanding language acquisition (R. L. Gómez, K. Esterline); II.– Dimensions of language learning: 9.– Speech perception and discrimination: From sounds to words (C. Junge, N. Boll-Avetisyan, T. Benders); 10.– Advances in early speech production: Interactions with maturation, perception and learning (M. M. Vihman); 11.– Learning, recognizing, and extending the meaning of words (L. K. Perry, J. S. Horst); 12.– Learning language from the use of gestures (K. J. Rohlfing); 13.– Pragmatic development: Learning to use language to communicate (I. Lossius Falkum); 14.– The role of input in syntax and morphology acquisition: Evidence from production (A. Owen van Horne); 15.– Language learning is learning typology: Acquisition of argument structure and relative clauses in typologically diverse languages (D. Özkan, B. A. Uzundag, A. C. Küntay); 16.– Language development in simultaneous bilinguals: The early years (F. Genesee); III.– Individual differences in language acquisition: 17.– Individual differences in language acquisition (C. F. Norbury); 18.– Developmental language disorder (J. B. Tomblin); 19.– Speech sound disorders in children (S. McLeod, S. Masso); 20.– Language abilities and language growth in children with hearing loss (T. Y. C. Ching, L. Cupples, V. W. Zhang); 21.– Language acquisition in children with autism spectrum disorder (C. Hartley); IV.– Language acquisition in everyday situations: 22.– Young children’s word learning through overhearing: Next steps (N. Akhtar, J. Tolins, J. E. Fox Tree); 23.– Learning language in the context of play (C. S. Tamis-LeMonda, J. Schatz); 24.– Learning language from books (E. Reese); 25.– Using digital media to support language learning in early childhood (G. Strouse); 26.– The co-development of vocabulary and reading comprehension (R. K. Wagner, J. M. Quinn); 27.– The early steps in becoming a writer (R. A. Alves).

Lidz, J., Snyder, W. i Pater, J. (Ed.). (2016). The Oxford handbook of developmental linguistics. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199601264.001.0001

Introduction (J. Lidz, W. Snyder, J. Pater); I.– The acquisition of sound systems: The acquisition of phonological inventories (E. Dunbar, W. Idsardi); Phonotactics and syllable structure in infant speech perception (T. S. Zamuner, V. Kharlamov); Phonological processes in children’s productions: Convergence with and divergence from adult grammars (H. Goad); Prosodic phenomena: Stress, tone, and intonation (M. Ota); II.– The acquisition of morphology: Compound word formation (W. Snyder); Morpho-phonological acquisition (A.-M. Tessier); Processing continuous speech in infancy: From major prosodic units to isolated word forms (L. Goyet, S. Millotte, A. Christophe, T. Nazzi); III.– The acquisition of syntax: Argument structure (J. Viau, A. Bunger); Voice alternations (active, passive, middle) (M. T. Guasti); On the acquisition of prepositions and particles (K. Sugisaki); A-movement in language development (M. Becker, S. Kirby); The acquisition of complements (J. de Villiers, T. Roeper); Acquisition of questions (R. Thornton); Root infinitives in child language and the structure of the clause (J. Grinstead); Mood alternations (K. Ud Deen); Null subjects (V. Valian); Case and agreement (P. Hagstrom); Acquiring possessives (T. Marinis); IV.– The acquisition of semantics: Acquisition of comparatives and degree constructions (K. Syrett); Quantification in child language (J. Lidz); The acquisition of binding and coreference (S. Baauw); Logical connectives (T. Goro); The expression of genericity in child language (A. T. Pérez-Leroux); Lexical and grammatical aspect (A. van Hout); Scalar implicature (A. Papafragou, D. Skordos); V.– Theories of learning: Computational theories of learning and developmental psycholinguistics (J. Heinz); Statistical learning, inductive bias, and Bayesian inference in language acquisition (L. Pearl, S. Goldwater); Computational approaches to parameter setting in generative linguistics (W. G. Sakas); Learning with violable constraints (G. Jarosz); VI.– Atypical populations: Language development in children with developmental disorders (A. Zukowski); The genetics of spoken language (J. Ganger); Phonological disorders: Theoretical and experimental findings (D. A. Dinnsen, J. A. Barlow, J. A. Gierut).

Diversitat lingüística, tipologia lingüística i universals lingüístics

Glotònims

Badia, I. (2002). Diccionari de les llengües d’Europa. Enciclopèdia Catalana.

Dryer, M. S. (2019). Language names and nonlinguists: A response to Haspelmath. Language Documentation & Conservation, 13, 580–585. http://hdl.handle.net/10125/24900

Haspelmath, M. (2017). Some principles for language names. Language Documentation & Conservation, 11, 81–93. http://hdl.handle.net/10125/24725

Junyent, C. (1989). Les llengües del món: ecolingüística. Empúries.

Primera part: Hi ha paraules que s’aturen a Beseit; Les races no existeixen; La comunitat; Cultura rima bé amb…; Paraula de Déu; …literatura. Intermedi: Les tècniques de classificació; Segona part: Les llengües del món; Bibliografia; Índex de famílies i grups; Índex de llengües; Índex d’autors.

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (1990). Lenguas del mundo. Visor.

0.– Presentación; 1.– Criterios de selección; 2.– Sobre la necesidad de unificación; 3.– Criterios de traducción; 4.– Sobre las fuentes bibliográficas; Lenguas de Europa; Lenguas de África; Lenguas de América; Lenguas de Asia; Lenguas de Oceanía; Sabires y lenguas criollas; Relación genética entre las lenguas; Índice de lenguas; Índice de correspondencias; Índice de familias; Índice de países; Referencias bibliográficas.

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2003). El universo de las lenguas: clasificación, denominación, situación, tipología, historia y bibliografía de las lenguas. Castalia.

Introducción; Bibliografía; Esbozo de cronología universal del lenguaje y las lenguas; 1.– Filo indoeuropeo; 2.– Familia báltica; 3.– Familia eslava; 4.– Familia celta; 5.– Familia germánica; 6.– Familia romance; 7.– Familia indoaria; 8.– Familia irania; 9.– Lenguas urálicas y altaicas; 10.– Lenguas caucásicas; 11.– Familia drávida; 12.– Lenguas aleuto-eskimales y chukoto kamchadales. Familia yeneseica; 13.– Lenguas afroasiáticas; 14.– Filo níger-congo; 15.– Filo nilo-sahariano; 16.– Filo koisán; 17.– Lenguas austroasiáticas; 18.– Familia daica; 19.– Familia miao-yao; 20.– Filo sino-tibetano; 21.– Filo na-dené; 22.– Lenguas algonquinas; 23.– Lenguas chimacuanas, vachacanas y sélicas; 24.– Lenguas siu, cado, keresas e iroquesas; 25.– Filo hokano; 26.– Lenguas oto-mangue, yuto-aztecas y tano; 27.– Lenguas penutíes, mayas, mixe-zoque, muscóganas, huaves, totonacas, del Golfo, urú-chipaya y yuki; 28.– Lenguas ge-pano caribe; 29.– Lenguas ecuatoriales y tucanas; 30.– Familias chibcha, páez, chocó, misumalpa, yanomami y mura; 31.– Lenguas andinas; 32.– Filo austronesio; 33.– Lenguas papúes y andanamesas; 34.– Lenguas australianas; 35.– Familias y lenguas no clasificadas; 36.– Algunas relaciones hipotéticas entre los filos lingüísticos del mundo; Glosario de glotónimos inglés-español; Glosario de glotónimos alemán-español; Glosario de glotónimos francés-español; Glosario de glotónimos ruso-español; Índice de glotónimos.

Revert, V. i Gallardo Paúls, B. (2001). Glotonimia. Universitat de València. http://hdl.handle.net/10550/30483

TERMCAT, Centre de Terminologia. (2018). Diccionari de llengües del món (2a ed.). https://www.termcat.cat/ca/diccionaris-en-linia/130

Llengües del món i famílies lingüístiques

Manuals de lingüística

✓ Casado, C. i Escandell, M. V. (2011). El lenguaje y las lenguas. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), Invitación a la lingüística (p. 1–52). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Casado, C. i Gutiérrez Rodríguez, E. (2009). Las lenguas del mundo. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), El lenguaje humano (p. 369–399). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Casado, C. i Gutiérrez Rodríguez, E. (2014). Las lenguas del mundo y el mundo de las lenguas. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), Claves del lenguaje humano (p. 345–395). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

De Mauro, T. (2003). Lingue e familie di lingue. A Linguistica elementare: con esercizi e test di verifica (2a ed., p. 113–130). Laterza.

García-Miguel, J. M. (2000). Linguas do mundo e tipoloxía lingüística. A F. Ramallo, G. Rei-Doval i X. P. Rodríguez Yáñez (Ed.), Manual de ciencias da linguaxe (p. 173–220). Edicións Xerais de Galicia.

Gleason Jr., H. A. (1961). Some languages and language families. A An introduction to descriptive linguistics (Ed. rev., p. 457–479). Holt, Rinehart and Winston. https://archive.org/details/introductiontode0000unse_e4o5

Gleason Jr., H. A. (1975). Lenguas y familias de lenguas (E. Wulff, Trad.). A Introducción a la lingüística descriptiva (p. 634–664). Gredos. (Obra original publicada el 1961)

López García, Á. (1990). Las lenguas del mundo. A Lingüística general y aplicada (p. 13–58). Universitat de València.

Malmberg, B. (1982). Las lenguas del mundo y su clasificación (P. Calvo, Trad.). A Introducción a la lingüística (p. 163–172). Cátedra. (Obra original publicada el 1979)

Matthews, P. H. (2003). Language families. A Linguistics: A very short introduction (p. 45–59). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/actrade/9780192801487.003.0004

McGregor, W. B. (2024). Languages of the world. A Linguistics: An introduction (3a ed., p. 413–440). Bloomsbury Academic. https://www.bloomsburyonlineresources.com/linguistics-an-introduction-3/student-resources_chapter-17

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (1996). Las lenguas del mundo. A C. Martín Vide (Ed.), Elementos de lingüística (p. 27–44). Octaedro.

Muñoz Martín, R. (1995). Lenguas del mundo. A Lingüística para traducir (p. 281–308). Teide.

✓ Steinbergs, A. (2011). The classification of languages. A W. O’Grady, J. Archibald i F. Katamba (Ed.), Contemporary linguistics: An introduction (2a ed., p. 327–356). Pearson Longman.

✓ Steinbergs, A. i O’Grady, W. (2017). The classification of languages. A W. O’Grady, J. Archibald, M. Aronoff i J. Rees-Miller (Ed.), Contemporary linguistics: An introduction (7a ed., p. 261–296). Bedford/St. Martin’s, Macmillan Learning.

✓ Steinbergs, A. i O’Grady, W. (2021). The classification of languages. A W. O’Grady i J. Archibald (Ed.), Contemporary linguistic analysis: An introduction (9a ed., p. 213–243). Pearson.

Tuson, J. (1999). Les llengües del món: diversitat i unitat. A Introducció al llenguatge (p. 61–98). Edicions de la Universitat Oberta de Catalunya.

Tuson, J. (2003). Las lenguas del mundo: diversidad y unidad. A Introducción al lenguaje (p. 64–106). Editorial UOC. (Obra original publicada el 1999)

Treballs generals

✓ Anderson, S. R. (2010). How many languages are there in the world? Linguistic Society of America. https://web.archive.org/web/20220808144236/https://www.linguisticsociety.org/resource/faq-how-many-languages-are-there-world

✓✓ Campbell, L. (2018). How many language families are there in the world? Anuario del Seminario de Filología Vasca «Julio de Urquijo». International Journal of Basque Linguistics and Philology, 52(2), 133–152. https://doi.org/10.1387/asju.20195

Comrie, B. (2017). Languages of the world. A M. Aronoff i J. Rees-Miller (Ed.), The handbook of linguistics (2a ed., p. 21–38). Wiley Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781119072256.ch2

Comrie, B., Matthews, S. i Polinsky, M. (Ed.). (2003). The atlas of languages: The origin and development of languages through the world (Ed. rev.). Facts on File. https://archive.org/details/atlasoflanguages00bern_0

Hammarström, H. (2010). The status of the least documented language families in the world. Language Documentation & Conservation, 4, 177–212. http://hdl.handle.net/10125/4478

Haugen, J. D. (2021). Language families. A J. Stanlaw (Ed.), The international encyclopedia of linguistic anthropology. Wiley Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118786093.iela0216

How many languages are there in the world? (2026). A D. M. Eberhard, G. F. Simons i A. J. Robinson (Ed.), Ethnologue: Languages of the world (29a ed.). SIL Global. https://www.ethnologue.com/insights/how-many-languages/

Junyent, C. (1989). Les llengües del món: ecolingüística. Empúries.

Junyent, C. (1993). Las lenguas del mundo: una introducción. Octaedro.

1.– Las lenguas en el espacio; 2.– Las lenguas en el tiempo; 3.– Clasificación genética de las lenguas; 4.– Tipología de las lenguas; 5.– «Las grandes» lenguas del mundo; 6.– Las lenguas amenazadas.

Junyent, C. (1999). La diversitat lingüística: didàctica i recorregut de les llengües del món. Octaedro.

Junyent, C. (1999). La diversidad lingüística: didáctica y recorrido de las lenguas del mundo. Octaedro.

✓ Lewis, M. P. (2019). How many language families are there in the world? A C. Myrick i W. Wolfram (Ed.), The five-minute linguist: Bite-sized essays on language and languages (3a ed., p. 25–29). University of Toronto Press.

✓✓ Lyovin, A. V., Kessler, B. i Leben, W. R. (2017). An introduction to the languages of the world (2a ed.). Oxford University Press.

1.– Classification of languages; 2.– Classification of writing systems; 3.– Europe; 4.– Asia; 5.– Africa; 6.– Oceania; 7.– The Americas; 8.– Language birth, death, and revitalization.

Martí, F., Ortega, P., Idiazabal, I., Barreña, A., Juaristi, P., Junyent, C., Uranga, B. i Amorrortu, E. (2005). Words and worlds: World languages review. UNESCO Etxea; Multilingual Matters.

Prologue; Introduction; 1.– Linguistic communities; 2.– The linguistic heritage; 3.– The official status of languages; 4.– The use of languages in public administration; 5.– Language and writing; 6.– Language and education; 7.– Languages and the media; 8.– Language and religion; 9.– Transmission and intergenerational use of language; 10.– Linguistic attitudes; 11.– The threats to languages; 12.– The future of languages; References; Web references; Appendix 1.– Survey questionnaire; Appendix 2.– Index of contributors; Appendix 3.– List of informants; Appendix 4.– Index of languages, families and varieties.

Martí, F., Ortega, P., Idiazabal, I., Barreña, A., Juaristi, P., Junyent, C., Uranga, B. i Amorrortu, E. (2006). Palabras y mundos: informe sobre las lenguas del mundo. Icaria. (Obra original publicada el 2005).

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (1990). Lenguas del mundo. Visor.

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2003). El universo de las lenguas: clasificación, denominación, situación, tipología, historia y bibliografía de las lenguas. Castalia.

✓✓ Pereltsvaig, A. (2023). Languages of the world: An introduction (4a ed.). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781009338615

1.– Introduction; 2.– Languages of Europe; 3.– Languages of Iran and South Asia; 4.– Languages of Northern Eurasia; 5.– Languages of the Caucasus; 6.– Languages of the Greater Middle East; 7.– Languages of Sub-Saharan Africa; 8.– Languages of Eastern Asia; 9.– Languages of the Pacific; 10.– Aboriginal languages of New Guinea and Australia; 11.– Indigenous languages of Canada and the USA; 12.– Indigenous languages of Latin America and the Caribbean; Epilogue; Glossary; References.

The problem of language identification. (2026). A D. M. Eberhard, G. F. Simons i A. J. Robinson (Ed.), Ethnologue: Languages of the world (29a ed.). SIL Global. https://www.ethnologue.com/methodology/#language-id

Tuson, J. (2006). Les llengües del món. Editorial UOC.

Sis mil llengües per conservar; Els reptes de la classificació; La creació de llengües, Una unitat profunda; El futur.

Tuson, J. (2016). Las lenguas del mundo. Editorial UOC.

Seis mil lenguas que conservar; 1.– Los retos de la clasificación; 2.– La creación de lenguas; 3.– Una unidad profunda; 4.– El futuro.

Treballs específics

Reculls i repertoris de llengües

Banfi, E. i Grandi, N. (2003). Lingue d’Europa: elementi di storia e di tipologia linguistica. Carocci.

Brown, K. i Ogilvie, S. (Ed.). (2009). Concise encyclopedia of languages of the world. Elsevier.

Campbell, G. L. i King, G. (2011). The Routledge concise compendium of the world’s languages (2a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203717936

Campbell, G. L. i King, G. (2013). Compendium of the world’s languages (3a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203106532

Comrie, B. (Ed.). (2018). The world’s major languages (3a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315644936

Eberhard, D. M., Simons, G. F. i Robinson, A. J. (Ed.). (2026). Ethnologue: Languages of the world (29a ed.). SIL Global. https://www.ethnologue.com

Hammarström, H., Forkel, R., Haspelmath, M. i Bank, S. (Ed.). (2026). Glottolog 5.3. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://glottolog.org

Katzner, K. (2002). The languages of the world (3a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203430163

Leclerc, J. (2026). Les langues du monde. A L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Université Laval, CEFAN. https://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca/Langues/acces_languesmonde.htm

Meillet, A. i Cohen, M. (Dir.). (1981). Les langues du monde (Nova ed.). Slatkine. (Obra original publicada el 1924)

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2003). El universo de las lenguas: clasificación, denominación, situación, tipología, historia y bibliografía de las lenguas. Castalia.

Ruhlen, M. (1987). A guide to the world’s languages: Vol. 1. Classification. Stanford University Press. https://archive.org/details/ruhlen-a-guide-to-the-worlds-languages-vol.-1-classification-1991

Voegelin, C. F. i Voegelin, F. M. R. (1977). Classification and index of the world’s languages. Elsevier. https://archive.org/details/classificationin0000voeg

Treballs sobre famílies lingüístiques específiques

Abondolo, D. i Valijärvi, R.-L. (Ed.). (2023). The Uralic languages (2a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315625096

Adelaar, W. F. H. (2004). The languages of the Andes. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511486852

Adelaar, A. i Himmelmann, N. P. (Ed.). (2005). The Austronesian languages of Asia and Madagascar. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203821121

Adelaar, A. i Schapper, A. (Ed.). (2023). The Oxford Guide to the Malayo-Polynesian languages of Southeast Asia. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780198807353.001.0001

Aikhenvald, A. Y. (2012). The languages of the Amazon. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199593569.001.0001

Aissen, J., England, N. C. i Zavala Maldonado, R. (Ed.). (2017). The Mayan languages. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315192345

Allières, J. (2000). Les langues de l’Europe. Presses Universitaires de France.

Anderson, G. D. S. (Ed.). (2008). The Munda languages. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315822433

Bakró-Nagy, M., Laakso, J. i Skribnik, E. (Ed.). (2022). The Oxford guide to the Uralic languages. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780198767664.001.0001

Ball, M. J. i Müller, N. (Ed.). (2010). The Celtic languages (2a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203882481

Bowern, C. (Ed.). (2023). The Oxford guide to Australian languages. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780198824978.001.0001

Campbell, L. (Ed.). (2018). Language isolates. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315750026

Campbell, L. (2024). The indigenous languages of the Americas: History and classification. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780197673461.001.0001

Campbell, L. i Grondona, V. (Ed.). (2012). The indigenous languages of South America: A comprehensive guide. De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110258035

Cardona, G. i Jain, D. (Ed.). (2003). The Indo-Aryan languages. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203945315

Comrie, B. (1981). The languages of the Soviet Union. Cambridge University Press.

Comrie, B. (Ed.). (1990). The major languages of East and South-East Asia. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203408155

Comrie, B. (Ed.). (1990). The major languages of Western Europe. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203408148

Comrie, B. (Ed.). (1991). The major languages of Eastern Europe. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203216149

Comrie, B. (Ed.). (1991). The major languages of South Asia, the Middle East and Africa. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203412336

Comrie, B. i Corbett, G. G. (Ed.). (1993). The Slavonic languages. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781136861376

Costas, X. H. (2002). Guía das linguas de Europa. Edicións Positivas.

Dagostino, C., Mithun, M. i Rice, K. (Ed.). (2023). The languages and linguistics of indigenous North America: A comprehensive guide (Vol. 1). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110600926

Dagostino, C., Mithun, M. i Rice, K. (Ed.). (2024). The languages and linguistics of indigenous North America: A comprehensive guide (Vol. 2). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110712742

Derbyshire, D. C. i Pullum, G. K. (Ed.). (1986). Handbook of Amazonian languages (Vol. 1). Mouton de Gruyter. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110850819

Derbyshire, D. C. i Pullum, G. K. (Ed.). (1989). Handbook of Amazonian languages (Vol. 2). Mouton de Gruyter. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110860382

Derbyshire, D. C. i Pullum, G. K. (Ed.). (1991). Handbook of Amazonian languages (Vol. 3). Mouton de Gruyter. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110854374

Derbyshire, D. C. i Pullum, G. K. (Ed.). (1998). Handbook of Amazonian languages (Vol. 4). Mouton de Gruyter. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110822120

Diller, A., Edmondson, J. A. i Lou, Y. (Ed.). (2008). The Tai-Kadai languages. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203641873

Dixon, R. M. W. (1980). The languages of Australia. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511719714

Dixon, R. M. W. (2002). Australian languages: Their nature and development. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511486869

Dixon, R. M. W. (2019). Australia’s original languages: An introduction. Allen & Unwin.

Dixon, R. M. W. i Aikhenvald, A. Y. (Ed.). (1999). The Amazonian languages. Cambridge University Press.

Enfield, N. J. (2019). Mainland Southeast Asian languages: A concise typological introduction. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781139019552

Enfield, N. J. (2021). The languages of mainland Southeast Asia. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108605618

Evans, N. i Fedden, S. (Ed.). (2026). The Oxford guide to the Papuan languages. Oxford University Press.

Foley, W. A. (1986). The Papuan languages of New Guinea. Cambridge University Press.

Frajzyngier, Z. i Shay, E. (Ed.). (2012). The Afroasiatic languages. Cambridge University Press.

Friedman, V. A. i Joseph, B. D. (2025). The Balkan languages. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781139019095

Giacalone Ramat, A. i Ramat, P. (Ed.). (1995). Las lenguas indoeuropeas (P. Linares i A. Fernández Valbuena, Trad.). Cátedra. https://archive.org/details/giacalone-ramat-anna-ramat-paolo-eds.-las-lenguas-indoeuropeas (Obra original publicada el 1993)

Goddard, C. (2005). The languages of East and South East Asia: An introduction. Oxford University Press.

González de Pérez, M. S. i Rodríguez de Montes, M. L. (Ed.). (2000). Lenguas indígenas de Colombia: una visión descriptiva. Instituto Caro y Cuervo.

Grzega, J. (Ed.). (2025). The Routledge handbook of Eurolinguistics. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781032647715

Güldemann, T. (Ed.). (2018). The languages and linguistics of Africa. De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110421668

Haig, G. i Khan, G. (Ed.). (2019). The languages and linguistics of Western Asia: An areal perspective. De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110421682

Haiman, J. i Benincà, P. (Ed.). (1992). The Rhaeto-Romance languages. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203992487

Harbert, W. (2007). The Germanic languages. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511755071

Harris, M. i Vincent, N. (Ed.). (1988). The Romance languages. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203426531

Heine, B. i Nurse, D. (Ed.). (2000). African languages: An introduction. Cambridge University Press.

Hetzron, R. (Ed.). (1997). The Semitic languages. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315002682

Hock, H. H. i Bashir, E. (Ed.). (2016). The languages and linguistics of South Asia: A comprehensive guide. De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110423303

Huehnergard, J. i Pat-El, N. (Ed.). (2019). The Semitic languages (2a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429025563

Janhunen, J. (Ed.). (2003). The Mongolic languages. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203987919

Johanson, L. (2021). Turkic. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781139016704

Johanson, L. i Csató, É. Á. (Ed.). (2022). The Turkic languages (2a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003243809

Junyent, C. (1986). Les llengües d’Àfrica. Empúries.

Kapović, M. (Ed.). (2017). The Indo-European languages (2a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315678559

Koch, H. i Nordlinger, R. (Ed.). (2014). The languages and linguistics of Australia: A comprehensive guide. De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110279771

König, E. i van der Auwera, J. (Ed.). (1994). The Germanic languages. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315812786

Kortmann, B. i van der Auwera, J. (Ed.). (2011). The languages and linguistics of Europe: A comprehensive guide. De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110220261

Krishnamurti, B. (2003). The Dravidian languages. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511486876

Ledgeway, A. i Maiden, M. (Ed.). (2016). The Oxford guide to the Romance languages. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199677108.001.0001

Lüpke, F. (Ed.). (2024). The Oxford guide to the Atlantic languages of West Africa. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780198736516.001.0001

Lynch, J. (1998). Pacific languages: An introduction. University of Hawai’i Press. http://hdl.handle.net/10125/59211

Lynch, J., Ross, M. i Crowley, T. (Ed.). (2002). The Oceanic languages. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203820384

MacAulay, D. (Ed.). (1992). The Celtic languages. Cambridge University Press.

Marten, L., Hurst-Harosh, E., Kula, N. C. i Zeller, J. (Ed.). (2025). The Oxford guide to the Bantu languages. Oxford University Press.

Masica, C. P. (1991). The Indo-Aryan languages. Cambridge University Press.

Meyer, R., Wakjira, B. i Leyew, Z. (Ed.). (2022). The Oxford handbook of Ethiopian languages. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780198728542.001.0001

Mithun, M. (1999). The languages of Native North America. Cambridge University Press.

Nurse, D. i Philippson, G. (Ed.). (2003). The Bantu languages. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203987926

Palmer, B. (Ed.). (2018). The languages and linguistics of the New Guinea area: A comprehensive guide. De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110295252

Palmer, B. (Ed.). (2026). The languages and linguistics of Island Southeast Asia and the Pacific: A comprehensive guide. De Gruyter Mouton.

Polinsky, M. (Ed.). (2020). The Oxford handbook of languages of the Caucasus. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780190690694.001.0001

Posner, R. (1996). The Romance languages. Cambridge University Press.

Price, G. (Ed.). (1998). Encyclopedia of the languages of Europe. Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781405166294

Price, G. (Ed.). (2001). Enciclopedia de las lenguas de Europa (J. Braga, Trad.). Gredos. (Obra original publicada el 1998)

Robbeets, M. i Savelyev, A. (Ed.). (2020). The Oxford guide to the Transeurasian languages. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780198804628.001.0001

Shibatani, M. (1990). The languages of Japan. Cambridge University Press.

Siddiqi, D., Barrie, M., Gillon, C., Haugen, J. i Mathieu, E. (Ed.). (2019). The Routledge handbook of North American languages. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315210636

Sidwell, P. i Jenny, M. (Ed.). (2021). The languages and linguistics of Mainland Southeast Asia: A comprehensive guide. De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110558142

Steever, S. B. (Ed.). (2020). The Dravidian languages (2a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315722580

Suárez, J. A. (1983). The Mesoamerican Indian languages. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511554445

Sussex, R. i Cubberley, P. (Ed.). (2006). The Slavic languages. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511486807

Tournadre, N. i Suzuki, H. (2023). The Tibetic languages: An introduction to the family of languages derived from Old Tibetan. LACITO-Publications. https://lacito.cnrs.fr/en/the-tibetic-languages-2/

Tranter, N. (Ed.). (2012). The languages of Japan and Korea. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203124741

Turgood, G. i LaPolla, R. J. (Ed.). (2017). The Sino-Tibetan languages (2a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315399508

Urban, M. (Ed.). (2024). The Oxford guide to the languages of the Central Andes. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780198849926.001.0001

Vajda, E. (Ed.). (2024). The languages and linguistics of Northern Asia: Vol. 1. Language families. De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110556216

Vajda, E. (Ed.). (2024). The languages and linguistics of Northern Asia: Vol. 2. Typology, morphosyntax and socio-historical perspectives. De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783111378381

Van de Velde, M., Bostoen, K., Nurse, D. i Philippson, G. (Ed.). (2019). The Bantu languages (2a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315755946

Vossen, R. (Ed.). (2013). The Khoesan languages. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203084465

Vossen, R. i Dimmendaal, G. J. (Ed.). (2020). The Oxford handbook of African languages. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199609895.001.0001

Vovin, A., Alonso de la Fuente, J. A. i Janhunen, J. (Ed.). (2023). The Tungusic languages. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315728391

Wichmann, S. (Ed.). (2025). The languages and linguistics of Mexico and Northern Central America: A comprehensive guide. De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110421705

Windfuhr, G. (Ed.). (2009). The Iranian languages. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203641736

Woodard, R. D. (Ed.). (2008). The ancient languages of Asia and the Americas. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511486838

Woodard, R. D. (Ed.). (2008). The ancient languages of Asia Minor. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511486845

Woodard, R. D. (Ed.). (2008). The ancient languages of Syria-Palestine and Arabia. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511486890

Llengües signades

Manuals de lingüística

Cabeza, C. (2000). Comunicación visual e linguas de signos. A F. Ramallo, G. Rei-Doval i X. P. Rodríguez Yáñez (Ed.), Manual de ciencias da linguaxe (p. 139–172). Edicións Xerais de Galicia.

✓ Marrero, V. i Ruiz-Va, P. (2009). El medio del lenguaje. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), El lenguaje humano (p. 63–98). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Marrero, V. i Ruiz-Va, P. (2014). Lengua oral y lengua signada. La escritura. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), Claves del lenguaje humano (p. 39–82). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

McGregor, W. B. (2024). Sign languages. A Linguistics: An introduction (3a ed., p. 307–332). Bloomsbury Academic. https://www.bloomsburyonlineresources.com/linguistics-an-introduction-3/student-resources_chapter-13

Rowe, B. M. i Levine, D. P. (2023). Sign language: The language of the Deaf community. A A concise introduction to linguistics (6a ed., p. 264–283). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003268369

✓ Yule, G. (2008). Los gestos y las lenguas de signos (N. Bel, Trad.). A A. Benítez Burraco (Ed.), El lenguaje (3a ed. corr. i ampl., p. 208–221). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 2006)

✓ Yule, G. (2020). Gestures and sign languages. A The study of language (7a ed., p. 234–246). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108582889.016

Manuals i treballs generals

Baker, A., van den Bogaerde, B., Pfau, R. i Schermer, T. (Ed.). (2016). The linguistics of sign languages: An introduction. John Benjamins. https://doi.org/10.1075/z.199

1.– Sign languages as natural languages (A. Baker); 2.– Psycholinguistics (T. Schermer, R. Pfau); 3.– Acquisition (A. Baker, B. van den Bogaerde, S. Jansma); 4.– Interaction and discourse (A. Baker, B. van den Bogaerde); 5.– Constituents and word classes (A. Baker, R. Pfau); 6.– Syntax: Simple sentences (R. Pfau, H. Bos); 7.– Syntax: Complex sentences (R. Pfau); 8.– Lexicon (T. Schermer); 9.– Morphology (R. Pfau); 10.– Phonetics (O. Crasborn, E. van der Kooij); 11.– Phonology (E. van der Kooij, O. Crasborn); 12.– Language variation and standardization (T. Schermer); 13.– Language contact and change (T. Schermer, R. Pfau); 14.– Bilingualism and deaf education (B. van den Bogaerde, M. Buré, C. Fortgens); Appendix 1.– Notation conventions; Appendix 2.– Examples of manual alphabets.

Bobillo, N. (2003). La lectoescritura en las personas sordas. Educación y Bibliotecas, 138, 69–77. http://hdl.handle.net/10366/118984

Brentari, D. (Ed.). (2010). Sign languages. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511712203

1.– Introduction (D. Brentari): I.– History and transmission: 2.– Transmission of sign languages in Northern Europe (P. Boyes Braem, C. Rathmann); 3.– Transmission of sign languages in Latin America (C. Ramsey, D. Quinto-Pozos); 4.– Transmission of sign languages in the Nordic countries (B. Bergman, E. Engberg-Pedersen); 5.– Transmission of sign languages in Mediterranean Europe (J. Quer, L. Mazzoni, G. Sapountzaki); 6.– Transmission of sign languages in Africa (D. Lule, L. Wallin); 7.– Transmission of Polish sign systems (P. Wojda); II.– Shared crosslinguistic characteristics: 8.– Notation systems (H. van der Hulst, R. Channon); 9.– Verb agreement in sign language morphology (G. Mathur, C. Rathmann); 10.– Functional markers in sign languages (S. Zucchi, C. Neidle, C. Geraci, Q. Duffy, C. Cecchetto); 11.– Clause structure (R. Müller de Quadros, D. Lillo-Martin); 12.– Factors that form classifier signs (E. Engberg-Pedersen); 13.– Handshape contrasts in sign language phonology (D. Brentari, P. Eccarius); 14.– Syllable structure in sign language phonology (T. Jantunen, R. Takkinen); 15.– Grammaticalization in sign languages (S. Wilcox, P. Rossini, E. Antinoro Pizzuto); 16.– The semantics–phonology interface (R. B. Wilbur); 17.– Nonmanuals: Their grammatical and prosodic roles (R. Pfau, J. Quer); III.– Variation and change: 18.– Sign languages in West Africa (V. Nyst); 19.– Sign languages in the Arab world (K. Al-Fityani, C. Padden); 20.– Variation in American Sign Language (C. Lucas, R. Bayley).

Cabeza, M. del C. (2020). Fundamentos de las lenguas de signos. Síntesis.

1.– Qué son las lenguas de signos y de dónde vienen; I.– Gramática visual: 2.– Los articuladores; 3.– Morfología; 4.– La cláusula y el discurso; 5.– El léxico; II.– Personas sordas: 6.– La transmisión lingüística y el desarrollo de la lengua; 7.– El país de los sordos; 8.– La aldea global: cultura y globalización.

Cruz, M. (2014). El sistema de las lenguas de señas: los aspectos estructurales. A M. Cruz (Ed.), Manos a la obra: lengua de señas, comunidad sorda y educación (p. 25–48). Bonilla Artigas Editores; Universidad Pública del Estado de Morelos.

Herrero, Á. (2002). La investigación lingüística de la lengua de signos. Lynx. Panorámica de Estudios Lingüísticos, 1, 9–50.

Hill, J. C., Lillo-Martin, D. C. i Wood, S. K. (2019). Sign languages: Structures and contexts. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429020872

1.– Introduction; 2.– Phonology; 3.– Morphology; 4.– Syntax; 5.– Children with input from birth; 6.– Contexts of later language development; 7.– Homesign systems; 8.– Variation; 9.– Language attitudes; 10.– Language policy and planning; 11.– Conclusion.

✓ Monaghan, L. (2019). Do deaf people everywhere use the same sign language? A C. Myrick i W. Wolfram (Ed.), The five-minute linguist: Bite-sized essays on language and languages (3a ed., p. 151–155). University of Toronto Press.

✓ Perlmutter, D. M. (2002). What is a sign language? Linguistic Society of America. https://web.archive.org/web/20221220210650/https://www.linguisticsociety.org/sites/default/files/Sign_Language.pdf

✓ Perlmutter, D. M. (2007). ¿Qué es la lengua de señas? (C. S. Banfi, Trad.). Linguistic Society of America. https://web.archive.org/web/20140810194548/http://www.linguisticsociety.org/resource/¿qué-es-la-lengua-de-señas

Sandler, W. (2006). Sign language: Overview. A K. Brown (Ed.), Encyclopedia of language & linguistics (2a ed., p. 328–338). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/b0-08-044854-2/00239-x

Zeshan, U. (2006). Sign languages of the world. A K. Brown (Ed.), Encyclopedia of language & linguistics (2a ed., p. 358–365). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/b0-08-044854-2/00243-1

Zeshan, U. i Palfreyman, N. (2017). Sign language typology. A A. Y. Aikhenvald i R. M. W. Dixon (Ed.), The Cambridge handbook of linguistic typology (p. 178–216). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781316135716.007

Classificació de llengües

Manuals de lingüística

Aikhenvald, A. Y. (2019). Language contact and areal linguistics. A C. Genetti (Ed.), How languages work: An introduction to language and linguistics (2a ed., p. 295–317). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108553988.014

✓ Casado, C. i Escandell, M. V. (2011). El lenguaje y las lenguas. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), Invitación a la lingüística (p. 1–52). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Casado, C. i Gutiérrez Rodríguez, E. (2009). Las lenguas del mundo. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), El lenguaje humano (p. 369–399). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

Fromkin, V. i Rodman, R. (1978). The tower of Babel: Languages of the world. A An introduction to language (2a ed., p. 329–355). Holt, Rinehart and Winston.

Gleason Jr., H. A. (1961). Language classification. A An introduction to descriptive linguistics (Ed. rev., p. 440–456). Holt, Rinehart and Winston. https://archive.org/details/introductiontode0000unse_e4o5

Gleason Jr., H. A. (1975). Clasificación de las lenguas (E. Wulff, Trad.). A Introducción a la lingüística descriptiva (p. 609–633). Gredos. (Obra original publicada el 1961)

Malmberg, B. (1982). Las lenguas del mundo y su clasificación (P. Calvo, Trad.). A Introducción a la lingüística (p. 163–172). Cátedra. (Obra original publicada el 1979)

Matthews, P. H. (2003). Language families. A Linguistics: A very short introduction (p. 45–59). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/actrade/9780192801487.003.0004

Pereltsvaig, A. (2021). The classification of languages. A J. Bruhn de Garavito i J. W. Schwieter (Ed.), Introducing linguistics: Theoretical and applied approaches (p. 253–288). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108696784.008

Roca-Pons, J. (1975). Las clasificaciones de las lenguas. A El lenguaje (2a ed., p. 443–454). Teide.

✓ Steinbergs, A. (2011). The classification of languages. A W. O’Grady, J. Archibald i F. Katamba (Ed.), Contemporary linguistics: An introduction (2a ed., p. 327–356). Pearson Longman.

✓ Steinbergs, A. i O’Grady, W. (2021). The classification of languages. A W. O’Grady i J. Archibald (Ed.), Contemporary linguistic analysis: An introduction (9a ed., p. 213–243). Pearson.

Treballs generals

✓✓ Campbell, L. i Poser, W. J. (2008). Language classification: History and method. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511486906

1.– Introduction: How are languages shown to be related to one another?; 2.– The beginning of comparative linguistics; 3.– «Asiatic Jones, Oriental Jones»: Sir William Jones’ role in the rise of comparative linguistics; 4.– Consolidation of comparative linguistics; 5.– How some languages were shown to belong to Indo-European; 6.– Comparative linguistics of other families and regions; 7.– How to show languages are related: The methods; 8.– The philosophical-psychological-typological evolutionary approach to language relationships; 9.– Assessment of proposed distant genetic relationships; 10.– Beyond the comparative method?; 11.– Why and how do languages diversify and spread?; 12.– What can we learn about the earliest human language by comparing languages known today?; 13.– Conclusions: Anticipating the future; Appendix: Hypothesized distant genetic relationships.

Junyent, C. (1986). La classificació de les llengües. Límits. Revista d’assaig i d’informació sobre les ciències del llenguatge, 1, 25–47.

Junyent, C. (1989). Les tècniques de classificació. A Les llengües del món: ecolingüística (p. 101–107). Empúries.

Junyent, C. (1993). Clasificación genética de las lenguas. A Las lenguas del mundo: una introducción (p. 35–58). Octaedro.

Lyovin, A. V., Kessler, B. i Leben, W. R. (2017). Classification of languages. A An introduction to the languages of the world (2a ed., p. 1–30). Oxford University Press.

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2004). El problema de la clasificación de las lenguas. A Introducción a la lingüística: enfoque tipológico y universalista (2a ed. ampl. i rev., p. 45–60). Síntesis.

✓✓ Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2021). La clasificación de las lenguas: introducción a la taxonomía lingüística. Síntesis.

1.– Introducción; 2.– Clasificación fonológica; 3.– Clasificación morfológica; 4.– Clasificación sintáctica; 5.– Clasificación tipológica de las lenguas señadas; 6.– El método histórico-comparativo; 7.– Métodos estadísticos en la clasificación de lenguas; 8.– Clasificación genealógica de las lenguas del mundo; 9.– Clasificación de las lenguas artificiales; 10.– Clasificación de los sistemas de escritura.

Ruhlen, M. (1987). Genetic classification: Principles and methods. A A guide to the world’s languages: Vol. 1. Classification (p. 4–23). Stanford University Press.

✓ Tuson, J. (2006). Els reptes de la classificació. A Les llengües del món (p. 8–39). Editorial UOC.

✓ Tuson, J. (2016). Los retos de la clasificación. A Las lenguas del mundo (p. 13–44). Editorial UOC.

Treballs específics

About languoids. (2026). A H. Hammarström, R. Forkel, M. Haspelmath i S. Bank (Ed.), Glottolog 5.3. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://glottolog.org/glottolog/glottologinformation

Bakker, P. (2022, 19 de setembre). Mixed languages. Oxford Bibliographies. https://doi.org/10.1093/obo/9780199772810-0030

Barbieri, C., Blasi, D. E., Arango-Isaza, E., Sotiropoulos, A. G., Hammarström, H., Wichmann, S., Greenhill, S. J., Gray, R. D., Forkel, R., Bickel, B. i Shimizu, K. K. (2022). A global analysis of matches and mismatches between human genetic and linguistic histories. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 119(47), Article e2122084119. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.2122084119

Benítez Burraco, A. (2002). Biología molecular, genética de poblaciones y diversidad lingüística. Revista Española de Lingüística Aplicada, 15, 7–24. https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/articulo?codigo=870625

Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (1991). Genes, people and languages. Scientific American, 265(5), 104–110. https://www.jstor.org/stable/24938803

Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (1992). Genes, pueblos y lenguas. Investigación y Ciencia, 184, 4–11.

Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (1996). Genes, pueblos y lenguas. A El lenguaje humano (p. 30–36). Prensa Científica. (Obra original publicada el 1991)

Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (1997). Gens, pobles i llengües (E. Carreras, Trad.). Proa. (Obra original publicada el 1996)

Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (1997). Genes, pueblos y lenguas (J. Vivanco, Trad.). Crítica. (Obra original publicada el 1996)

Cavalli-Sforza, L. L. (2001). Genes, people, and languages (M. Seielstad, Trad.). Penguin Books. (Obra original publicada el 1996)

1.– Genes and history; 2.– A walk in the woods; 3.– Of Adam and Eve; 4.– Technological revolutions and gene geography; 5.– Genes and languages; 6.– Cultural transmission and evolution.

✓ Childs, G. T. (2019). What is the difference between dialects and a language? A C. Myrick i W. Wolfram (Ed.), The five-minute linguist: Bite-sized essays on language and languages (3a ed., p. 16–20). University of Toronto Press.

SIL Global. (2025). Types of individual languages. ISO 639-3. https://iso639-3.sil.org/about/types

What is the difference between a dormant language and an extinct language? (2025). A D. M. Eberhard, G. F. Simons i C. D. Fennig (Ed.), Ethnologue: Languages of the world (28a ed.). SIL International. https://www.ethnologue.com/faq/dormant-vs-extinct-language/

Lingüística de camp

Manuals

Bouquiaux, L. i Thomas, J. M. C. (Ed.). (1976). Enquête et description des langues à tradition orale (2a ed.) [Tome I: L’enquête de terrain et l’analyse grammaticale. Tome II: Approche linguistique (questionnaires grammaticaux et phrases). Tome III: Approche thématique (questionnaire technique et guides thématiques)]. SELAF.

Bouquiaux, L. i Thomas, J. M. C. (1992). Studying and describing unwritten languages (J. Roberts, Trad.). The Summer Institute of Linguistics. (Obra original publicada el 1976)

1.– Fieldwork and grammatical analysis: I.– Introduction to fieldwork: 1.– General problems; 2.– Material aspects of the study; 3.– Gathering data; 4.– Using the questionnaires; 5.– Processing the data; II.– Concepts of linguistic analysis: 1.– Phonology; 2.– Morphology; 3.– Word-level analysis; 4.– Grammatical categories; 5.– Phrase-level analysis; 6.– The level of grammatical functions; 7.– Utterance level (enoncematic, clausematic); 8.– Recapitulation; Bibliography; 2.– Linguistic approach – Questionnaires: 1.– Instructions for the recording of linguistic data; 2.– Linguistic inventory questionnaire; 3.– Questionnaire for an extensive survey; 4.– Phonological guide; 5.– Morphology: Derivation and compounding; 6.– Verb phrase; 7.– The noun and the noun phrase; 8.– Sentence types; 9.– Sentence questionnaire; 3.– Thematic approach – Questionnaires: 10.– Traditional technologies; 11.– Ethnobotany; 12.– Ethnozoology; 13.– Anatomy and physiology, animals and plants; 14.– Instructions for collecting zoological and botanical specimens; 15.– Sociological phenomena; 16.– Psychological phenomena; 17.– Names, measurement, and time; 18.– Oral tradition; 19.– Language contact; 20.– Sociolinguistic questionnaire.

Bowern, C. (2015). Linguistic fieldwork: A practical guide (2a ed.). Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1057/9781137340801

1.– Introduction; 2.– Technology in the field; 3.– Starting to work on a language; 4.– Data organisation and archiving; 5.– Fieldwork on phonetics and phonology; 6.– Eliciting: Basic morphology and syntax; 7.– Further morphology and syntax; 8.– Lexical and semantic data; 9.– Discourse, pragmatics and narrative data; 10.– Consultants and field locations; 11.– Ethical field research; 12.– Grant application writing; 13.– Working with existing materials; 14.– Fieldwork results; Appendix A.– Metadata sheets; Appendix B.– Suggested fieldwork program for an undescribed language; Appendix C.– A basic phonetics/phonology checklist; Appendix D.– A basic morphology/syntax checklist; Appendix E.– Sample consent form; Appendix F.– Equipment checklist; Appendix G.– Basic word list.

Chelliah, S. L. i de Reuse, W. J. (2011). Handbook of descriptive linguistic fieldwork. Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-90-481-9026-3

1.– Introduction; 2.– Definition and goals of descriptive linguistic fieldwork; 3.– The history of linguistic fieldwork; 4.– Choosing a language; 5.– Field preparation: Philological, practical, and psychological; 6.– Fieldwork ethics: The rights and responsibilities of the fieldworker; 7.– Native speakers and fieldworkers; 8.– Planning sessions, note taking, and data management; 9.– Lexicography in fieldwork; 10.– Phonetic and phonological fieldwork; 11.– What to expect in morphosyntactic typology and terminology; 12.– Grammar gathering techniques; 13.– Semantics, pragmatics, and text collection.

Crowley, T. (2007). Field linguistics: A beginner’s guide (N. Thieberger, Ed.). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780199284344.001.0001

1.– Field linguistics: Why bother?; 2.– Ethical issues; 3.– Getting started; 4.– Gathering your data; 5.– Beyond elicitation; 6.– Problems and pitfalls; 7.– Salvage fieldwork.

Dixon, R. M. W. (2009). Basic linguistic theory: Vol. 1. Methodology. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780199571055.001.0001

1.– Basics; 2.– Principles to follow; 3.– Grammar overview; 4.– Analysis, argumentation, and explanation; 5.– Terminology; 6.– Doing typology; 7.– Phonology; 8.– Lexicon; 9.– Field linguistics.

Kibrik, A. E. (1977). The methodology of field investigations in linguistics: (Setting up the problem). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783111351452

1.– The role of field linguistics in theoretical and applied linguistics: 1.– The problem of investigation in insufficiently studied languages; 2.– Field linguistics as a branch of descriptive linguistics; 3.– Methods in field linguistics and its relation to other linguistic disciplines; 2.– Preliminary stage (the ‘zero cycle’) in field work: 1.– The necessity for questionnaires and tests; 2.– Phonetics; 3.– Morphology; 4.– Syntax; 5.– Lexicon; 3.– Organization of field work: 1.– Basic stages in field work; 2.– Work with an informant; 3.– Collection of linguistic data; Conclusion; Appendix 1.– A universal phonetic transcription based on latin (variant of the IPA); Appendix 2.– A sample of questionnaires in the form of a calculus (spatial grammatical meanings); Appendix 3.– A sample of questionnaires in the form of a set of diagnostic utterances (non-spatial meaning in a noun phrase); Appendix 4.– An approximate list of sentences for the first encounter with the lexicon and grammar of the target language; Appendix 5.– Minimum dictionary (an approximate list of words (senses) for the collection of vocabulary); Appendix 6.– A sample of grammatical classification of sentences.

Meakins, F., Green, J. i Turpin, M. (2018). Understanding linguistic fieldwork. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203701294

1.– Introduction; 2.– Planning for fieldwork; 3.– Equipment and recording; 4.– Data management, annotation and archiving; 5.– Phonetics and phonology; 6.– Morpho-syntax; 7.– Semantic fieldwork and lexicography; 8.– Sign and gesture; 9.– Child language acquisition; 10.– Contact languages; 11.– Verbal art; 12.– A final word.

Rozhanskiy, F. (2021). A manual of linguistic fieldwork. University of Tartu; COPIUS (Community of Practice in Uralic Studies). https://copius.eu/files/fieldwork_2021.pdf

1.– Introduction; 2.– Methods of fieldwork; 3.– Audio recording; 4.– Video recording; 5.– Data and metadata; 6.– Software for the linguistic fieldwork; 7.– Ethics; 8.– Managing the field trip; References.

Sakel, J. i Everett, D. L. (2012). Linguistic fieldwork: A student guide. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139016254

1.– Introduction: What is linguistic fieldwork; 2.– Fieldwork projects: Two examples; 3.– The languages; 4.– The people; 5.– Fieldwork preparation; 6.– Fieldwork methods; 7.– The outcomes; Appendix 1.– Perspectives on the history of fieldwork; Appendix 2.– Phonology questionnaire.

Samarin, W. J. (1967). Field linguistics: A guide to linguistic fieldwork. Holt, Rinehart and Winston. https://archive.org/details/fieldlinguistics0000sama

1.– The purpose of field linguistics; 2.– Human factors in field work; 3.– The language informant; 4.– The linguistic corpus; 5.– Obtaining and caring for the corpus; 6.– The eliciting technique; 7.– Making work sessions profitable; 8.– Data collating; 9.– Procedures in field analysis; Appendix.– Lexicostatistical word list.

Vaux, B. i Cooper, J. (2003). Introduction to linguistic field methods. Lincom Europa. https://archive.org/details/introductiontoli0000just

1.– Introduction; 2.– Transcription; 3.– Basic lexicography; 4.– Semantics; 5.– Articulatory phonetics; 6.– Acoustic phonetics; 7.– Segmental phonology; 8.– Prosodic phonology; 9.– Nominal morphology; 10.– Verbal morphology; 11.– Syntax I; 12.– Syntax II; 13.– Pragmatics; 14.– Sociolinguistics and dialectology; 15.– Historical linguistics; 16.– Text collection.

Treballs generals

Campbell, L. (2022). Linguist on the loose: Adventures and misadventures in field work. Edinburgh University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781474494168

1.– Introduction: What’s a linguist do, anyway?, What’s linguistic fieldwork?; 2.– Fieldwork adventure; 3.– Discoveries; 4.– Finding language consultants and working with them; 5.– Perils, parasites, politics, and violence; 6.– Eating, drinking, and matters of health; 7.– Surviving fieldwork travel and living in the field; 8.– What next?: What is needed in endangered language research?

Dixon, R. M. W. (1983). Searching for Aboriginal languages: Memoirs of a field worker. University of Queensland Press. https://archive.org/details/searchingforabor0000dixo_i1g1

1.– Setting off; 2.– ‘Haven’t you got a machine?’; 3.– ‘You never talk it to me!’; 4.– Full of unforgettable characters; 5.– ‘Time to get back to wife’; 6.– ‘Drink this!’; 7.– ‘Of course we’ll keep in touch’; 8.– ‘Doing all these Jalnguy’; 9.– Lots of linguistic expertise; 10.– ‘This way be bit more better’; 11.– ‘Happiness and fun’; 12.– ‘It’s not’; 13.– ‘Those are good for you’; 14.– Loss; 15.– ‘I think I like that language best’; Afterword; Pronunciation of Aboriginal words; Tribal and language names.

Dixon, R. M. W. (2007). Field linguistics: A minor manual. STUF – Language Typology and Universals, 60(1), 12–31. https://doi.org/10.1524/stuf.2007.60.1.12

Dixon, R. M. W. (2009). Field linguistics. A Basic linguistic theory: Vol. 1. Methodology (p. 309–330). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780199571055.003.0009

Everett, D. L. (2008). Don’t sleep, there are snakes: Life and language in the Amazonian jungle. Vintage Books.

I.– Life: 1.– Discovering the world of the Pirahã; 2.– The Amazon; 3.– The cost of discipleship; 4.– Sometimes you make mistakes; 5.– Material culture and the absence of ritual; 6.– Families and community; 7.– Nature and the immediacy of experience; 8.– A teenager named Túkaaga: Murder and society; 9.– Land to live free; 10.– Caboclos: Vignettes of Amazonian Brazilian life; II.– Language: 11.– Changing channels with Pirahã sounds; 12.– Pirahã words; 13.– How much grammar do people need? 14.– Values and talking: The partnership between language and culture; 15.– Recursion: Language as a matrioshka doll; 16.– Crooked heads and straight heads: Perspectives on language and truth; III.– Conclusion: 17.– Converting the missionary; Epilogue: Why care about cultures and languages?

Hyman, L. M. (2001). Fieldwork as a state of mind. A P. Newman i M. Ratliff (Ed.), Linguistic fieldwork (p. 15–33). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511810206.002

Ibarretxe, I. (2022). Trabajo de campo. Estudios de Lingüística del Español (ELiEs), 45, 103–132. https://doi.org/10.36950/elies.2022.45.8852

Martín, E. H. (1972). Lingüística de campo. A Qué es la investigación lingüística (p. 53–70). Columba.

Newman, P. (2009). Fieldwork and field methods in linguistics. Language Documentation & Conservation, 3(1), 112–124. http://hdl.handle.net/10125/4428 (Obra original publicada el 1992)

Reculls

Gippert, J., Himmelmann, N. P. i Mosel, U. (Ed.). (2006). Essentials of language documentation. Mouton de Gruyter. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110197730

1.– Language documentation: What is it and what is it good for? (N. P. Himmelmann); 2.– Ethics and practicalities of cooperative fieldwork and analysis (A. M. Dwyer); 3.– Fieldwork and community language work (U. Mosel); 4.– Data and language documentation (P. K. Austin); 5.– The ethnography of language and language documentation (J. H. Hill); 6.– Documenting lexical knowledge (J. B. Haviland); 7.– Prosody in language documentation (N. P. Himmelmann); 8.– Ethnography in language documentation (B. Franchetto); 9.– Linguistic annotation (E. Schultze-Berndt); 10.– The challenges of segmenting spoken language (N. P. Himmelmann); 11.– Orthography development (F. Seifart); 12.– Sketch grammar (U. Mosel); 13.– Archiving challenges (P. Trilsbeekj, P. Wittenburg); 14.– Linguistic documentation and the encoding of textual materials (J. Gippert); 15.– Thick interfaces: Mobilizing language documentation with multimedia (D. Nathan).

Newman, P. i Ratliff, M. (Ed.). (2001). Linguistic fieldwork. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511810206

Introduction (P. Newman, M. Ratliff); 1.– Fieldwork as a state of mind (L. M. Hyman); 2.– Who shapes the record: The speaker and the linguist (M. Mithun); 3.– Places and people: Field sites and informants (G. J. Dimmendaal); 4.– Ulwa (Southern Sumu): The beginnings of a language research project (K. Hale); 5.– Escaping Eurocentrism: Fieldwork as a process of unlearning (D. Gil); 6.– Surprises in Sutherland: Linguistic variability amidst social uniformity (N. C. Dorian); 7.– The role of text collection and elicitation in linguistic fieldwork (S. L. Chelliah); 8.– Monolingual field research (D. L. Everett); 9.– The give and take of fieldwork: Noun classes and other concerns in Fatick, Senegal (F. Mc Laughlin, T. S. Sall); 10.– Phonetic fieldwork (I. Maddieson); 11.– Learning as one goes (K. Rice); 12.– The last speaker is dead – Long live the last speaker! (N. Evans).

Sarvasy, H. i Forker, D. (Ed.). (2018). Word hunters: Field linguists on fieldwork. John Benjamins. https://doi.org/10.1075/slcs.194

1.– Word hunters: Unsung heroes of linguistics (H. Sarvasy, D. Forker); 2.– The magic of names: A fieldworker’s perspective (A. Y. Aikhenvald); 3.– Historical linguistics in the raw: My life as diachronic fieldworker (R. Blust); 4.– Sharing thoughts, concepts and experiences: Fieldwork on African languages (M. Brenzinger); 5.– Forty-plus years before the mast: My experiences as a field linguist (G. Tucker Childs); 6.– Field linguistics in Daghestan: A very personal account (N. Dobrushina, M. A. Daniel); 7.– Drinking of the iceberg: Thirty years of fieldwork on Arctic languages (M. Fortescue); 8.– Reflections on linguistic fieldwork between Sahel, Amazon and Outback (K. J. Olawsky); 9.– My fieldwork, from Georgia to Guinea (N. R. Sumbatova); 10.– The linguist as a demon and as a human: Fieldwork in Greater Awyu communities of West Papua (L. de Vries); 11.– From here to there and back again: Fieldwork in the Andean foothills (M. R. Wise).

Thieberger, N. (Ed.). (2012). The Oxford handbook of linguistic fieldwork. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199571888.001.0001

Introduction (N. Thieberger); 1.– Audio and video recording techniques for linguistic research (A. Margetts, A. Margetts); 2.– A guide to stimulus-based elicitation for semantic categories (A. Majid); 3.– Morphosyntactic analysis in the field: A guide to the guides (U. Mosel); 4.– Linguistic data management (N. Thieberger, A. L. Berez); 5.– Sociolinguistic fieldwork (M. Meyerhoff, C. Adachi, G. Nanbakhsh, A. Strycharz); 6.– Reasons for documenting gestures and suggestions for how to go about it (M. Seyfeddinipur); 7.– Including music and the temporal arts in language documentation (L. Barwick); 8.– Anything can happen: The verb lexicon and interdisciplinary fieldwork (N. Evans); 9.– Understanding human relations (Kinship systems) (L. Dousset); 10.– The language of food (N. J. Pollock); 11.– Botanical collecting (B. J. Conn); 12.– Ethnobiology: Basic methods for documenting biological knowledge represented in languages (W. McClatchey); 13.– Technology (P. Lemonnier); 14.– Fieldwork in ethnomathematics (M. Chemillier); 15.– Cultural astronomy for linguists (J. Holbrook); 16.– Geography: Documenting terms for landscape features (A. G. Turk, D. M. Mark, C. O’Meara, D. Stea); 17.– Toponymy: Recording and analysing placenames in a language area (D. Nash, J. Simpson); 18.– Ethical issues in linguistic fieldwork (K. Rice); 19.– Copyright and other legal concerns (P. Newman); 20.– Training linguistics students for the realities of fieldwork (M. Macaulay).

Wittenburg, P. (Ed.). (2002). Proceedings of the International LREC Workshop on Resources and tools in field linguistics. Las Palmas de Gran Canaria, Spain, 26-27 May, 2002. European Language Resources Association (ELRA). https://www.mpi.nl/lrec/2002/program.html

Tipologia lingüística

Manuals de lingüística

Berruto, G. (2006). Cenni di tipologia linguistica. A Corso elementare di linguistica generale (Nova ed., p. 115–136). UTET Libreria.

✓ Casado, C. i Gutiérrez Rodríguez, E. (2009). Las lenguas del mundo. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), El lenguaje humano (p. 369–399). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Finegan, E. (2015). Language universals and language typology. A Language: Its structure and use (7a ed., p. 232–265). Cengage Learning.

Inchaurralde, C. i Vázquez, I. (Ed.). (2000). La comparación de lenguas: tipología lingüística y lingüística contrastiva. A Una introducción cognitiva al lenguaje y la lingüística (p. 231–259). Mira Editores.

Robins, R. H. (1971). La comparación tipológica (P. Gómez Bedate, Trad.). A Lingüística general: estudio introductorio (p. 408–426). Gredos. (Obra original publicada el 1964)

✓ Steinbergs, A. (2011). The classification of languages. A W. O’Grady, J. Archibald i F. Katamba (Ed.), Contemporary linguistics: An introduction (2a ed., p. 327–356). Pearson Longman.

✓ Steinbergs, A. i O’Grady, W. (2021). The classification of languages. A W. O’Grady i J. Archibald (Ed.), Contemporary linguistic analysis: An introduction (9a ed., p. 213–243). Pearson.

Manuals de tipologia lingüística

Antinucci, F. (1977). Fondamenti di una teoria tipologica del linguaggio. Il Mulino.

Introduzione. I.– Fondamenti teorici; II.– Verifica empirica; III.– Interazioni tra i sistemi; IV.– Il mutamento diacronico; V.– La natura del linguaggio.

Bernárdez, E. (2016). Viaje lingüístico por el mundo: iniciación a la tipología de las lenguas. Alianza.

Parte primera: Introducción: la variedad lingüística y su estudio: 1.– La diversidad lingüística; 2.– Clasificación genética de las lenguas; 3.– Tipología y clasificación de las lenguas; Parte segunda: Ocho lenguas del mundo: sumerio; groenlandés; samoano; burúshaski; cha’palaa; swahili; islandés; papiamento; Conclusión – Conclusiones; Bibliografía utilizada; Índice de lenguas mencionadas; Algunos ejercicios; Algunas respuestas a los ejercicios.

Comrie, B. (1989). Language universals and linguistic typology: Syntax and morphology (2a ed.). Basil Blackwell; The University of Chicago Press. https://archive.org/details/languageuniversa0000comr

1.– Language universals; 2.– Language typology; 3.– Theoretical prerequisites; 4.– Word order; 5.– Subject; 6.– Case marking; 7.– Relative clauses; 8.– Causative constructions; 9.– Animacy; 10.– Typological and historical linguistics; 11.– Conclusions and prospects.

Comrie, B. (1989). Universales del lenguaje y tipología lingüística: sintaxis y morfología (A. Ayuso, Trad.). Gredos. (Obra original publicada el 1981)

1.– Universales lingüísticos; 2.– Tipología de las lenguas; 3.– Requisitos teóricos previos; 4.– El orden de palabras; 5.– El sujeto; 6.– La marca de caso; 7.– Las oraciones de relativo; 8.– Las construcciones causativas; 9.– La animicidad; 10.– La lingüística histórica y la tipología de lenguas; 11.– Conclusiones y perspectivas.

Croft, W. (2003). Typology and universals (2a ed.). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511840579

1.– Introduction; 2.– Typological classification; 3.– Implicational universals and competing motivations; 4.– Grammatical categories: Typological markedness, economy and iconicity; 5.– Grammatical hierarchies and the semantic map model; 6.– Prototypes and the interaction of typological patterns; 7.– Syntactic argumentation and syntactic structure in typology; 8.– Diachronic typology; 9.– Typology as an approach to language.

Feuillet, J. (2006). Introduction à la typologie linguistique. Honoré Champion.

1.– Les approches typologiques ; 2.– Les unités linguistiques ; 3.– Phrases nominales et phrases à verbe «être» ; 4.– Catégories nominales ; 5.– Catégories verbales ; 6.– L’auxiliation ; 7.– Fonctions centrales ; 8.– Corrélats sémantiques ; 9.– Autres fonctions ; 10.– La subordination ; 11.– L’hypothétique ; 12.– La personne ; 13.– La négation ; 14.– L’interrogation globale ; 15.– La visée énonciative.

✓✓ Igartua, I. (2023). Fundamentos de tipología lingüística. Síntesis.

1.– Introducción: diversidad lingüística y tipología; 2.– Principios y bases metodológicas de la tipología; 3.– Universales, generalizaciones tipológicas y jerarquías; 4.– Tipología fonológica; 5.– Tipología morfológica; 6.– Tipología de las categorías gramaticales; 7.– Tipología sintáctica; 8.– Tipología léxica y semántica; 9.– Tipología holística; 10.– Tipología diacrónica; 11.– La explicación en tipología.

Jucquois, G. (1975). La typologie linguistique. Fragua.

Préface ; 1.– Introduction ; 2.– Les difficultés préliminaires ; 3.– Les différents typologies ; 4.– Les critères typologiques ; Conclusions.

Körtvélyessy, L. (2017). Essentials of language typology. Univerzita Pavla Jozefa Šafárika v Košiciach. https://unibook.upjs.sk/en/filozoficka-fakulta/222-essentials-of-language-typology.html

1.– What is language typology?; 2.– The forerunners of language typology; 3.– Genealogical classification of languages; 4.– Phonological typology; 5.– Morphological typology; 6.– Syntactic typology; 7.– Lexical typology; 8.– Areal typology; 9.– Language universals; 10.– How to approach language typology?; 11.– How do typologist work?

✓✓ Moravcsik, E. A. (2013). Introducing language typology. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511978876

1.– What is language typology?; 2.– The worlds of words: Lexical typology; 3.– Assembling words: Syntactic typology; 4.– Dissembling words: Morphological typology; 5.– The sounds of languages: Phonological typology; 6.– Language in flux: Typologies of language change; 7.– Explaining crosslinguistic preferences.

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2004). Introducción a la lingüística: enfoque tipológico y universalista (2a ed. ampl. i rev.). Síntesis.

Introducción; 1.– Breve repaso al desarrollo de la disciplina; 2.– El problema de la clasificación de las lenguas; 3.– Los universales lingüísticos y sus diversos tipos; 4.– La caracterización tipológica de las lenguas y familias lingüísticas; 5.– Universales fonológicos y tipología fonológica; 6.– Tipología y universales morfológicos; 7.– Tipología y universales semánticos; 8.– Tipología y universales sintácticos; 9.– Universales del cambio gramatical; 10.– La explicación de los universales lingüísticos; 11.– Repertorio de universales propuestos.

Ruiz Antón, J. C. (1998). Curso de tipología lingüística: enfoque funcional. Publicacions de la Universitat Jaume I.

1.– Tipología y universales; 2.– Conceptos básicos de tipología funcional; 3.– Estructura del sintagma nominal; 4.– La expresión de las funciones oracionales; 5.– Otras funciones semánticas de la oració 6.– Las oraciones compuestas.

Ruiz Antón, J. C. (2012). Tipologia lingüística. FUOC. http://hdl.handle.net/10609/50844

1.– Tipologia i universals; 2.– Nocions bàsiques de tipologia funcional; 3.– Estructura del sintagma nominal; 4.– L’expressió de les funcions oracionals; 5.– Operadors semàntics de l’oració; 6.– Les oracions compostes.

Ruiz Antón, J. C. (2014). Tipologia lingüística: com funcionen les llengües del món. Editorial UOC.

Song, J. J. (2001). Linguistic typology: Morphology and syntax. Taylor & Francis. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315840628

1.– Introducing linguistic typology; 2.– Basic word order; 3.– Case marking; 4.– Relative clauses; 5.– Causatives; 6.– The application of linguistic typology; 7.– European approaches to linguistic typology.

✓✓ Song, J. J. (2018). Linguistic typology. Oxford University Press.

1.– Linguistic typology: An introductory overview; 2.– Unity and diversity in the world’s languages; 3.– Typological analysis; 4.– Linguistic typology and other theoretical approaches; 5.– Language sampling and sampling methods; 6.– Data collection: Sources, issues and problems; 7.– Typological asymmetry: Economy, iconicity and frequency; 8.– Categories, prototypes and semantic maps; 9.– Phonological typology; 10.– Basic word order; 11.– Case alignment; 12.– Grammatical relations; 13.– Valency-manipulating operations; 14.– Person marking; 15.– Evidentiality marking.

✓✓ Velupillai, V. (2012). An introduction to linguistic typology. John Benjamins. https://doi.org/10.1075/z.176

1.– Introduction; 2.– Typology and universals; 3.– Methodology: Sampling, databases and how many languages does a typologist speak?; 4.– Phonology; 5.– Morphology; 6.– The lexicon and its classes; 7.– Nominal categories and syntax; 8.– Verbal categories; 9.– Simple clauses; 10.– Word order; 11.– Complex clauses; 12.– Speech acts and politeness; 13.– Language change.

Whaley, L. J. (1997). Introduction to typology: The unity and diversity of language. SAGE Publications. https://doi.org/10.4135/9781452233437

1.– Introduction to typology and universals; 2.– A (brief) history of typology; 3.– Issues of method and explanation; 4.– Basic categories; 5.– Constituent order universals; 6.– Determining basic constituent order; 7.– Morphemes; 8.– Morphological typology; 9.– Case and agreement systems; 10.– Animacy, definitiness, and gender; 11.– Valence; 12.– Tense and aspect; 13.– Mood and negation; 14.– Morphosyntax of speech acts; 15.– Subordination; 16.– Coordination and cosubordination.

Treballs generals

Bickel, B. (2007). Typology in the 21^st century: Major current developments. Linguistic Typology, 11(1), 239–251. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty.2007.018

Comrie, B. (1988). Linguistic typology. A F. J. Newmeyer (Ed.), Linguistics: The Cambridge survey: Vol. I. Linguistic theory: Foundations (p. 447–461). Cambridge University Press.

Comrie, B. (1990). La tipología lingüística (L. A. Santos, Trad.). A F. J. Newmeyer (Ed.), Panorama de la lingüística moderna de la Universidad de Cambridge: Vol. I. Teoría lingüística: fundamentos (p. 513–527). Visor. (Obra original publicada el 1988)

✓ Comrie, B. (s. d.). Language and diversity. Linguistic Society of America. https://web.archive.org/web/20210516033245/https://www.linguisticsociety.org/resource/language-and-diversity

Croft, W. (2017). Typology and universals. A M. Aronoff i J. Rees-Miller (Ed.), The handbook of linguistics (2a ed., p. 39–56). Wiley Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781119072256.ch3

Dediu, D. (2016). Typology for the masses. Linguistic Typology, 20(3), 579–581. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2016-0029

Dixon, R. M. W. (2009). Doing typology. A Basic linguistic theory: Vol. 1. Methodology (p. 242–263). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780199571055.003.0006

Gràcia, L. (2004). Les llengües a Catalunya: diversitat tipològica. A L. Payrató i F. X. Vila (Dir.), Les llengües a Catalunya: Cicle Joan Coromines III (p. 147–173). Fundació Caixa de Sabadell.

Greenberg, J. H. (1974). Language typology: A historical and analytic overview. Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110886436

1.– Introduction; 2.– The logic of typology; 3.– The history of typology; 4.– Typology and linguistic theory; 5.– Typology and diachrony.

Hagège, C. (2020). La structure des langues (8a ed. corr.). Presses Universitaires de France.

Introduction.– Y a-t-il des traits universels dans la structure des langues ? ; 1.– Le matériau sonore : systèmes phonologiques ; expressivité ; 2.– L’organisation de l’énoncé ; 3.– Les éléments de l’énoncé ; 4.– Personne, société et langue.

Henderson, R. i Wing, C. (2024, 24 de juliol). Typology. Oxford Bibliographies. https://doi.org/10.1093/obo/9780199772810-0041

Hengeveld, K. (2003). La tipología lingüística. A R. Mairal i J. Gil (Ed.), En torno a los universales lingüísticos (p. 89–111). Cambridge University Press.

Hengeveld, K. (2006). Linguistic typology. A R. Mairal i J. Gil (Ed.), Linguistic universals (p. 46–66). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511618215.003

Holmberg, A. (2016). Linguistic typology. A I. Roberts (Ed.), The Oxford handbook of universal grammar (p. 1–25). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199573776.013.15

Junyent, C. (1993). Tipología de las lenguas. A Las lenguas del mundo: una introducción (p. 59–67). Octaedro.

Malmkjær, K. (2002). Language typology. A K. Malmkjær (Ed.), The linguistics encyclopedia (2a ed., p. 272–276). Routledge. https://archive.org/details/the-linguistics-encyclopedia-kirsten-malmkjaer

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (1995). La lingüística teórico-tipológica. Gredos.

1.– Fundamentos conceptuales y terminológicos; 2.– La Lingüística Teórico-Tipológica: principios teóricos y empíricos; 3.– El enfoque teórico-tipológico de las partes del discurso; 4.– La lingüística tipológica contemporánea: panorama crítico; 5.– Tipología y relativismo lingüístico: algunas implicaciones cognitivas de la Lingüística Teórico-Tipológica.

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2005). Tipología lingüística y escritura. La lengua y su naturaleza dinámica: homenaje a Ivan Kanchev en su 70 aniversario (p. 57–67). Katedra po Ispanistika i Portugalistika. https://www.academia.edu/3205659/109_Tipología_Lingüística_y_escritura_en_La_Lengua_y_Su_Naturaleza_Dinámica_Homenaje_a_Ivan_Kanchev_en_su_70_aniversario_Sofía_2005_páginas_57_67

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2008). The written language bias in linguistic typology. Cuadernos de Lingüística (Instituto Universitario de Investigación Ortega y Gasset), 25, 117–137.

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2016). Tipología lingüística. A J. Gutiérrez-Rexach (Ed.), Enciclopedia de lingüística hispánica (Vol. 1, p. 334–344). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315713441

Nettle, D. (1999). Linguistic diversity. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780198238584.001.0001

1.– Introduction; 2.– Language evolution: Basic mechanisms; 3.– Language evolution: Computer simulations; 4.– Language diversity: Patterns in space; 5.– Language diversity: Changes in time; 6.– Phylogenetic diversity; 7.– Structural diversity; epilogue; appendix.– Global language diversity data.

Newmeyer, F. J. (2005). Possible and probable languages: A generative perspective on linguistic typology. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199274338.001.0001

1.– On the possible and the probable in language; 2.– Parameterized principles; 3.– Parameters, performance, and the explanation of typological generalizations; 4.– In defense of the Saussurean view of grammar; 5.– The locus of functional explanation.

Nichols, J. (2007). What, if anything, is typology? Linguistic Typology, 11(1), 231–238. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty.2007.017

Ramat, P. (1984). Linguistica tipologica. Il Mulino. https://archive.org/details/linguisticatipol0000rama

Parte prima: I.– I problema della tipologia linguistica; II.– Universali e tipologia; III.– Il livello della tipologia. Predicati e argomenti; IV.– Crisi del formalismo? Teoria della grammatica e dati empirici; Parte seconda: V.– Per una tipologia del germanico comune; VI.– La nascita di nouve categorie morfologiche: il caso del-l’articolo e del pronome relativo nelle lingue gemaniche; VII.– Per una tipologia del latino pompeiano; VIII.– Un esempio di rianalisi: le forme perifrastiche nel sistema verbale delle lingue romanze; IX.– La tipologia linguistica di Wilhelm von Humboldt.

Ramat, P. (1985). Typologie linguistique. Presses Universitaires de France.

Ramat, P. (1987). Linguistic typology (A. P. Baldry, Trad.). Mouton de Gruyter. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110859126 (Obra original publicada el 1984)

1.– The problems of linguistic typology; 2.– Universals and typology; 3.– The typological level. Predicates and arguments; 4.– Crisis in formalism? Theory of grammar and empirical data; 5.– Towards a typology of Common Germanic; 6.– The birth of new morphological categories: The case of the article and relative pronoun in Germanic languages; 7.– Towards a typology of Pompeian Latin; 8.– An example of reanalysis: Periphrastic forms in the Romance languages’ verb system; 9.– Sentence negation in Romanic and Germanic; 10.– The language typology of Wilhelm von Humboldt.

Song, J. J. (2010). Linguistic typology. A K. Malmkjær (Ed.), The Routledge linguistics encyclopedia (3a ed., p. 355–358). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203874950

Song, J. J. (2016). Linguistic typology and language universals. A K. Allan (Ed.), The Routledge handbook of linguistics (p. 401–416). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315718453

Aspectes metodològics

Becker, L. i Guzmán Naranjo, M. (2025). Replication and methodological robustness in quantitative typology. Linguistic Typology, 29(3), 463–505. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2023-0076

Bickel, B. (2008). A refined sampling procedure for genealogical control. STUF – Language Typology and Universals, 61(3), 221–233. https://doi.org/10.1524/stuf.2008.0022

Daniel, M. (2007). Representative sampling and typological explanation: A phenomenological lament. Linguistic Typology, 11(1), 69–78. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty.2007.006

Di Garbo, F. i de Souza, R. N. (2023). A sampling technique for worldwide comparisons of language contact scenarios. Linguistic Typology, 27(3), 553–589. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2022-0005

Gast, V. i Jędrzejowski, Ł. (2022). Managing data in a typological study. A A. L. Berez-Kroeker, B. McDonnell, E. Koller i L. B. Collister (Ed.), The open handbook of linguistic data management (p. 597–608). The MIT Press. https://doi.org/10.7551/mitpress/12200.003.0058

Guzmán Naranjo, M. i Becker, L. (2022). Statistical bias control in typology. Linguistic Typology, 26(3), 605–670. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2021-0002

Levshina, N. (2022). Corpus-based typology: Applications, challenges and some solutions. Linguistic Typology, 26(1), 129–160. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2020-0118

Macklin-Cordes, J. L. i Round, E. R. (2022). Challenges of sampling and how phylogenetic comparative methods help: With a case study of the Pama-Nyungan laminal contrast. Linguistic Typology, 26(3), 533–572. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2021-0025

Rijkhoff, J. i Bakker, D. (1998). Language sampling. Linguistic Typology, 2(3), 263–314. https://doi.org/10.1515/lity.1998.2.3.263

Rijkhoff, J., Bakker, D., Hengeveld, K. i Kahrel, P. (1993). A method of language sampling. Studies in Language, 17(1), 169–203. https://doi.org/10.1075/sl.17.1.07rij

Round, E. R. i Corbett, G. G. (2020). Comparability and measurement in typological science: The bright future for linguistics. Linguistic Typology, 24(3), 489–525. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2020-2060

Schnell, S., Haig, G. i Seifart, F. (2021). The role of language documentation in corpus-based typology. A G. Haig, S. Schnell i F. Seifart (Ed.), Doing corpus-based typology with spoken language data: State of the art (p. 1–28). University of Hawai’i Press. http://hdl.handle.net/10125/74656

Schnell, S. i Schiborr, N. N. (2022). Crosslinguistic corpus studies in linguistic typology. Annual Review of Linguistics, 8(1), 171–191. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-linguistics-031120-104629

Völkel, S. i Kretzschmar, F. (2021). Language typology. A Introducing linguistic research (p. 106–132). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781316884485.007

Reculls

Aikhenvald, A. Y. i Dixon, R. M. W. (Ed.). (2017). The Cambridge handbook of linguistic typology. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781316135716

1.– Introduction: Linguistic typology – Setting the scene (A. Y. Aikhenvald, R. M. W. Dixon); I.– Domains of linguistic typology: 2.– Phonological typology (H. van der Hulst); 3.– Morphological typology (T. E. Payne); 4.– Typology and historical linguistics (S. Luraghi); 5.– Sociolinguistic typology: Social structure and linguistic complexity (P. Trudgill); 6.– Typology and grammaticalization (H. Narrog); 7.– Sign language typology (U. Zeshan, N. Palfreyman); 8.– Typology of mixed languages (P. Bakker); 9.– Typology of creole languages (A. Daval-Markussen, P. Bakker); 10.– Typology of secret languages and linguistic taboos (A. Storch); II.– Typology of grammatical categories: 11.– The typology of morphological processes: Form and function (D. Beck); 12.– A typology of noun categorization devices (A. Y. Aikhenvald); 13.– Negation (M. Miestamo); 14.– Number (E. A. Moravcsik); 15.– A typology of frustrative marking in Amazonian languages (S. E. Overall); 16.– Logophoricity (F. K. Ameka); 17.– A typology of switch reference (J. R. Roberts); 18.– Approaches to motion event typology (E. Pederson); III.– Typological profiles of linguistic areas and language families: 19.– Language in the mainland Southeast Asia Area (N. J. Enfield); 20.– The Australian linguistic area (R. M. W. Dixon); 21.– A typological overview of Aymaran and Quechuan language structure (W. F. H. Adelaar); 22.– The Eskimo-Aleut language family (M. Fortescue); 23.– The Athabaskan (Dene) language family (K. Rice, W. de Reuse); 24.– The Iroquoian language family (M. Mithun); 25.– The Kampa subgroup of the Arawak language family (E. Mihas); 26.– The Omotic language family (A. Amha); 27.– The Semitic language family (A. D. Rubin); 28.– The Dravidian language family (S. B. Steever); 29.– The Oceanic subgroup of the Austronesian language family (V. Guérin); 30.– Greater Awyu languages of West Papua in typological perspective (L. de Vries).

Dryer, M. S. i Haspelmath, M. (Ed.). (2013). The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info

Grandi, N. i Mauri, C. (Ed.). (2022). La tipologia linguistica: unità e diversità nelle lingue del mondo. Carocci.

Introduzione (N. Grandi, C. Mauri); I.– Quadro teorico: 1.– Obiettivi, metodi e strumenti della tipologia (C. Mauri); 2.– Gli universali linguistici (A. Sansò); 3.– Spiegazioni sincroniche e diacroniche per gli universali tipologici (S. Cristofaro); 4.– La variazione tra le lingue e nelle lingue (N. Grandi); II.– Esempi di analisi tipologiche: 5.– La tipologia morfologica (G. F. Arcodia); 6.– La tipologia sintattica (G. F. Arcodia); 7.– Le parti del discorso (C. Mauri); 8.– Le categorie del nome (S. Mattiola); 9.– Le categorie del verbo (S. Mattiola).

Haig, G., Schnell, S. i Seifart, F. (Ed.). (2021). Doing corpus-based typology with spoken language data: State of the art. University of Hawai’i Press. https://hdl.handle.net/10125/81488

1.– The role of language documentation in corpus-based typology (S. Schnell, G. Haig, F. Seifart); 2.– Child language documentation: The sketch acquisition project (B. Hellwig, R. Defina, E. Kidd, S. E. M. Allen, L. Davidson, B. F. Kelly); 3.– Prosodic segmentation and cross-linguistic comparison in CorpAfroAs and CorTypo: Corpus-driven and corpus-based approaches (A. Mettouchi, M. Vanhove); 4.– Combining documentary linguistics and corpus phonetics to advance corpus-based typology (F. Seifart); 5.– Universals of reference in discourse and grammar: Evidence from the Multi-CAST collection of spoken corpora (G. Haig, S. Schnell, N. N. Schiborr); 6.– Language vs. individuals in cross-linguistic corpus typology (D. Barth, N. Evans, I W. Arka, H. Bergqvist, D. Forker, S. Gipper, G. Hodge, E. Kashima, Y. Kasuga, C. Kawakami, Y. Kimoto, D. Knuchel, N. Kogura, K. Kurabe, J. Mansfield, H. Narrog, D. Putu E. Pratiwi, S. van Putten, C. Senge, O. Tykhostup); 7.– This research topic of yours – Is it a research topic at all? Using comparative interactional data for fine-grained reanalysis of traditional concepts (P. Ozerov).

Haspelmath, M., König, E., Oesterreicher, W. i Raible, W. (Ed.). (2001). Language typology and language universals: An international handbook (Vol. 1). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110194036

I.– Foundations: Theoretical foundations of language universals and language typology: 1.– Language universals and language typology (W. Raible); 2.– Different views of language typology (B. Comrie); II: Foundations: Points of contact between language universals/ language typology and other disciplines: 3.– Handlungstheorie, Kommunikationstheorie, Lebenswelt (D. Tophinke); 4.– Sprachphilosophie (K. Buchholz); 5.– Sciences cognitives et intelligence artificielle (F. Rastier); 6.– Künstliche Sprachen und Universalsprachen (H. Böhmer); 7.– Biological foundations of language (D. Bickerton); 8.– Linguistics and genetics: Systematic parallels (W. Raible); 9.– Sprachpathologie (J. Dittmann); 10.– Gebärdensprachforschung (F. Dotter); 11.– Textproduktions- und Textverstehensforschung (W. Schnotz); 12.– Sprachtypologie und Schriftgeschichte (H. Haarmann); III.– History and prehistory of universals research: 13.– Philosophie du langage et linguistique dans l’Antiquité classique (P. Swiggers, A. Wouters); 14.– Sprachtheorien im Mittelalter (J. Hans, J. Schneider); 15.– Reflections on language in the Renaissance (W. Hüllen); 16.– Theories of language in the European Enlightenment (L. Formigari); 17.– Schulen des Strukturalismus; IV.– History and approaches of language typology: 18.– Characterization and evaluation of languages in the Renaissance and in the Early Modern Period (W. Hüllen); 19.– Die Anfänge typologischen Denkens im europäischen Rationalismus (G. Bossong); 20.– Sprachtypologie bei Edward Sapir (M. Haase); 21.– Typologie als Charakterologie (H. Aschenberg); 22.– The relation of non-Western approaches to linguistic typology (E. Itkonen); V.– Current approaches to language typology and universals research: 23.– Sprachtypologie und Universalienforschung bei Joseph H. Greenberg (M. Haase); 24.– Parametrisierung in der Generativen Grammatik (H. Haider); 25.– Die Hegersche Noematik (D. Jacob); 26.– Russian works on linguistic typology in the 1960–1990s (Y. G. Testelets); 27.– The Cologne UNITYP project (H. Seiler); 28.– Le RIVALC et la revue Actances (Ch. Pilot-Raichoor, G. Lazard); VI.. Explanatory principles of organization, and methods in typology and language universals: 29.– The role of processing principles in explaining language universals (J. A. Hawkins); 30.– Ikonizität (C. D. Pusch); 31.– Ökonomie (W. U. Wurzel); 32.– Markiertheit (R. Ludwig); 33.– Sampling procedures and statistical methods (R. D. Perkins); VII.– Communication-theoretic prerequisites and language independent tertia comparationis as bases of typological coding: 34.– Sprechsituationen und Kontext (H. Aschenberg); 35.– Sprachliches Handeln, Kommunikantenrollen, Beziehungsaspekte (D. Tophinke); 36.– Diskurstraditionen (R. Wilhelm); 37.– Universals of the linguistic representation of situations (‘participation’) (W. Premper); 38.– Scales between nouniness and verbiness (H.-J. Sasse); 39.– Foundations of reference and predication (A. Reboul); 40.– Dimensions of adnominal modification (J. Rijkhoff); 41.– Dimensionen der verbalen Modifikation (J. L. Iturrioz Leza); 42.– Temporality and aspectuality (R. I. Binnick); 43.– Universals and typology of space (P. Mühlhäusler); 44.– Deiktische Orientierung (W. Klein); 45.– Linking clauses (W. Raible); 46.– Informationsstruktur und Reliefgebung (J. Hetland, V. Molnár); 47.– Textkohäsion und Textkohärenz (E. Stark); VIII.– Morphological techniques: 48.– Ausdrucksmöglichkeiten für grammatische Relationen (G. Bossong); 49.– Agglutination and flection (V. A. Plungian); 50.– Introflection (J. Rubba); 51.– Compounding (L. Bauer); 52.– Affix position (G. Stump); 53.– Inkorporation (J. L. Iturrioz Leza); IX.– Typology of morphological and morphosyntactic categories: 54.– Parts of speech (J. Award); 55.– Lokalkasus und Adpositionen (M. Haase); 56.– Personal pronouns (P. Mühlhäusler); 57.– Intensifiers and reflexive pronouns (E. König); 58.– Local deixis (M. Haase); 59.– Tense and aspect (J. Lindstedt); 60.– Modale Kategorien (D. Zaefferer); 61.– Number (G. G. Corbett); 62.– Articles (N. P. Himmelmann); 63.– Adverbial conjunctions (B. Kortmann).

Haspelmath, M., König, E., Oesterreicher, W. i Raible, W. (Ed.). (2001). Language typology and language universals: An international handbook (Vol. 2). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110171549.2

X.– Syntactic typology: 64.– Word order typology (B. Primus); 65.– Le marquage différentiel de l’objet (G. Lazard); 66.– Causatives (L. I. Kulikov); 67.– The passive voice (K. I. Kazenin); 68.– Verbal reflexives and the middle voice (K. I. Kazenin); 69.– Resultative constructions (V. P. Nedjalkov); 70.– Existential constructions (R. Freeze); 71.– Predicative possession (L. Stassen); 72.– Adnominal possession (M. Koptjevskaja-Tamm); 73.– Internal and external possessors (E. König); 74.– Complement clauses (K. Horie); 75.– Comparative constructions (L. Stassen); 76.– Conditional constructions (V. I. Polesskaya); 77.– Interrogative constructions (P. Siemund); 78.– Hortative constructions (V. S. Xrakovskij); 79.– Exclamative constructions (L. A. Michaelis); 80.– Dislocation (K. Lambrecht); 81.– Focus constructions (H. Bernhard Drubig, W. Schaffar); 82.– Noun phrase coordination (L. Stassen); 83.– Converbs (B. Tikkanen); 84.– Reference maintenance in discourse (A. A. Kibrik): XI.– Lexical typology: 85.– Lexical typology from a cognitive and linguistic point of view (P. Koch); 86.– Lexical typology from an anthropological point of view (C. H. Brown); 87.– Universal units in the lexicon (C. Goddard); 88.– Kin terms in grammar (N. Jonsson); 89.– Derivation (B. Laca); 90.– Color terms (R. MacLaury); 91.– Spatial dimension terms (E. Lang); 92.– Quantifiers (D. Gil); 93.– Verbs of perception (Å. Viberg); XII.– Phonology-based typology: 94.– Silbenstruktur (D. Restle, Th. Vennemann); 95.– Phonologische Prozesse (Th. Krefeld); 96.– Metrical patterns (A. Lahiri); 97.– Tone systems (L. M. Hyman); 98.– Intonation (D. R. Ladd); XIII.– Salient typological parameters: 99.– Silben- und akzentzählende Sprachen (P. Auer); 100.– Finite vs. non-finite languages (W. Bisang); 101.– Subject-oriented vs. subjectless languages (A. E. Kibrik); 102.– Head-marking vs. dependent-marking languages (J. Helmbrecht); 103.– Configurationality and polysynthesis (M. C. Baker); 104.– Discourse configurationality (K. É. Kiss); XIV.– Typological characterization of languages families and linguistic areas: 105.– Principles of areal typology (Ö. Dahl); 106.– Arealtypologie und Dialektologie (H. Goebl); 107.– The European linguistic area: Standard Average European (M. Haspelmath); 108.– Aire linguistique balkanique (J. Feuillet); 109.– Südasien als Sprachbund (K. H. Ebert); 110.– Mesoamerica as a linguistic area (Th. Stolz, Ch. Stolz); XV.– Diachronic aspects of language types and linguistic universals: 111.– Historizität - Sprachvariation, Sprachverschiedenheit, Sprachwandel (W. Oesterreicher); 112.– Pathways of lexicalization (A. Blank); 113.– Les processus de grammaticalisation (C. Hagège); 114.– Conceptions of typological change (J. O. Askedal); 115.– Contact-induced typological change (S. G. Thomason); 116.– Typology and universals of pidginization (P. Mühlhäusler); 117.– Creolization (P. Muysken); 118.– Typological changes in language obsolescence (H.-J. Sasse); 119.– ‘Tote’ Sprachen (H. Lüdtke); 120.– From Latin to the Romance languages (D. Wanner); 121.– From Ancient Germanic to modern Germanic languages (J. T. Faarlund); 122.– Vom Alttürkischen zu den modernen Türksprachen (L. Johanson); 123.– From Ancient Egyptian to Coptic (A. Loprieno); 124.– Vom Altäthiopischen zu den neuäthiopischen Sprachen (S. Weninger); 125.– Die kaukasischen Sprachen (W. Schulze).

Hickey, R. (Ed.). (2017). The Cambridge handbook of areal linguistics. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781107279872

1.– Areas, areal features and areality (R. Hickey); I.– Issues in areal linguistics: 2.– Why is it so hard to define a linguistic area? (L. Campbell); 3.– Areas and universals (B. Bickel); 4.– Reassessing Sprachbunds: A view from the Balkans (V. A. Friedman, B. D. Joseph); 5.– Areal sound patterns: From perceptual magnets to stone soup (J. Blevins); 6.– Convergence and divergence in the phonology of the languages of Europe (T. Stolz, N. Levkovych); 7.– Word prominence and areal linguistics (H. van der Hulst, R. Goedemans, K. Rice); 8.– Semantic patterns from an areal perspective (M. Koptjevskaja-Tamm, H. Liljegren); II.– Case studies for areal linguistics: 9.– The Germanic languages and areal linguistics (J. van der Auwera, D. Van Olmen); 10.– Britain and Ireland (R. Hickey); 11.– Varieties of English (B. Kortmann, V. Schröter); 12.– Slavic languages (A. Timberlake); 13.– The Caucasus (S. Grawunder); 14.– Western Asia: East Anatolia as a transition zone (G. Haig); 15.– An areal view of Africa (B. Heine, A.-M. Fehn); 16.– Areal contact in Nilo-Saharan (G. J. Dimmendaal); 17.– Niger-Congo languages (J. Good); 18.– The Kalahari basin area as a ‘Sprachbund’ before the Bantu expansion (T. Güldemann, A.-M. Fehn); 19.– South Africa and areal linguistics (R. Mesthrie); 20.– Jharkhand as a ‘linguistic area’: Language contact between Indo-Aryan and Munda in Eastern-Central South Asia (J. Peterson); 21.– Sri Lanka and South India (U. Ansaldo); 22.– The Transeurasian languages (M. Robbeets); 23.– The changing profile of case marking in the Northeastern Siberia area (G. D. S. Anderson); 24.– Languages of China in their East and Southeast Asian context (H. Chappell); 25.– Language in the mainland Southeast Asia area (N. J. Enfield); 26.– Southeast Asian tone in areal perspective (J. Kirby, M. Brunelle); 27.– The areal linguistics of Australia (L. Miceli, A. Dench); 28.– Languages of the New Guinea region (M. Ross); 29.– Languages of Eastern Melanesia (P. Geraghty); 30.– The Western Micronesian Sprachbund (A. P. Grant); 31.– Native North American languages (M. Mithun); 32.– The areal linguistics of Amazonia (P. Epps, L. Michael); 33.– Linguistic areas, linguistic convergence and river systems in South America (R. van Gijn, H. Hammarström, S. van de Kerke, O. Krasnoukhova, P. Muysken).

Schmidtke-Bode, K., Levshina, N., Michaelis, S. M. i Seržant, I. A. (Ed.). (2019). Explanation in typology: Diachronic sources, functional motivations and the nature of evidence. Language Science Press. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.2583788

Introduction (K. Schmidtke-Bode); 1.– Can cross-linguistic regularities be explained by constraints on change? (M. Haspelmath); 2.– Taking diachronic evidence seriously: Result-oriented vs. source-oriented explanations of typological universals (S. Cristofaro); 3.– Some language universals are historical accidents (J. Collins); 4.– Grammaticalization accounts of word order correlations (M. S. Dryer); 5.– Preposed adverbial clauses: Functional adaptation and diachronic inheritance (H. Diessel); 6.– Attractor states and diachronic change in Hawkins’s «Processing Typology» (K. Schmidtke-Bode); 7.– Weak universal forces: The discriminatory function of case in differential object marking systems (I. Seržant); 8.– Support from creole languages for functional adaptation in grammar: Dependent and independent possessive person-forms (S. Maria Michaelis); 9.– Linguistic Frankenstein, or How to test universal constraints without real languages (N. Levshina); 10.– Diachronic sources, functional motivations and the nature of the evidence: A synthesis (K. Schmidtke-Bode, E. Grossman).

Shibatani, M. i Bynon, T. (Ed.). (1995). Approaches to language typology. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780198242710.001.0001

1.– Approaches to language typology: A conspectus (M. Shibatani, T. Bynon); 2.– Typological comparison: Towards a historical perspective (P. Ramat); 3.– Prague School typology (P. Sgall); 4.– Modern syntactic typology (W. Croft); 5.– The diachronic typological approach to language (J. H. Greenberg); 6.– Typological research on actancy: The Paris RIVALC group (G. Lazard); 7.– The St Petersburg/Leningrad typology group (V. P. Nedjalkov, V. P. Litvinov); 8.– Cognitive-conceptual structure and linguistic encoding: Language universals and typology in the UNITYP framework (H. Seiler); 9.– The principles-and-parameters approach: A comparative syntax of English and Japanese (N. Fukui).

Song, J. J. (Ed.). (2010). The Oxford handbook of linguistic typology. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199281251.001.0001

Setting the stage (J. J. Song); I.– Foundations: History, theory, and method: 1.– The (early) history of linguistic typology (P. Ramat); 2.– The pioneers of linguistic typology: From Gabelentz to Greenberg (G. Graffi); 3.– Linguistic typology and the study of language (M. Daniel); 4.– Explaining language universals (E. A. Moravcsik); 5.– The problem of cross-linguistic identification (L. Stassen); 6.– Language sampling (D. Bakker); II.– Theoretical dimensions of linguistic typology: 7.– Markedness: Iconicity, economy, and frequency (J. Bybee); 8.– Competing motivations (J. Haiman); 9.– Categories and prototypes (J. van der Auwera, V. Gast); 10.– Implicational hierarchies (G. G. Corbett); 11.– Processing efficiency and complexity in typological patterns (J. A. Hawkins); 12.– Language universals and linguistic knowledge (S. Cristofaro); III.– Empirical dimensions of linguistic typology: 13.– Word order typology (J. J. Song); 14.– Word classes (W. Bisang); 15.– Case-marking typology (B. Primus); 16.– Person marking (A. Siewierska); 17.– Transitivity typology (S. Kittilä); 18.– Voice typology (L. Kulikov); 19.– Grammatical relations typology (B. Bickel); 20.– Typology of tense, aspect, and modality systems (F. de Haan); 21.– Syntactic typology (L. Whaley); 22.– Morphological typology (D. Brown); 23.– Semantic typology (N. Evans); 24.– Typology of phonological systems (I. Maddieson); IV.– Linguistic typology in a wider context: 25.– Linguistic typology and historical linguistics (K. Shields); 26.– Linguistic typology and language contact (M. Koptjevskaja-Tamm); 27.– Linguistic typology and first language acquisition (M. Bowerman); 28.– Linguistic typology and second language acquisition (F. R. Eckman); 29.– Linguistic typology and language documentation (P. Epps); 30.– Linguistic typology and formal grammar (M. Polinsky).

The Grambank Consortium (Ed.). (2023). Grambank. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://grambank.clld.org

Revistes

Linguistic Typology. (1997–). De Gruyter Mouton. https://www.degruyter.com/journal/key/lity/html

Linguistic Typology at the Crossroads. (2021–). Università di Bologna. https://typologyatcrossroads.unibo.it

STUF – Language Typology and Universals. (1948–). De Gruyter Mouton. https://www.degruyter.com/journal/key/stuf/html

Congressos

Association for Linguistic Typology 6^th Biennial Meeting. Abstracts. Hotel Bumi Minang, Padang, West Sumatra, Indonesia, 21–25 July 2005. https://linguistic-typology.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ALT6abstracts.pdf

8^th Biennial Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 8). Abstracts. University of California, Berkeley, July 23–26, 2009. https://lsa2009.berkeley.edu/alt8/program.html

Association for Linguistic Typology 10^th Biennial Conference (ALT 10). Abstracts. Leipzig, 15–18 August 2013. https://linguistic-typology.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ALT10abstracts.pdf

11^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2015). Abstract booklet. University of New Mexico, Albuquerque, New Mexico, USA, August 1–3, 2015. https://linguistic-typology.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ALT11abstracts.pdf

Book of abstracts for the 12^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology. Australian National University, Canberra, 12–14 December 2017.

13^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 13). Book of abstracts. University of Pavia, 4–6 September 2019. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1Mos92cIc_9rFSXk7jfFuX-lDAgrYcROC/view

14^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 14). Book of abstracts. University of Texas at Austin, 15–17 December 2022.

15^th International Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 15). Book of abstracts. Nanyang Technological University, Singapore, 4–6 December 2024. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1m84viATaMS2-oDX1_iUxKgQbLVcN4JIH/view

Book of abstracts of the 16^th International Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2026). 1–3 July 2026, Lyon, France. (2026). https://alt-2026.sciencesconf.org/data/pages/ALT16_Book_of_abstracts.pdf

Universals lingüístics

Manuals de lingüística

✓ Casado, C. i Gutiérrez Rodríguez, E. (2009). Las lenguas del mundo. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), El lenguaje humano (p. 369–399). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Finegan, E. (2015). Language universals and language typology. A Language: Its structure and use (7a ed., p. 232–265). Cengage Learning.

Fromkin, V. i Rodman, R. (1978). The tower of Babel: Languages of the world. A An introduction to language (2a ed., p. 329–355). Holt, Rinehart and Winston.

Manuals sobre universals lingüístics

Comrie, B. (1989). Universales del lenguaje y tipología lingüística: sintaxis y morfología (A. Ayuso, Trad.). Gredos. (Obra original publicada el 1981)

Croft, W. (2003). Typology and universals (2a ed.). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511840579

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2004). Introducción a la lingüística: enfoque tipológico y universalista (2a ed. ampl. i rev.). Síntesis.

Treballs generals

✓ Baker, M. C. (2019). Do all languages have the same grammar? A C. Myrick i W. Wolfram (Ed.), The five-minute linguist: Bite-sized essays on language and languages (3a ed., p. 224). University of Toronto Press.

✓ Comrie, B. (s. d.). Language and diversity. Linguistic Society of America. https://web.archive.org/web/20210516033245/https://www.linguisticsociety.org/resource/language-and-diversity

Cristofaro, S. (2010). Language universals. A K. Malmkjær (Ed.), The Routledge linguistics encyclopedia (3a ed., p. 332–338). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203874950

Croft, W. (2017). Typology and universals. A M. Aronoff i J. Rees-Miller (Ed.), The handbook of linguistics (2a ed., p. 39–56). Wiley Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781119072256.ch3

Greenberg, J. H. (2005). Language universals: With special reference to feature hierarchies. Mouton de Gruyter. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110899771 (Obra original publicada el 1966)

Hagège, C. (2020). La structure des langues (8a ed. corr.). Presses Universitaires de France.

Hawkins, J. A. (1988). Explaining language universals. A J. A. Hawkins (Ed.), Explaining language universals (p. 3–28). Basil Blackwell.

Mairal, R. i Gil, J. (2003). Los universales lingüísticos: pasado y presente. A R. Mairal i J. Gil (Ed.), En torno a los universales lingüísticos (p. 9–88). Cambridge University Press.

Mairal, R. i Gil, J. (2006). A first look at universals. A R. Mairal i J. Gil (Ed.), Linguistic universals (p. 1–45). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511618215.002

Malmkjær, K. (2002). Language universals. A K. Malmkjær (Ed.), The linguistics encyclopedia (2a ed., p. 277–284). Routledge. https://archive.org/details/the-linguistics-encyclopedia-kirsten-malmkjaer

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2004). Los universales lingüísticos y sus diversos tipos. A Introducción a la lingüística: enfoque tipológico y universalista (2a ed. ampl. i rev., p. 61–85). Síntesis.

Sansò, A. (2022). Gli universali linguistici. A N. Grandi i C. Mauri (Ed.), La tipologia linguistica: unità e diversità nelle lingue del mondo (p. 55–96). Carocci.

Song, J. J. (2016). Linguistic typology and language universals. A K. Allan (Ed.), The Routledge handbook of linguistics (p. 401–416). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315718453

✓ Tuson, J. (2006). Una unitat profunda. A Les llengües del món (p. 48–54). Editorial UOC.

✓ Tuson, J. (2016). Una unidad profunda. A Las lenguas del mundo (p. 55–62). Editorial UOC.

Reculls

Cristofaro, S. i Ramat, P. (Ed.). (1999). Introduzione alla tipologia linguistica. Carocci.

1.– Introduzione (S. Cristofaro, P. Ramat); 2.– Un metodo di campionatura linguistica (J. Rijkhoff, D. Bakker, K. Hengeveld, P. Kahrel); 3.– Diacronia, sincronia e universali linguistici (J. H. Greenberg); 4.– Accessibilità del sintagma nominale e grammatica universale (E. L. Keenan, B. Comrie); 5.– Possessività, soggetto e oggetto (H. Seiler); 6.– Grammatica a marca sulla testa e grammatica a marca sulla dipendenza (J. Nichols); 7.– Alcuni parametri tipologici dei converbi (V. P. Nedjalkov); 8.– Motivazioni in competizione (J. W. Du Bois).

Greenberg, J. H. (Ed.). (1966). Universals of language: Report of a conference held at Dobbs Ferry, New York, April 13-15, 1961 (2a ed.). The MIT Press. https://archive.org/details/universalsoflang00jose

Memorandum concerning language universals (J. H. Greenberg, C. E. Osgood, J. J. Jenkins); 1.– The problem of universals in language (C. F. Hockett); 2.– Are there universals of linguistic change? (H. H. Hoenigswald); 3.– Assumptions about nasals: A sample study in phonological universals (C. A. Ferguson); 4.– Phoneme distribution and language universals (S. Saporta); 5.– Some universals of grammar with particular reference to the order of meaningful elements (J. H. Greenberg); 6.– A search for universals in Indo-European diachronic morphology (W. Cowgill); 7.– On the semantic structure of language (U. Weinreich); 8.– Semantic universals (S. Ullmann); 9.– Implications of language universals for linguistics (R. Jakobson); 10.– Language universals in anthropological perspective (J. B. Casagrande); 11.– Language universals and psycholinguistics (C. E. Osgood).

Greenberg, J. H., Ferguson, C. A. i Moravcsik, E. A. (Ed.). (1978). Universals of human language: Vol. 1. Method and theory. Stanford University Press. https://archive.org/details/universalsofhuma0001unse

Introduction (J. H. Greenberg); Historical background of universal research (Ch. A. Ferguson); Typology and cross-linguistic generalizations (J. H. Greenberg); Diachrony, synchrony, and language universals (J. H. Greenberg); Language contact (E. A. Moravcsik); Language samples (A. Bell); Universals and linguistic explanation (H.-H. Lieb); Talking to children: A search for universals (C. A. Ferguson); Universals, relativity, and language processing (E. V. Clark, H. H. Clark).

Greenberg, J. H., Ferguson, C. A. i Moravcsik, E. A. (Ed.). (1978). Universals of human language: Vol. 2. Phonology. Stanford University Press. https://archive.org/details/universalsofhuma0002unse

Introduction (J. H. Greenberg); On the correlation of stops and fricatives in a phonological system (T. S. Gamkrelidze); A general study of palatalization (D. N. S. Bhat); Typology and universals of vowel systems (J. Crothers); Syllabic consonants (A. Bell); Nasal vowels (M. Ruhlen); Some generalizations concerning initial and final consonants clusters (J. H. Greenberg); Consonant harmony: Its scope and function in child language (M. M. Vihman); Universals of tone (I. Maddieson); A typological view of metathesis (R. Ultan); Phonological processes (C. A. Ferguson); Word demarcation (L. M. Hyman); Intonation across languages (D. Bolinger); Size-sound symbolism (R. Ultan).

Greenberg, J. H., Ferguson, C. A. i Moravcsik, E. A. (Ed.). (1978). Universals of human language: Vol. 3. Word structure. Stanford University Press. https://archive.org/details/universalsofhuma0003unse

Introduction (Ch. A. Ferguson); The category AUX as a language universal (S. Steele); How does a language acquire gender markers? (J. H. Greenberg); The nature of future tenses (R. Ultan); Derivational categories (Y. Malkiel); Respect degrees in pronominal reference (B. F. Head); Typology and universals of personal pronouns (D. Ingram); Generalizations about numeral systems (J. H. Greenberg); Reduplicative constructions (E. A. Moravcsik); Lexical universals of body-part terminology (E. S. Andersen); On the expression of spatio-temporal relations in language (E. C. Traugott); Idiomaticity as a language universal (A. Makkai).

Greenberg, J. H., Ferguson, C. A. i Moravcsik, E. A. (Ed.). (1978). Universals of human language: Vol. 4. Syntax. Stanford University Press. https://archive.org/details/universalsofhuma0004unse

Introduction (E. A. Moravcsik); Toward a typology of substantival possession (R. Ultan); Adverbial constructions (G. A. Sanders); Locationals: Existential, locative, and possessive constructions (E. V. Clark); Some aspects of negation (L. R. Horn); Some general characteristics of interrogative systems (R. Ultan); On the case marking of objects (E. A. Moravcsik); Definiteness and referentiality (T. Givón); Agreement (E. A. Moravcsik); Some universals of relative clause structure (B. T. Downing); Contrastive emphasis and cleft sentences (H. Harries-Delisle); Relations between subordination and coordination (L. Talmy); Coordination reduction (H. Harries-Delisle); Word order variation: A typological study (S. Steele); Figure and ground in complex sentences (L. Talmy).

X.– Syntactic typology: 64.– Word order typology (B. Primus); 65.– Le marquage différentiel de l’objet (G. Lazard); 66.– Causatives (L. I. Kulikov); 67.– The passive voice (K. I. Kazenin); 68.– Verbal reflexives and the middle voice (K. I. Kazenin); 69.– Resultative constructions (V. P. Nedjalkov); 70.– Existential constructions (R. Freeze); 71.– Predicative possession (L. Stassen); 72.– Adnominal possession (M. Koptjevskaja-Tamm); 73.– Internal and external possessors (E. König); 74.– Complement clauses (K. Horie); 75.– Comparative constructions (L. Stassen); 76.– Conditional constructions (V. I. Polesskaya); 77.– Interrogative constructions (P. Siemund); 78.– Hortative constructions (V. S. Xrakovskij); 79.– Exclamative constructions (L. A. Michaelis); 80.– Dislocation (K. Lambrecht); 81.– Focus constructions (H. Bernhard Drubig, W. Schaffar); 82.– Noun phrase coordination (L. Stassen); 83.– Converbs (B. Tikkanen); 84.– Reference maintenance in discourse (A. A. Kibrik); XI.– Lexical typology: 85.– Lexical typology from a cognitive and linguistic point of view (P. Koch); 86.– Lexical typology from an anthropological point of view (C. H. Brown); 87.– Universal units in the lexicon (C. Goddard); 88.– Kin terms in grammar (N. Jonsson); 89.– Derivation (B. Laca); 90.– Color terms (R. MacLaury); 91.– Spatial dimension terms (E. Lang); 92.– Quantifiers (D. Gil); 93.– Verbs of perception (Å. Viberg); XII.– Phonology-based typology: 94.– Silbenstruktur (D. Restle, Th. Vennemann); 95.– Phonologische Prozesse (Th. Krefeld); 96.– Metrical patterns (A. Lahiri); 97.– Tone systems (L. M. Hyman); 98.– Intonation (D. R. Ladd); XIII.– Salient typological parameters: 99.– Silben- und akzentzählende Sprachen (P. Auer); 100.– Finite vs. non-finite languages (W. Bisang); 101.– Subject-oriented vs. subjectless languages (A. E. Kibrik); 102.– Head-marking vs. dependent-marking languages (J. Helmbrecht); 103.– Configurationality and polysynthesis (M. C. Baker); 104.– Discourse configurationality (K. É. Kiss); XIV.– Typological characterization of languages families and linguistic areas: 105.– Principles of areal typology (Ö. Dahl); 106.– Arealtypologie und Dialektologie (H. Goebl); 107.– The European linguistic area: Standard Average European (M. Haspelmath); 108.– Aire linguistique balkanique (J. Feuillet); 109.– Südasien als Sprachbund (K. H. Ebert); 110.– Mesoamerica as a linguistic area (Th. Stolz, Ch. Stolz); XV.– Diachronic aspects of language types and linguistic universals: 111.– Historizität – Sprachvariation, Sprachverschiedenheit, Sprachwandel (W. Oesterreicher); 112.– Pathways of lexicalization (A. Blank); 113.– Les processus de grammaticalisation (C. Hagège); 114.– Conceptions of typological change (J. O. Askedal); 115.– Contact-induced typological change (S. G. Thomason); 116.– Typology and universals of pidginization (P. Mühlhäusler); 117.– Creolization (P. Muysken); 118.– Typological changes in language obsolescence (H.-J. Sasse); 119.– ‘Tote’ Sprachen (H. Lüdtke); 120.– From Latin to the Romance languages (D. Wanner); 121.– From Ancient Germanic to modern Germanic languages (J. T. Faarlund); 122.– Vom Alttürkischen zu den modernen Türksprachen (L. Johanson); 123.– From Ancient Egyptian to Coptic (A. Loprieno); 124.– Vom Altäthiopischen zu den neuäthiopischen Sprachen (S. Weninger); 125.– Die kaukasischen Sprachen (W. Schulze).

Mairal, R. i Gil, J. (Ed.). (2003). En torno a los universales lingüísticos. Cambridge University Press.

Los universales lingüísticos: pasado y presente (R. Mairal, J. Gil); La tipología lingüística (K. Hengeveld); Las razones profundas de los universales fonéticos (P. Ladefoged); ¿Universales morfológicos? (A. Spencer); Tipología sintáctica: ¿hasta qué punto son exóticas las oraciones de relativo en las lenguas de tipo europeo? (B. Comrie); Un nuevo armazón para la gramática generativa (R. Jackendoff); Los mecanismos de cambio como universales lingüísticos (J. Bybee); Del verso español y los universales métricos (C. Piera).

Mairal, R. i Gil, J. (Ed.). (2006). Linguistic universals. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511618215

1.– A first look at universals (R. Mairal, J. Gil); 2.– Linguistic typology (K. Hengeveld); 3.– Universals in a generative setting (C. Boeckx); 4.– In search of universals (I. Maddieson); 5.– Morphological universals (A. Spencer); 6.– Syntactic typology (B. Comrie); 7.– Some universals of verb semantics (R. D. van Valin, Jr); 8.– Language change and universals (J. Bybee).

Sistemes d’escriptura

Manuals de lingüística

✓ Akmajian, A., Demers, R. A., Farmer, A. K. i Harnish, R. M. (2010). The written representation of language. A Linguistics: An introduction to language and communication (6a ed., p. 569–578). The MIT Press.

Bauer, L. (2021). Writing systems. A The linguistics student’s handbook (2a ed., p. 180–186). Edinburgh University Press. https://doi.org/10.1515/9781474474108-032

Burton, S., Déchaine, R.-M. i Vatikiotis-Bateson, E. (2012). Writing down language. A Linguistics for dummies (p. 295–306). John Wiley & Sons Canada.

Chao, Y. R. (1968). Writing. A Language and symbolic systems (p. 101–112). Cambridge University Press. https://archive.org/details/languagesymbolic0000unse_k5t7

✓ Connor-Linton, J. (2014). Writing. A R. W. Fasold i J. Connor-Linton (Ed.), An introduction to language and linguistics (2a ed., p. 413–444). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107707511.013

Daniels, P. T. i Schwieter, J. W. (2021). Writing systems. A J. Bruhn de Garavito i J. W. Schwieter (Ed.), Introducing linguistics: Theoretical and applied approaches (p. 376–414). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108696784.012

✓ Dobrovolsky, M. (2011). Writing and language. A W. O’Grady, J. Archibald i F. Katamba (Ed.), Contemporary linguistics: An introduction (2a ed., p. 523–546). Pearson Longman.

✓ Finegan, E. (2008). Writing. A Language: Its structure and use (5a ed., p. 394–418). Thomson Wadsworth.

✓ Fromkin, V., Rodman, R. i Hyams, N. (2014). Writing: The ABCs of language. A An introduction to language (10a ed., p. 527–554). Wadsworth, Cengage Learning.

Gleason Jr., H. A. (1961). Writing systems. A An introduction to descriptive linguistics (Ed. rev., p. 408–424). Holt, Rinehart and Winston. https://archive.org/details/introductiontode0000unse_e4o5

Gleason Jr., H. A. (1975). Sistemas de escritura (E. Wulff, Trad.). A Introducción a la lingüística descriptiva (p. 565–587). Gredos. (Obra original publicada el 1961)

Graddol, D., Cheshire, J. i Swann, J. (1987). Writing systems. A Describing language (p. 122–133). Open University Press.

Hall, R. A. (1964). Writing and language. A Introductory linguistics (p. 263–273). Chilton Books. https://archive.org/details/introductoryling00hall

Hudson, G. (2000). The basic history of writing. A Essential introductory linguistics (p. 350–371). Blackwell.

Hughes, J. P. (1962). Languages and writing. A The science of language: An introduction to linguistics (p. 116–143). Random House. https://archive.org/details/scienceoflanguag0000john

✓ Marrero, V. i Ruiz-Va, P. (2009). El medio del lenguaje. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), El lenguaje humano (p. 63–98). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Marrero, V. i Ruiz-Va, P. (2014). Lengua oral y lengua signada. La escritura. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), Claves del lenguaje humano (p. 39–82). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

McGregor, W. B. (2024). Writing. A Linguistics: An introduction (3a ed., p. 333–358). Bloomsbury Academic. https://www.bloomsburyonlineresources.com/linguistics-an-introduction-3/student-resources_chapter-14

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2014). Lingüística de la escritura. A Del lenguaje a las lenguas. Tratado didáctico y crítico de lingüística general: Vol. 2. Las lenguas (p. 718–806). Euphonía Ediciones.

✓ O’Grady, W. i Dobrovolsky, M. (2017). Writing and language. A W. O’Grady, J. Archibald, M. Aronoff i J. Rees-Miller (Ed.), Contemporary linguistics: An introduction (7a ed., p. 531–558). Bedford/St. Martin’s, Macmillan Learning.

✓ O’Grady, W. i Dobrovolsky, M. (2021). Writing and language. A W. O’Grady i J. Archibald (Ed.), Contemporary linguistic analysis: An introduction (9a ed., p. 485–509). Pearson.

Palmer, L. R. (1972). Writing. A Descriptive and comparative linguistics: A critical introduction (p. 255–268). Faber & Faber. https://archive.org/details/descriptivecompa0000palm_l5s9

Poole, S. C. (1999). Writing systems. A An introduction to linguistics (p. 177–185). Palgrave. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-349-27346-1_12

Rowe, B. M. i Levine, D. P. (2023). Writing systems: The graphic representation of language. A A concise introduction to linguistics (6a ed., p. 284–317). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003268369

Smith, K. A. (2025). Writing. A Linguistics: A functionalist introduction (p. 76–83). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003325710

Writing systems. (2022). A H. C. Dawson, A. Hernandez i C. Shain (Ed.), Language files: Materials for an introduction to language and linguistics (13a ed., p. 603–630). The Ohio State University Press. https://linguistics.osu.edu/research/pubs/lang-files/links/Ch15

✓ Yule, G. (2008). El desarrollo de la escritura (N. Bel, Trad.). A A. Benítez Burraco (Ed.), El lenguaje (3a ed. corr. i ampl., p. 29–37). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 2006)

✓ Yule, G. (2020). Written language. A The study of language (7a ed., p. 247–261). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108582889.017

Treballs generals

Alarcos, E. (1965). Representaciones gráficas del lenguaje. Archivum, 15, 5–58. https://reunido.uniovi.es/index.php/RFF/article/view/3119

Comrie, B. (2013). Writing systems. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/141

Coulmas, F. (1989). The writing systems of the world. Blackwell.

I.– Theoretical perspectives: 1.– What writing is all about; 2.– From icon to symbol: The general trend of evolution; 3.– Units of speech and units of writing; II.– Writing systems: 4.– Sacred characters: The theocratic script of Egypt; 5.– From word to syllable I: Cuneiform writing; 6.– An alternative to the alphabet: The Chinese writing system; 7.– From word to syllable II: Chinese characters for other languages; 8.– Semitic writing: Syllables or consonants?; 9.– The alphabet; 10.– Writing in India; III.– Practical problems: 11.– From letter to sound: Deciphering written languages; 12.– From sound to letter: Creating alphabets; 13.– Writing reform: Conditions and implications; 14.– What writing means for linguistics.

Coulmas, F. (1996). Typology of writing systems. A H. Günther i O. Ludwig (Ed.), Schrift und Schriftlichkeit: Ein interdisziplinäres Handbuch internationaler Forschung / Writing and its use: An interdisciplinary handbook of international research (Vol. 2, p. 1380–1387). De Gruyter. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110147445.2.9.1380

Coulmas, F. (2002). Writing systems: An introduction to their linguistic analysis. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139164597

1.– What is writing?; 2.– The basic options: Meaning and sound; 3.– Signs of words; 4.– Signs of syllables; 5.– Signs of segments; 6.– Consonants and vowels; 7.– Vowel incorporation; 8.– Analysis and interpretation; 9.– Mixed systems; 10.– History of writing; 11.– Psycholinguistics of writing; 12.– Sociolinguistics of writing; Appendix.– Universal Declaration of Human Rights, article 1.

Cruttenden, A. (2021). Writing systems and phonetics. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003047155

Introduction; Technical terms and symbols; 1.– English spelling; 2.– Latin-based alphabets in European languages; 3.– Latin-based alphabets outside Europe; 4.– Greek, Cyrillic and related alphabets; 5.– Hebrew, Arabic and related alphabets; 6.– South and south-east Asian alphabets; 7.– East Asian scripts; 8.– The world’s earliest writing and its decipherment; 9.– More early writing and its decipherment; 10.– A typology of writing systems; Appendix 1.– International Phonetic Alphabet; Appendix 2.– Some basic variables in writing systems; Appendix 3.– Writing materials.

Daniels, P. T. (1996). The study of writing systems. A P. T. Daniels i W. Bright (Ed.), The world’s writing systems (p. 3–17). Oxford University Press. https://archive.org/details/isbn_9780195079937

Daniels, P. T. (2017). Writing systems. A M. Aronoff i J. Rees-Miller (Ed.), The handbook of linguistics (2a ed., p. 75–94). Wiley Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781119072256.ch5

Daniels, P. T. (2018). An exploration of writing. University of Toronto Press.

Foreword by David L. Share; Introduction; 1.– Syllables and syllabaries; 2.– Segments and alphabets; 3.– Consonants and abjads; 4.– Moras and kana; 5.– Clusters and abugidas; 6.– Morphemes and morphograms; 7.– Words and heterograms; 8.– Hybrids and innovations; 9.– Recoveries and decipherments; 10.– Pictograms and mysteries; 11.– Origins and characteristics; 12.– Graphonomy and linguistics.

✓ Daniels, P. T. (2019). How many kinds of writing systems are there? A C. Myrick i W. Wolfram (Ed.), The five-minute linguist: Bite-sized essays on language and languages (3a ed., p. 78–82). University of Toronto Press.

✓ Daniels, P. T. (2019). Where did writing come from? A C. Myrick i W. Wolfram (Ed.), The five-minute linguist: Bite-sized essays on language and languages (3a ed., p. 128–131). University of Toronto Press.

Daniels, P. T. (2021). Writing and writing systems: Classification of scripts. A J. Stanlaw (Ed.), The international encyclopedia of linguistic anthropology. Wiley Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118786093.iela0409

DeFrancis, J. (1989). Visible speech: The diverse oneness of writing systems. University of Hawaii Press.

I.– Writing in communicative context: 1.– Kinds of communication; 2.– What is writing?; II.– Full writing systems: 3.– Syllabic systems; 4.– Consonantal systems; 5.– Alphabetic systems; III.– Writing in a comparative perspective: 6.– A critique of writing about writing; 7.– The essential oneness of full writing.

Diringer, D. (1962). Writing. Thames and Hudson. https://archive.org/details/in.gov.ignca.12550

I.– Primitive means of communication; II.– Analytic scripts of ancient Near East; III.– The Far East; IV.– Pre-Columbian America; V.– Phonetic scripts and the alphabet; VI.– Diffusion of the alphabet.

Fraenkel, G. (1965). Writing systems. Ginn and Company. https://archive.org/details/writingsystems0000frae

I.– Types of writing; II.– The story of the alphabet; III.– The story of decipherment; IV.– The history of the phonetic alphabet; V.– Spelling reform; VI.– Summary; Glossary.

Gelb, I. J. (1963). A study of writing (2a ed.). The University of Chicago Press. https://oi.uchicago.edu/research/publications/misc/study-writing

I.– Writing as a system of signs; II.– Forerunners of writing; III.– Word-syllabic systems; IV.– Syllabic writing; V.– The alphabet; VI.– Evolution of writing; VII.– Modern writings among primitives; VIII.– Monogenesis or polygenesis of writing; IX.– Writing and civilization; X.– Future of writing; XI.– Terminology of writing.

Gelb, I. J. (1982). Historia de la escritura (A. Adell, Trad.; 2a ed.). Alianza. (Obra original publicada el 1963)

1.– La escritura como un sistema de signos; 2.– Precedentes de la escritura; 3.– Sistemas logo-silábicos; 4.– Escrituras silábicas; 5.– El alfabeto; 6.– Evolución de la escritura; 7.– Escrituras modernas de los primitivos; 8.– Monogénesis o poligénesis de la escritura; 9.– Escritura y civilización; 10.– El futuro de la escritura; 11.– Terminología de la escritura.

Gnanadesikan, A. E. (2009). The writing revolution: Cuneiform to the Internet. Wiley-Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781444304671

1.– The first IT revolution; 2.– Cuneiform: Forgotten legacy of a forgotten people; 3.– Egyptian hieroglyphs and the quest for eternity; 4.– Chinese: A love of paperwork; 5.– Maya glyphs: Calendars of kings; 6.– Linear B: The clerks of Agamemnon; 7.– Japanese: Three scripts better than one; 8.– Cherokee: Sequoyah reverse-engineers; 9.– The Semitic alphabet: Egypt to Manchuria in 3400 years; 10.– The empire of Sanskrit; 11.– King Sejong’s one-man renaissance; 12.– Greek serendipity; 13.– The age of Latin; 14.– The alphabet meets the machine.

Joyce, T. i Borgwaldt, S. R. (2013). Typology of writing systems: Introduction. A S. R. Borgwaldt i T. Joyce (Ed.), Typology of writing systems (p. 1–12). John Benjamins. https://doi.org/10.1075/bct.51.01joy

Meletis, D. i Dürscheid, C. (2022). Writing systems and their use: An overview of grapholinguistics. De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110757835

1.– Introduction; 2.– Language, speech, and writing; 3.– Graphetics; 4.– Graphematics; 5.– Orthography; 6.– Writing system typology; 7.– Conclusion and outlook.

Meletis, D. i Dürscheid, C. (2022). Writing system typology. A Writing systems and their use: An overview of grapholinguistics (p. 210–269). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110757835-006

✓✓ Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2005). Las lenguas y sus escrituras: tipología, evolución e ideología. Síntesis.

I.– Lenguas y escrituras: 1.– Lenguas orales, lenguas escritas y tipos de lengua; 2.– Los prejuicios de la lengua escrita: del grafocentrismo al alfabetocentrismo; 3.– Lenguas, escrituras, religión y colonialismo; 4.– Tipología de los sistemas de escritura; 5.– Los sistemas logográficos; 6.– Los sistemas silabográficos; 7.– Los sistemas fonematográficos; 8.– Crítica de la explicación evolutiva de los tipos de lengua y de los tipos de escritura; II.– Presentación ilustrada de los sistemas de escritura mediante el artículo segundo de la Declaración Universal de los Derechos Humanos: 1.– El Alfabeto Fonético Internacional (1989); 2.– Adaptaciones del alfabeto romano; 3.– Utilización del alfabeto romano para lenguas indígenas; 4.– Alfabetos griego, cirílico y sus adaptaciones; 5.– Adaptaciones de los abjads semitas; 6.– La escritura china; 7.– Las escrituras japonesa y coreana; 8.– Silabarios de América.

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2009). Per a una valoració comparativa dels sistemes d’escriptura. Articles: Revista de Didàctica de la Llengua i de la Literatura, 48, 24–33.

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2009). La personalidad de las letras: el valor identitario de los sistemas de escritura. A J. J. de Bustos i S. Iglesias (Ed.), Identidades sociales e identidades lingüísticas (p. 101–118). Editorial Complutense. https://www.academia.edu/5950528/70_La_personalidad_de_las_letras_El_valor_identitario_de_los_sistemas_de_escritura_En_J_J_de_Bustos_y_S_Iglesias_coords_Identidades_sociales_e_identidades_lingüísticas_Madrid_Editorial_Complutense_2009_páginas_101_118

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2021). Clasificación de los sistemas de escritura. A La clasificación de las lenguas: introducción a la taxonomía lingüística (p. 225–263). Síntesis.

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2021). Xenografia: l’impacte de la diversitat lingüística en l’evolució de l’escriptura. Linguapax Review, 9, 47–54. https://linguapax.org/publicacio/revista-linguapax-2021/

Rogers, H. (2004). Writing systems: A linguistic approach. Blackwell.

1.– Introduction; 2.– Theoretical preliminaries; 3.– Chinese; 4.– Japanese, Korean, Vietnamese; 5.– Cuneiform; 6.– Egyptian; 7.– Semitic; 8.– The Greek alphabet; 9.– The Roman alphabet; 10.– English; 11.– The Indian abugida and other Asian phonographic writing; 12.– Maya; 13.– Other writing systems; 14.– Classification of writing systems; Appendix A.– Some basic linguistic notions; Appendix B.– The International Phonetic Alphabet; Appendix C.– English transcription; Appendix D.– Glossary.

Sampson, G. (1997). Sistemas de escritura: análisis lingüístico (P. Wilson, Trad.). Gedisa. (Obra original publicada el 1985)

1.– Introducción; 2.– Consideraciones teóricas; 3.– La primera escritura; 4.– Un sistema silábico: el lineal B; 5.– La escritura consonántica; 6.– El alfabeto grecorromano; 7.– Un sistema rasgal: el han’gul coreano; 8.– Un sistema logográfico: la escritura china; 9.– Un sistema mixto: la escritura japonesa; 10.– La ortografía inglesa.

Sampson, G. (2015). Writing systems (2a ed.). University of Toronto Press.

1.– Introduction; 2.– Theoretical preliminaries; 3.– The earliest writing; 4.– A syllabic system: Linear B; 5.– Consonantal writing; 6.– European alphabetic writing; 7.– Influences on graph-shape evolution; 8.– A featural system: Korean hangul; 9.– A logographic system: Chinese writing; 10.– Pros and cons of logography; 11.– A mixed system: Japanese writing; 12.– Writing systems and information technology; 13.– English spelling; 14.– Conclusions.

Sampson, G. (2016). Typology and the study of writing systems. Linguistic Typology, 20(3), 561–567. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2016-0027

Sampson, G. (2016). Writing systems: Methods for recording language. A K. Allan (Ed.), The Routledge handbook of linguistics (p. 47–61). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315718453

Sproat, R. (2000). A computational theory of writing systems. Cambridge University Press.

1.– Reading devices; 2.– Regularity; 3.– ORL depth and consistency; 4.– Linguistic elements; 5.– Psycholinguistic evidence; 6.– Further issues.

✓ Tuson, J. (1996). L’escriptura: una introducció a la cultura alfabètica. Empúries.

✓ Tuson, J. (1997). La escritura: una introducción a la cultura alfabética. Octaedro. (Obra original publicada el 1996)

1.– Teoría de la escritura; 2.– Tipos de escritura; 3.– Historia de la escritura; 4.– De la letra al texto; 5.– El futuro de la escritura.

Tuson, J. (2001). L’escriptura. A F. Vallverdú (Ed.), Enciclopèdia de la llengua catalana (p. 160–164). Edicions 62.

Tuson, J. (2006). Lletres sobre lletres. Empúries.

1.– Bàrbars i civilitzats; 2.– Les veus i les grafies; 3.– Com es pot ensumar una simfonia; 4.– Misèries i grandeses de l’escriptura; 5.– El naixement de l’escriptura; 6.– Els descobriments dels alfabets; 7.– La pluralitat de les escriptures; 8.– L’escriptura, motor de revolucions; 9.– El cas especial de la impremta; 10.– El poder de l’escriptura: la destrucció de les biblioteques; 11.– «Les imatges eliminaran l’escriptura»; 12.– «Les noves tecnologies estan degradant l’escriptura»; L’escriptura, arma de doble tall.

Tuson, J. (2010). Un elogio de la diversidad: lenguas y escrituras. Textos de Didáctica de la Lengua y la Literatura, 54, 9–21.

Ventayol, A. (2026, 19 de maig). La doble minorització de les llengües que no fan servir l’alfabet llatí. VilaWeb. https://www.vilaweb.cat/noticies/la-doble-minoritzacio-de-les-llengues-que-no-fan-servir-lalfabet-llati/

Reculls i obres de referència

Campbell, G. L. (1997). Handbook of scripts and alphabets. Routledge.

Arabic; Armenian; Batak; Bengali; Berber; Buginese; Burmese; Cambodian; Cherokee; Chinese; Coptic; Cree; Cyrillic (with Old Church Slavonic); Devanāgarī; Egyptian; Epigraphic South Arabian; Ethiopic; Georgian; Gothic; Greek; Gujarati; Gurmukhi; Hebrew (with Yiddish); Japanese; Javanese; Kannada; Korean; Lao; Malayalam; Mongolian; Oriya; Roman; Samaritan; Sinhalese; Syriac; Tamil; Telugu; Thai; Tibetan.

Campbell, G. L. i Moseley, C. (2012). The Routledge handbook of scripts and alphabets (2a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203865484

Introduction: The world’s families of scripts; Ancient writing systems: Aegean scripts; Anatolian scripts; Aramaic; Syriac; Brāhmī; Coptic; Egyptian; Epigraphic South Arabian; Etruscan; Gothic; Javanese (Kawi); Maya; Ogham; Persian Cuneiform; Runic; Turkic Runes; Contemporary writing systems: Arabic; Armenian; Batak; Bengali; Berber (Tifinagh); Buginese-Macassarese; Burmese; Cambodian; Cherokee; Chinese; Archaic Chinese; Classical Chinese (Wenli); Modern Chinese; Cree; Cyrillic; Devanāgarī; Ethiopic; Georgian; Greek; Gujarati; Gurmukhi; Hebrew; Yiddish; Japanese; Kannada; Korean; Lao; Malayalam; Mongolian; Oriya; Roman (Latin); Sinhalese; Tamil; Telugu; Thai; Tibetan; Yi; Autochthonous writing systems: Fraser script (Lisu); Munda language scripts; N’ko; Pahawh Hmong; Pollard script; Rongorongo; Vai.

Coulmas, F. (1996). The Blackwell encyclopedia of writing systems. Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118932667

Preface; Acknowledgements; Abbreviations and notational conventions; A-Z entries; Bibliography.

Daniels, P. T. i Bright, W. (Ed.). (1996). The world’s writing systems. Oxford University Press. https://archive.org/details/isbn_9780195079937

I.– Grammatology: Introduction (P. T. Daniels); 1.– The study of writing systems (P. T. Daniels); II.– Ancient Near Eastern writing systems: Introduction (P. T. Daniels); 2.– The first civilizations (P. T. Daniels); 3.– Mesopotamian cuneiform: Origin (P. Michalowski); Sumerian and Akkadian (J. S. Cooper); Other languages (G. B. Gragg); 4.– Egyptian writing (R. K. Ritner); The Meroitic script (N. B. Millet); 5.– Epigraphic Semitic scripts (M. O’Connor); The Iberian scripts (P. Swiggers); The Berber scripts (M. O’Connor); 6.– Anatolian hieroglyphs (H. C. Melchert); 7.– Aegean scripts (E. L. Bennett); 8.– Old Persian cuneiform (D. D. Testen); III.– Decipherment: Introduction (P. T. Daniels); 9.– Methods of decipherment (P. T. Daniels); 10.– The Proto-Elamite script (R. K. Englund); 11.– The Indus script (A. Parpola); 12.– Maya and other Mesoamerican scripts (M. J. Macri); 13.– Rongorongo of Easter Island (M. J. Macri); IV.– East Asian writing systems: Introduction (W. G. Boltz); 14.– Early Chinese writing (W. G. Boltz); 15.– Modern Chinese writing (V. H. Mair); 16.– Japanese writing (J. S. (Shibamoto) Smith); 17.– Korean writing (R. King); 18.– Siniform scripts in Inner Asia: Tangut (E. I. Kychanov); Kitan and Jurchin (G. Kara); 19.– The Yi script (D. Shi); 20.– Asian calligraphy (J. Stevens); V.– European writing systems: Introduction (P. T. Daniels); 21.– Transmission of the Phoenician script to the West (P. Swiggers); 22.– The Greek alphabet (L. Threatte); The Anatolian alphabets (P. Swiggers, W. Jenniges); The Coptic alphabet (R. K. Ritner); The Gothic alphabet (E. Ebbinghaus); 23.– The scripts of Italy (L. Bonfante); 24.– The Roman alphabet (S. Knight); 25.– The Runic script (R. W. V. Elliott); 26.– Ogham (D. McManus); 27.– The Slavic alphabets (P. Cubberley); 28.– The Armenian alphabet (A. K. Sanjian); 29.– The Georgian alphabet (D. A. Holisky); VI.– South Asian writing systems: Introduction (R. G. Salomon); 30.– Brahmi and Kharoshthi (R. G. Salomon); 31.– The Devanagari script (W. Bright); 32.– Gujarati writing (P. J. Mistry); 33.– The Gurmukhi script (H. Singh Gill); 34.– Bengali writing (T. Bagchi); 35.– Oriya writing (B. P. Mahapatra); 36.– Sinhala writing (J. W. Gair); 37.– Kannada and Telugu writing (W. Bright); 38.– Malayalam writing (K. P. Mohanan); 39.– Tamil writing (S. B. Steever); 40.– The Tibetan script and derivatives (L. W. J. van der Kuijp); VII.– Southeast Asian writing systems: Introduction (C. Court); 41.– The spread of the Brahmi script into Southeast Asia (C. Court); 42.– Burmese writing (J. K. Wheatley); 43.– Thai and Lao writing (A. Diller); 44.– Khmer writing (E. Schiller); 45.– Insular Southeast Asian scripts (J. C. Kuipers, R. McDermott); VIII.– Middle Eastern writing systems: Introduction (P. T. Daniels); 46.– The Jewish script (R. L. Goerwitz); 47.– Aramaic scripts for Aramaic languages (P. T. Daniels); Modern Aramaic (R. D. Hoberman); Mandaic (P. T. Daniels); 48.– Aramaic scripts for Iranian languages (P. O. Skjoervø); 49.– Aramaic scripts for Altaic languages (G. Kara); 50.– Arabic writing (T. Bauer); Dhivehi writing (J. W. Gair, B. D. Cain); 51.– Ethiopic writing (G. Haile); IX.– Scripts invented in modern times: Introduction (P. T. Daniels); 52.– The invention of writing (P. T. Daniels); 53.– Cherokee writing (J. Scancarelli); 54.– Scripts of West Africa (J. V. Singler); 55.– The Cree syllabary (J. D. Nichols); 56.– Scripts for Munda languages (N. Zide); 57.– The Pahawh Hmong script (M. Ratliff); X.– Use and adaptation of scripts: Introduction (P. T. Daniels); 58.– A functional classification (J. Mountford); 59.– Adaptations of the Roman alphabet: Romance languages (E. Tuttle); Germanic languages (W. M. Senner); Celtic languages (D. McManus); Welsh (E. P. Hamp); Languages of Eastern and Southern Europe (B. Comrie); African languages (J. Bendor-Samuel); Vietnamese (N. Đình-Hoà); 60.– Adaptations of the Cyrillic alphabet (B. Comrie); 61.– Adaptations of Hebrew script (B. Hary); Yiddish (H. I. Aronson); 62.– Adaptations of Arabic script (A. S. Kaye); XI.– Sociolinguistics and scripts: Introduction (W. Bright); 63.– Germany: Script and politics (G. Augst); 64.– Serbo-Croatian: A biscriptal language (L. B. Feldman, D. Barac-Cikoja); 65.– South Asia: Coexistence of scripts (C. P. Masica); 66.– Christian missionary activities (A. Gleason); 67.– Script reform in and after the Soviet Union (B. Comrie); XII.– Secondary notation systems: Introduction (P. T. Daniels); 68.– The alphabet as a technology (M. O’Connor); 69.– Numerical notation (J. Sören Pettersson); 70.– Shorthand (P. T. Daniels); 71.– Phonetic notation (M. C. K. MacMahon); 72.– Music notation (J. D. McCawley); 73.– Movement notation systems (B. Farnell); XIII.– Imprinting and printing: Introduction (P. T. Daniels); 74.– Analog and digital writing (P. T. Daniels).

Nakanishi, A. (1980). Writing systems of the world: Alphabets, syllabaries, pictograms. Tuttle.

Introduction; How to use this book; 1.– Scripts of Europe: Latin script; Greek script; 2.– Scripts of the Union of Soviet Socialist Republics: Russian script; Georgian script; Armenian script; Other scripts in Europe and the USSR; 3.– Scripts of West Asia: Hebrew script; Arabic script; Urdu script; 4.– Scripts in and around India: Devanagari script; Gurmukhi script; Gujarati script; Oriya script; Bengali script; Tamil script; Telugu script; Kannada script; Malayalam script; Sinhalese script; Other scripts in and around India; 5.– Scripts of Southeast Asia: Burmese script; Khmer (Cambodian) script; Thai script; Lao script; Other scripts in Southeast Asia; 6.– Scripts of East Asia: Chinese characters; Mongolian script; Korean script; Japanese (Kana) script; Other scripts in East Asia; 7.– Scripts of Africa: Amharic (Ethiopian) script; Other scripts in Africa; 8.– Scripts of North and South America; 9.– Scripts of Oceania; Other scripts in the Americas and Oceania; Appendixes: 1.– Kinds of scripts; 2.– The direction in which scripts are written; Glossary of terms; Bibliography.

Treballs específics

Bonfante, L., Chadwick, J., Cook, B. F., Davies, W. V., Healey, J. F., Hooker, J. T. i Walker, C. B. F. (1990). Reading the past: Ancient writing from cuneiform to the alphabet. The Trustees of the British Museum. https://archive.org/details/readingpastancie0000unse_y5u8

Introduction (J. T. Hooker); Cuneiform (C. B. F. Walker); Egyptian hieroglyphs (W. V. Davies); Linear B (J. Chadwick); The early alphabet (J. F. Healey); Greek inscriptions (B. F. Cook); Etruscan (L. Bonfante).

Bonfante, L., Chadwick, J., Cook, B. F., Davies, W. V., Healey, J. F., Hooker, J. T. i Walker, C. B. F. (2003). Leyendo el pasado: antiguas escrituras del cuneiforme al alfabeto (J. L. Rozas, Trad.). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 1990)

Introducción (J. T. Hooker); Cuneiforme (C. B. F. Walker); Jeroglífico egipcio (W. V. Davies); Lineal B (J. Chadwick); El alfabeto primitivo (J. F. Healey); Inscripciones griegas (B. F. Cook); Etrusco (L. Bonfante).

Daniels, P. T. (2006). Decipherment. A K. Brown (Ed.), Encyclopedia of language & linguistics (2a ed., p. 371–374). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/b0-08-044854-2/01575-3

Gordon, C. H. (1982). Forgotten scripts: Their ongoing discovery and decipherment (Ed. rev. i ampl.). Basic Books. https://archive.org/details/forgottenscripts0000gord

1.– Codes and ciphers; 2.– The decipherment of Egyptian; 3.– Grotefend’s decipherment of Old Persian; 4.– Reclaiming the Sumero-Akkadian legacy; 5.– Cuneiform and hieroglyphic Hittite; 6.– Ugaritic: Decipherment and impact; 7.– The Aegean syllabary; 8.– The Ebla archives; 9.– A sampling of unlocked treasures.

Healey, J. F. (1990). The early alphabet. The Trustees of the British Museum. https://archive.org/details/earlyalphabet0000heal

Preface; 1.– Script, language and the alphabetic principle; 2.– First attempts at alphabetic writing; 3.– Consolidation of the alphabet and export to the West; 4.– Alphabetic scripts in the late antique Middle East; 5.– Towards the Arabic alphabet; Examples of letters; Excursus: Use of the alphabet for numerals; Summary and conclusions.

Healey, J. F. (1990). The early alphabet. A Reading the past: Ancient writing from cuneiform to the alphabet (p. 197–258). The Trustees of the British Museum. https://archive.org/details/readingpastancie0000unse_y5u8

Healey, J. F. (2003). El alfabeto primitivo (J. L. Rozas, Trad.). A Leyendo el pasado: antiguas escrituras del cuneiforme al alfabeto (p. 221–282). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 1990)

Kelly, P. (2018). The invention, transmission and evolution of writing: Insights from the new scripts of West Africa. A S. Ferrara i M. Valério (Ed.), Paths into script formation in the ancient Mediterranean (p. 189–209). CNR, Consiglio Nazionale delle Ricerche. https://doi.org/10.31235/osf.io/253vc

Pope, M. (1999). The story of decipherment: From Egyptian hieroglyphs to Maya script (Ed. rev.). Thames and Hudson. https://archive.org/details/TheStoryOfDecipherment

I.– The Egyptian hieroglyphs: 1.– Through Renaissance eyes; 2.– The Eighteenth Century; 3.– From the Rosetta Stone to Champollion’s decipherment; II.– Cuneiform: 4.– Persian cuneiform; 5.– Other cuneiform scripts; III.– The Aegean and Anatolian writing: 6.– The Cypriot syllabary; 7.– Luvian hieroglyphic; 8.– Evans and the Aegean scripts; 9.– Kober, Ventris and Linear B; Conclusion; Postscript: The decipherment of Carian; The Maya glyphs.

Vita, J.-P. (2005). Los primeros sistemas alfabéticos de escritura. A G. Carrasco i J. C. Oliva (Ed.), Escritura y lenguas del Mediterráneo en la antigüedad (p. 1–22). Ediciones de la Universidad de Castilla-La Mancha. https://hdl.handle.net/10261/13218

Woods, C. (Ed.). (2015). Visible language: Inventions of writing in the ancient Middle East and beyond. The Oriental Institute of the University of Chicago. https://oi.uchicago.edu/research/publications/oimp/oimp-32-visible-language-inventions-writing-ancient-middle-east-and (Obra original publicada el 2010)

Visible language: The earliest writing systems (C. Woods); 1.– Iconography of protoliterate seals (O. Topçuoğlu); 2.– The earliest Mesopotamian writing (C. Woods); 3.– Adaptation of cuneiform to write Akkadian (A. R. Seri); 4.– The rise and fall of cuneiform script in Hittite Anatolia (T. van den Hout); 5.– The conception and development of the Egyptian writing system (E. V. MacArthur); 6.– The earliest Egyptian writing (A. Stauder); 7.– Egyptian hieroglyphic writing (J. H. Johnson); 8.– Hieratic (K. E. Bandy); 9.– Demotic (J. H. Johnson); 10.– Ptolemaic hieroglyphs (F. Gaudard); 11.– Coptic (T. G. Wilfong); 12.– Invention and development of the alphabet (J. Lam); 13.– Anatolian hieroglyphic writing (I. Yakubovich); 14.– The beginnings of writing in China (E. L. Shaughnessy); 15.– The development of Maya writing (J. Palka).

Fonètica

Fonètica: manuals de lingüística

Fonètica: manuals de fonètica

Fonètica: diccionaris

Fonologia

Manuals de lingüística

✓ Akmajian, A., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (1984). Fonología: la estructura de los sonidos (V. Demonte i M. Mora, Trad.). A Lingüística: una introducción al lenguaje y a la comunicación (p. 97–146). Alianza. (Obra original publicada el 1979)

✓ Akmajian, A., Farmer, A. K., Bickmore, L., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (2017). Phonology: The study of sound structure. A Linguistics: An introduction to language and communication (7a ed., p. 103–142). The MIT Press.

Anderson, C., Bjorkman, B., Denis, D., Doner, J., Grant, M., Sanders, N. i Taniguchi, A. (2022). Phonology. A Essentials of linguistics (2a ed., p. 155–197). eCampusOntario. https://ecampusontario.pressbooks.pub/essentialsoflinguistics2/part/chapter-4-phonology/

Bruhn de Garavito, J. (2021). Phonology. A J. Bruhn de Garavito i J. W. Schwieter (Ed.), Introducing linguistics: Theoretical and applied approaches (p. 67–114). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108696784.004

Burridge, K. i Stebbins, T. N. (2020). Phonology: The sound system. A For the love of language: An introduction to linguistics (2a ed., p. 217–256). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108568753.009

Cavallaro, J. (2024). Phonology: Why do we say it like that? A Everyday linguistics: An introduction to the study of language (p. 73–90). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429269059

Cerdà, R. (1996). La función del sonido. A C. Martín Vide (Ed.), Elementos de lingüística (p. 129–170). Octaedro.

Cruz-Ferreira, M. i Abraham, S. A. (2011). The grammar of sounds. A The language of language: A linguistics course for starters (3a ed., p. 125–144). https://www.beingmultilingual.com/Books.html

✓ Czaykowska-Higgins, E., Dobrovolsky, M. i Katamba, F. (2011). Phonology: The function and patterning of sounds. A W. O’Grady, J. Archibald i F. Katamba (Ed.), Contemporary linguistics: An introduction (2a ed., p. 59–115). Pearson Longman.

Dawson, H. C. i Phelan, M. (Ed.). (2016). Phonology. A Language files: Materials for an introduction to language and linguistics (12a ed., p. 107–152). The Ohio State University Press. https://linguistics.osu.edu/research/pubs/lang-files

Denham, K. i Lobeck, A. (2013). Phonology: The sound patterns of language. A Linguistics for everyone: An introduction (2a ed., p. 103–140). Wadsworth, Cengage Learning. https://archive.org/details/isbn_9781111836597

Denham, K. i Lobeck, A. (2019). The study of sound: Phonetics and phonology. A Why study linguistics (p. 48–63). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429444623

Díaz-Campos, M., Geeslin, K. L. i Gurzynski-Weiss, L. (2018). Fonología: la estructura de los sonidos del español. A Introducción y aplicaciones contextualizadas a la lingüística hispánica (p. 88–114). John Wiley & Sons.

✓ Finegan, E. (2015). Sound systems of language: Phonology. A Language: Its structure and use (7a ed., p. 109–152). Cengage Learning.

Fromkin, V. (Ed.). (2000). Phonology I: Basic principles and methods. A Linguistics: An introduction to linguistic theory (p. 518–578). Blackwell.

Fromkin, V. (Ed.). (2000). Phonology II: Phonological representations. A Linguistics: An introduction to linguistic theory (p. 579–608). Blackwell.

Fromkin, V. (Ed.). (2000). Phonology III: Explanations and constraints in phonology. A Linguistics: An introduction to linguistic theory (p. 609–657). Blackwell.

✓ Fromkin, V., Rodman, R. i Hyams, N. (2017). Phonology: The sound patterns of language. A An introduction to language (11a ed., p. 215–268). Cengage Learning.

Gordon, M. (2019). Phonology: Organization of speech sounds. A C. Genetti (Ed.), How languages work: An introduction to language and linguistics (2a ed., p. 55–78). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108553988.004

Gutiérrez Ordóñez, S. (1983). La fonología. A F. Abad i A. García Berrio (Coord.), Introducción a la lingüística (p. 75–113). Alhambra.

Hannahs, S. J. (2015). Phonology. A N. Braber, L. Cummings i L. Morrish (Ed.), Exploring language and linguistics (p. 56–76). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139548922.004

Hualde, J. I. (2010). Los sonidos de la lengua: fonética y fonología. A J. I. Hualde, A. Olarrea, A. M. Escobar i C. E. Travis, Introducción a la lingüística hispánica (2a ed., p. 45–122). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511808821.003

✓ Marrero, V. (2009). Los sonidos en las lenguas. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), El lenguaje humano (p. 99–135). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Marrero, V. (2011). Fonética y fonología. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), Invitación a la lingüística (p. 87–126). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Marrero, V. (2014). Los sonidos en las lenguas. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), Claves del lenguaje humano (p. 83–119). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

McGregor, W. B. (2024). Sounds of language: Phonetics and phonology. A Linguistics: An introduction (3a ed., p. 25–54). Bloomsbury Academic. https://www.bloomsburyonlineresources.com/linguistics-an-introduction-3/student-resources_chapter-2

Muñoz-Basols, J., Moreno, N., Taboada, I. i Lacorte, M. (2017). Fonología y fonética: los sonidos del español. A Introducción a la lingüística hispánica actual: teoría y práctica (p. 65–108). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203096758

✓ O’Grady, W., Dyck, C., Rose, Y., Czaykowska-Higgins, E. i Dobrovolsky, M. (2017). Phonology: Contrasts and patterns. A W. O’Grady, J. Archibald, M. Aronoff i J. Rees-Miller (Ed.), Contemporary linguistics: An introduction (7a ed., p. 69–120). Bedford/St. Martin’s, Macmillan Learning.

✓ O’Grady, W., Dyck, C., Rose, Y., Czaykowska-Higgins, E. i Dobrovolsky, M. (2021). Phonology: Contrasts and patterns. A W. O’Grady i J. Archibald (Ed.), Contemporary linguistic analysis: An introduction (9a ed., p. 57–99). Pearson.

Radford, A., Atkinson, M., Britain, D., Clahsen, H. i Spencer, A. (2000). Fonemas, sílabas y procesos fonológicos (N. Bel, Trad.). A Introducción a la lingüística (p. 127–154). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 1999)

Radford, A., Atkinson, M., Britain, D., Clahsen, H. i Spencer, A. (2009). Phonemes, syllables and phonological processes. A Linguistics: An introduction (2a ed., p. 75–95). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511841613.009

Roberts, I. (2017). How to organise noises: Phonology. A The wonders of language: Or how to make noises and influence people (p. 27–44). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781316576595.003

Rowe, B. M. i Levine, D. P. (2023). Phonology: The sound patterns used in language. A A concise introduction to linguistics (6a ed., p. 56–76). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003268369

Sandoval, J. B. i Denham, K. (2021). Analyzing sound: Phonetics and phonology. A Thinking like a linguist: An introduction to the science of language (p. 25–94). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781316874967.003

Smith, K. A. (2025). Phonology. A Linguistics: A functionalist introduction (p. 21–29). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003325710

Viaplana, J. (2000). Fonologia. A Lingüística descriptiva: una introducció aplicada al català (p. 115–172). Edicions 62.

Winkler, E. G. i Stickle, T. (2024). Phonology. A Understanding language: A basic course in linguistics (3a ed., p. 118–125). Bloomsbury Academic. https://www.bloomsburyonlineresources.com/understanding-language-3/chapter-7

✓ Yule, G. (2008). Los patrones sonoros del lenguaje (N. Bel, Trad.). A A. Benítez Burraco (Ed.), El lenguaje (3a ed. corr. i ampl., p. 52–61). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 2006)

✓ Yule, G. (2020). The sound patterns of language. A The study of language (7a ed., p. 44–57). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108582889.005

✓ Zsiga, E. C. (2014). The sounds of language. A R. W. Fasold i J. Connor-Linton (Ed.), An introduction to language and linguistics (2a ed., p. 15–62). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107707511.002

Manuals de fonologia

Alarcos, E. (1965). Fonología española (4a ed. rev. i ampl.). Gredos. https://archive.org/details/fonologiaespanol0000unse_e2b0 (Obra original publicada el 1950)

Fonología general: 1.– Introducción; 2.– Fonología de la palabra: función distintiva; 3.– Función distintiva: los rasgos pertinentes; 4.– Las propiedades prosódicas; 5.– Neutralización y combinación de fonemas; 6.– Función demarcativa de los elementos fónicos; 7.– Fonología de la frase; 8.– La fonología diacrónica; Fonología del español: 1.– Preliminar; 2.– Los fonemas del español: las vocales; 3.– Los fonemas consonánticos; 4.– Neutralización de oposiciones; 5.– Combinación de fonemas; 6.– Frecuencia de fonemas; 7.– Los prosodemas del español; 8.– Las señales demarcativas; 9.– Fonología diacrónica del español.

Bonet, E. i Lloret, M.-R. (1998). Fonologia catalana. Ariel. https://ddd.uab.cat/record/132995

1.– Introducció; 2.– Processos relacionats amb el timbre de les vocals; 3.– Estructura sil·làbica; 4.– Processos de final de mot; 5.– Processos d’assimilació; 6.– Altres fenòmens de contacte; 7.– Clítics; 8.– Suprasegmentals.

Brentari, D. (2019). Sign language phonology. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781316286401

1.– Introduction: Sign language versus gesture; sign language versus speech; 2.– Modality effects; 3.– Iconicity; 4.– Interfaces; 5.– The emergence of phonology; 6.– Sign language phonological processing; 7.– Sign language acquisition; 8.– Sign language phonological variation and change.

✓ Burquest, D. A. (2006). Phonological analysis: A functional approach (3a ed.). SIL International.

1.– Preliminaries to analysis; 2.– Phonemic analysis; 3.– Morphophonemic; 4.– Conditioning by surrounding elements; 5.– Conditioning by syllable structure; 6.– Conditioning by larger units; 7.– Autosegmental phonology; 8.– Metrical phonology.

✓ Burquest, D. A. (2009). Análisis fonológico: un enfoque funcional (G. López Torres, Trad.). SIL International. https://www.sil.org/resources/publications/entry/9254 (Obra original publicada el 2006)

1.– Introducción al análisis; 2.– Análisis fonémico; 3.– Morfofonémica; 4.– Condicionamiento por segmentos circundantes; 5.– Condicionamiento por la estructura silábica; 6.– Condicionamiento por unidades mayores; 7.– Fonología autosegmental; 8.– Fonología métrica.

Cahill, L. (2019). Discovering phonetics and phonology. Red Globe Press.

I.– What is phonetics and why do I need it?: 1.– Sound and spelling; 2.– Doing phonetics; II.– How to describe and classify sounds: 3.– Consonants; 4.– Vowels; III.– Putting sounds together: 5.– Syllables; 6.– Morphemes and words; IV.– Rhythm and tune: 7.– Stress; 8.– Tone and intonation; 9.– Length and duration; V.– Phonology: 10.– Phonological features and classes; 11.– Phonemes; 12.– Problems with phonemes; VI.– Phonological theory: 13.– Processes; 14.– Theoretical approaches; Appendix A.– Phonetic alphabets; Appendix B.– Praat; Appendix C.– Classroom exercises.

Carr, P. (2008). A glossary of phonology. Edinburgh University Press. https://archive.org/details/glossary-of-phonology

Carr, P. i Montreuil, J.-P. (2013). Phonology (2a ed.). Palgrave Macmillan.

Revision of phonetics; 1.– The phonemic principle; 2.– Alternations; 3.– Features, classes and systems; 4.– Problems with the phonemic principle; 5.– The organisation of the grammar; 6.– Abstractness, psychological reality and the phonetics/phonology relation; 7.– The role of the lexicon; 8.– Representations reconsidered (i): Phonological structure above the level of the segment; 9.– Representations reconsidered (ii): Autosegmental subsegmental phonology; 10.– Phonological weight; 11.– Optimality theory; 12.– Issues in optimality; Feature specifications for consonants; Sample answers to exercises.

Clark, J., Yallop, C. i Fletcher, J. (2007). An introduction to phonetics and phonology (3a ed.). Blackwell.

1.– Introduction; 2.– Segmental articulation; 3.– Units of speech; 4.– The phonemic organization of speech; 5.– The generative approach to phonology; 6.– The anatomy and physiology of speech production; 7.– The acoustics of speech production; 8.– Speech perception; 9.– Prosody; 10.– Feature systems; 11.– The progress of phonology; Appendix 1.– Phonetic symbols; Appendix 2.– Features.

Contreras, H. i Lleó, C. (1982). Aproximación a la fonología generativa: principios y problemas. Anagrama.

1.– Los rasgos fonéticos; 2.– Las reglas fonológicas; 3.– La redundancia; 4.– Los rasgos prosódicos; 5.– El problema de los grados de abstracción de la representación fonológica; 6.– Problemas de la aplicación de las reglas; 7.– El problema de la naturalidad; 8.– Fonología y sintaxis; 9.– Las excepciones; Apéndice.– Símbolos fonéticos.

Danesi, M. (2022). Introduction to phonology. LINCOM.

1.– Phonology; 2.– Phonetics; 3.– Phonemics; 4.– Dialect phonology; 5.– Historical phonology; 6.– Graphemics; 7.– Applications and extensions; Glossary.

Davenport, M. i Hannahs, S. J. (2020). Introducing phonetics and phonology (4a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781351042789

1.– Introduction; 2.– Introduction to articulatory phonetics; 3.– Consonants; 4.– Vowels; 5.– Acoustic phonetics; 6.– Above the segment; 7.– Features; 8.– Phonemic analysis; 9.– Phonological alternations, processes and rules; 10.– Phonological structure; 11.– Derivational analysis; 12.– Constraint-based analysis; 13.– Constraining the model.

Dell, F. (1985). Les règles et les sons : introduction à la phonologie générative (2a ed. rev. i ampl.). Hermann.

I.– Notions fondamentales : 1.– Langues et grammaires ; 2.– Des structures superficielles aux représentations phonétiques ; 3.– Deux fragments de composante phonologique ; II.– Questions de phonologie française : 4.– Schwa dans les représentations sous-jacentes ; 5.– Schwa en syllabe fermée ; 6.– Les règles d’effacement de schwa ; Conclusion.

Duchet, J.-L. (1982). La fonología (D. Bas, Trad.). Oikos-Tau. (Obra original publicada el 1981)

1.– Historia de la fonología; 2.– La descripción fonológica; 3.– Los sistemas fonológicos; 4.– La fonología diacrónica.

Duchet, J.-L. (2000). La phonologie (5a ed. actual.). Presses Universitaires de France.

1.– Histoire de la phonologie ; 2.– La description phonologique ; 3.– Les systèmes phonologiques ; 4.– La phonologie diachronique.

Gussenhoven, C. i Jacobs, H. (2025). Understanding phonology (5a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003395720

1.– Structures in languages; 2.– The production of speech; 3.– Some typology: Sameness and difference; 4.– The varying shape of sounds and words; 5.– A system of distinctive features; 6.– Making the form fit: Serial rules or violable constraints?; 7.– Lexical phonology, postlexical phonology and phonetic implementation; 8.– Between the segment and the syllable; 9.– Tones; 10.– Word stress; 11.– Phonology above the word.

Gussmann, E. (2002). Phonology: Analysis and theory. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139164108

1.– Sounds and segments; 2.– The melody and the skeleton; 3.– Domains and phonological regularities; 4.– The syllable; 5.– More on codas; 6.– Some segmental regularities; 7.– Syllable structure and phonological effects: Quantity in Icelandic; 8.– Segmental double agents; 9.– Words and feet: Stress in Munster Irish; 10.– Conclusion; Appendix.– The phonetic alphabet of the International Phonetic Association.

Halle, M. i Clements, G. N. (1983). Problem book in phonology: A workbook for introductory courses in linguistics and in modern phonology. The MIT Press.

1.– Phonetics; 2.– Complementary distribution; 3.– Natural classes of sounds; 4.– Phonological rules; 5.– Rule systems; 6.– Prosodic phonology.

Hannahs, S. J. i Davenport, M. (2025). Introducing phonetics and phonology (5a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003426950

I.– Phonetics: 1.– Introduction; 2.– Introduction to articulatory phonetics; 3.– Consonants; 4.– Vowels; 5.– Acoustic phonetics; 6.– Above the segment; 7.– Features; Intermezzo.– Distinguishing between phonetics and phonology; II.– Phonology: 8.– Phonemic analysis; 9.– Phonological alternations, processes and rules; 10.– Phonological structure; 11.– Derivational analysis; 12.– Constraint-based analysis; 13.– Constraining the model; Glossary.

Hawkins, P. (1984). Introducing phonology. Hutchinson. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429468711

1.– Phonemic and phonetic; 2.– Phonemes in sequences; 3.– Distinctive features; 4.– Neutralization, marking and language universals; 5.– Phonology and morphology; 6.– Connected speech; 7.– Intonation; 8.– Dialect, accent; 9.– Sound change; 10.– Acquisition, normal and delayed.

✓ Hayes, B. (2009). Introductory phonology. Wiley-Blackwell. Materials complementaris: https://brucehayes.org/IP/

1.– Phonetics; 2.– Phonemic analysis; 3.– More on phonemes; 4.– Features; 5.– Morphology; 6.– Phonological alternation I; 7.– Phonological alternation II; 8.– Morphophonemic analysis; 9.– Productivity; 10.– The role of morphology and syntax; 11.– Diachrony and synchrony; 12.– Abstractness; 13.– Syllables; 14.– Stress, stress rules, and syllable weight; 15.– Tone and intonation; Appendix.– On phonology problems.

Hyman, L. M. (1975). Phonology: Theory and analysis. Holt, Rinehart and Winston. https://archive.org/details/isbn_9780030121418

1.– What is phonology?; 2.– Distinctive feature theory; 3.– Phonological analysis; 4.– Phonological simplicity; 5.– Phonological naturalness; 6.– Suprasegmental phonology.

Hyman, L. M. (1981). Fonología: teoría y análisis (R. Monroy, Trad.). Paraninfo. (Obra original publicada el 1975)

1.– ¿Qué es fonología?; 2.– Teoría de los rasgos distintivos; 3.– El análisis fonológico; 4.– Simplicidad fonológica; 5.– Naturalidad fonológica; 6.– Fonología suprasegmental.

Katamba, F. (1989). An introduction to phonology. Longman. https://archive.org/details/introductiontoph0000kata

1.– Introduction to phonetics; 2.– The phoneme; 3.– Distinctive features; 4.– Phonological representation; 5.– Phonological processes; 6.– Naturalness and strength; 7.– Interaction between rules; 8.– The abstractness of underlying representations; 9.– The syllable; 10.– Multi-tiered phonology; 11.– Stress and intonation; 12.– Phonology in the wider context.

Kaye, J. (1989). Phonology: A cognitive view. Lawrence Erlbaum.

1.– Introduction; 2.– Phonological phenomena; 3.– The search for explanations; 4.– Beyond tones: Extending nonlinear phonology; 5.– Current phonological research and its implications.

Kelly, J. i Local, J. (1989). Doing phonology: Observing, recording, interpreting. Manchester University Press. https://archive.org/details/doingphonologyob0000kell

1.– Preliminaries; 2.– Observing; 3.– Recording; 4.– Interpreting; 5.– Case studies: Study 1: Aberrant speech; Study 2: Dialect and accent; Study 3: Creolisation; Study 4: Child language; Study 5: Intonation and interaction.

Kennedy, R. (2017). Phonology: A coursebook. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107110793

1.– Introduction; 2.– Alternation; 3.– Alternation with zero; 4.– Other kinds of alternation; 5.– Phonemic analysis; 6.– Natural classes and distinctive features; 7.– Rule ordering, opacity, and abstractness; 8.– Syllables; 9.– Tone; 10.– Stress; 11.– Prosodic morphology; 12.– Advanced theories.

Lass, R. (1984). Phonology: An introduction to basic concepts. Cambridge University Press.

1.– Preliminaries: What is phonology? and some related matters; 2.– Foundations: The phoneme concept; 3.– Oppositions, neutralization, features; 4.– Interfaces: Morphophonemic alternations and sandhi; 5.– ‘Ultimate constituents’, 1: Binary features; 6.– ‘Ultimate constituents’, 2: Non-binary features and internal segmental structure; 7.– Phonological systems; 8.– Phonological processes; 9.– The limits of abstraction: Generative phonology; 10.– Beyond the segment: Prosodies, syllables and quantity; 11.– Dependency relations; 12.– Non-static phonology: Connected speech and variation; 13.– Phonological change.

Marlett, S. A. (2001). An introduction to phonological analysis. Summer Institute of Linguistics. https://www.sil.org/resources/archives/52676

1.– Introduction; I.– Morphological rules: 2.– Word structure; 3.– Suppletive allomorphy; 4.– Multiple function formatives; 5.– Morphologically triggered rules; 6.– Features and natural classes; 7.– Reduplication; 8.– Word or affix?; II.– Phonological rules: Assimilation: 9.– Voicing assimilation; 10.– Choosing underlying forms; 11.– Place of assimilation (Nasals); 12.– Features in the lexicon; 13.– Feature spreading; 14.– Constraining rule application; 15.– Palatalization and labialization; 16.– Nasalization; 17.– Manner of assimilation; 18.– Vowel changes; 19.– Place of assimilation (Non-nasals); 20.– Dissimilation and the Obligatory Contour Principle; 21.– Miscellaneous; III.– Phonological rules: Some practical procedures: 22.– Contrastive features; 23.– Non contrastive features; 24.– Suspicious pairs; IV.– Phonological rules: Structural issues: 25.– Underspecification; 26.– Edge phenomena; 27.– Syllable structure; 28.– Syllable structure constraints; 29.– Linking features to the syllable; 30.– Stress-conditioned processes; 31.– Epenthesis; 32.– Deletion; 33.– Underlying forms; 34.– Rule ordering; V.– Phonological rules: Suprasegmental properties: 35.– Stress; 36.– Introduction to pitch; 37.– Intonation; 38.– Tone; 39.– Tone rules; Appendices: Appendix A.– Features; Appendix B.– Orthography design; Appendix C.– Phonology write-ups; Appendix D.– Symbols tables; Appendix E.– Language index and source information; Appendix F.– Open-ended exercises; Appendix G.– Glossary; Appendix H.– Topic index.

✓ Marlett, S. A. (2019). Phonology from the ground up: The basics. SIL International. https://www.sil.org/resources/archives/79207

I.– Overview & key ideas: 1.– Introduction; 2.– Object of study; 3.– Key ideas; II.– The syllable: 4.– The basic notion of the syllable; 5.– Syllable templates; 6.– Word edge and extrametricality; 7.– Internal structure of syllables; 8.– Constraints with respect to syllables; 9.– Linking features to the syllables; III.– Phonemes & features: Methodology: 10.– Basic methodology: Data; 11.– Basic methodology: Transcriptions; 12.– Basic methodology: Presentation of contrasting elements; 13.– Basic methodology: Presentation of phonetic detail; IV.– Phonemes & features: Typology: 14.– Voice; 15.– Manner of articulation; 16.– Nasalization; 17.– Place of articulation: Nasals; 18.– Place of articulation: Non-nasal consonants; 19.– Secondary labialization, palatalization or velarization; 20.– States of the glottis; 21.– Length; 22.– Edge phenomena; 23.– Vowels; 24.– Epenthesis; 25.– Deletion and coalescence; 26.– Pitch; 27.– Intonation; 28.– Tone; 29.– Stress; 30.– Phonemic analysis and the question of abstraction; A.– Helpful information and resources available on-line; B.– Glossary; C.– Review of formalisation; D.– Sample write-ups; E.– Discussion of short exercises; F.– Answers to reading questions in the indicated chapters; G.– Data for exercises.

Nathan, G. S. (2008). Phonology: A cognitive grammar introduction. John Benjamins. https://doi.org/10.1075/clip.3

1.– Introduction to phonology; 2.– A brief overview of phonetics; 3.– Phonemes: The fundamental category; 4.– Syllables, feet, words: Phonological constructions; 5.– Processes – The forces shaping phonology; 6.– Alternations; 7.– Fluent speech; 8.– Historical phonology – Processes frozen in time; 9.– First and second language acquisition; 10.– Theoretical apparatus and formalisms; Glossary.

✓ Odden, D. (2013). Introducing phonology (2a ed.). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139381727

1.– What is phonology?; 2.– Allophonic relations; 3.– Feature theory; 4.– Underlying representations; 5.– Interacting processes; 6.– Doing an analysis; 7.– Phonological typology and naturalness; 8.– Abstractness and psychological reality; 9.– Nonlinear representations; Glossary.

O’Grady, G. (2013). Key concepts in phonetics and phonology. Palgrave Macmillan.

van Oostendorp, M. (2026). Phonology. https://www.vanoostendorp.nl/fonologie/phonology.pdf

1.– The subject matter of phonology; 2.– The atoms of language; 3.– Finding patterns; 4.– Autosegmental theory; 5.– Syllables; 6.– Phonological computation; 7.– Stress; 8.– Prosodic structure.

Peng, L. (2013). Analyzing sound patterns: An introduction to phonology. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139043168

1.– Distribution; 2.– Alternation; 3.– Syllable; 4.– Tone; 5.– Stress; 6.– Prosodic morphology; Appendix A.– Sample instructions for the reading response assignment; Appendix B.– Sample instructions for a problem: Vowel co-occurrence in Kikuyu bi-syllabic roots and root-suffix forms.

Polo, N. (2019). Teoría y práctica de la fonología. Síntesis.

1.– Introducción a la fonología: la representación fonológica; 2.– La representación como el centro de la teoría fonológica: las fonologías de dependencias y la fonología prosódica; 3.– El debilitamiento de la representación en la teoría fonológica: la teoría de la optimidad; 4.– Hacia el abandono de la representación en la teoría fonológica: la fonología experimental; 5.– La teoría fonológica sin representaciones: la fonología basada en el uso; 6.– La representación en la fonología de las lenguas de signos; 7.– La representación fonológica como componente de la cognición: la perspectiva psicolingüística y neurobiológica.

✓✓ Roca, I. i Johnson, W. (1999). A course in phonology. Blackwell.

I.– Phonetics and phonology: 1.– How are sounds made? The production of obstruents; 2.– Introducing phonology. Assimilation; 3.– Sonorant consonants; 4.– Natural classes of sounds: Distinctive features; 5.– Vowel sounds: Cardinal vowels; 6.– Phonological processes involving vowel features; 7.– The vowels of English; 8.– The timing tier. The great vowel shift; II.– Suprasegmental structure: 9.– The syllable; 10.– Syllable complexity: English phonotactics; 11.– The phenomenon of stress: Rhythm; 12.– Metrical principles and parameters; 13.– Syllable weight. Further metrical machinery; 14.– Tonal phonology; III.– Advanced theory: 15.– Modes of rule application: The cycle; 16.– Domains of rule application: Lexical and prosodic phonology; 17.– Aspects of lexical representations: Underspecification, markedness and feature geometry; 18.– Rules and derivations; 19.– Constraints: Optimality theory; 20.– Looking back and moving on.

Roca, I. i Johnson, W. (1999). A workbook in phonology. Blackwell.

1.– Phonetics; 2.– Foundations of phonology; 3.– Syllables; 4.– Stress; 5.– Tone; 6.– The interaction between phonology and morphology; 7.– Phonological domains; 8.– Aspects of lexical representation: Feature geometry and underspecification; 9.– Derivational theory; 10.– Optimality theory.

Schane, S. A. (1973). Generative phonology. Prentice Hall. https://archive.org/details/generativephonol00sanf

I.– Segmental phonology: 1.– The segment; 2.– Phonological patterns; 3.– Distinctive features; 4.– Redundancy; II.– Dynamic phonology: 5.– Phonological processes; 6.– Phonological rules; 7.– Underlying representations; 8.– Ordered rules; 9.– Derived representations; 10.– Nonphonological effects; 11.– Natural phonology; A final note.

Schane, S. A. (1979). Introducción a la fonología generativa (E. Martínez Celdrán, Ed.; E. Franquesa, Trad.). Labor. (Obra original publicada el 1973)

I.– Fonología del segmento: 1.– El segmento; 2.– Estructuras fonológicas; 3.– Rasgos distintivos; 4.– Redundancia; II.– Fonología dinámica: 5.– Procesos fonológicos; 6.– Reglas fonológicas; 7.– Representaciones subyacentes; 8.– Reglas ordenadas; 9.– Las representaciones derivadas; 10.– Efectos no fonológicos; 11.– Fonología natural; Nota final.

Silverman, D. (2017). A critical introduction to phonology: Functional and usage-based perspectives (2a ed.). Bloomsbury Academic.

Preface.– I speak from my heart; I.– I speak with my mouth: 1.– The functional typology of sound substitution; 2.– Meaning-changing sound substitution; II.– I speak my mind: 3.– Meaning-merging sound substitution; 4.– Meaning-maintaining sound substitution; 5.– Variation and probability; 6.– The pull of phonetics: The push of semantics; III.– I speak therefore you are: 7.– Loquor ergo es; Appendix.– Primer of phonetic rudiments; Glossary.

Sloat, C., Taylor, S. H. i Hoard, J. E. (1978). Introduction to phonology. Prentice Hall. https://archive.org/details/introductiontoph0000sloa

1.– The study of phonology; 2.– Phonetics: Vowels; 3.– Phonetics: Consonants; 4.– Syllables; 5.– Prosodic elements; 6.– Distinctive features and natural classes; 7.– Naturalness; 8.– Natural processes; 9.– Morphology and phonology; 10.– Phonological rules; 11.– Phonological method.

Sommerstein, A. H. (1977). Modern phonology. Edward Arnold; University Park Press. https://archive.org/details/modernphonology0000somm

1.– Aims and principles; 2.– Classical phonemics; 3.– Prosodic phonology; 4.– Stratificational phonology; 5.– Phonological primes; 6.– Generative phonology I: The SPE model; 7.– Generative phonology II: Problems in rule application; 8.– Generative phonology III: Phonological templates; 9.– Generative phonology IV: On constraining the phonological rule; 10.– On phonological change.

Sommerstein, A. H. (1980). Fonología moderna (G. Diamante, Trad.). Cátedra. (Obra original publicada el 1977)

1.– Objetivos y principios; 2.– Fonémica clásica; 3.– Fonología prosódica; 4.– Fonología estratificacional; 5.– Fundamentos fonológicos; 6.– Fonología generativa I: el modelo SPE; 7.– Fonología generativa II: problemas en la aplicación de las reglas; 8.– Fonología generativa III: mallas fonológicas; 9.– Fonología generativa IV: constriñendo la regla fonológica; 10.– Sobre el cambio fonológico.

Spencer, A. (1996). Phonology: Theory and description. Blackwell.

1.– Preliminaries to phonology; 2.– Phonological processes; 3.– Syllables and syllabification; 4.– Distinctive features; 5.– Rules and domains; 6.– Postlexical processes in English; 7.– Stress and rhythm; 8.– Stress and rhythm in English.

Uguzzoni, A. (1978). La fonologia. Zanichelli.

1.– La teoria fonologica: origini, sviluppi, tendenze; 2.– L’analisi fonologica: aspetti e problemi; 3.– L’analisi in tratti distintivi; 4.– Il cambiamento linguistico; 5.– Il contatto linguistico.

Zsiga, E. C. (2024). The sounds of language: An introduction to phonetics and phonology (2a ed.). Wiley Blackwell.

1.– The vocal tract; 2.– Basics of articulation: Manner and place in English; 3.– A tour of the consonants; 4.– A map of the vowels; 5.– Anatomy, physiology, and gestural coordination; 6.– The physics of sound: Pendulums, pebbles, and waves; 7.– Looking at speech: Waveforms, spectra, and spectrograms; 8.– Speech analysis: Under the hood; 9.– Hearing and speech perception; 10.– Phonology 1: Abstraction, contrast, predictability; 11.– Phonotactics and alternations; 12.– What is a possible language? Distinctive features; 13.– Rules and derivations in generative grammar; 14.– Constraint-based phonology; 15.– Sound structure and word structure: Lexical phonology; 16.– Syllables and prosodic domains; 17.– Stress; 18.– Tone and intonation; 19.– Diachronic change; 20.– Sociolinguistic variation; 21.– Variation and gradience in phonological theory; 22.– Child language acquisition; 23.– Adult language learning.

Treballs generals

Anderson, S. R. (1990). La fonología en el siglo XX (E. de Miguel, Trad.). Visor. (Obra original publicada el 1985)

Observaciones introductorias; 1.– Ferdinand de Saussure; 2.– Las ideas de Saussure sobre la estructura fónica; 3.– La Escuela de Kazan: Baudouin de Courtenay y Kruszewski; 4.– La fonología de la Escuela de Praga desde el Círculo de Moscú hasta los Grundzüge de Trubetzkoy; 5.– Roman Jakobson y la teoría de los rasgos distintivos; 6.– La teoría ‘glosemática’ de Louis Hjelmslev; 7.– J. R. Firth y la Escuela del Análisis Prosódico de Londres; 8.– Franz Boas y los orígenes de la lingüística americana; 9.– Edward Sapir; 10.– Leonard Bloomfield; 11.– La fonología estructuralista norteamericana; 12.– La fonología generativa y sus orígenes; 13.– La fonología generativa después de The sound pattern of English.

Anderson, S. R. (2021). Phonology in the twentieth century (2a ed. rev. i ampl.). Language Science Press. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.5509618

1.– Introduction; 2.– Ferdinand de Saussure; 3.– Saussure’s view of sound structure; 4.– The Kazan school: De Courtenay; 5.– From the Moscow Circle to the Prague School and Trubetzkoy’s Grundzüge; 6.– Roman Jakobson and the theory of distinctive features; 7.– Structural linguistics in Copenhagen: Louis Hjelmslev and his circle; 8.– André Martinet and functional phonology; 9.– British linguistics and Firthian prosodic analysis; 10.– Franz Boas and the beginnings of American linguistics; 11.– Edward Sapir; 12.– Leonard Bloomfield; 13.– American structuralist phonology; 14.– Generative phonology and its origins; 15.– The Sound Pattern of English and its aftermath; 16.– Towards a new millennium.

Argenter, J. A. i Llisterri, J. (1984). Tot fent d’un assaig assaig: els fonaments del llenguatge. A R. Jakobson i M. Halle, Fonaments del llenguatge (p. 7–31). Empúries. https://joaquimllisterri.cat/publicacions/Argente_Llisterri_84_Fonaments_Llenguatge.pdf

Barry, W. J. (2006). Phoneme. A K. Brown (Ed.), Encyclopedia of language & linguistics (2a ed., p. 345–350). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/b0-08-044854-2/00009-2

Gil, J. i Lahoz-Bengoechea, J. M. (2024). Fonética y fonología: mapa conceptual. A J. Gil i J. Llisterri (Ed.), Fonética y fonología descriptivas de la lengua española: Vol. 1. Nivel segmental (p. 11–128). Georgetown University Press.

Halle, M. (1978). Knowledge unlearned and untaught: What the speakers know about the sounds of their language. A M. Halle, J. Bresnan i G. A. Miller (Ed.), Linguistic theory and psychological reality (p. 294–303). The MIT Press. https://archive.org/details/linguistictheory00nlan

Jakobson, R. i Halle, M. (1971). Phonology and phonetics. A Fundamentals of language (2a ed. rev., p. 13–66). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110894264

Jakobson, R. i Halle, M. (1980). Fonología y fonética (C. Piera, Trad.). A Fundamentos del lenguaje (3a ed., p. 11–95). Ayuso. https://archive.org/details/jakobson-halle.-fundamentos-del-lenguaje-ocr-1980 (Obra original publicada el 1956)

Jakobson, R. i Halle, M. (1984). Fonologia i fonètica (J. Llisterri, Trad.). A Fonaments del llenguatge (p. 41–98). Empúries. (Obra original publicada el 1971)

Jakobson, R. i Waugh, L. R. (1987). La forma sonora de la lengua (M. Mansour, Trad.). Fondo de Cultura Económica. (Obra original publicada el 1979)

1.– Los sonidos del habla y sus tareas; 2.– Búsqueda de los constituyentes mínimos; 3.– La red de rasgos distintivos; 4.– El encanto de los sonidos del habla; Posfacio; Apéndice.– La función de los elementos fónicos en la percepción del habla.

Jakobson, R. i Waugh, L. R. (2002). The sound shape of language (3a ed.). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110889451

1.– Speech sounds and their tasks; 2.– Quest for the ultimate constituents; 3.– The network of distinctive features; 4.– The spell of speech sounds; Afterword; Appendix 1.– The role of phonic elements in speech perception; Appendix 2.– On the sound shape of language: Mediacy and immediacy (L. R. Waugh).

Liberman, M. (1995). The sound structure of Mawu words: A case study in the cognitive science of speech. A L. R. Gleitman i M. Liberman (Ed.), An invitation to cognitive science: Vol. 1. Language (2a ed., p. 55–85). The MIT Press. https://doi.org/10.7551/mitpress/3964.003.0007

Mascaró, J. (2016). Fonología. A J. Gutiérrez-Rexach (Ed.), Enciclopedia de lingüística hispánica (Vol. 1, p. 81–92). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315713441

Rafel, J. (1998). Teoria fonològica i inventari de fonemes. A M. À. Pradilla (Ed.), El món dels sons (p. 30–55). Alambor.

Sapir, E. (1925). Sound patterns in language. Language, 1(2), 37–51. https://doi.org/10.2307/409004

Sapir, E. (1949). Sound patterns in language. A D. G. Mandelbaum (Ed.), Selected writings of Edward Sapir in language, culture and personality (p. 33–45). University of California Press. https://archive.org/details/bwb_W8-ASI-141 (Obra original publicada el 1925)

Sapir, E. (1966). Sound patterns in language. A M. Joos (Ed.), Readings in linguistics I: The development of descriptive linguistics in America 1925–56 (4a ed., p. 19–25). The University of Chicago Press. https://archive.org/details/readingsinlingui0000joos (Obra original publicada el 1925)

Wiese, R. (2006). Phonology: Overview. A K. Brown (Ed.), Encyclopedia of language & linguistics (2a ed., p. 562–564). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/b0-08-044854-2/00035-3

Reculls

Cohn, A. C., Fougeron, C. i Huffman, M. K. (Ed.). (2012). The Oxford handbook of laboratory phonology. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199575039.001.0001

I.– Introduction: 1.– Introduction (A. C. Cohn, C. Fougeron, M. K. Huffman); 2.– Introduction, Papers in laboratory phonology I: Between the grammar and physics of speech (Reprint) (M. E. Beckman, J. Kingston); 3.– Conceptual foundations of phonology as a laboratory science (Reprint) (J. B. Pierrehumbert, M. E. Beckman, D. R. Ladd); II.– Nature and types of variation: Their interpretation within a laboratory phonology perspective: 4.– Speaker-related variation – sociophonetic factors (G. Docherty, N. Mendoza-Denton); 5.– Integrating variation in phonological analysis: 5.1.– Variation: Where laboratory and theoretical phonology meet (A. W. Coetzee); 5.2.– Modeling phonological variation (A. Anttila); 6.– Message-related variation: 6.1.– Segmental within-speaker variation (M. Ernestus); 6.2.– Tonal variation (Y. Chen); 7.– System-related variation (P. Hoole, B. Kühnert, M. Pouplier); III.– Multidimensional representations of knowledge of sound structure: 8.– Lexical representations: 8.1.– Probing underlying representations (A. Albright); 8.2.– Asymmetric phonological representations of words in the mental lexicon (A. Lahiri); 8.3.– The lexicon: Not just elusive, but illusory? (S. Hawkins); 8.4.– The dynamic lexicon (J. B. Pierrehumbert); 9.– Phonological elements: 9.1.– The nature of distinctive features and the issue of natural classes (J. Mielke); 9.2.– Contrastive tone and its implementation (E. C. Zsiga); 9.3.– Modeling phonological category learning (P. Boersma); 10.– Organization of phonological elements: 10.1.– Articulatory representation and organization (A. Gafos, L. Goldstein); 10.2.– The role of the syllable in the organization and realization of sound systems (M.-H. Côté); 10.3.– The temporal implementation of prosodic structure (A. Turk); 11.– Prosodic representations: 11.1.– Prosodic structure, constituents, and their implementation (S. Frota); 11.2.– Segment-to-tone association (A. Arvaniti); 11.3.– Tonal alignment (M. D’Imperio); 12.– Phonological representations in language acquisition: Climbing the ladder of abstraction (B. Munson, J. Edwards, M. E. Beckman); 13.– Changes in representations: 13.1.– The nature of historical change (I. Chitoran); 13.2.– The relationship between synchronic variation and diachronic change (J. Harrington); 13.3.– Modeling exemplar-based phonologization (R. Kirchner); IV.– Integrating different perspectives: Insights from production, perception, and acquisition: 14.– Insights from perception and comprehension: 14.1.– How perceptual and cognitive constraints affect learning of speech categories (L. L. Holt); 14.2.– Representations of speech sound patterns in the speaker’s brain: Insights from perception studies (N. Nguyen); 15.– Emergent information-level coupling between perception and production (B. McMurray, A. Farris-Trimble); 16.– Insights from acquisition and learning: 16.1.– How phonological representations develop during first-language acquisition (K. Demuth, J. Song); 16.2.– Speech processing in bilingual and multilingual listeners (P. Escudero); 16.3.– Second-language speech learning (R. Smiljanic); V.– Methodologies and resources: 17.– Corpora, databases, and internet resources: 17.1.– Corpus phonology with speech resources (J. Cole, M. Hasegawa-Johnson); 17.2.– Using the internet for collecting phonological data (D. Loehr, L. Van Guilder); 17.3.– Speech manipulation, synthesis, and automatic recognition in laboratory phonology (H. Reetz); 17.4.– Phonotactic patterns in lexical corpora (S. A. Frisch); 18.– Articulatory analysis and acoustic modeling: 18.1.– Articulatory to acoustic modeling (K. Iskarous); 18.2.– Ultrasound as a tool for speech research (L. Davidson); 18.3.– Methodologies used to investigate laryngeal function and aerodynamic properties of speech (H. M. Hanson); 18.4.– On the acoustics and aerodynamics of fricatives (C. H. Shadle); 19.– Prosodic analysis: 19.1.– Experimental methods and paradigms for prosodic analysis (P. Prieto); 19.2.– Data collection for prosodic analysis of continuous speech and dialectal variation (B. Post, F. Nolan); 20.– Encoding, decoding, and acquisition: 20.1.– Studying the receptive phonetic/phonological system (J. Maye); 20.2.– Experimental methods and designs to investigate phonological encoding of spoken language (N. O. Schiller); 20.3.– Measuring phonetic perception in adults (P. Iverson); 20.4.– Eye movements as a dependent measure in research on spoken language (S. R. Speer); 20.5.– Neurophysiological techniques in laboratory phonology (W. Idsardi, D. Poeppel); 21.– Experimental design and data collection: 21.1.– Socially stratified sampling in laboratory-based phonological experimentation (J. M. Scobbie, J. Stuart-Smith); 21.2.– Methods for studying spontaneous speech (N. Warner); 21.3.– Methods and experimental design for studying sociophonetic variation (P. Warren, J. Hay); 22.– Statistical analyses: 22.1.– Statistical methods in laboratory phonology (J. Kingston); 22.2.– Mixed-effects models (H. Baayen); 22.3.– Clustering and classification methods (C. G. Clopper).

Dresher, B. E. i van der Hulst, H. (Ed.). (2022). The Oxford history of phonology. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780198796800.001.0001

1.– Introduction: Leading ideas in phonology (B. E. Dresher, H. van der Hulst); I.– Early insights in phonology: 2.– Writing systems (R. Sproat); 3.– Pāṇini (P. Kiparsky); 4.– The East Asian tradition (S. Duanmu, H. Kubozono); 5.– The taṣrīf in the medieval Arabic grammatical tradition (G. Bohas, J. Lowenstamm); 6.– The Greco-Roman tradition (R. Sen); 7.– Phonological phrasing: Approaches to grouping at lower levels of the prosodic hierarchy (A. Lahiri, F. Plank); 8.– Nineteenth-century historical linguists’ contributions to phonology (J. Salmons); II.– The founders of phonology: 9.– The Kazan School: Jan Baudouin de Courtenay and Mikołaj Kruszewski (J. Radwańska-Williams); 10.– Saussure and structural phonology (J. E. Joseph); 11.– The Prague School: Nikolai Trubetzkoy and Roman Jakobson (E. L. Battistella); 12.– John R. Firth and the London School (E. Battaner Moro, R. Ogden); 13.– Boas – Sapir – Bloomfield: The synchronicization of phonology in American linguistics (M. Silverstein); 14.– The (early) history of sign language phonology (H. van der Hulst); III.– Mid twentieth-century developments in phonology: 15.– Phonology in the Soviet Union (P. Iosad); 16.– Phonology in Glossematics in Northern and Western Europe (H. Basbøll); 17.– Mid-century American phonology: The post-Bloomfieldians (D. R. Ladd); 18.– Developments leading toward generative phonology (B. E. Dresher, D. C. Hall); 19.– The sound pattern of English and early generative phonology (M. J. Kenstowicz); IV.– Phonology after SPE: 20.– Phonological derivation in early generative phonology (M. J. Kenstowicz, C. W. Kisseberth); 21.– Representations in generative phonology in the 1970s and 1980s (C. W. Kisseberth); 22.– The interaction between phonology and morphosyntax in generative grammar (T. Scheer); 23.– Dependency Phonology (J. Staun); 24.– Government Phonology in historical perspective (N. A. Ritter); 25.– Historical notes on constraint-and-repair approaches (A. Calabrese); 26.– Optimality Theory (M. van Oostendorp); 27.– The study of variation (J. Fruehwald); V.– New methods and approaches: 28.– Phonetic explanation in phonology (J. Kingston); 29.– Corpora and phonological analysis (K. C. Hall); 30.– More than seventy years of probabilistic phonology (J. B. Pierrehumbert); 31.– Phonological theory and computational modelling (J. Chandlee, A. Jardine); 32.– Learnability in phonology (J. Heinz, J. Rawski); 33.– Phonology and evolution (B. de Boer).

Durand, J., Gut, U. i Kristoffersen, G. (Ed.). (2014). The Oxford handbook of corpus phonology. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199571932.001.0001

1.– Introduction (J. Durand, U. Gut, G. Kristoffersen); I.– Phonological corpora: Design, compilation, and exploitation: 2.– Corpus design (U. Gut, H. Voormann); 3.– Data collection (B. Birch); 4.– Corpus annotation: Methodology and transcription systems (E. Delais-Roussarie, B. Post); 5.– On automatic phonological transcription of speech corpora (H. Strik, C. Cucchiarini); 6.– Statistical corpus exploitation (H. Moisl); 7.– Corpus archiving and dissemination (P. Wittenburg, P. Trilsbeek, F. Wittenburg); 8.– Metadata formats (D. Broeder, D. van Uytvanck); 9.– Data formats for phonological corpora (L. Romary, A. Witt); II.– Applications: 10.– Corpus and research in phonetics and phonology: Methodological and formal considerations (E. Delais-Roussarie, H. Yoo); 11.– A corpus-based study of apicalization of /s/ before /l/ in Oslo Norwegian (G. Kristoffersen, H. G. Simonsen); 12.– Corpora, variation, and phonology: An illustration from French liaison (J. Durand); 13.– Corpus-based investigations of child phonological development: Formal and practical considerations (Y. Rose); 14.– Corpus phonology and second language acquisition (U. Gut); III.– Tools and methods: 15.– ELAN: Multimedia annotation application (H. Sloetjes); 16.– EMU (T. John, L. Bombien); 17.– The use of Praat in corpus research (P. Boersma); 18.– Praat scripting (C. Brinckmann); 19.– The PhonBank project: Data and software-assisted methods for the study of phonology and phonological development (Y. Rose, B. MacWhinney); 20.– EXMARaLDA (T. Schmidt, K. Wörner); 21.– ANVIL: The video annotation research tool (M. Kipp); 22.– Web-based archiving and sharing of phonological corpora (A. Tchobanov); IV.– Corpora: 23.– The IViE Corpus (F. Nolan, B. Post); 24.– French phonology from a corpus perspective: The PFC programme (J. Durand, B. Laks, C. Lyche); 25.– Two Norwegian speech corpora: NoTa-Oslo and TAUS (K. Hagen, H. G. Simonsen); 26.– The LeaP corpus (U. Gut); 27.– The Diachronic Electronic Corpus of Tyneside English: Annotation practices and dissemination strategies (J. C. Beal, K. P. Corrigan, A. J. Mearns, H. Moisl); 28.– The Lanchart corpus (F. Gregersen, M. Maegaard, N. Pharao); 29.– Phonological and phonetic databases at the Meertens Institute (M. van Oostendorp); 30.– The VALIBEL speech database (A. C. Simon, M. Francard, P. Hambye); 31.– Prosody and discourse in the Australian Map Task Corpus (J. Fletcher, L. Stirling); 32.– A phonological corpus of L1 acquisition of Taiwan Southern Min (J. S. Tsay).

Gabriel, C., Gess, R. i Meisenburg, T. (Ed.). (2022). Manual of Romance phonetics and phonology. De Gruyter. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110550283

Romance phonetics and phonology: An introduction (T. Meisenburg, C. Gabriel, R. Gess); I.– Key topics in Romance phonology: 1.– Length and weight in Romance (P. Iosad, W. L. Wetzels); 2.– Syllable structure and (re)syllabification (D. Passino, J. Brandão de Carvalho, T. Scheer); 3.– Processes affecting vowels (D. Recasens); 4.– From vowel weakening in Romance to French schwa (H. N. Andreassen, J. Durand, C. Lyche); 5.– Palatalization in Romance (R. Petrosino, A. Calabrese); 6.– Nasals and nasalization (J. Hajek); 7.– The evolution of Latin stress into Romance with special consideration of French (H. Jacobs); 8.– Comparing and deconstructing speech rhythm across Romance languages (E. Payne); 9.– Intonation (P. Martin); 10.– Corpus phonology (J. Eychenne); 11.– Sociophonetics (Z. Fagyal, J. Davidson); 12.– First language acquisition of Romance phonology (J. Stahnke); 13.– Bilingual phonological acquisition (C. Lleó); 14.– Second and third language acquisition of Romance phonology (N. Henriksen); 15.– The phonology of Romance contact varieties (C. Gabriel, U. Reich); 16.– Loanword phonology in Romance (E. Pustka); II.– Phonetics and phonology of Romance languages: 17.– Romanian (M. E. L. Renwick); 18.– Italian (M. Krämer); 19.– Sardinian (R. Lai); 20.– Rhaeto-Romance: Friulian, Ladin, and Romansh (P. Roseano, F. Finco); 21.– French (M.-H. Côté); 22.– Occitan (D. Mooney); 23.– Catalan (M.-R. Lloret, P. Prieto); 24.– Spanish (J. I. Hualde); 25.– Judeo-Spanish (T. G. Bradley); 26.– Portuguese (M. Vigário); 27.– Galician (F. Martínez-Gil); 28.– Romance-lexifier creoles (M. Reyna, E. L. Russell).

Goldsmith, J. A., Riggle, J. i Yu, A. C. L. (Ed.). (2011). The handbook of phonological theory (2a ed.). Wiley-Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781444343069

1.– Rules v. constraints (D. Odden); 2.– Opacity and ordering (E. Baković); 3.– The interaction between morphology and phonology (S. Inkelas); 4.– Quantity (S. Davis); 5.– Stress systems (M. Gordon); 6.– The syllable (J. Goldsmith); 7.– Tone: Is it different? (L. M. Hyman); 8.– Harmony systems (S. Rose, R. Walker); 9.– Contrast reduction (A. C. L. Yu); 10.– Diachronic explanations of sound patterns (G. Ó. Hansson); 11.– Phonetics in phonology (D. R. Ladd); 12.– Corpora and exemplars in phonology (M. Ernestus, R. H. Baayen); 13.– The place of variation in phonological theory (A. W. Coetzee, J. Pater); 14.– The syntax-phonology interface (E. Selkirk); 15.– Intonation (M. E. Beckman, J. J. Venditti); 16.– Dependency-based phonologies (H. van der Hulst); 17.– The acquisition of phonology (K. Demuth); 18.– Phonology as computation (J. Coleman); 19.– Using psychological realism to advance phonological theory (M. Goldrick); 20.– Learning and learnability in phonology (A. Albright, B. Hayes); 21.– Sign language phonology (D. Brentari); 22.– Language games (B. Vaux); 23.– Loanword adaptation: From lessons learned to findings (C. Paradis, D. Lacharité).

Hannahs, S. J. i Bosch, A. R. K. (Ed.). (2018). The Routledge handbook of phonological theory. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315675428

1.– The study of phonology in the 21^st century: Overview and introduction to The Routledge handbook of phonological theory (S. J. Hannahs, A. Bosch); I.– Theoretical frameworks: 2.– Optimality Theory: Motivations and perspectives (P. Iosad); 3.– Current issues and directions in Optimality Theory: Constraints and their interaction (M. Krämer); 4.– The phonology–phonetics interface in constraint-based grammar (M. Ramsammy); 5.– Stratal Phonology (R. Bermúdez-Otero); 6.– Rule-Based Phonology: Background, principles and assumptions (T. Purnell); 7.– Issues and prospects in Rule-Based Phonology (B. Vaux, N. Myler); 8.– The syntax-phonology interface in Rule-Based Phonology (H. Newell); 9.– Government Phonology: Element theory, conceptual issues and introduction (T. Scheer, N. C. Kula); 10.– Syllable structure in Government Phonology (T. Scheer, E. Cyran); 11.– Interfaces in Government Phonology (T. Scheer, E. Cyran); 12.– Dependency Phonology (H. van der Hulst, J. van de Weijer); 13.– Connectionist approaches to generative phonology (J. Alderete, P. Tupper); 14.– Interfaces in connectionist phonology (J. P. Stemberger); II.– Approaches: 15.– Substance Free Phonology (C. Reiss); 16.– The phonology of sign languages (J. Fenlon, K. Cormier, D. Brentari); 17.– Phonology as an emergent system (D. Archangeli, D. Pulleyblank); 18.– Laboratory Phonology (A. C. Cohn, C. Fougeron, M. K. Huffman); 19.– Articulatory Phonology (N. Hall); 20.– Exemplar theories in phonology (S. A. Frisch); 21.– Algebraic Phonology (I. Berent); 22.– Statistical Phonology (M. Hammond); 23.– Phonology and evolution (B. de Boer).

Kula, N. C., Botma, B. i Nasukawa, K. (Ed.). (2011). The Continuum companion to phonology. Continuum.

I.– Research methodology: 1.– Methodology in field phonology (M. Pearce); 2.– Methodology in phonological acquisition (T. S. Zamuner, E. K. Johnson); II.– Research issues: 3.– Features (B. Botma, N. C. Kula, K. Nasukawa); 4.– Syllables (P. Szigetvári); 5.– Stress (D. Apoussidou); 6.– Derivations (P. Bye); 7.– Constraint-based phonology (C. Uffmann); 8.– Phonetics-phonology interface (S. Hamann); 9.– Syntax-phonology interface (A. Revithiadou, V. Spyropoulos); 10.– Sign language phonology (C. R. Marshall); 11.– Phonological acquisition (N. Mani); 12.– Second language phonology (H. Altmann, B. Kabak); 13.– Phonological disorders (D.-B. den Ouden); III.– New directions: 14.– Laboratory phonology (T. Cho); 15.– Usage-based phonology (D. Silverman); IV.– History of the field: 16.– Issues in the development of generative phonology (T. Scheer).

de Lacy, P. (Ed.). (2007). The Cambridge handbook of phonology. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511486371

Introduction: Aims and content (P. de Lacy); 1.– Themes in phonology (P. de Lacy); I.– Conceptual issues: 2.– The pursuit of theory (A. Prince); 3.– Functionalism in phonology (M. Gordon); 4.– Markedness in phonology (K. Rice); 5.– Derivations and levels of representation (J. J. McCarthy); 6.– Representation (J. Harris); 7.– Contrast (D. Steriade); II.– Prosody: 8.– The syllable (D. Zec); 9.– Feet and metrical stress (R. Kager); 10.– Tone (M. Yip); 11.– Intonation (C. Gussenhoven); 12.– The interaction of tone, sonority, and prosodic structure (P. de Lacy); III.– Segmental phenomena: 13.– Segmental features (T. A. Hall); 14.– Local assimilation and constraint interaction (E. Baković); 15.– Harmony (D. Archangeli, D. Pulleyblank); 16.– Dissimilation in grammar and the lexicon (J. D. Alderete, S. A. Frisch); IV.– Internal interfaces: 17.– The phonetics–phonology interface (J. Kingston); 18.– The syntax–phonology interface (H. Truckenbrodt); 19.– Morpheme position (A. Ussishkin); 20.– Reduplication (S. Urbanczyk); V.– External interfaces: 21.– Diachronic phonology (R. Bermúdez-Otero); 22.– Variation and optionality (A. Anttila); 23.– Acquiring phonology (P. Fikkert); 24.– Learnability (B. Tesar); 25.– Phonological impairment in children and adults (B. Bernhardt, J. P. Stemberger).

van Oostendorp, M., Ewen, C. J., Hume, E. i Rice, K. (Ed.). (2011). The Blackwell companion to phonology (Vol. 1–5). Wiley-Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781444335262

Volume I.– General issues and segmental phonology; Volume II.– Suprasegmental and prosodic phonology; Volume III.– Phonological processes; Volume IV.– Phonological interfaces; Volume V.– Phonology across languages.

Els trets distintius

Trets distintius

La síl·laba

Cairns, C. E. i Raimy, E. (Ed.). (2011). Handbook of the syllable. Brill. https://doi.org/10.1163/ej.9789004187405.i-464

1.– Introduction (C. Cairns, E. Raimy); 2.– Compensatory lengthening (P. Kiparsky); 3.– On the relationship between codas and onset clusters (S. Davis, K. Baertsch); 4.– The CVX theory of syllable structure (S. Duanmu); 5.– The syllable as delimitation of the base for reduplication (J. D. Haugen); 6.– Geminates: Heavy or long? (C. O. Ringen, R. M. Vago); 7.– Singing in Tashlhiyt Berber, a language that allows vowel-less syllables (F. Dell); 8.– The role of the syllable in speech production in American English: A fresh consideration of the evidence (S. Shattuck-Hufnagel); 9.– Do syllables exist? Psycholinguistic evidence for the retrieval of syllabic units in speech production (J. Cholin); 10.– Phonological encoding in healthy aging: Electrophysiological evidence (Y. Neumann, L. K. Obler, H. Gomes, V. Shafer); 11.– The impact of experimental tasks on syllabification judgments: A case study of Russian (M.-H. Côté, V. Kharlamov); 12.– Syllables in speech processing: Evidence from perceptual epenthesis (A. W. Coetzee); 13.– Anglophone perceptions of Arabic syllable structure (A. Ali, M. Ingleby, D. Peebles); 14.– The role of syllable structure: The case of Russian-speaking children with SLI (D. Kavitskaya, M. Babyonyshev); 15.– Syllable markedness and misperception: It’s a two-way street (I. Berent, T. Lennertz, P. Smolensky); 16.– Syllables and syllabaries: What writing systems tell us about syllable structure (A. E. Gnanadesikan); 17.– Diachronic phonotactic development in Latin: The work of syllable structure or linear sequence? (R. Sen).

Davis, S. (2006). Syllabic constituents. A K. Brown (Ed.), Encyclopedia of language & linguistics (2a ed., p. 326–328). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/b0-08-044854-2/00040-7

Goldsmith, J. A. (2011). The syllable. A J. A. Goldsmith, J. Riggle i A. C. L. Yu (Ed.), The handbook of phonological theory (2a ed., p. 164–196). Wiley-Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781444343069.ch6

Hall, T. A. (2006). Syllable: Phonology. A K. Brown (Ed.), Encyclopedia of language & linguistics (2a ed., p. 329–333). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/b0-08-044854-2/00041-9

Meynadier, Y. (2001). La syllabe phonétique et phonologique : une introduction. Travaux interdisciplinaires du Laboratoire Parole et Langage, 20, 91–148. https://hal.science/hal-00285531

Ridouane, R., Meynadier, Y. i Fougeron, C. (2011). La syllabe : objet théorique et réalité physique. Faits de langues, 37, 213–234. https://doi.org/10.1163/19589514-037-01-900000013

Tipologia fonològica

Manuals i reculls de tipologia lingüística

Hagège, C. (2020). Le matériau sonore : systèmes phonologiques ; expressivité. A La structure des langues (8a ed. corr., p. 15–29). Presses Universitaires de France.

✓✓ van der Hulst, H. (2017). Phonological typology. A A. Y. Aikhenvald i R. M. W. Dixon (Ed.), The Cambridge handbook of linguistic typology (p. 39–77). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781316135716.002

✓ Igartua, I. (2023). Tipología fonológica. A Fundamentos de tipología lingüística (p. 97–129). Síntesis.

✓✓ Maddieson, I. (2010). Typology of phonological systems. A J. J. Song (Ed.), The Oxford handbook of linguistic typology (p. 534–548). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199281251.013.0025

✓ Moravcsik, E. A. (2013). The sounds of languages: Phonological typology. A Introducing language typology (p. 149–192). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511978876.007

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2004). Universales fonológicos y tipología fonológica. A Introducción a la lingüística: enfoque tipológico y universalista (2a ed. ampl. i rev., p. 107–140). Síntesis.

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2021). Clasificación fonológica. A La clasificación de las lenguas: introducción a la taxonomía lingüística (p. 19–31). Síntesis.

✓ Song, J. J. (2018). Phonological typology. A Linguistic typology (p. 201–226). Oxford University Press.

✓ Velupillai, V. (2012). Phonology. A An introduction to linguistic typology (p. 61–87). John Benjamins. https://doi.org/10.1075/z.176

Treballs generals

✓✓ Gordon, M. K. (2016). Phonological typology. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199669004.001.0001

1.– Introduction; 2.– Theory and explanation in phonological typology; 3.– Phoneme inventories; 4.– Syllables; 5.– Segmental processes; 6.– Stress; 7.– Tone and intonation; 8.– Prosodic morphology; Conclusions.

Hammond, M. (2006). Phonological typology. A K. Brown (Ed.), Encyclopedia of language & linguistics (2a ed., p. 523–525). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/b0-08-044854-2/00046-8

Haspelmath, M. (2019, 9 de juliol). Maddieson (2018), Kiparsky (2018), and the nature of phonological comparison [Apunt de blog]. Diversity Linguistics Comment. https://dlc.hypotheses.org/1817

Hyman, L. M. (2007). Where’s phonology in typology? Linguistic Typology, 11(1), 265–271. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty.2007.021

✓✓ Hyman, L. M. (2014). What is phonological typology? UC Berkeley Phonology Lab Annual Report, 10, 101–118. https://escholarship.org/uc/item/3hr9r9cd

✓✓ Hyman, L. M. (2018). What is phonological typology? A L. M. Hyman i F. Plank (Ed.), Phonological typology (p. 1–20). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110451931-001

Hyman, L. M. i Plank, F. (2018). Preface. A L. M. Hyman i F. Plank (Ed.), Phonological typology (p. VII–VIII). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110451931-201

Maddieson, I. (1980). Phonological generalizations from the UCLA Phonological Segment Inventory Database. UCLA Working Papers in Phonetics, 50, 57–68. https://escholarship.org/uc/item/7999p9xw

Maddieson, I. (1984). Patterns of sounds. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511753459

1.– The size and structure of phonological inventories; 2.– Stops and affricates; 3.– Fricatives; 4.– Nasals; 5.– Liquids; 6.– Vocoid approximants; 7.– Glottalic and laryngealized consonants; 8.– Vowels; 9.– Insights on vowel spacing; 10.– The design of the UCLA Phonological Segment Inventory Database (UPSID); Appendix A.– Language lists and bibliography of data sources.

Maddieson, I. (1986). The size and structure of phonological inventories: Analysis of UPSID. A J. J. Ohala i J. J. Jaeger (Ed.), Experimental phonology (p. 105–124). Academic Press. https://archive.org/details/experimentalphon0000unse_h5e5

Maddieson, I. (2018). Is phonological typology possible without (universal) categories? A L. M. Hyman i F. Plank (Ed.), Phonological typology (p. 107–125). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110451931-004

Maddieson, I. (2019, 4–6 de setembre). The «what», «where» and «why» of global phonological patterns [Resum del pòster]. 13^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2019), Pavia, Italy. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1Mos92cIc_9rFSXk7jfFuX-lDAgrYcROC/view

Maddieson, I. (2023). Investigating the «what», «where» and «why» of global phonological typology. Linguistic Typology, 27(2), 245–266. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2022-0076

Martínez-Paricio, V. i Polo, N. (2022). La fonología de las lenguas del mundo. Síntesis.

1.– Introducción a la fonología; 2.– Las consonantes y las vocales en las lenguas del mundo; 3.– La sílaba y otras categorías prosódicas en las lenguas del mundo; 4.– Los suprasegmentos; 5.– Procesos fonológicos que afectan a los segmentos; 6.– Procesos morfofonológicos y fonosintácticos; 7.– La fonología de las lenguas de signos; 8.– La descripción y el análisis de datos fonológicos.

✓✓ Mielke, J. (2009). Segment inventories. Language and Linguistics Compass, 3(2), 700–718. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1749-818x.2008.00117.x

Moran, S. (2019). Phonological inventories. A M. Aronoff (Ed.), Oxford research encyclopedia of linguistics. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acrefore/9780199384655.013.112

Moran, S., Easterday, S. i Grossman, E. (2023). Current research in phonological typology. Linguistic Typology, 27(2), 223–243. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2022-0069

Tipologia fonètica i fonològica: treballs generals

Treballs específics

Anderson, C. (2019, 4–6 de setembre). Uses and misuses of the phoneme in phonological typology [Resum de la comunicació]. 13^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2019), Pavia, Italy. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1Mos92cIc_9rFSXk7jfFuX-lDAgrYcROC/view

Anderson, C., Tresoldi, T., Greenhill, S. J., Forkel, R., Gray, R. D. i List, J.-M. (2021). Measuring variation in phoneme inventories. Research Square. https://doi.org/10.21203/rs.3.rs-891645/v1

Anderson, C., Tresoldi, T., Greenhill, S. J., Forkel, R., Gray, R. D. i List, J.-M. (2023). Variation in phoneme inventories: Quantifying the problem and improving comparability. Journal of Language Evolution, 8(2), 149–168. https://doi.org/10.1093/jole/lzad011

Atkinson, Q. D. (2011). Linking spatial patterns of language variation to ancient demography and population migrations. Linguistic Typology, 15(2), 321–332. https://doi.org/10.1515/lity.2011.022

Atkinson, Q. D. (2011). Phonemic diversity supports a serial founder effect model of language expansion from Africa. Science, 332(6027), 346–349. https://doi.org/10.1126/science.1199295

Bakker, P. (2004). Phoneme inventories, language contact, and grammatical complexity: A critique of Trudgill. Linguistic Typology, 8(3), 368–375. https://doi.org/10.1515/lity.2004.8.3.368

Blevins, J. (2007). The importance of typology in explaining recurrent sound patterns. Linguistic Typology, 11(1), 107–113. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty.2007.009

Blevins, J. (2010). Phonetically-based sound patterns: Typological tendencies or phonological universals? A C. Fougeron, B. Kühnert, M. D’Imperio i N. Vallée (Ed.), Laboratory phonology 10 (p. 201–226). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110224917.2.201

Blevins, J. i Egurtzegi, A. (2023). Refining explanation in Evolutionary Phonology: Macro-typologies and targeted typologies in action. Linguistic Typology, 27(2), 289–311. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2021-0036

Bowern, C. (2011). Out of Africa? The logic of phoneme inventories and founder effects. Linguistic Typology, 15(2), 207–216. https://doi.org/10.1515/lity.2011.015

Bybee, J. (2010). Markedness: Iconicity, economy, and frequency. A J. J. Song (Ed.), The Oxford handbook of linguistic typology (p. 131–147). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199281251.013.0008

Bybee, J. (2011). How plausible is the hypothesis that population size and dispersal are related to phoneme inventory size? Introducing and commenting on a debate. Linguistic Typology, 15(2), 147–153. https://doi.org/10.1515/lity.2011.009

Bybee, J. (2015, 3 d’agost). Diachronic typology addresses phoneme inventories [Resum de la comunicació]. 11^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2015), Albuquerque, New Mexico, USA. https://linguistic-typology.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ALT11abstracts.pdf

Coupé, C., Marsico, E., Oh, Y. M. i Pellegrino, F. (2015, 3 d’agost). Cross-linguistic investigations of the organizational scales in phonological systems [Resum de la comunicació]. 11^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2015), Albuquerque, New Mexico, USA. https://linguistic-typology.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ALT11abstracts.pdf

Creanza, N., Ruhlen, M., Pemberton, T. J., Rosenberg, N. A., Feldman, M. W. i Ramachandran, S. (2015). A comparison of worldwide phonemic and genetic variation in human populations. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 112(5), 1265–1272. https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1424033112

Dahl, Ö. (2011). Are small languages more or less complex than big ones? Linguistic Typology, 15(2), 171–175. https://doi.org/10.1515/lity.2011.012

Donohue, M. i Nichols, J. (2011). Does phoneme inventory size correlate with population size? Linguistic Typology, 15(2), 161–170. https://doi.org/10.1515/lity.2011.011

Dresher, B. E., Harvey, C. i Oxford, W. (2018). Contrastive feature hierarchies as a new lens on typology. A L. M. Hyman i F. Plank (Ed.), Phonological typology (p. 273–311). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110451931-008

Easterday, S. i Bybee, J. (2023). Diachronic phonological typology: Understanding inventory structure through sound change dynamics. Linguistic Typology, 27(2), 405–427. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2022-0042

Eckman, F. R. (2008). Typological markedness and second language phonology. A J. G. Hansen Edwards i M. L. Zampini (Ed.), Phonology and second language acquisition (p. 95–115). John Benjamins. https://doi.org/10.1075/sibil.36.06eck

Eden, S. E. (2018). Measuring phonological distance between languages [Tesi doctoral, University College London]. UCL Discovery. https://discovery.ucl.ac.uk/id/eprint/10058348

Fenk-Oczlon, G. (2019, 4–6 de setembre). A systemic typological account of phoneme inventory size [Resum de la comunicació]. 13^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2019), Pavia, Italy. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1Mos92cIc_9rFSXk7jfFuX-lDAgrYcROC/view

Fenk-Oczlon, G. i Fenk, A. (2005, 21–25 de juliol). Systemic typology – Systemic optimality [Resum de la comunicació]. 6^th Biennial Meeting of the Association for Linguistic Typology, Padang, West Sumatra, Indonesia. https://linguistic-typology.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ALT6abstracts.pdf

Fenk-Oczlon, G. i Fenk, A. (2009, 23–26 de juliol). Towards a typology of monosyllabic languages [Resum de la comunicació]. 8^th Biennial Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology, University of California, Berkeley, USA. https://lsa2009.berkeley.edu/alt8/fenk-oczlon_fenk_abstract.pdf

Fenk-Oczlon, G. i Pilz, J. (2021). Linguistic complexity: Relationships between phoneme inventory size, syllable complexity, word and clause length, and population size. Frontiers in Communication, 6, Article 626032. https://doi.org/10.3389/fcomm.2021.626032

González, H. A. (2012). Fonología de las lenguas chaqueñas y andinas: rasgos tipológicos y areales. A H. A. González i B. Gualdieri (Ed.), Lenguas indígenas de América del Sur I: fonología y léxico (p. 39–58). Editorial de la Facultad de Filosofía y Letras de la Universidad Nacional de Cuyo; Sociedad Argentina de Lingüística.

Guzmán Naranjo, M. i Mertner, M. (2023). Estimating areal effects in typology: A case study of African phoneme inventories. Linguistic Typology, 27(2), 455–480. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2022-0037

Hamp, E. P. (1962). The interconnection of sound production, perception and phonemic typology. A A. Sovijärvi i P. Aalto (Ed.), Proceedings of the Fourth International Congress of Phonetic Sciences held at the University of Helsinki, 4–9 September 1961 (p. 639–642). Mouton. https://www.coli.uni-saarland.de/groups/FK/speech_science/icphs/ICPhS1961/p4.1_639.pdf

Hartmann, F. i Nichols, J. (2025). Geospatial effects on phonological complexity in the world’s languages. Linguistic Typology, 29(3), 627–670. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2023-0077

Hyman, L. M. i Plank, F. (Ed.). (2018). Phonological typology. De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110451931

Preface (L. M. Hyman, F. Plank); What is phonological typology? (L. M. Hyman); An implicational universal to defy: Typology ⊃ ¬ phonology ≡ phonology ⊃ ¬ typology ≡ ¬ (typology ∧ phonology) ≡ ¬ typology ∨ ¬ phonology (F. Plank); Formal and empirical issues in phonological typology (P. Kiparsky); Is phonological typology possible without (universal) categories? (I. Maddieson); The computational nature of phonological generalizations (J. Heinz); Frequent segmental alternations in P-base 3 (A. Brohan, J. Mielke); Predicting universal phonological contrasts (A. Lahiri); Contrastive feature hierarchies as a new lens on typology (B. E. Dresher, C. Harvey, W. Oxford); Laryngeal contrasts in second language phonology (E. Broselow); The phonological typology of North Germanic accent (T. Riad); Prosodic typology meets phonological representations (C. Gussenhoven).

Jahn, E. (2015, 3 d’agost). Quantitative phonological comparisons of corpora using cross-language categories [Resum de la comunicació]. 11^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2015), Albuquerque, New Mexico, USA. https://linguistic-typology.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ALT11abstracts.pdf

Kalyan, S. i Donohue, M. (2017, 11–15 de desembre). Mapping hotspots of morphosyntactic and phonological diversity [Resum de la comunicació]. 12^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2017), Canberra, Australia.

Kaye, A. S. (Ed.). (1997). Phonologies of Asia and Africa (including the Caucasus) (Vol. 1). Eisenbrauns.

I.– Afroasiatic languages: 1.– Akkadian and Amorite phonology (G. Buccellati); 2.– Eblaite phonology (C. H. Gordon); 3.– Ugaritic phonology (C. H. Gordon); 4.– Phoenician and Punic phonology (S. Segert); 5.– Ancient Hebrew phonology (G. A. Rendsburg); 6.– Tiberian Hebrew phonology (G. Khan); 7.– Jewish Palestinian Aramaic phonology (G. Khan); 8.– Old Aramaic phonology (S. Segert); 9.– Classical Syriac phonology (P. T. Daniels); 10.– Modern and classical Mandaic phonology (J. L. Malone); 11.– Old South Arabian phonology (G. Gragg); 12.– Ge’ez phonology (G. Gragg); 13.– Arabic phonology (A. S. Kaye); 14.– Moroccan Arabic phonology (J. Heath); 15.– Cypriot Arabic phonology (A. Borg); 16.– Maltese phonology (A. Borg); 17.– Israeli Hebrew phonology (S. Bolozky); 18.– Modern Aramaic phonology (R. D. Hoberman); 19.– La phonologie des langues sudarabiques modernes (A. Lonnet, M.-C. Simeone-Senelle); 20.– Chaha (Gurage) phonology (W. Leslau); 21.– Amharic phonology (W. Leslau); 22.– Egyptian and Coptic phonology (A. Loprieno); 23.– Berber phonology (M. G. Kossmann, H. J. Stroomer); 24.– Awngi phonology (R. Hetzron); 25.– Oromo phonology (M.-R. Lloret); 26.– Somali phonology (A. Puglielli); 27.– Hausa phonology (P. Newman).

Kaye, A. S. (Ed.). (1997). Phonologies of Asia and Africa (including the Caucasus) (Vol. 2). Eisenbrauns. https://archive.org/details/phonologiesofasi0002unse

II.– Indo-European languages: 28.– Hittite phonology (H. C. Melchert); 29.– Old Persian and Avestan phonology (D. Testen); 30.– Pahlavi phonology (D. Weber); 31.– Hindi-Urdu phonology (A. S. Kaye); 32.– Gujarati phonology (P. J. Mistry); 33.– Persian phonology (G. L. Windfuhr); 34.– Kurdish phonology (E. N. McCarus); 35.– Ossetic phonology (D. Testen); 36.– Pashto phonology (J. Elfenbein); 37.– Balochi phonology (J. Elfenbein); 38.– Armenian phonology (J. A. C. Greppin); III.– Dravidian languages: 39.– Brahui phonology (J. Elfenbein); IV.– Nilo-Saharan languages: 40.– Nilo-Saharan phonology (M. L. Bender); V.– Niger-Congo languages: 41.– Swahili phonology (E. Contini-Morava); 42.– Sango phonology (J. A. Walker, W. J. Samarin); VI.– Altaic languages: 43.– Turkish phonology (B. Comrie); 44.– Tatar (Volga Tatar, Kazan Tatar) phonology (B. Comrie); 45.– Uyghur phonology (B. Comrie); VII.– Caucasian languages: 46.– Georgian phonology (H. I. Aronson); 47.– Chechen phonology (J. Nichols); 48.– Lak phonology (G. D. S. Anderson); VIII.– Unaffiliated languages (Language isolates): 49.– Sumerian phonology (J. Hayes); 50.– Burushaski phonology (G. D. S. Anderson).

Kiparsky, P. (2018). Formal and empirical issues in phonological typology. A L. M. Hyman i F. Plank (Ed.), Phonological typology (p. 54–106). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110451931-003

Liberman, M. Y. (2011, 16 d’abril). Phonemic diversity decays «out of Africa»? [Apunt de blog]. Language Log. https://languagelog.ldc.upenn.edu/nll/?p=3090

Maddieson, I. (2003). Phonological typology in geographical perspective. A M. J. Solé, D. Recasens i J. Romero (Ed.), 15^th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Barcelona, Spain, 3–9 August 2003 (p. 719–722). ICPhS Archive. https://www.internationalphoneticassociation.org/icphs-proceedings/ICPhS2003/p15_0719.html

Maddieson, I. (2006). Correlating phonological complexity: Data and validation. Linguistic Typology, 10(1), 106–123. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty.2006.004

Maddieson, I. (2007). Issues in phonological complexity: Statistical analysis of the relationship between syllable structure, segment inventories and tone contrasts. A M. J. Solé, P. S. Beddor i M. Ohala (Ed.), Experimental approaches to phonology (p. 93–103). Oxford University Press.

Maddieson, I. (2011). Phonological complexity in linguistic patterning. A W.-S. S. Lee i E. Zee (Ed.), Proceedings of the 17^th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences (ICPhS XVII). Hong Kong, China, 17–21 August 2011 (p. 28–34). City University of Hong Kong. https://www.internationalphoneticassociation.org/icphs-proceedings/ICPhS2011/OnlineProceedings/PlenaryLecture/Maddieson/Maddieson.pdf

Maddieson, I. (2015, 3 d’agost). Phonological systems as adaptive responses to multiple factors [Resum de la comunicació]. 11^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2015), Albuquerque, New Mexico, USA. https://linguistic-typology.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ALT11abstracts.pdf

Maddieson, I. i Benedict, K. (2022, 15–17 de desembre). Environmental impacts on phonological typology: Methodological issues and results [Resum del pòster]. 14^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2022), Austin, USA.

Maddieson, I., Bhattacharya, T., Smith, D. E. i Croft, W. (2011). Geographical distribution of phonological complexity. Linguistic Typology, 15(2), 267–279. https://doi.org/10.1515/lity.2011.020

Martínez-Paricio, V. (2018). Fonología métrica y tipología lingüística. Tirant lo Blanch.

1.– Introducción; 2.– La teoría prosódica y la teoría métrica; 3.– Pies mínimos y máximos; 4.– El pie métrico y el acento; 5.– El pie métrico, procesos fonológicos; 6.– El pie métrico, procesos morfofonológicos; 7.– Conclusiones.

Moran, S. i Blasi, D. (2014). Cross-linguistic comparison of complexity measures in phonological systems. A F. J. Newmeyer i L. B. Preston (Ed.), Measuring grammatical complexity (p. 217–240). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199685301.003.0011

Moran, S., McCloy, D. i Wright, R. (2012). Revisiting population size vs. phoneme inventory size. Language, 88(4), 877–893. https://doi.org/10.1353/lan.2012.0087

Moran, S., Zakharko, T. i Bickel, B. (2013, 15–18 d’agost). Estimating diachronic preferences of phonological features cross-linguistically [Resum de la comunicació]. 10^th Biennial Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 10), Leipzig, Germany. https://linguistic-typology.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ALT10abstracts.pdf

Moreton, E. (2008). Analytic bias and phonological typology. Phonology, 25(1), 83–127. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0952675708001413

Nakagawa, H., Witzlack-Makarevich, A., Auer, D., Fehn, A.-M., Ammann Gerlach, L., Güldemann, T., Job, S., Lionnet, F., Naumann, C., Ono, H. i Pratchett, L. J. (2023). Towards a phonological typology of the Kalahari Basin Area languages. Linguistic Typology, 27(2), 509–535. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2022-0047

Nettle, D. (1995). Segmental inventory size, word length, and communicative efficiency. Linguistics, 33(2), 359–367. https://doi.org/10.1515/ling.1995.33.2.359

Pericliev, V. (2004). There is no correlation between the size of a community speaking a language and the size of the phonological inventory of that language. Linguistic Typology, 8(3), 376–383. https://doi.org/10.1515/lity.2004.8.3.376

Pericliev, V. (2011). On phonemic diversity and the origin of language in Africa. Linguistic Typology, 15(2), 217–221. https://doi.org/10.1515/lity.2011.016

Plank, F. (2018). An implicational universal to defy: Typology ⊃ ¬ phonology ≡ phonology ⊃ ¬ typology ≡ ¬ (typology ∧ phonology) ≡ ¬ typology ∨ ¬ phonology. A L. M. Hyman i F. Plank (Ed.), Phonological typology (p. 21–53). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110451931-002

Proctor, M. I. (2007). The organization of phonological inventories — An articulatory approach. A J. Trouvain i W. J. Barry (Ed.), 16^th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Saarbrücken, Germany, 6–10 August 2007 (p. 1377–1380). http://www.icphs2007.de/conference/Papers/1668/index.html

Rice, K. (2004). Language contact, phonemic inventories, and the Athapaskan language family. Linguistic Typology, 8(3), 321–343. https://doi.org/10.1515/lity.2004.8.3.321

Ross, B. i Donohue, M. (2011). The many origins of diversity and complexity in phonology. Linguistic Typology, 15(2), 251–265. https://doi.org/10.1515/lity.2011.019

Round, E. R. (2013, 15–18 d’agost). The phonologically exceptional continent: A large cross-linguistic survey reveals why Australia is, and is not, typologically unusual [Resum de la comunicació]. 10^th Biennial Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 10), Leipzig, Germany. https://linguistic-typology.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ALT10abstracts.pdf

Round, E. R. (2019, 4–6 de setembre). Canonical phonology [Resum de la comunicació]. 13^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2019), Pavia, Italy. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1Mos92cIc_9rFSXk7jfFuX-lDAgrYcROC/view

Round, E. R. (2023). Canonical phonology and criterial conflicts: Relating and resolving four dilemmas of phonological typology. Linguistic Typology, 27(2), 267–287. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2022-0032

Shosted, R. K. (2006). Correlating complexity: A typological approach. Linguistic Typology, 10(1), 1–40. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty.2006.001

Smith, C. i Maddieson, I. (2013, 15–18 d’agost). Quantifying phonological complexity and its distribution [Resum de la comunicació]. 10^th Biennial Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 10), Leipzig, Germany. https://linguistic-typology.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ALT10abstracts.pdf

Sproat, R. (2011). Phonemic diversity and the out-of-Africa theory. Linguistic Typology, 15(2), 199–206. https://doi.org/10.1515/lity.2011.014

Stolz, T. i Levkovych, N. (2019, 4–6 de setembre). The phonological landscape of Europe in areal-typological perspective [Resum de la comunicació]. 13^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2019), Pavia, Italy. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1Mos92cIc_9rFSXk7jfFuX-lDAgrYcROC/view

Trudgill, P. (2004). Linguistic and social typology: The Austronesian migrations and phoneme inventories. Linguistic Typology, 8(3), 305–320. https://doi.org/10.1515/lity.2004.8.3.305

Trudgill, P. (2011). Social structure and phoneme inventories. Linguistic Typology, 15(2), 155–160. https://doi.org/10.1515/lity.2011.010

Wichmann, S., Rama, T. i Holman, E. W. (2011). Phonological diversity, word length, and population sizes across languages: The ASJP evidence. Linguistic Typology, 15(2), 177–197. https://doi.org/10.1515/lity.2011.013

Yu, A. C. L. (2011). On measuring phonetic precursor robustness: A response to Moreton. Phonology, 28(3), 491–518. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0952675711000236

Tipologia fonètica: treballs específics

Elements segmentals

Bessell, N. (1993). Towards a phonetic and phonological typology of post-velar articulation [Tesi doctoral, University of British Columbia]. UBC Theses and Dissertations. https://doi.org/10.14288/1.0086353

Brohan, A. i Mielke, J. (2018). Frequent segmental alternations in P-base 3. A L. M. Hyman i F. Plank (Ed.), Phonological typology (p. 196–228). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110451931-006

Chang, C. B. (2015). Determining cross-linguistic phonological similarity between segments: The primacy of abstract aspects of similarity. A E. Raimy i C. E. Cairns (Ed.), The segment in phonetics and phonology (p. 199–217). John Wiley & Sons. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118555491.ch9

Easterday, S. (2017, 11–15 de desembre). Elaborating upon the «consonantal» versus «vocalic» phonological typology [Resum de la comunicació]. 12^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2017), Canberra, Australia.

Everett, C. (2024). Contextualizing typologically remarkable sound patterns in Pirahã: A quantitative approach. A E. Gibson i M. Poliak (Ed.), From fieldwork to linguistic theory: A tribute to Dan Everett (p. 305–321). Language Science Press. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.12665927

Grossman, E., Nikolaev, D., Eisen, E., Ronén, J., Schwartz, L., Yosef, Y. i Moran, S. (2019, 4–6 de setembre). The typology of phonological segment borrowing [Resum de la comunicació]. 13^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2019), Pavia, Italy. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1Mos92cIc_9rFSXk7jfFuX-lDAgrYcROC/view

Janson, T. (1986). Cross-linguistic trends in the frequency of CV sequences. Phonology Yearbook, 3, 179–195. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0952675700000634

Kapatsinski, V. (2009, 23–26 de juliol). Principal components of sound systems: A typological survey [Resum del pòster]. 8^th Biennial Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology, University of California, Berkeley, USA. https://lsa2009.berkeley.edu/alt8/kapatsinski_abstract.pdf

Maddieson, I. (2013). Consonant-vowel ratio. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/3

Stolz, T. i Levkovych, N. (2021). Areal linguistics within the Phonological Atlas of Europe: Loan phonemes and their distribution. De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110672602

A.– The Phonological Atlas of Europe – Ground plan: 1.– Introduction; 2.– Goals; 3.– In a nutshell: The phenomena featured in Phon@Europe; 4.– Previous research; 5.– Theory; 6.– Methodology; 7.– Frame of reference; 8.– Terminology; 9.– Conventions; 10.– Europe; 11.– Sample; 12.– Sources; 13.– Data; 14.– Maps and chapters; B.– Loan phonemes in Europe – Qualities, quantities, and geography: 15.– Loan phonemes; 16.– Two globally-oriented projects on loan phonemes; 17.– Loan phonemes in Phon@Europe; 18.– Convergence (and divergence) in Europe – the contribution of loan phonemes; 19.– Conclusions.

Vallée, N., Boë, L.-J. i Stefanuto, M. (1999). Typologies phonologiques et tendances universelles : approche substantialiste. Linx, 11, 31–54. https://doi.org/10.4000/linx.863

Tipologia fonètica: treballs específics sobre elements segmentals

Vocals

Casali, R. F. (2003). [ATR] value asymmetries and underlying vowel inventory structure in Niger-Congo and Nilo-Saharan. Linguistic Typology, 7(3), 307–382. https://doi.org/10.1515/lity.2003.018

Crothers, J. (1978). Typology and universals of vowel systems. A J. H. Greenberg, C. A. Ferguson i E. A. Moravcsik (Ed.), Universals of human language: Vol. 2. Phonology (p. 93–152). Stanford University Press. https://archive.org/details/universalsofhuma0002unse

Culhane, K. (2022, 15–17 de desembre). The phonological patterning of vocalic phenomena: A preliminary typological study [Resum de la comunicació]. 14^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2022), Austin, USA.

Gast, V. (2015, 3 d’agost). Advanced tongue root harmony in Sibidiri Idi, a language of Southern Papua New Guinea? [Resum de la comunicació]. 11^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2015), Albuquerque, New Mexico, USA. https://linguistic-typology.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ALT11abstracts.pdf

Gordon, M. K. (1998). The phonetics and phonology of non-modal vowels: A cross-linguistic perspective. A B. K. Bergen, M. C. Plauché i A. C. Bailey (Ed.), Proceedings of the Twenty-Fourth Annual Meeting of the Berkeley Linguistics Society: General session and parasession on phonetics and phonological universals (p. 93–105). Berkeley Linguistics Society. https://doi.org/10.3765/bls.v24i1.1246

Hajek, J. (2013). Vowel nasalization. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/10

Krohn, H. S. (2021). Vowel systems of the Chibchan languages. Forma y función, 34(2). https://doi.org/10.15446/fyf.v34n2.88423

Kuznetsova, N. (2022, 15–17 de desembre). Typology of alignment between laryngeal features and ternary length [Resum de la comunicació]. 14^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2022), Austin, USA.

Lass, R. (1984). Vowel system universals and typology: Prologue to theory. Phonology Yearbook, 1, 75–111. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0952675700000300

Lindau, M. (1978). Vowel features. Language, 54(3), 541–563. https://doi.org/10.2307/412786

Maddieson, I. (1999). In search of universals: Implications for vowel systems universals. A J. J. Ohala, Y. Hasegawa, M. Ohala, D. Granville i A. C. Bailey (Ed.), 14^th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. San Francisco, CA, USA, 1–7 August 1999 (p. 2521–2528). ICPhS Archive. https://www.internationalphoneticassociation.org/icphs-proceedings/ICPhS1999/p14_2521.html

Maddieson, I. (2007). Areal distribution of nasalized vowels. A J. Trouvain i W. J. Barry (Ed.), 16^th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Saarbrücken, Germany, 6–10 August 2007 (p. 1381–1384). http://www.icphs2007.de/conference/Papers/1676/index.html

Maddieson, I. (2013). Front rounded vowels. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/11

Maddieson, I. (2013). Vowel quality inventories. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/2

Rolle, N. (2015, 3 d’agost). An areal typology of nasal vowels in West Africa [Resum de la comunicació]. 11^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2015), Albuquerque, New Mexico, USA. https://linguistic-typology.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ALT11abstracts.pdf

Ruhlen, M. (1975). Patterning of nasal vowels. A C. A. Ferguson, L. M. Hyman i J. J. Ohala (Ed.), Nasalfest: Papers from a symposium on nasals and nasalization (p. 333–352). Language Universals Project, Department of Linguistics, Stanford University.

Vaux, B. i Samuels, B. (2015). Explaining vowel systems: Dispersion theory vs natural selection. The Linguistic Review, 32(3), 573–599. https://doi.org/10.1515/tlr-2014-0028

Warner, N. (1999). Timing of perception of vocalic distinctive features: Implications for vowel systems universals. A J. J. Ohala, Y. Hasegawa, M. Ohala, D. Granville i A. C. Bailey (Ed.), 14^th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. San Francisco, CA, USA, 1–7 August 1999 (p. 1961–1964). ICPhS Archive. https://www.internationalphoneticassociation.org/icphs-proceedings/ICPhS1999/p14_1961.html

Wivell, G., Miatto, V., Karakaş, A., Kostyszyn, K. i Repetti, L. (2024). All about ablaut: A typology of ablaut reduplicative structures. Linguistic Typology, 28(3), 505–536. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2023-0018

Tipologia fonètica: treballs específics sobre vocals

Consonants

Bateman, N. (2009, 23–26 de juliol). Patterns of palatalization: Generalization from a cross-linguistic study [Resum de la comunicació]. 8^th Biennial Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology, University of California, Berkeley, USA. https://lsa2009.berkeley.edu/alt8/bateman_abstract.pdf

Berns, J. (2014). A typological sketch of affricates. Linguistic Typology, 18(3), 369–411. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2014-0017

Carchia, M. (2019, 4–6 de setembre). The lack of bilabial consonants in the Eyak-Athabaskan-Tlingit family [Resum del pòster]. 13^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2019), Pavia, Italy. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1Mos92cIc_9rFSXk7jfFuX-lDAgrYcROC/view

Clements, G. N. (2009). The role of features in phonological inventories. A E. Raimy i C. E. Cairns (Ed.), Contemporary views on architecture and representations in phonology (p. 19–68). The MIT Press. https://doi.org/10.7551/mitpress/9780262182706.003.0002

Culhane, K. (2019, 4–6 de setembre). A typology of consonant/zero alternations [Resum de la comunicació]. 13^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2019), Pavia, Italy. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1Mos92cIc_9rFSXk7jfFuX-lDAgrYcROC/view

Davis, S. i Topintzi, N. (2015, 3 d’agost). The weight typology of edge geminates [Resum de la comunicació]. 11^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2015), Albuquerque, New Mexico, USA. https://linguistic-typology.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ALT11abstracts.pdf

Donohue, M. (2009, 23–26 de juliol). The distribution of velar gaps, and Southeast Asia [Resum de la comunicació]. 8^th Biennial Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology, University of California, Berkeley, USA. https://lsa2009.berkeley.edu/alt8/donohue_abstract.pdf

Everett, C. i Schwartz, S. (2023). The typological frequency of consonants is highly predictive of their order of acquisition in English. Linguistic Typology, 27(2), 537–552. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2022-0033

Grawunder, S. i Cysouw, M. (2009, 23–26 de juliol). The distribution of glottalization in the languages of the Caucasus: Typological and phono-statistical arguments [Resum de la comunicació]. 8^th Biennial Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology, University of California, Berkeley, USA. https://lsa2009.berkeley.edu/alt8/grawunder_cysouw_abstract.pdf

Grotberg, A. L. (2022, 15–17 de desembre). Similar place avoidance: Phenomenon in need of a typology [Resum de la comunicació]. 14^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2022), Austin, USA.

Hajek, J. (2004). Consonant inventories as an areal feature of the New Guinea-Pacific region: Testing Trudgill’s hypotheses. Linguistic Typology, 8(3), 343–350. https://doi.org/10.1515/lity.2004.8.3.343

Hussain, Q. (2022, 15–17 de desembre). Place and laryngeal typology of stop consonants in Iranian [Resum del pòster]. 14^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2022), Austin, USA.

Hussain, Q. i Mielke, J. (2023). Place typology and evolution of implosives in Indo-Aryan languages. Linguistic Typology, 27(2), 429–453. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2022-0040

Idiatov, D. i Van de Velde, M. (2019, 4–6 de setembre). Single feature approach to linguistic areas: Labial-velars and the prehistory of the Macro-Sudan Belt [Resum de la comunicació]. 13^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2019), Pavia, Italy. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1Mos92cIc_9rFSXk7jfFuX-lDAgrYcROC/view

Lahiri, A., Althaus, N., Kotzor, S. i Zhou, B. (2017, 11–15 de desembre). (A)symmetries in phonological assimilations and dissimilations: Historical and experimental evidence [Resum de la comunicació]. 12^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2017), Canberra, Australia.

Lee, W.-S. (2017, 11–15 de desembre). Typology of the consonants of the Tibeto-Burman languages in China [Resum de la comunicació]. 12^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2017), Canberra, Australia.

Maddieson, I. (2013). Absence of common consonants. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/18

Maddieson, I. (2013). Consonant inventories. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/1

Maddieson, I. (2013). Glottalized consonants. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/7

Maddieson, I. (2013). Lateral consonants. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/8

Maddieson, I. (2013). Presence of uncommon consonants. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/19

Maddieson, I. (2013). Uvular consonants. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/6

Maddieson, I. (2013). Voicing and gaps in plosive systems. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/5

Maddieson, I. (2013). Voicing in plosives and fricatives. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/4

Maddieson, I. (2013, 15–18 d’agost). Consonant harmony as spreading: An evaluation [Resum de la comunicació]. 10^th Biennial Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 10), Leipzig, Germany. https://linguistic-typology.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ALT10abstracts.pdf

Nakagawa, H., Güldemann, T., Lionnet, F. i Witzlack-Makarevich, A. (2019, 4–6 de setembre). Khoisan phonological typology database and the relative frequency of consonants in the Khoisan languages [Resum de la comunicació]. 13^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2019), Pavia, Italy. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1Mos92cIc_9rFSXk7jfFuX-lDAgrYcROC/view

Nikolaev, D. (2017, 11–15 de desembre). Predicting consonant inventories based on areal data [Resum de la comunicació]. 12^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2017), Canberra, Australia.

Nikolaev, D. (2022). A typology of consonant-inventory gaps. Linguistic Typology, 26(1), 161–186. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2020-0128

Nikolaev, D. (2023). Bootstrap co-occurrence networks of consonants and the Basic Consonant Inventory. Linguistic Typology, 27(2), 363–380. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2022-0036

Pozdniakov, K. i Segerer, G. (2007). Similar Place Avoidance: A statistical universal. Linguistic Typology, 11(2), 307–348. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty.2007.025

Round, E. R. (2017, 11–15 de desembre). Continent-wide, full-lexicon typology overturns our view of the Australian laminal contrast [Resum de la comunicació]. 12^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2017), Canberra, Australia.

Sande, H. i Oakley, M. (2023). A typological survey of the phonological behavior of implosives: Implications for feature theories. Phonological Data and Analysis, 5(7), 1–46. https://doi.org/10.3765/pda.v5art7.55

Sieber, I. (2019, 4–6 de setembre). Assibilation typology (based on languages of Russia) [Resum de la comunicació]. 13^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2019), Pavia, Italy. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1Mos92cIc_9rFSXk7jfFuX-lDAgrYcROC/view

Silva, C. i Moran, S. (2022, 15–17 de desembre). Measuring consonant stability in Portuguese-based creoles [Resum de la comunicació]. 14^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2022), Austin, USA.

Verstraete, J.-C. (2017, 11–15 de desembre). «Initial dropping» revisited: Initial consonant loss and related phenomena in Cape York Peninsula (Australia) [Resum de la comunicació]. 12^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2017), Canberra, Australia.

Żygis, M. (2010). Typology of consonantal insertions. ZAS Papers in Linguistics, 52, 111–140. https://doi.org/10.21248/zaspil.52.2010.385

Tipologia fonètica: treballs específics sobre consonants

Elements suprasegmentals

Arnhold, A. (2022, 15–17 de desembre). Phrasing and constituents in prosodic typology [Resum de la comunicació]. 14^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2022), Austin, USA.

Culhane, K. (2023). The prosodic foot beyond prosodic prominence: A preliminary survey. Linguistic Typology, 27(2), 313–339. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2022-0039

Easterday, S. (2019, 4–6 de setembre). Expanding phonotactic typology: The role of morphological context [Resum de la comunicació]. 13^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2019), Pavia, Italy. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1Mos92cIc_9rFSXk7jfFuX-lDAgrYcROC/view

Gil, D. (1986). A prosodic typology of language. Folia Linguistica, 20(1–2), 165–232. https://doi.org/10.1515/flin.1986.20.1-2.165

Gil, D. i McKinnon, T. (2015, 3 d’agost). Phrasal-phonological alternations in Malayic languages [Resum de la comunicació]. 11^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2015), Albuquerque, New Mexico, USA. https://linguistic-typology.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ALT11abstracts.pdf

Gussenhoven, C. (2018). Prosodic typology meets phonological representations. A L. M. Hyman i F. Plank (Ed.), Phonological typology (p. 389–418). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110451931-011

Hildebrandt, K. A. (2022, 15–17 de desembre). Phonological constituency: Lessons from the AUTOTYP Word Domains project [Resum de la comunicació]. 14^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2022), Austin, USA.

Hildebrandt, K. A. i Bickel, B. (2005, 21–25 de juliol). Diversity in phonological word domains: Testing the Prosodic Hierarchy Hypothesis [Resum de la comunicació]. 6^th Biennial Meeting of the Association for Linguistic Typology, Padang, West Sumatra, Indonesia. https://linguistic-typology.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ALT6abstracts.pdf

Himmelmann, N. P. (2014). Asymmetries in the prosodic phrasing of function words: Another look at the suffixing preference. Language, 90(4), 927–960. https://doi.org/10.1353/lan.2014.0105

Hyman, L. M. (2009). How (not) to do phonological typology: The case of pitch-accent. Language Sciences, 31(2–3), 213–238. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.langsci.2008.12.007

Hyman, L. M. (2012). In defense of prosodic typology: A response to Beckman and Venditti. Linguistic Typology, 16(3), 341–385. https://doi.org/10.1515/lity-2012-0014

Hyman, L. M. (2012). Towards a canonical typology of prosodic systems. UC Berkeley Phonology Lab Annual Report, 8, 1–19. https://escholarship.org/uc/item/03g633cm

Karlsson, A., House, D. i Svantesson, J.-O. (2015). Prosodic signaling of information and discourse structure from a typological perspective. A The Scottish Consortium for ICPhS 2015 (Ed.), Proceedings of the 18^th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. University of Glasgow. https://www.internationalphoneticassociation.org/icphs-proceedings/ICPhS2015/Papers/ICPHS0013.pdf

Kuznetsova, N. (2025). The rise of ternary quantity and its alignment with laryngeal articulations. Linguistic Typology, 29(2), 319–360. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2023-0070

Kuznetsova, N. i Perekhvalskaya, E. (2019, 4–6 de setembre). Uncanonical word-prosodic units in phonological typology: The case of Udihe [Resum del pòster]. 13^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2019), Pavia, Italy. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1Mos92cIc_9rFSXk7jfFuX-lDAgrYcROC/view

Lahiri, A. (2001). Metrical patterns. A M. Haspelmath, E. König, W. Oesterreicher i W. Raible (Ed.), Language typology and language universals: An international handbook (Vol. 2, p. 1347–1367). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110194265-033

Macklin-Cordes, J. L. (2017, 11–15 de desembre). High-definition phonotactic typology in Sahul: Choosing the data-rich approach [Resum de la comunicació]. 12^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2017), Canberra, Australia.

Nash, D. (2017, 11–15 de desembre). Phonotactics beyond the syllable level: *iCu in Australia [Resum del pòster]. 12^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2017), Canberra, Australia.

Yakpo, K. (2021). Creole prosodic systems are areal, not simple. Frontiers in Psychology, 12, Article 690593. https://doi.org/10.3389/fpsyg.2021.690593

Tipologia fonètica: treballs específics sobre elements suprasegmentals

El to

Auderset, S. i Campbell, E. W. (2022, 15–17 de desembre). Tone correspondences and variables in Mixtec: An AUTOTYP approach [Resum de la comunicació]. 14^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2022), Austin, USA.

Ding, P. S. (2009, 23–26 de juliol). Syllable-tone, word-tone and melody-tone: Towards a typology of tone languages of China [Resum de la comunicació]. 8^th Biennial Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology, University of California, Berkeley, USA. https://lsa2009.berkeley.edu/alt8/ding_abstract.pdf

Féry, C. (2016). Tone and stress at the word level. A Intonation and prosodic structure (p. 178–224). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781139022064.008

Gordon, M. K. (2016). Tone and intonation. A Phonological typology (p. 215–261). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199669004.003.0007

Hyman, L. M. (2001). Tone systems. A M. Haspelmath, E. König, W. Oesterreicher i W. Raible (Ed.), Language typology and language universals: An international handbook (Vol. 2, p. 1367–1380). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110194265-034

Kaldhol, N. H. (2022, 15–17 de desembre). A typology of tonal exponence [Resum de la comunicació]. 14^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2022), Austin, USA.

Maddieson, I. (1972). Tone system typology and distinctive features. A A. Rigault i R. Charbonneau (Ed.), Proceedings of the Seventh International Congress of Phonetic Sciences / Actes du Septième Congrès international des Sciences Phonétiques: Held at the University of Montreal and McGill University, 22–28 August 1971 / Tenu à l’Université de Montréal et à l’Université McGill, 22–28 août 1971 (p. 957–961). De Gruyter. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110814750-129

Maddieson, I. (2013). Tone. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/13

Ran, Q. (2013, 15–18 d’agost). In search of extreme tone inventories across Chinese dialects [Resum del pòster]. 10^th Biennial Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 10), Leipzig, Germany. https://linguistic-typology.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ALT10abstracts.pdf

Shen, R. (2017, 11–15 de desembre). Are there any languages with five falling tones? Rethinking tonal typology with data from Jianyang Min [Resum del pòster]. 12^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2017), Canberra, Australia.

Yiu, S. S. Y. i Matthews, S. (2013, 15–18 d’agost). Correlations between tonality and word order type [Resum del pòster]. 10^th Biennial Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 10), Leipzig, Germany. https://linguistic-typology.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ALT10abstracts.pdf

Yiu, S. S. Y. i Matthews, S. (2022, 15–17 de desembre). Is there a relationship between tonality and word order type? [Resum de la comunicació]. 14^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2022), Austin, USA.

Tipologia fonètica: treballs específics sobre el to

L’entonació

Féry, C. (2016). Sentence intonation in a typological comparison. A Intonation and prosodic structure (p. 225–283). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781139022064.009

Fitzpatrick, J. (2000). On intonational typology. STUF – Language Typology and Universals, 53(1), 88–96. https://doi.org/10.1524/stuf.2000.53.1.88

Fox, A. (1995). Principles of intonational typology. A J. Windsor Lewis (Ed.), Studies in general and English phonetics: Essays in honour of Professor J. D. O’Connor (p. 187–210). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203410585

Gordon, M. K. (2005). Intonational phonology of Chickasaw. A S.-A. Jun (Ed.), Prosodic typology: The phonology of intonation and phrasing (p. 301–330). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199249633.003.0011

Gordon, M. K. (2016). Tone and intonation. A Phonological typology (p. 215–261). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199669004.003.0007

Jun, S.-A. (2005). Prosodic typology. A S.-A. Jun (Ed.), Prosodic typology: The phonology of intonation and phrasing (p. 430–458). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199249633.003.0016

Jun, S.-A. (2014). Prosodic typology: By prominence type, word prosody, and macro-rhythm. A S.-A. Jun (Ed.), Prosodic typology II: The phonology of intonation and phrasing (p. 520–540). Oxford University Press.

Jun, S.-A. (Ed.). (2005). Prosodic typology: The phonology of intonation and phrasing. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199249633.001.0001

1.– Introduction (S.-A. Jun); 2.– The original ToBI system and the evolution of the ToBI framework (M. E. Beckman, J. Hirschberg, S. Shattuck-Hufnagel); 3.– German intonation in Autosegmental-Metrical Phonology (M. Grice, S. Baumann, R. Benzmüller); 4.– Intonational analysis and prosodic annotation of Greek spoken corpora (A. Arvaniti, M. Baltazani); 5.– Transcription of Dutch intonation (C. Gussenhoven); 6.– Transcribing Serbo-Croatian intonation (S. Godjevac); 7.– The J_ToBI model of Japanese intonation (J. J. Venditti); 8.– Korean intonational phonology and prosodic transcription (S.-A. Jun); 9.– Towards a Pan-Mandarin system for prosodic transcription (S.-H. Peng, M. K. M. Chan, C.-Y. Tseng, T. Huang, O. J. Lee, M. E. Beckman); 10.– An Autosegmental-Metrical analysis and prosodic annotation conventions for Cantonese (W. Y. P. Wong, M. K. M. Chan, M. E. Beckman); 11.– Intonational phonology of Chickasaw (M. K. Gordon); 12.– Intonation in six dialects of Bininj Gun-wok (J. Bishop, J. Fletcher); 13.– Strategies for intonation labelling across varieties of Italian (M. Grice, M. D’Imperio, M. Savino, C. Avesani); 14.– Intonational variation in four dialects of English: The High Rising tune (J. Fletcher, E. Grabe, P. Warren); 15.– Intonational prominence in varieties of Swedish revisited (G. Bruce); 16.– Prosodic typology (S.-A. Jun).

Jun, S.-A. (Ed.). (2014). Prosodic typology II: The phonology of intonation and phrasing. Oxford University Press.

1.– Introduction (S.-A. Jun); 2.– The intonational phonology of European Portuguese (S. Frota); 3.– The intonational phonology of Catalan (P. Prieto); 4.– The intonational phonology of Bangladeshi Standard Bengali (S. ud Dowla Khan); 5.– The intonational phonology of Tamil (E. Keane); 6.– An Autosegmental-Metrical analysis of Georgian intonation (C. Vicenik, S.-A. Jun); 7.– The intonational phonology of Mongolian (A. M. Karlsson); 8.– Prosodic structure and focus realization in West Greenlandic (A. Arnhold); 9.– Intonation and prosody in Dalabon (J. Fletcher); 10.– Aspects of the intonational phonology of Jamaican Creole (S. Gooden); 11.– The marked accentuation pattern of Curaçao Papiamentu (B. Remijsen, F. Martis, R. Severing); 12.– Complex intonation near the tonal isogloss in the Netherlands (C. Gussenhoven); 13.– The intonation of Lebanese and Egyptian Arabic (D. Chahal, S. Hellmuth); 14.– Intonation in Basque (G. Elordieta, J. I. Hualde); 15.– Typology of intonational phrasing in Japanese dialects (Y. Igarashi); 16.– Methodology of studying intonation: From data collection to data analysis (S.-A. Jun, J. Fletcher); 17.– Prosodic typology: By prominence type, word prosody, and macro-rhythm (S.-A. Jun).

Ladd, D. R. (2001). Intonation. A M. Haspelmath, E. König, W. Oesterreicher i W. Raible (Ed.), Language typology and language universals: An international handbook (Vol. 2, p. 1380–1390). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110194265-035

Müller, G. (2009, 23–26 de juliol). Intonational focus marking in tone languages: The case of Beaver (Northern Athabaskan) [Resum de la comunicació]. 8^th Biennial Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology, University of California, Berkeley, USA. https://lsa2009.berkeley.edu/alt8/mueller_abstract.pdf

Peck, N. (2022, 15–17 de desembre). Are all serial verb constructions realised in a single intonation unit? [Resum del pòster]. 14^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2022), Austin, USA.

Zerbian, S. (2010). Developments in the study of intonational typology. Language and Linguistics Compass, 4(9), 874–889. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1749-818x.2010.00233.x

Tipologia fonètica: treballs específics sobre l’entonació

L’accent lèxic

Féry, C. (2016). Tone and stress at the word level. A Intonation and prosodic structure (p. 178–224). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781139022064.008

Goedemans, R. (2010). A typology of stress patterns. A H. van der Hulst, R. Goedemans i E. van Zanten (Ed.), A survey of word accentual patterns in the languages of the world (p. 647–666). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110198966.1.647

Goedemans, R. i van der Hulst, H. (2013). Fixed stress locations. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/14

Goedemans, R. i van der Hulst, H. (2013). Weight factors in weight-sensitive stress systems. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/16

Goedemans, R. i van der Hulst, H. (2013). Weight-sensitive stress. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/15

Gordon, M. K. (2016). Stress. A Phonological typology (p. 175–214). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199669004.003.0006

van der Hulst, H. (2010). Word accent: Terms, typologies and theories. A H. van der Hulst, R. Goedemans i E. van Zanten (Ed.), A survey of word accentual patterns in the languages of the world (p. 3–54). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110198966.1.3

van der Hulst, H. (Ed.). (1999). Word prosodic systems in the languages of Europe. De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110197082

I.– Thematic chapters: 1.– Word accent (H. van der Hulst); 2.– Stress domains (M. Nespor); 3.– The rhythmic organization of compounds and phrases (E. Visch); 4.– Word prosody and intonation (C. Gussenhoven, G. Bruce); 5.– The phonetic manifestation of word stress (G. Dogil, B. Williams); 6.– Diachronic prosody (A. Lahiri, T. Riad, H. Jacobs); II.– Case studies: 7.– A survey of word prosodic systems of European languages (H. van der Hulst, B. Hendriks, J. van de Weijer); 8.– Word stress in West-Germanic and North-Germanic languages (W. Zonneveld, M. Trommelen, M. Jessen, G. Bruce, K. Árnason); 9.– Word tone in Germanic languages (G. Bruce, B. Hermans); 10.– Stress in the Romance languages (I. M. Roca); 11.– Slavic languages (G. Dogil, J. Gvozdanović, S. Kodzasov); 12.– Baltic languages (G. Dogil); 13.– Greek word accent (G. Drachman, A. Malikouti-Drachman); 14.– Basque accentuation (J. I. Hualde); 15.– Caucasian: Daghestanian languages (S. Kodzasov).

van der Hulst, H. (Ed.). (2014). Word stress: Theoretical and typological issues. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139600408

I.– The phenomenon of stress: 1.– The study of word accent and stress: Past, present, and future (H. van der Hulst); 2.– Do all languages have word accent? (L. M. Hyman); 3.– Disentangling stress and pitch-accent: A typology of prominence at different prosodic levels (M. Gordon); 4.– The separation of accent and rhythm: Evidence from StressTyp (R. Goedemans, H. van der Hulst); II.– The description, selection, and use of stress data: 5.– Evaluating evidence for stress systems (P. de Lacy); 6.– Convergence of prominence systems? (K. Rice); 7.– Rhetorical stress in Spanish (J. I. Hualde, M. Nadeu); III.– The analysis of stress types / stress phenomena: 8.– Culminativity times harmony equals unbounded stress (J. Heinz); 9.– Possible and impossible exceptions in Dutch word stress (C. Gussenhoven); 10.– Symmetries and asymmetries in secondary stress patterns (B. Hyde); 11.– Representing rhythm (H. van der Hulst).

van der Hulst, H., Goedemans, R. i van Zanten, E. (Ed.). (2010). A survey of word accentual patterns in the languages of the world. De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110198966

I.– Typological surveys: 1.– Word accent: Terms, typologies and theories (H. van der Hulst); 2.– An overview of word stress in Australian Aboriginal languages (R. Goedemans); 3.– Stress types in Austronesian languages (E. van Zanten, R. Stoel, B. Remijsen); 4.– Word stress and pitch accent in Papuan languages (E. van Zanten, P. Dol); 5.– Accent in the native languages of North America (K. Rice); 6.– The languages of Middle America (H. van der Hulst, K. Rice, L. Wetzels); 7.– A survey of South American stress systems (L. Wetzels, S. Meira); 8.– Accent in African languages (L. J. Downing); 9.– Word accent systems in the languages of Europe (H. van der Hulst); 10.– Word accent systems in the languages of Asia (R. Schiering, H. van der Hulst); 11.– Word accent systems in the Middle East (H. van der Hulst, S. Hellmuth); 12.– A typology of stress patterns (R. Goedemans); II.– STRESSTYP data: Australian languages; Austronesian languages; Papua New Guinea and Irian Jaya languages; North American languages; Middle American languages; South American languages; Eurasian languages; Asian languages; Middle Eastern and African languages.

Hyman, L. M. (2006). Word-prosodic typology. Phonology, 23(2), 225–257. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0952675706000893

Kuwana, Y. i Tokizaki, H. (2009, 23–26 de juliol). The co-variation of head-complement order and the position of word stress [Resum del pòster]. 8^th Biennial Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology, University of California, Berkeley, USA. https://lsa2009.berkeley.edu/alt8/kuwana_tokizaki_abstract.pdf

Tokizaki, H. (2019, 4–6 de setembre). Order of subject and verb and word-stress location [Resum del pòster]. 13^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2019), Pavia, Italy. https://drive.google.com/file/d/1Mos92cIc_9rFSXk7jfFuX-lDAgrYcROC/view

Tokizaki, H. i Fukuda, K. (2013, 15–18 d’agost). A statistical association between head-complement orders and word-stress location [Resum de la comunicació]. 10^th Biennial Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 10), Leipzig, Germany. https://linguistic-typology.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ALT10abstracts.pdf

Tipologia fonètica: treballs específics sobre l’accent lèxic

El ritme

Goedemans, R. i van der Hulst, H. (2013). Rhythm types. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/17

Schiering, R. (2009, 23–26 de juliol). Stress-timed = word-based? Testing a hypothesis in prosodic typology [Resum de la comunicació]. 8^th Biennial Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology, University of California, Berkeley, USA. https://lsa2009.berkeley.edu/alt8/schiering_abstract.pdf

Schiering, R., Bickel, B. i Hildebrandt, K. A. (2012). Stress-timed = word-based? Testing a hypothesis in prosodic typology. STUF – Language Typology and Universals, 65(2), 157–168. https://doi.org/10.1524/stuf.2012.0010

Schmid, S. (2012). Phonological typology, rhythm types and the phonetics-phonology interface: A methodological overview and three case studies on Italo-Romance dialects. A A. Ender, A. Leemann i B. Wälchli (Ed.), Methods in contemporary linguistics (p. 45–68). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110275681.45

Tipologia fonètica: treballs específics sobre el ritme

La síl·laba

Blevins, J. (2006). Syllable: Typology. A K. Brown (Ed.), Encyclopedia of language & linguistics (2a ed., p. 333–337). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/b0-08-044854-2/00047-x

Donohue, M. (2013, 15–18 d’agost). The typology of syllable structure [Resum de la comunicació]. 10^th Biennial Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 10), Leipzig, Germany. https://linguistic-typology.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ALT10abstracts.pdf

Duanmu, S. (2008). Syllable structure: The limits of variation. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199267590.001.0001

1.– Introduction; 2.– Features, sounds, complex sounds, and the No Contour Principle; 3.– Theories of syllable structure; 4.– Syllable structure in Chinese; 5.– Standard Chinese; 6.– Shanghai Chinese; 7.– Syllable and tone; 8.– English I: The maximal syllable size; 9.– English II: Syllable inventory and related issues; 10.– German; 11.– Jiarong (rGyalrong); 12.– Theoretical implications.

Easterday, S. (2015, 3 d’agost). Phonological correlates of highly complex syllable structure [Resum de la comunicació]. 11^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2015), Albuquerque, New Mexico, USA. https://linguistic-typology.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ALT11abstracts.pdf

Easterday, S. (2019). Highly complex syllable structure: A typological and diachronic study. Language Science Press. https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.3268721

1.– Syllables and syllable structure; 2.– Language sample; 3.– Syllable structure patterns in sample; 4.– Phoneme inventories and syllable structure complexity; 5.– Suprasegmental patterns; 6.– Vowel reduction and syllable structure complexity; 7.– Consonant allophony; 8.– Highly complex syllable structure: Characteristics, development and stability.

Easterday, S. (2019). Manner of articulation patterns in word-initial biconsonantal sequences: The effect of morphological context. A S. Calhoun, P. Escudero, M. Tabain i P. Warren (Ed.), Proceedings of the 19^th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Melbourne, Australia 2019 (p. 1124–1128). Australasian Speech Science and Technology Association. https://www.internationalphoneticassociation.org/icphs-proceedings/ICPhS2019/papers/ICPhS_1173.pdf

Easterday, S. (2023). Reconsidering favored phonotactic patterns for ejective and implosive consonants. A R. Skarnitzl i J. Volín (Ed.), Proceedings of the 20^th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Prague 2023 (p. 2941–2945). Guarant International. https://www.internationalphoneticassociation.org/icphs-proceedings/ICPhS2023/full_papers/637.pdf

Easterday, S. i de Souza, R. N. (2015, 3 d’agost). Is there evidence for a hierarchy in the synchronic patterning of syllable onsets? [Resum de la comunicació]. 11^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2015), Albuquerque, New Mexico, USA. https://linguistic-typology.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ALT11abstracts.pdf

Gordon, M. K. (2006). Syllable weight: Phonetics, phonology, typology. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203944028

1.– Introduction; 2.– The typology of weight; 3.– Weight-sensitive tone; 4.– Weight-sensitive stress; 5.– Other weight-sensitive phenomena; 6.– Conclusions.

Gordon, M. K. (2016). Syllables. A Phonological typology (p. 83–122). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199669004.003.0004

Jany, C. (2009, 23–26 de juliol). Phonotactic restrictions on ejectives: A typological survey [Resum de la comunicació]. 8^th Biennial Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology, University of California, Berkeley, USA. https://lsa2009.berkeley.edu/alt8/jany_abstract.pdf

Lee, W.-S. (2019). Typology of syllable-initial consonants in the Chinese dialects. A S. Calhoun, P. Escudero, M. Tabain i P. Warren (Ed.), Proceedings of the 19^th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Melbourne, Australia 2019 (p. 1129–1133). Australasian Speech Science and Technology Association. https://www.internationalphoneticassociation.org/icphs-proceedings/ICPhS2019/papers/ICPhS_1178.pdf

Lee, W.-S. i Zee, E. (2023). Patterns of the syllable-final consonants in Chinese dialects. A R. Skarnitzl i J. Volín (Ed.), Proceedings of the 20^th International Congress of Phonetic Sciences. Prague 2023 (p. 2931–2935). Guarant International. https://www.internationalphoneticassociation.org/icphs-proceedings/ICPhS2023/full_papers/371.pdf

Maddieson, I. (2013). Syllable structure. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/12

de Souza, R. N. (2015, 3 d’agost). Is there a correlation between polysynthesis and syllable structure? [Resum del pòster]. 11^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2015), Albuquerque, New Mexico, USA. https://linguistic-typology.org/wp-content/uploads/2021/07/ALT11abstracts.pdf

Yin, R. (2022, 15–17 de desembre). Empirical tests of phonological theory in a large typological corpus: The case of sonority sequencing [Resum de la comunicació]. 14^th Conference of the Association for Linguistic Typology (ALT 2022), Austin, USA.

Yin, R., van de Weijer, J. i Round, E. R. (2023). Frequent violation of the sonority sequencing principle in hundreds of languages: How often and by which sequences? Linguistic Typology, 27(2), 381–403. https://doi.org/10.1515/lingty-2022-0038

Tipologia fonètica: treballs específics sobre la síl·laba

Bases de dades

Tipologia fonètica i fonològica: corpus i bases de dades

Tipologia fonètica i fonològica: corpus i bases de dades en línia

Universals fonològics

Blevins, J. (2008). Natural and unnatural sound patterns: A pocket field guide. A K. Willems i L. De Cuypere (Ed.), Naturalness and iconicity in language (p. 121–148). John Benjamins. https://doi.org/10.1075/ill.7.08ble

Ferguson, C. A. (1966). Assumptions about nasals: A sample study in phonological universals. A J. H. Greenberg (Ed.), Universals of language: Report of a conference held at Dobbs Ferry, New York, April 13–15, 1961 (2a ed., p. 53–60). The MIT Press. https://archive.org/details/universalsoflang00jose

Greenberg, J. H., Ferguson, C. A. i Moravcsik, E. A. (Ed.). (1978). Universals of human language: Vol. 2. Phonology. Stanford University Press. https://archive.org/details/universalsofhuma0002unse

Introduction (J. H. Greenberg); On the correlation of stops and fricatives in a phonological system (T. S. Gamkrelidze); A general study of palatalization (D. N. S. Bhat); Typology and universals of vowel systems (J. Crothers); Syllabic consonants (A. Bell); Nasal vowels (M. Ruhlen); Some generalizations concerning initial and final consonant clusters (J. H. Greenberg); Consonant harmony: Its scope and function in child language (M. M. Vihman); Universals of tone (I. Maddieson); A typological view of metathesis (R. Ultan); Phonological processes (C. A. Ferguson); Word demarcation (L. M. Hyman); Intonation across languages (D. Bolinger); Size-sound symbolism (R. Ultan).

✓ Hammond, M. (2006). Phonological universals. A K. Brown (Ed.), Encyclopedia of language & linguistics (2a ed., p. 525–531). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/b0-08-044854-2/00049-3

✓✓ Hyman, L. M. (2008). Universals in phonology. The Linguistic Review, 25(1–2), 83–137. https://doi.org/10.1515/tlir.2008.003

Janson, T. (1986). Cross-linguistic trends in the frequency of CV sequences. Phonology Yearbook, 3, 179–195. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0952675700000634

Kawasaki, H. (1986). Phonetic explanation for phonological universals: The case of distinctive vowel nasalization. A J. J. Ohala i J. J. Jaeger (Ed.), Experimental phonology (p. 81–104). Academic Press. https://archive.org/details/experimentalphon0000unse_h5e5

Kawasaki-Fukumori, H. (1992). An acoustical basis for universal phonotactic constraints. Language and Speech, 35(1–2), 73–86. https://doi.org/10.1177/002383099203500207

Kohler, K. J. (1966). Is the syllable a phonological universal? Journal of Linguistics, 2(2), 207–208. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0022226700001493

Lahiri, A. (2018). Predicting universal phonological contrasts. A L. M. Hyman i F. Plank (Ed.), Phonological typology (p. 229–272). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110451931-007

Lindblom, B., MacNeilage, P. i Studdert-Kennedy, M. (1983). Self-organizing processes and the explanation of phonological universals. Linguistics, 21(1), 181–204. https://doi.org/10.1515/ling.1983.21.1.181

Maddieson, I. (1978). Universals of tone. A J. H. Greenberg, C. A. Ferguson i E. A. Moravcsik (Ed.), Universals of human language: Vol. 2. Phonology (p. 335–363). Stanford University Press. https://archive.org/details/universalsofhuma0002unse

Maddieson, I. (1984). Patterns of sounds. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511753459

Maddieson, I. (1991). Investigating linguistic universals. UCLA Working Papers in Phonetics, 78, 26–37. https://escholarship.org/uc/item/8j00q68c

Maddieson, I. (1991). Testing the universality of phonological generalizations with a phonetically specified segment database: Results and limitations. UCLA Working Papers in Phonetics, 78, 11–25. https://escholarship.org/uc/item/8j00q68c

Maddieson, I. (1991). Testing the universality of phonological generalizations with a phonetically specified segment database: Results and limitations. Phonetica, 48(2–4), 193–206. https://doi.org/10.1159/000261884

Maddieson, I. (2006). In search of universals. A R. Mairal i J. Gil (Ed.), Linguistic universals (p. 80–100). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511618215.005

Maddieson, I. (2009). Phonology, naturalness and universals. Poznań Studies in Contemporary Linguistics, 45(1), 131–140. https://doi.org/10.2478/v10010-009-0010-x

Nartey, J. N. A. (1979). A study in phonemic universals – especially concerning fricatives and stops. UCLA Working Papers in Phonetics, 46. https://escholarship.org/uc/item/8ff6f44d

Pinkerton, S. (1986). Quichean (Mayan) glottalized and nonglottalized stops: A phonetic study with implications for phonological universals. A J. J. Ohala i J. J. Jaeger (Ed.), Experimental phonology (p. 125–140). Academic Press. https://archive.org/details/experimentalphon0000unse_h5e5

Saporta, S. (1966). Phoneme distribution and language universals. A J. H. Greenberg (Ed.), Universals of language: Report of a conference held at Dobbs Ferry, New York, April 13–15, 1961 (2a ed., p. 61–72). The MIT Press. https://archive.org/details/universalsoflang00jose

Vallée, N., Boë, L.-J. i Stefanuto, M. (1999). Typologies phonologiques et tendances universelles : approche substantialiste. Linx, 11, 31–54. https://doi.org/10.4000/linx.863

Vogel, I. (2009). Universals of prosodic structure. A S. Scalise, E. Magni i A. Bisetto (Ed.), Universals of language today (p. 59–82). Springer. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4020-8825-4_4

Universals fonètics

Morfologia

Manuals de lingüística

✓ Akmajian, A., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (1984). Morfología: la estructura de las palabras (V. Demonte i M. Mora, Trad.). A Lingüística: una introducción al lenguaje y a la comunicación (p. 147–174). Alianza. (Obra original publicada el 1979)

✓ Akmajian, A., Farmer, A. K., Bickmore, L., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (2017). Morphology: The study of the structure of words. A Linguistics: An introduction to language and communication (7a ed., p. 13–60). The MIT Press.

Anderson, C., Bjorkman, B., Denis, D., Doner, J., Grant, M., Sanders, N. i Taniguchi, A. (2022). Morphology. A Essentials of linguistics (2a ed., p. 199–238). eCampusOntario. https://ecampusontario.pressbooks.pub/essentialsoflinguistics2/part/chapter-5-morphology/

Bosque, I. (1983). La morfología. A F. Abad i A. García Berrio (Ed.), Introducción a la lingüística. (p. 115–153). Alhambra.

Bruhn de Garavito, J. (2021). Morphology. A J. Bruhn de Garavito i J. W. Schwieter (Ed.), Introducing linguistics: Theoretical and applied approaches (p. 117–164). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108696784.005

Burridge, K. i Stebbins, T. N. (2020). Morphology: The structure of words. A For the love of language: An introduction to linguistics (2a ed., p. 113–145). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108568753.006

Cavallaro, J. (2024). Morphology: Word histories and structure. A Everyday linguistics: An introduction to the study of language (p. 28–51). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429269059

Cruz-Ferreira, M. i Abraham, S. A. (2011). The grammar of words: Words and word parts. A The language of language: A linguistics course for starters (3a ed., p. 47–74). https://www.beingmultilingual.com/Books.html

Cruz-Ferreira, M. i Abraham, S. A. (2011). The grammar of words: Word building. A The language of language: A linguistics course for starters (3a ed., p. 75–98). https://www.beingmultilingual.com/Books.html

Dawson, H. C. i Phelan, M. (Ed.). (2016). Morphology. A Language files: Materials for an introduction to language and linguistics (12a ed., p. 153–200). The Ohio State University Press. https://linguistics.osu.edu/research/pubs/lang-files

Denham, K. i Lobeck, A. (2019). The study of words: Morphology. A Why study linguistics (p. 64–84). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429444623

Díaz-Campos, M., Geeslin, K. L. i Gurzynski-Weiss, L. (2018). Morfosintaxis: la estructura del español. A Introducción y aplicaciones contextualizadas a la lingüística hispánica (p. 115–158). John Wiley & Sons.

✓ Escandell, M. V. (2009). La estructura de las palabras. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), El lenguaje humano (p. 137–169). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Escandell, M. V. (2011). La morfología. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), Invitación a la lingüística (p. 127–162). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Escandell, M. V. (2014). La estructura de las palabras. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), Claves del lenguaje humano (p. 121–154). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

Escobar, A. M. i Hualde, J. I. (2010). La estructura de las palabras: morfología. A J. I. Hualde, A. Olarrea, A. M. Escobar i C. E. Travis, Introducción a la lingüística hispánica (2a ed., p. 123–200). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511808821.004

✓ Finegan, E. (2015). Words and their parts: Lexicon and morphology. A Language: Its structure and use (7a ed., p. 32–76). Cengage Learning.

Fromkin, V. (Ed.). (2000). Morphology: The structure of words. A Linguistics: An introduction to linguistic theory (p. 25–88). Blackwell.

✓ Fromkin, V., Rodman, R. i Hyams, N. (2017). Morphology: The words of language. A An introduction to language (11a ed., p. 33–74). Cengage Learning.

González, M. i Albertuz, F. (2000). Morfoloxía. A F. Ramallo, G. Rei-Doval i X. P. Rodríguez Yáñez (Ed.), Manual de ciencias da linguaxe. (p. 586–628). Edicións Xerais de Galicia.

✓ Lardiere, D. (2014). Words and their parts. A R. W. Fasold i J. Connor-Linton (Ed.), An introduction to language and linguistics (2a ed., p. 63–104). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107707511.003

Lyons, J. (1968). The morpheme. A Introduction to theoretical linguistics (p. 180–193). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139165570.006

Lyons, J. (1968). The word. A Introduction to theoretical linguistics (p. 194–205). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139165570.006

Lyons, J. (1968). Grammatical categories. A Introduction to theoretical linguistics (p. 270–333). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139165570.008

Lyons, J. (1971). El morfema (R. Cerdà, Trad.). A Introducción en la lingüística teórica (p. 186–200). Teide. (Obra original publicada el 1968)

Lyons, J. (1971). La palabra (R. Cerdà, Trad.). A Introducción en la lingüística teórica (p. 201–212). Teide. (Obra original publicada el 1968)

Lyons, J. (1971). Las categorías gramaticales (R. Cerdà, Trad.). A Introducción en la lingüística teórica (p. 283–346). Teide. (Obra original publicada el 1968)

McGregor, W. B. (2024). Lexicon. A Linguistics: An introduction (3a ed., p. 8104). Bloomsbury Academic. https://www.bloomsburyonlineresources.com/linguistics-an-introduction-3/student-resources_chapter-4

McGregor, W. B. (2024). Structure of words: Morphology. A Linguistics: An introduction (3a ed., p. 55–80). Bloomsbury Academic. https://www.bloomsburyonlineresources.com/linguistics-an-introduction-3/student-resources_chapter-3

Mithun, M. (2019). Morphology: What’s in a word? A C. Genetti (Ed.), How languages work: An introduction to language and linguistics (2a ed., p. 79–107). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108553988.005

Morant, R. (1990). Morfología. A Lingüística general y aplicada (p. 137–160). Universitat de València.

Muñoz-Basols, J., Moreno, N., Taboada, I. i Lacorte, M. (2017). Morfología: la formación de palabras. A Introducción a la lingüística hispánica actual: teoría y práctica (p. 109–176). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203096758

✓ O’Grady, W. i de Guzman, V. (2011). Morphology: The analysis of word structure. A W. O’Grady, J. Archibald i F. Katamba (Ed.), Contemporary linguistics: An introduction (2a ed., p. 116–152). Pearson Longman.

✓ O’Grady, W. i de Guzman, V. (2017). Morphology: The analysis of word structure. A W. O’Grady, J. Archibald, M. Aronoff i J. Rees-Miller (Ed.), Contemporary linguistics: An introduction (7a ed., p. 121–165). Bedford/St. Martin’s, Macmillan Learning.

✓ O’Grady, W. i de Guzman, V. (2021). Morphology: The analysis of word structure. A W. O’Grady i J. Archibald (Ed.), Contemporary linguistic analysis: An introduction (9a ed., p. 100–138). Pearson.

Pruñonosa, M. (1996). La palabra. A C. Martín Vide (Ed.), Elementos de lingüística. (p. 171–200). Octaedro.

Radford, A., Atkinson, M., Britain, D., Clahsen, H. i Spencer, A. (2000). Clases de palabras (N. Bel, Trad.). A Introducción a la lingüística (p. 211–230). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 1999)

Radford, A., Atkinson, M., Britain, D., Clahsen, H. i Spencer, A. (2000). Construyendo palabras (N. Bel, Trad.). A Introducción a la lingüística (p. 231–254). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 1999)

Radford, A., Atkinson, M., Britain, D., Clahsen, H. i Spencer, A. (2009). Word classes. A Linguistics: An introduction (2a ed., p. 129–139). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511841613.014

Radford, A., Atkinson, M., Britain, D., Clahsen, H. i Spencer, A. (2009). Building words. A Linguistics: An introduction (2a ed., p. 140–155). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511841613.015

Roberts, I. (2017). How to build a word: Morphology. A The wonders of language: Or how to make noises and influence people (p. 45–62). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781316576595.004

Rowe, B. M. i Levine, D. P. (2023). Morphology: Words and how they are formed. A A concise introduction to linguistics (6a ed., p. 77–102). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003268369

Sandoval, J. B. i Denham, K. (2021). Analyzing structure: Morphology and syntax. A Thinking like a linguist: An introduction to the science of language (p. 95–149). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781316874967.004

Schmid, H.-J. (2015). Morphology. A N. Braber, L. Cummings i L. Morrish (Ed.), Exploring language and linguistics (p. 77–110). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139548922.005

Smith, K. A. (2025). Morphology. A Linguistics: A functionalist introduction (p. 30–46). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003325710

Viaplana, J. (2000). Morfologia. A Lingüística descriptiva: una introducció aplicada al català (p. 175–234). Edicions 62.

Winkler, E. G. i Stickle, T. (2024). Morphology: The grammar of words. A Understanding language: A basic course in linguistics (3a ed., p. 126–154). Bloomsbury Academic. https://www.bloomsburyonlineresources.com/understanding-language-3/chapter-8

✓ Yule, G. (2008). Las palabras: qué son y cómo se forman (N. Bel, Trad.). A A. Benítez Burraco (Ed.), El lenguaje (3a ed. corr. i ampl., p. 62–74). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 2006)

✓ Yule, G. (2008). Morfología (N. Bel, Trad.). A A. Benítez Burraco (Ed.), El lenguaje (3a ed. corr. i ampl., p. 75–86). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 2006)

✓ Yule, G. (2020). Word formation. A The study of language (7a ed., p. 58–74). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108582889.006

✓ Yule, G. (2020). Morphology. A The study of language (7a ed., p. 75–91). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108582889.007

Manuals de morfologia

Aguirre, C. (2013). Manual de morfología del español. Castalia.

1.– ¿Qué es la morfología?; 2.– Morfología derivativa; 3.– La derivación sufijal en español; 4.– La predicación en español; 5.– La composición en español; 6.– Acrónimos, truncamientos y siglas; 7.– El concepto de productividad; 8.– La morfología flexiva; 9.– Entre la derivación y la flexión: los sufijos apreciativos; 10.– La morfología y su relación con la sintaxis; 11.– Las relaciones de la morfología con la fonología; 12.– La morfología y la mente; 13.– La morfología y las clases de palabras del español.

Aronoff, M. i Fudeman, K. (2023). What is morphology? (3a ed.). Wiley-Blackwell.

1.– Thinking about morphology and morphological analysis; 2.– Words and lexemes; 3.– Morphology and phonology; 4.– Derivation and the lexicon; 5.– Derivation and semantics; 6.– Inflection; 7.– Morphology and syntax; 8.– Morphological productivity and the mental lexicon; 9.– Computational morphology.

Bauer, L. (2004). A glossary of morphology. Edinburgh University Press.

Bauer, L. (2003). Introducing linguistic morphology (2a ed.). Edinburgh University Press.

I.– Fundamentals: 1.– Introduction; 2.– The basic units; 3.– The morphological structure of words; II.– Elaboration: 4.– Defining the word form; 5.– Productivity; 6.– Inflection and derivation; 7.– What is a morpheme? 8.– The domain of morphology; III.– Issues: 9.– Recognising morphemes; 10.– Lexicalist morphology; 11.– Word-and-Paradigm morphology; 12.– Non-linear approaches to morphology; 13.– Morphological typology and universals; 14.– Natural morphology; 15.– Diachronic morphology; 16.– Morphology in the mind.

Booij, G. (2012). The grammar of words: An introduction to linguistic morphology (3a ed.). Oxford University Press.

I.– What is linguistic morphology: 1.– Morphology: Basic notions; 2.– Morphological analysis; II.– Word formation: 3.– Derivation; 4.– Compounding; III.– Inflection: 5.– Inflection; 6.– Inflectional systems; IV.– Interfaces: 7.– The interface between morphology and phonology; 8.– Morphology and syntax: Demarcation and interaction; 9.– Morphology and semantics; V.– Morphology and mind: 10.– Morphology and psycholinguistics; 11.– Morphology and language change; VI.– Conclusions: 12.– The word as a linguistic unit.

Díaz Hormigo, M. T. (2003). Morfología. Servicio de Publicaciones de la Universidad de Cádiz.

Doner, J. (2025). The linguistic analysis of word and sentence structures. University of Manitoba. https://pressbooks.openedmb.ca/wordandsentencestructures/

I.– Foundations: 1.– What are morphology and syntax?; 2.– The scientific method in morphosyntax; 3.– Theories of grammar and language acquisition; 4.– Linguistic data in morphosyntax; 5.– Decolonizing linguistics; 6.– Kinds of morphemes and morphological processes; 7.– Predicates, arguments, and clauses; 8.– Parts of speech; 9.– Inflectional categories of nouns and verbs; II.– Morphology: 10.– Words; 11.– Hierarchical structure in words; Glossary.

Fábregas, A. (2013). La morfología: el análisis de la palabra compleja. Síntesis.

I.– Las bases del análisis morfológico: 1.– ¿Qué es la morfología?; 2.– Las unidades del análisis morfológico; 3.– Estructuras morfológicas; II.– Análisis morfológico: cuestiones avanzadas: 4.– Morfofonologías y morfosintaxis; 5.– La semántica léxica; III.– Flexión, derivación y composición: 6.– La flexión y su análisis; 7.– La derivación y su análisis; 8.– La composición y su análisis; 9.– Restricciones de la morfología.

Fábregas, A. i Scalise, S. (2025). Morphology (2a ed.). Edinburgh University Press.

1.– Morphology: Definitions and basic concepts; 2.– Morphological units; 3.– Morphological structures; 4.– Inflectional processes; 5.– Derivational processes; 6.– Compounding and other word-formation processes; 7.– Morphology’s relation to syntax; 8.– Morphology’s relation to phonology and semantics; 9.– Psycholinguistic issues in morphology; 10.– Acquisition and loss of morphological knowledge; answers to the exercises.

Gebhardt, L. (2023). The study of words: An introduction. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003030188

1.– Introduction; 2.– The lexicon; 3.– What they are and where they come from; 4.– Inflectional morphology; 5.– Derivation; 6.– Final comments.

Haspelmath, M. i Sims, A. D. (2010). Understanding morphology (2a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203776506

1.– Introduction; 2.– Basic concepts; 3.– Rules; 4.– Lexicon; 5.– Inflection and derivation; 6.– Productivity; 7.– Morphological trees; 8.– Inflectional paradigms; 9.– Words and phrases; 10.– Morphophonology; 11.– Morphology and valence; 12.– Frequency effects in morphology.

Katamba, F. i Stonham, J. (2006). Morphology (2a ed.). Palgrave Macmillan.

I.– Background: 1.– Introduction; 2.– Introduction to word-structure; 3.– Types of morphemes; 4.– Productivity in word formation; II.– Morphology and its relation to phonology: 5.– Introducing lexical morphology; 6.– Insights from lexical morphology; 7.– Lexical morphology: An appraisal; 8.– Templatic morphology; 9.– Templatic and prosodic morphology; 10.– Optimality theory and morphology; III.– Morphology and its relation to the lexicon and syntax: 11.– Inflectional morphology; 12.– Morphological mapping of grammatical functions; 13.– The interpretation of the lexicon, morphology, and syntax.

Lieber, R. (2021). Introducing morphology (3a ed.). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108957960

1.– What is morphology?; 2.– Words, dictionaries, and the mental lexicon; 3.– Lexeme formation: The familiar; 4.– Productivity and creativity; 5.– Lexeme formation: Further afield; 6.– Inflection; 7.– Typology; 8.– Words and sentences: The interface between morphology and syntax; 9.– Sounds and shapes: The interface between morphology and phonology; 10.– Theoretical challenges; 11.– Theories of morphology; Glossary.

Matthews, P. H. (1991). Morphology (2a ed.). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139166485

1.– What is morphology?; 2.– Word, word-form and lexeme; 3.– Inflections and word-formation; 4.– Lexical derivation; 5.– Compounds; 6.– Morphemes and allomorphs; 7.– Morphological processes; 8.– Morphophonemics; 9.– Properties and their exponents; 10.– Paradigms; 11.– Inflectional morphology and syntax; 12.– Iconicity.

Matthews, P. H. (1980). Morfología: introducción a la teoría de la estructura de la palabra (R. Monroy, Trad.). Paraninfo. (Obra original publicada el 1974)

1.– Morfología: el porqué de su estudio; 2.– Palabra, forma léxica y lexema; 3.– Morfología léxica y flexiva; 4.– Tratamientos tradicionales de la flexión; 5.– Morfema y alomorfo; 6.– Sandhi; 7.– Procesos morfológicos; 8.– Propiedades y sus exponentes; 9.– Morfología flexiva y sintaxis; 11.– Morfología y fonología; 12.– La morfología en la gramática generativa.

Payne, T. E. (2006). Exploring language structure: A student’s guide. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511806483

1.– Introduction to morphology and syntax; 2.– Morphological processes and conceptual categories; 3.– Morphophonemics; 4.– Word classes; 5.– Exploring subclasses; 6.– Constituent structure; 7.– Language typology; 8.– Grammatical relations; 9.– Voice and valence; 10.– Multi-clause constructions.

Roseano, P. (2021). Manual de morfologia general. Edicions de la Universitat de Barcelona.

1.– Conceptes generals; 2.– Representacions formals; 3.– La flexió; 4.– La derivació; 5.– La composició; 6.– El canvi morfològic.

Varela, S. (1990). Fundamentos de morfología. Síntesis.

1.– Concepción y límites de la morfología; 2.– El componente morfológico: unidades, representaciones y modelos de organización; 3.– La estructura de la palabra compleja. El análisis morfológico: segmentación y clasificación de los morfemas; 4.– Afijación, derivación y flexión; 5.– Composición; 6.– La relación entre morfología y fonología; 7.– La relación entre morfología y sintaxis.

Treballs generals

Anward, J. (2006). Word classes/Parts of speech: Overview. A K. Brown (Ed.), Encyclopedia of language & linguistics (2a ed., p. 628–632). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/b0-08-044854-2/00279-0

✓ Bauer, L. (2006). Morphology: Overview. A K. Brown (Ed.), Encyclopedia of language & linguistics (2a ed., p. 316–318). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/b0-08-044854-2/04234-6

Bloomfield, L. (1933). Morphology. A Language (p. 207–226). Henry Holt. https://archive.org/details/in.ernet.dli.2015.205724

Bloomfield, L. (1964). Morfología (A. F. Ada de Zubizarreta, Trad.). A Lenguaje (p. 247–272). Universidad Nacional Mayor de San Marcos. (Obra original publicada el 1933)

Bosque, I. (1983). La morfología. A F. Abad i A. García Berrio (Coord.), Introducción a la lingüística (p. 115–153). Alhambra.

Bosque, I. (2015). Las categorías gramaticales: relaciones y diferencias (2a ed.). Síntesis. https://archive.org/details/lascategorasgram0000igna

1.– Introducción: los límites de los inventarios; 2.– Las partes de la oración: características generales; 3.– Núcleos y complementos; 4.– Sintagmas nominales y oraciones sustantivas. Relaciones y diferencias; 5.– Sustantivos y adjetivos. Relaciones y diferencias; 6.– Adjetivos y adverbios. Relaciones y diferencias; 7.– Sustantivos y verbos. Relaciones y diferencias; 8.– Adjetivos y verbos. Relaciones y diferencias; 9.– Artículo y pronombre. Relaciones y diferencias: 10.– Preposición, conjunción y adverbio. Relaciones y diferencias.

Cabré, M. T. (1994). L’estudi de la paraula. A A l’entorn de la paraula: (I) lexicologia general (p. 31–44). Universitat de València.

Felíu, E. (2016). Morfología. A J. Gutiérrez-Rexach (Ed.), Enciclopedia de lingüística hispánica (Vol. 1, p. 234–246). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315713441

Hockett, C. F. (1958). Morphemes. A A course in modern linguistics (p. 123–129). Macmillan. https://archive.org/details/courseinmodernli0000hock

Hockett, C. F. (1958). Words. A A course in modern linguistics (p. 166–176). Macmillan. https://archive.org/details/courseinmodernli0000hock

Hockett, C. F. (1971). El morfema (E. Gregores i J. A. Suárez, Trad.). A Curso de lingüística moderna (p. 125–131). Editorial Universitaria de Buenos Aires. (Obra original publicada el 1962)

Hockett, C. F. (1971). Las palabras (E. Gregores i J. A. Suárez, Trad.). A Curso de lingüística moderna (p. 168–177). Editorial Universitaria de Buenos Aires. (Obra original publicada el 1962)

Reculls

Ackema, P., Bendjaballah, S., Bonet, E. i Fábregas, A. (Ed.). (2023). The Wiley Blackwell companion to morphology. Wiley-Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781119693604

Baerman, M. (Ed.). (2015). The Oxford handbook of inflection. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199591428.001.0001

1.– Introduction (M. Baerman); I.– Building blocks: 2.– The morpheme: Its nature and use (S. R. Anderson); 3.– Features in inflection (G. G. Corbett); 4.– Inflectional exponence (J. Trommer, E. Zimmermann); II.– Paradigms and their variants: 5.– Inflectional paradigms (J. P. Blevins); 6.– Inflection classes (G. Stump); 7.– Paradigmatic deviations (M. Baerman); 8.– Phonology (G. Ó. Hansson); 9.– Periphrasis and inflection (A. Spencer, G. Popova); III.– Change: 10.– Diachrony (C. Bowern); 11.– Contact-induced change (M. Kossmann); IV.– Computation: 12.– Modelling inflectional structure (D. Brown); 13.– Machine learning of inflection (K. Pertsova); 14.– Machine translation (O. Bojar); V.– Psycholinguistics: 15.– Inflectional morphology in language acquisition (S. Stoll); 16.– Disorders (M. Walenski); VI.– Sketches of individual systems: 17.– Verbal Inflection in Iha: A multiplicity of alignments (M. Donohue); 18.– Inflection in Pulaar (F. Mc Laughlin); 19.– Lithuanian inflection (A. Holvoet); 20.– Chamorro inflection (T. Stolz); 21.– Inflection in Murrinh-Patha (R. Nordlinger); 22.– Aymara inflection (M. Coler); 23.– Inflection in Nen (N. Evans); 24.– Stem-internal and affixal morphology in Shilluk (B. Remijsen, C. L. Miller-Naudé, L. G. Gilley).

Fábregas, A., Acedo, V., Armstrong, G., Cuervo, M. C. i Pujol, I. (Ed.). (2021). The Routledge handbook of Spanish morphology. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429318191

I.– Basic concepts and issues: 1.– The main units of Spanish morphology (E. Felíu Arquiola); 2.– Morphological formal means (I): Asymmetries between prefixes and suffixes (A. Fábregas); 3.– Main morphological formal means (II): Approaches to parasynthesis (J. Mateu); 4.– Main morphological formal means (III): Approaches to conversion (S. Valera); 5.– Inflection, derivation and compounding: Issues of delimitation (J. -L. Mendívil-Giró); 6.– Morphological variation in the Spanish-speaking world (E. Pato, E. Felíu Arquiola); 7.– Synchronic vs. diachronic morphology: Convergences and divergences (I. Bosque); II.– Inflection and word formation in Spanish: 8.– The inflection of nouns: Gender and number (J. Camacho); 9.– The basic inflectional structure of verbs (I): Aspect, tense, mood and agreement (R. Zacarías-Ponce de León); 10.– The basic inflectional structure of verbs (II): Conjugation classes and other paradigmatic properties of verbs (B. Camus Bergareche); 11.– The basic inflectional structure of adjectives: Degree and agreement (A. Pastor); 12.– Main issues in the diachronic development of Spanish inflection (A. Fábregas, I. Pujol Payet); 13.– Derivation and category change (I): Nominalisation (G. Resnik); 14.– Derivation and category change (II): Adjectivalization (J. Martín García); 15.– Derivation and category change (III): Verbalization (O. Batiukova); 16.– Suffix evolution in derivation: Four cases from Latin to Spanish (A. Rifón); 17.– Prefixation (E. Gibert-Sotelo); 18.– The historical evolution of Spanish prefixes (I. Pujol Payet); 19.– Appreciative morphology (L. Malena Kornfeld); 20.– Main compounding types in Spanish: Synchronic issues (C. Buenafuentes de la Mata); 21.– The diachrony of Spanish compounding (M. I. Moyna); 22.– Blending and truncation (F. Torres-Tamarit); III.– Morphology and its interfaces: 23.– Spanish morphology and the architecture of grammar (V. Acedo-Matellán); 24.– Allomorphy and suppletion (G. Armstrong); 25.– Phonotactics of Spanish morphology (S. Colina); 26.– Stress in morphologically simple and complex Spanish words (V. Martínez-Paricio); 27.– Interfixation (M. Ohannesian); 28.– Metonymy in Spanish word formation (E. Gutiérrez Rubio); 29.– Morphology and pragmatics (M. Cantero); 30.– Semantic change in the history of Spanish word formation (F. Rainer); 31.– Argument structure, aspectual structure and morphological marking (M. Vivanco); 32.– Periphrases, idioms and other units (B. Sanromán Vilas); 33.– The status of clitics (M. C. Cuervo); 34.– Participles and gerunds (R. Marín, A. Fábregas); 35.– Grammaticalization (C. de Benito Moreno); IV.– Beyond morphology: 36.– Morphology and L1 acquisition (A. Soto-Corominas); 37.– Morphology and L2 acquisition (S. Perpiñán); 38.– Morphology in Spanish heritage language grammars (S. Montrul); 39.– Words vs. rules: Issues of storage in Spanish (M. del C. Horno-Chéliz, J. M. Igoa); 40.– Morphology and neurolinguistics of Spanish (I. Oltra-Massuet, L. Stockall); 41.– Morphology and language pathologies in Spanish (V. Torrens); 42.– Morphology and language teaching (C. H. Sánchez Gutiérrez).

Hippisley, A. i Stump, G. (Ed.). (2016). The Cambridge handbook of morphology. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781139814720

1.– Introduction (A. Hippisley, G. Stump); I.– Foundations of morphological theory: 2.– Two morphologies or one? Inflection versus word-formation (A. Spencer); 3.– The minimal sign: Morpheme or lexeme (J. Blevins); 4.– Productivity (G. Dal, F. Namer); II.– Issues in morphological theory: 5.– Alternations: Stems and allomorphy (M. Paster); 6.– Morphological semantics (P. Acquaviva); 7.– Affix ordering: Motivation and interpretation (M. Mithun); 8.– The place of morphology (M. Aronoff); 9.– The status of paradigms (G. Boyé, G. Schalchli); III.– Morphological principles: 10.– Lexicalism, the principles of morphology-free syntax and syntax-free morphology (P. O’Neill); 11.– Defaults and overrides in morphological description (D. Brown); 12.– Implicative relations in word-based morphological systems (F. Ackerman, R. Malouf); IV.– Morphological frameworks: 13.– Classical morphemics: Assumptions, extensions and alternatives (L. Bauer); 14.– Natural morphology (W. U. Dressler, M. Kilani-Schoch); 15.– Distributed morphology (M. McGinnis-Archibald); 16.– Construction morphology (G. Booij); 17.– Paradigm function morphology (O. Bonami, G. Stump); 18.– Network morphology (A. Hippisley); IV.– The role of morphology in theories of phonology and syntax: 19.– The role of morphology in generative phonology, autosegmental phonology and prosodic morphology (S. Inkelas); 20.– The role of morphology in optimality theory (Z. Xu); 21.– The role of morphology in transformational grammar and its descendants (S. Anderson); 22.– The role of morphology in constraint-based lexical grammars (O. Bonami, B. Crysmann); 23.– The role of morphology in dependency grammar (R. Hudson); IV.– Domains for the evaluation of morphological theories: 24.– Frequency and corpora (P. Rácz, V. Papp, J. Hay); 25.– Morphology in linguistic typology (J. Nichols); 26.– Morphology in language change (B. Joseph); 27.– Morphology and language acquisition (C. Lignos, C. Yang); 28.– Experimental morphology (H. Clahsen); 29.– Computational morphology (L. Cahill).

Lieber, R. (Ed.). (2021). Oxford encyclopedia of morphology. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/acref/9780190682361.001.0001

Lieber, R. i Štekauer, P. (Ed.). (2009). The Oxford handbook of compounding. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199695720.001.0001

I: 1.– Introduction: Status and definition of compounding (R. Lieber, P. Štekauer); 2.– Compounding and idiomatology (S. Kavka); 3.– The classification of compounds (S. Scalise, A. Bisetto); 4.– Early generative approaches (P. ten Hacken); 5.– A lexical semantic approach to compounding (R. Lieber); 6.– Compounding in the Parallel Architecture and Conceptual Semantics (R. Jackendoff); 7.– Compounding in Distributed Morphology (H. Harley); 8.– Why are compounds a part of human language? A view from Asymmetry Theory (A. M. di Sciullo); 9.– Compounding and lexicalism (H. Giegerich); 10.– Compounding and construction morphology (G. Booij); 11.– Compounding from an onomasiological perspective (J. Grzega); 12.– Compounding in Cognitive Linguistics (L. Heyyaert); 13.– Psycholinguistic perspectives (C. L. Gagné); 14.– Meaning predictability of novel context-free compounds (P. Štekauer); 15.– Children’s acquisition of compound constructions (R. Berman); 16.– Diachronic perspectives (D. Kastovsky); II: 17.– Typology of compounds (L. Bauer); 18.– IE, Germanic: English (R. Lieber); 19.– IE, Germanic: Dutch (J. Don); 20.– IE, Germanic: German (M. Neef); 21.– IE, Germanic: Danish (L. Bauer); 22.– IE, Romance: French (B. Fradin); 23.– IE, Romance: Spanish (L. M. Kornfeld); 24.– IE, Hellenic: Modern Greek (A. Ralli); 25.– IE, Slavonic: Polish (B. Szymanek); 26.– Sino-Tibetan: Mandarin Chinese (A. Ceccagno, B. Basciano); 27.– Afro-Asiatic, Semitic: Hebrew (H. Borer); 28.– Isolate: Japanese (T. Kageyama); 29.– Uralic, Finno-Ugric: Hungarian (F. Kiefer); 30.– Athapaskan: Slave (K. Rice); 31.– Iroquoian: Mohawk (M. Mithun); 32.– Arawakan: Maipure-Yavitero (R. Zamponi); 33.– Araucanian: Mapudungun (M. C. Baker, C. A. Fasola); 34.– Pama-Nyungan: Warlpiri (J. Simpson).

Lieber, R. i Štekauer, P. (Ed.). (2014). The Oxford handbook of derivational morphology. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199641642.001.0001

I: 1.– Introduction: The scope of the handbook (R. Lieber, P. Štekauer); 2.– Delineating derivation and inflection (P. ten Hacken); 3.– Delineating derivation and compounding (S. Olsen); 4.– Theoretical approaches to derivation (R. Lieber); 5.– Productivity, blocking, and lexicalization (M. Aronoff, M. Lindsay); 6.– Methodological issues in studying derivation (R. Lieber); 7.– Experimental and psycholinguistic approaches (H. Baayen); 8.– Concatenative derivation (L. Bauer); 9.– Infixation (J. Blevins); 10.– Conversion (S. Valera); 11.– Non-concatenative derivation: Reduplication (S. Inkelas); 12.– Non-concatenative derivation: Other processes (S. Davis, N. Tsujimura); 13.– Allomorphy (M. Paster); 14.– Nominal derivation (A. Alexiadou); 15.– Verbal derivation (A. Koontz-Garboden); 16.– Adjectival and adverbial derivation (A. Fábregas); 17.– Evaluative derivation (L. Körtvélyessy); 18.– Derivation and function words (G. Stump); 19.– Polysemy in derivation (F. Rainer); 20.– Derivational paradigms (P. Štekauer); 21.– Affix ordering in derivation (P. Saarinen, J. Hay); 22.– Derivation and historical change (C. Trips); 23.– Derivation in a social context (L. Körtvélyessy and P. Štekauer); 24.– Acquisition of derivational morphology (E. V. Clark); II: 25.– Indo-European (P. Sailaja); 26.– Uralic (F. Kiefer, J. Laakso); 27.– Altaic (I. Nikolaeva); 28.– Yeniseian (E. J. Vajda); 29.– Mon-Khmer (M. J. Alves); 30.– Austronesian (R. Blust); 31.– Niger-Congo (D. Creissels); 32.– Afroasiatic (E. Shay); 33.– Nilo-Saharan (G. J. Dimmendaal); 34.– Sino-Tibetan (K. S. Chung, N. W. Hill, J. T.-S. Sun); 35.– Pama-Nyungan (J. Simpson); 36.– Athabaskan (K. Rice); 37.– Eskimo-Aleut (A. Johns); 38.– Uto-Aztecan (G. Caballero); 39.– Mataguayan (V. Nercesian); 40.– Areal tendencies in derivation (B. Heine); 41.– Universals in derivation (R. Lieber, P. Štekauer).

Spencer, A. i Zwicky, A. M. (Ed.). (1998). The handbook of morphology. Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781405166348

Introduction (A. Spencer, A. M. Zwicky); I.– The phenomena: 1.– Inflection (G. T. Stump); 2.– Derivation (R. Beard); 3.– Compounding (N. Fabb); 4.– Incorporation (D. B. Gerdts); 5.– Clitics (A. L. Halpern); 6.– Morphophonological operations (A. Spencer); 7.– Phonological constraints on morphological rules (A. Carstairs-McCarthy); II.– Morphology and grammar: 8.– Morphology and syntax (H. Borer); 9.– Morphology and agreement (G. G. Corbett); 10.– Morphology and argument structure (L. Sadler, A. Spencer); 11.– Morphology and the lexicon: Lexicalization and productivity (M. Aronoff, F. Anshen); 12.– Morphology and lexical semantics (B. Levin, M. Rappaport Hovav); 13.– Morphology and pragmatics (F. Kiefer); III.– Theoretical issues: 14.– Prosodic morphology (J. J. McCarthy, A. S. Prince); 15.– Word syntax (J. Toman); 16.– Paradigmatic structure: Inflectional paradigms and morphological classes (A. Carstairs-McCarthy); 17.– Morphology as component or module: Mapping principle approaches (R. Sproat); IV.– Morphology in a wider setting: 18.– Diachronic morphology (B. D. Joseph); 19.– Morphology in language acquisition (E. V. Clark); 20.– Morphology and aphasia (W. Badecker, A. Caramazza); 21.– Morphology in word recognition (J. M. McQueen, A. Cutler); 22.– Morphology in language production with special reference to connectionism (J. P. Stemberger); IV.– Morphological sketches of individual languages: 23.– Archi (Caucasian – Daghestanian) (A. E. Kibrik); 24.– Celtic (Indo-European) (J. Fife, G. King); 25.– Chichewa (Bantu) (S. A. McHombo); 26.– Chukchee (Paleo-Siberian) (I. A. Muravyova); 27.– Hua (Papuan) (J. Haiman); 28.– Malagasy (Austronesian) (E. L. Keenan, M. Polinsky); 29.– Qafar (East Cushitic) (R. J. Hayward); 30.– Slave (Northern Athapaskan) (K. Rice); 31.– Wari’ (Amazonian) (D. L. Everett); 32.– Warumungu (Australian – Pama-Nyungan) (J. Simpson).

Categories morfològiques

Blake, B. J. (2001). Case (2a ed.). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139164894

1.– Overview; 2.– Problems in describing case systems; 3.– Modern approaches to case; 4.– Distribution of case marking; 5.– Survey of case marking; 6.– Life cycle of case systems; Notes; Guide to terminology; Guide to further reading.

Comrie, B. (1985). Tense. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139165815

1.– Some theoretical and methodological preliminaries; 2.– Absolute tense; 3.– Relative tense; 4.– Degrees of remoteness; 5.– Tense and syntax; 6.– Conclusion: Towards a formal theory of tense.

Corbett, G. G. (2000). Number. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139164344

1.– Introduction; 2.– Meaning distinctions; 3.– Items involved in the nominal number system; 4.– Integrating number values and the Animacy Hierarchy; 5.– The expression of number; 6.– The syntax of number; 7.– Other uses of number; 8.– Verbal number; 9.– Conclusion and new challenges.

Helmbrecht, J. (2013). Politeness distinctions in pronouns. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/45

Iggesen, O. A. (2013). Number of cases. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/49

Palmer, F. R. (2001). Mood and modality (2a ed.). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139167178

1.– Introduction; 2.– Modal systems: Propositional modality; 3.– Modal systems: Event modality; 4.– Modal systems and modal verbs; 5.– Indicative and subjunctive; 6.– Realis and Irrealis; 7.– Subjunctive and irrealis; 8.– Past tense as modal.

Siewierska, A. (2004). Person. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511812729

1.– Introduction; 2.– The typology of person forms; 3.– The structure of person paradigms; 4.– Person agreement; 5.– The function of person forms; 6.– Person forms and social deixis; 7.– Person forms in a diachronic perspective; Appendix 1.– List of languages in the sample by macro-area; Appendix 2.– Genetic classification of languages cited in the text.

Gènere

Bosque, I. (2012). Sexismo lingüístico y visibilidad de la mujer. Boletín de Información Lingüística de la Real Academia Española, 1, 1–18. https://revistas.rae.es/bilrae/article/view/120

Corbett, G. G. (1991). Gender. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139166119

1.– Introduction; 2.– Gender assignment I: Semantic systems; 3.– Gender assignment II: Formal systems; 4.– The psycholinguistic status of gender assignment; 5.– Gender agreement; 6.– Establishing the number of genders; 7.– Target genders: Syncretism and enforced gender forms; 8.– Hybrid nouns and the agreement hierarchy; 9.– Gender resolution rules; 10.– Generalizations and prospects.

Corbett, G. G. (2013). Number of genders. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/30

Corbett, G. G. (2013). Sex-based and non-sex-based gender systems. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/31

Corbett, G. G. (2013). Systems of gender assignment. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/32

Junyent, C. (2008). Gènere, sexe, llengua. A A. Moreno Sandoval (Ed.), Actas del VIII Congreso de Lingüística General. Madrid, 25-28 de junio de 2008 (p. 1081–1092). Universidad Autónoma de Madrid. https://web.archive.org/web/20100620034121fw_/http://www.lllf.uam.es/clg8/actas/resumen/paperCLG60.html

Junyent, C. (2013). La variable ‘sexe’ en les llengües del món. Caplletra. Revista Internacional de Filologia, 54, 143–158. https://www.raco.cat/index.php/Caplletra/article/view/267996

Junyent, C. (2019, 12 de novembre). James Bond è una spia britannica molto bella e atletica. Núvol. https://www.nuvol.com/llengua/james-bond-e-una-spia-britannica-molto-bella-e-atletica-64971

Mendívil, J. L. (2020). El masculino inclusivo en español. Revista Española de Lingüística, 50(1), 35–64. https://doi.org/10.31810/RSEL.50.1.2

✓ Myrick, C. (2019). What is grammatical gender? A C. Myrick i W. Wolfram (Ed.), The five-minute linguist: Bite-sized essays on language and languages (3a ed., p. 50–53). University of Toronto Press.

✓ Myrick, C. (2019). What is gendered language? A C. Myrick i W. Wolfram (Ed.), The five-minute linguist: Bite-sized essays on language and languages (3a ed., p. 224–228). University of Toronto Press.

Roca, I. M. (2009). Todas las vascas son vascos, y muchos vascos también vascas: género y sexo en el castellano. Boletín de la Real Academia Española, 88(299), 41. https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/articulo?codigo=3268099

Processos morfològics

Benveniste, É. (1967). Fondements syntaxiques de la composition nominale. Bulletin de la Société de Linguistique de Paris, 62(1), 25–31.

Benveniste, É. (1974). Fondements syntaxiques de la composition nominale. A Problèmes de linguistique générale, 2 (p. 145–162). Gallimard. (Obra original publicada el 1967)

Benveniste, É. (1977). Fundamentos sintácticos de la composición nominal (J. Almela, Trad.). A Problemas de lingüística general, II (p. 145–162). Siglo XXI. (Obra original publicada el 1974)

Hockett, C. F. (1958). Inflection. A A course in modern linguistics (p. 209–213). Macmillan. https://archive.org/details/courseinmodernli0000hock

Hockett, C. F. (1958). Derivation. A A course in modern linguistics (p. 240–245). Macmillan. https://archive.org/details/courseinmodernli0000hock

Hockett, C. F. (1971). La flexión (E. Gregores i J. A. Suárez, Trad.). A Curso de lingüística moderna (p. 213–217). Editorial Universitaria de Buenos Aires. (Obra original publicada el 1962)

Hockett, C. F. (1971). La derivación (E. Gregores i J. A. Suárez, Trad.). A Curso de lingüística moderna (p. 244–259). Editorial Universitaria de Buenos Aires. (Obra original publicada el 1962)

Varela, S. (2005). Morfología léxica: la formación de palabras. Gredos.

Introducción; 1.– El análisis de la palabra compleja; 2.– La derivación; 3.– La sufijación; 4.– La prefijación; 5.– La composición; 6.– Otros procesos de formación de palabras: acortamientos, siglas y acrónimos.

Varela, S. (2018). Morfología léxica: la formación de palabras (Versió corregida i augmentada). https://archive.org/details/varela-ortega-2018

Introducción; 1.– El análisis de la palabra compleja; 2.– La derivación; 3.– La sufijación; 4.– La prefijación; 5.– La composición; 6.– Acortamientos, siglas y compuestos acronímicos; Respuestas de los ejercicios.

Tipologia morfològica

Arcodia, G. F. (2022). La tipologia morfologica. A N. Grandi i C. Mauri (Ed.), La tipologia linguistica: unità e diversità nelle lingue del mondo (p. 177–198). Carocci.

✓ Bernárdez, E. (2016). Tipología y clasificación de las lenguas. A Viaje lingüístico por el mundo: iniciación a la tipología de las lenguas (p. 59–82). Alianza.

Bloomfield, L. (1933). Morphologic types. A Language (p. 227–246). Henry Holt. https://archive.org/details/in.ernet.dli.2015.205724

Bloomfield, L. (1964). Los tipos morfológicos (A. F. Ada de Zubizarreta, Trad.). A Lenguaje (p. 273–299). Universidad Nacional Mayor de San Marcos. (Obra original publicada el 1933)

Comrie, B. (1989). Morphological typology. A Language universals and linguistic typology: Syntax and morphology (2a ed., p. 42–51). Basil Blackwell; The University of Chicago Press.

Comrie, B. (1989). Tipología morfológica (A. Ayuso, Trad.). A Universales del lenguaje y tipología lingüística: sintaxis y morfología (p. 70–83). Gredos. (Obra original publicada el 1981)

Iacobini, C. (2006). Morphological typology. A K. Brown (Ed.), Encyclopedia of language & linguistics (2a ed., p. 278–282). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/b0-08-044854-2/00155-3

Moravcsik, E. A. (2013). Dissembling words: Morphological typology. A Introducing language typology (p. 109–148). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511978876.006

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2003). Síntesis y análisis en la lenguas: crítica de la tipología morfológica clásica y de algunas de sus aplicaciones sincrónicas y diacrónicas. Estudios de Lingüística. Universidad de Alicante (ELUA), 17, 465–504. https://doi.org/10.14198/ELUA2003.17.26

Payne, T. E. (2017). Morphological typology. A A. Y. Aikhenvald i R. M. W. Dixon (Ed.), The Cambridge handbook of linguistic typology (p. 79–84). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781316135716.003

✓ Radford, A., Atkinson, M., Britain, D., Clahsen, H. i Spencer, A. (2000). Las lenguas y su morfología (N. Bel, Trad.). A Introducción a la lingüística (p. 255–272). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 1999)

✓ Radford, A., Atkinson, M., Britain, D., Clahsen, H. i Spencer, A. (2009). Morphology across languages. A Linguistics: An introduction (2a ed., p. 156–169). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511841613.016

Sapir, E. (1921). Types of linguistic structure. A Language: An introduction to the study of speech (p. 127–156). Harcourt, Brace and Company. https://archive.org/details/languageanintrod00sapi

Sapir, E. (1954). Tipos de estructura lingüística (M. Alatorre i A. Alatorre, Trad.). A El lenguaje: introducción al estudio del habla (p. 141–168). Fondo de Cultura Económica. (Obra original publicada el 1921)

Sapir, E. (1985). Tipus d’estructura lingüística (H. Curell, Trad.). A El llenguatge: introducció a l’estudi de la parla (p. 113–138). Empúries. (Obra original publicada el 1921)

✓ Velupillai, V. (2012). Morphology. A An introduction to linguistic typology (p. 89–114). John Benjamins. https://doi.org/10.1075/z.176

Sintaxi

Manuals de lingüística

Abels, K. (2015). Syntax. A N. Braber, L. Cummings i L. Morrish (Ed.), Exploring language and linguistics (p. 137–167). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139548922.007

✓ Akmajian, A., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (1984). Sintaxis: el estudio de la estructura de la oración (V. Demonte i M. Mora, Trad.). A Lingüística: una introducción al lenguaje y a la comunicación (p. 175–250). Alianza. (Obra original publicada el 1979)

✓ Akmajian, A., Farmer, A. K., Bickmore, L., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (2017). Syntax: The study of sentence structure. A Linguistics: An introduction to language and communication (7a ed., p. 143–214). The MIT Press.

Anderson, C., Bjorkman, B., Denis, D., Doner, J., Grant, M., Sanders, N. i Taniguchi, A. (2022). Syntax. A Essentials of linguistics (2a ed., p. 239–361). eCampusOntario. https://ecampusontario.pressbooks.pub/essentialsoflinguistics2/part/chapter-6-syntax/

Balari, S. (1996). La frase. A C. Martín Vide (Ed.), Elementos de lingüística (p. 201–246). Octaedro.

Berry, R. (2015). Grammar. A N. Braber, L. Cummings i L. Morrish (Ed.), Exploring language and linguistics (p. 111–136). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139548922.006

Bruhn de Garavito, J. (2021). Syntax. A J. Bruhn de Garavito i J. W. Schwieter (Ed.), Introducing linguistics: Theoretical and applied approaches (p. 165–218). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108696784.006

Burridge, K. i Stebbins, T. N. (2020). Syntax: The structure of sentences. A For the love of language: An introduction to linguistics (2a ed., p. 257–298). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108568753.010

Cavallaro, J. (2024). Syntax: Ordering words, making sentences. A Everyday linguistics: An introduction to the study of language (p. 91–115). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429269059

Cruz-Ferreira, M. i Abraham, S. A. (2011). The grammar of sentences: Slots and phrases. A The language of language: A linguistics course for starters (3a ed., p. 145–164). https://www.beingmultilingual.com/Books.html

Cruz-Ferreira, M. i Abraham, S. A. (2011). The grammar of sentences: Slots and functions. A The language of language: A linguistics course for starters (3a ed., p. 165–180). https://www.beingmultilingual.com/Books.html

Dawson, H. C. i Phelan, M. (Ed.). (2016). Syntax. A Language files: Materials for an introduction to language and linguistics (12a ed., p. 201–244). The Ohio State University Press. https://linguistics.osu.edu/research/pubs/lang-files

Denham, K. i Lobeck, A. (2019). The study of sentence structure: Syntax. A Why study linguistics (p. 85–103). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429444623

✓ Finegan, E. (2015). The structure and function of phrases and sentences: Syntax. A Language: Its structure and use (7a ed., p. 153–186). Cengage Learning.

✓ Fromkin, V., Rodman, R. i Hyams, N. (2017). Syntax: Infinite use of finite means. A An introduction to language (11a ed., p. 75–132). Cengage Learning.

García-Miguel, J. M. i Cabeza, C. (2000). Sintaxe. A F. Ramallo, G. Rei-Doval i X. P. Rodríguez Yáñez (Ed.), Manual de ciencias da linguaxe (p. 543–584). Edicións Xerais de Galicia.

Genetti, C. (2019). Syntax: Words in combination. A C. Genetti (Ed.), How languages work: An introduction to language and linguistics (2a ed., p. 118–149). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108553988.007

✓ Gutiérrez Rodríguez, E. (2009). La sintaxis. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), El lenguaje humano (p. 171–206). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Gutiérrez Rodríguez, E. (2011). La sintaxis. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), Invitación a la lingüística (p. 163–206). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Gutiérrez Rodríguez, E. (2014). La sintaxis. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), Claves del lenguaje humano (p. 155–193). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Kramer, R., Fasold, R. W. i Lightfoot, D. (2014). The structure of sentences. A R. W. Fasold i J. Connor- Linton (Ed.), An introduction to language and linguistics (2a ed., p. 105–148). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107707511.004

Lyons, J. (1968). The sentence. A Introduction to theoretical linguistics (p. 172–179). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139165570.006

Lyons, J. (1968). Immediate constituents. A Introduction to theoretical linguistics (p. 209–214). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139165570.007

Lyons, J. (1968). Grammatical functions. A Introduction to theoretical linguistics (p. 334–399). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139165570.009

Lyons, J. (1971). La oración (R. Cerdà, Trad.). A Introducción en la lingüística teórica (p. 178–185). Teide. (Obra original publicada el 1968)

Lyons, J. (1971). Los constituyentes inmediatos (R. Cerdà, Trad.). A Introducción en la lingüística teórica (p. 217–224). Teide. (Obra original publicada el 1968)

Lyons, J. (1971). Las funciones gramaticales (R. Cerdà, Trad.). A Introducción en la lingüística teórica (p. 347–412). Teide. (Obra original publicada el 1968)

McGregor, W. B. (2024). Structure of sentences: Syntax. A Linguistics: An introduction (3a ed., p. 105–130). Bloomsbury Academic. https://www.bloomsburyonlineresources.com/linguistics-an-introduction-3/student-resources_chapter-5

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2000). Reglas y representaciones I: relaciones sintagmáticas y constituyentes inmediatos. A Curso universitario de lingüística general: Vol. 1. Teoría de la gramática y sintaxis general (2a ed. rev. i ampl., p. 83–100). Síntesis.

Muñoz-Basols, J., Moreno, N., Taboada, I. i Lacorte, M. (2017). Sintaxis: la estructura de las oraciones. A Introducción a la lingüística hispánica actual: teoría y práctica (p. 177–226). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203096758

✓ O’Grady, W. (2011). Syntax: The analysis of sentence structure. A W. O’Grady, J. Archibald i F. Katamba (Ed.), Contemporary linguistics: An introduction (2a ed., p. 153–196). Pearson Longman.

✓ O’Grady, W. (2017). Syntax: The analysis of sentence structure. A W. O’Grady, J. Archibald, M. Aronoff i J. Rees-Miller (Ed.), Contemporary linguistics: An introduction (7a ed., p. 167–216). Bedford/St. Martin’s, Macmillan Learning.

✓ O’Grady, W. (2021). Syntax: The analysis of sentence structure. A W. O’Grady i J. Archibald (Ed.), Contemporary linguistic analysis: An introduction (9a ed., p. 139–182). Pearson.

Olarrea, A. (2010). La estructura de la oración: sintaxis. A J. I. Hualde, A. Olarrea, A. M. Escobar i C. E. Travis, Introducción a la lingüística hispánica (2a ed., p. 20278). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511808821.005

Radford, A., Atkinson, M., Britain, D., Clahsen, H. i Spencer, A. (2000). Terminología básica (N. Bel, Trad.). A Introducción a la lingüística (p. 387–400). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 1999)

Radford, A., Atkinson, M., Britain, D., Clahsen, H. i Spencer, A. (2000). La estructura de la oración (N. Bel, Trad.). A Introducción a la lingüística (p. 401–418). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 1999)

Radford, A., Atkinson, M., Britain, D., Clahsen, H. i Spencer, A. (2009). Basic terminology. A Linguistics: An introduction (2a ed., p. 247–256). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511841613.024

Radford, A., Atkinson, M., Britain, D., Clahsen, H. i Spencer, A. (2009). Sentence structure. A Linguistics: An introduction (2a ed., p. 257–270). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511841613.025

Roberts, I. (2017). How to say absolutely anything you want to: Syntax. A The wonders of language: Or how to make noises and influence people (p. 63–80). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781316576595.005

Rowe, B. M. i Levine, D. P. (2023). Syntax: The larger patterns of language. A A concise introduction to linguistics (6a ed., p. 103–139). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003268369

Smith, K. A. (2025). Syntax. A Linguistics: A functionalist introduction (p. 47–63). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003325710

Viaplana, J. (2000). Sintaxi. A Lingüística descriptiva: una introducció aplicada al català (p. 237–344). Edicions 62.

Winkler, E. G. i Stickle, T. (2024). Syntax: Grammatical structures. A Understanding language: A basic course in linguistics (3a ed., p. 155–186). Bloomsbury Academic. https://www.bloomsburyonlineresources.com/understanding-language-3/chapter-9

✓ Yule, G. (2008). Sintagmas y oraciones: la gram´tica (N. Bel, Trad.). A A. Benítez Burraco (Ed.), El lenguaje (3a ed. corr. i ampl., p. 87–101). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 2006)

✓ Yule, G. (2008). Sintaxis (N. Bel, Trad.). A A. Benítez Burraco (Ed.), El lenguaje (3a ed. corr. i ampl., p. 102–117). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 2006)

✓ Yule, G. (2020). Grammar. A The study of language (7a ed., p. 92–111). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108582889.008

✓ Yule, G. (2020). Syntax. A The study of language (7a ed., p. 112–128). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108582889.009

Manuals de sintaxi

Bosque, I. i Gutiérrez-Rexach, J. (2009). Fundamentos de sintaxis formal. Akal. https://archive.org/details/fundamentosdesin0000bosq

1.– ¿Qué es la sintaxis? Caracterización y bases empíricas; 2.– El enfoque generativo; 3.– Las palabras y los sintagmas I: la estructura de los constituyentes; 4.– Las palabras y los sintagmas II. Desarrollos de la endocentricidad; 5.– Léxico y sintaxis; 6.– Sujetos y objetos; 7.– El movimiento A’; 8.– Los cuantificadores. Características de la Forma Lógica; 9.– Los pronombres y sus antecedentes; 10.– Nombres, verbos y sus proyecciones asociadas; 11.– Sintaxis y discurso.

Cuenca, M. J. (1996). Sintaxi fonamental: les categories gramaticals. Empúries.

Cuenca, M. J. (2007). La sintaxi. Editorial UOC.

Què vull saber; L’estructura de l’oració, vehicle d’expressió de semblances i diferències; Els conceptes bàsics: Estructura conceptual i estructura sintàctica; El concepte de construcció; L’oració, la unitat màxima; L’estructura funcional: un esdeveniment temporal: Predicats, arguments i adjunts; Els esquemes d’esdeveniments; L’estructura categorial: la combinació de categories: Les categories gramaticals; Els límits entre categories; Els sintagmes; L’estructura lineal: l’ordre de paraules: Ordre marcat i no marcat; El dinamisme comunicatiu; Ordre de paraules dins el sintagma; La sintaxi; Glossari.

D’Alessandro, R. (s. d.). Syntax made easy: How to read (and draw) syntactic trees. Utrecht University, UiL-OTS. https://www.robertadalessandro.it/_files/ugd/eb804f_09e2b91d229b4823b8c6f679f798f50e.pdf

1.– What is a tree?; 2.– What is a phrase?; 3.– From phrases to sentences: 4.– The verb and its arguments; 5.– What is Merge?; 6.– What are phi-features?; 7.– Where is syntax?; 8.– NP or DP?; 9.– What is movement?; 10.– Structure and c-command; 11.– What is the Left Periphery?; 12.– What are adjuncts?

Doner, J. (2025). The linguistic analysis of word and sentence structures. University of Manitoba. https://pressbooks.openedmb.ca/wordandsentencestructures/

Hernanz, M. L. i Brucart, J. M. (1987). La sintaxis I: principios teóricos. La oración simple. Crítica.

1.– La sintaxis; 2.– La oración; 3.– El orden básico de palabras en la oración y sus modificaciones; 4.– Las categorías vacías; 5.– El sintagma nominal; 6.– El sintagma verbal.

Larson, R. K. (2010). Grammar as science. The MIT Press.

I.– Setting out: 1.– What is linguistics?; 2.– What is syntax about?; II.– Grammars as theories: 3.– Introducing phrase structure rules; 4.– Grammars; 5.– Working with grammars; III.– Choosing between theories: 6.– Comparing rules and theories; 7.– Constituency and constituency tests; 8.– Trees and tree relations; 9.– Determining category; 10.– Revising, refining, and reconsidering; IV.– Arguing for a theory: 11.– Constructing arguments I; 12.– Constructing arguments II; V.– Searching for explanation: 13.– Introducing the lexicon; 14.– Features, heads and phrases; 15.– Verbal complements and adjuncts; 16.– Distinguishing complements and adjuncts; 17.– Attaching complements; 18.– Attaching adjuncts; VI.– Following the consequences: 19.– Complement sentences I; 20.– Complement sentences II; 21.– Invisible lexical items; 22.– NP structure; 23.– X-Bar theory; VII.– Expanding and constraining the theory: 24.– Interrogatives and movement; 25.– More on Wh-movement; 26.– Constraints on movement I; 27.– Constraints on movement II; 28.– Parametric variation.

Matthews, P. H. (1981). Syntax. Cambridge University Press.

1.– Constructions; 2.– Sentences; 3.– Words; 4.– Constituency and dependency; 5.– Predication; 6.– Objects and adverbs; 7.– Phrases; 8.– Clauses; 9.– Coordination; 10.– Juxtaposition; 11.– Realisation; 12.– Syntactic paradigms.

Moravcsik, E. A. (2006). An introduction to syntax: Fundamentals of syntactic analysis. Continuum.

Preface; 1.– What is syntax?; 2.– Linear order; 3.– Selection; 4.– Categories; 5.– Syntax, meaning and sound form; 6.– Variation and change; 7.– Explaining syntax; Glossary.

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2000). Curso universitario de lingüística general: Vol. 1. Teoría de la gramática y sintaxis general (2a ed. rev. i ampl.). Síntesis.

1.– Concepto de lingüística general. Los sentidos de ‘general’; 2.– El objeto de investigación I. Características del lenguaje humano; 3.– El objeto de investigación II. Tipo, lengua, norma y habla. Competencia y actuación; 4.– Adecuación, explicación y argumentación en gramática; 5.– Reglas y representaciones I. Relaciones sintagmáticas y constituyentes inmediatos; 6.– Reglas y representaciones II. Núcleos y complementos. Gramáticas categoriales; 7.– Reglas y representaciones III. Predicados, argumentos, operadores, variables y cuantificadores; 8.– Reglas y representaciones IV. Transformaciones, huellas, cadenas. Afección de predicados; 9.– Estratos y niveles de representación; 10.– El sintagma nominal I. Género y número; 11.– El sintagma nominal II. El caso; 12.– El sintagma nominal III. Clases de nombres; 13.– Las categorías adnominales I. Los cuantificadores; 14.– Las categorías adnominales II. El adjetivo; 15.– Deíxis, pronombres y referencialidad; 16.– El sintagma verbal I. La deíxis temporal, el aspecto, el modo de acción y la modalidad. El auxiliar; 17.– El sintagma verbal II. Tipos de verbo. La valencia verbal. Procesos de alteración de la valencia verbal; 18.– Adverbios y sintagmas adverbiales; 19.– Partes del discurso, partes de la oración y funciones sintácticas. La configuracionalidad; 20.– Relaciones sintácticas: sujeto, predicado, nominatividad, ergatividad, actividad. Concordancia, referencia cruzada, polarización y configuracionalidad; 21.– Transitividad y objeto directo e indirecto. Causatividad; 22.– Intransitividad: incorporación, reflexividad, pasividad, antipasividad, anticausatividad, impersonalidad e inacusatividad; 23.– Diátesis y voz; 24.– La predicación no verbal. Construcciones existenciales, locativas y posesivas. Construcciones resultativas; 25.– Tipos de oración simple. Oraciones negativas, interrogativas e imperativas; 26.– La oración compuesta: la coordinación; 27.– La oración compleja: subordinación y cosubordinación. Diáfora y polirremia; 28.– Aspectos formativos e informativos del orden de palabras; 29.– Forma y sentido en sintaxis: hacia una teoría de la marcación sintáctica; 30.– Sintaxis y discurso.

Palmer, F. R. (1971). Grammar. Penguin Books. https://archive.org/details/grammar0000palm

1.– Grammar and grammars; 2.– Some traditional concepts; 3.– ‘Structural’ linguistics; 4.– Transformational-generative grammar; Appendixes: A.– Gender in English; B.– Number in English; C.– Tense in English.

Palmer, F. R. (1975). Teoría gramatical (J. M. Nadal, Trad.). Península. (Obra original publicada el 1971)

1.– Gramática y gramáticas; 2.– Algunos conceptos tradicionales; 3.– La lingüística estructural; 4.– La gramática generativa-transformacional.

Payne, T. E. (2006). Exploring language structure: A student’s guide. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511806483

Rodríguez Ramalle, T. M. (2005). Manual de sintaxis del español. Castalia.

1.– La sintaxis; 2.– El sintagma nominal; 3.– El sintagma verbal; 4.– El tiempo, el aspecto, y la concordancia; 5.– Variaciones en la concordancia de objeto; 6.– La modalidad; 7.– La estructura informativa de la oración y su relación con el orden de constituyentes; Apéndice: coordinación y subordinación.

Rojo, G. (1983). Aspectos básicos de sintaxis funcional. Ágora. https://gramatica.usc.es/~grojo/Publicaciones/Aspectos_basicos_de_sintaxis_funcional.pdf

Introducción; 1.– Aspectos de la estructura general de las lenguas; 2.– Relaciones sintácticas; 3.– Unidades gramaticales; 4.– Estratos sintáctico, semántico e informativo.

Rojo, G. i Jiménez Juliá, T. (1989). Fundamentos de análisis sintáctico funcional. Universidad de Santiago de Compostela. https://gramatica.usc.es/~grojo/Publicaciones/Fundamentos_analisis_sintactico_funcional.pdf

1.– El análisis sintáctico; 2.– Las relaciones sintácticas; 3.– La representación sintáctica; 4- Las unidades sintácticas.

Tallerman, M. (2020). Understanding syntax (5a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429243592

1.– What is syntax?; 2.– Words belong to different classes; 3.– Looking inside sentences; 4.– Heads and their dependents; 5.– How do we identify constituents?; 6.– Relationships within the clause; 7.– Processes that change grammatical relations; 8.– Wh-constructions: Questions and relative clauses; 9.– Asking questions about syntax.

✓ Tuson, J. (1985). Teorías gramaticales y análisis sintáctico (3a ed.). Teide.

1.– La función de los estudios gramaticales; 1.1.– La gramática y la enseñanza de la lengua; 1.2.– Los orígenes y objetivos de la gramática: un ejemplo con la lengua castellana; 1.3.– Gramáticas normativa, descriptiva y predictiva; 2.– Tres enfoques de la gramática; 2.1.– La gramática tradicional; 2.2.– La gramática estructural; 2.3.– La gramática generativa y transformacional; 3.– Cuestiones de metodología; 3.1.– Preliminares; 3.2.– El análisis sintáctico; 3.3.– De la gramática a la expresión escrita: la «manipulación gramatical» de los textos; 3.4.– La gramática y el estilo: la «producción gramatical» de los textos; 3.5.– Dos cuestiones prácticas, también a modo de ejemplo.

van Valin Jr., R. D. (2001). An introduction to syntax. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139164320

1.– Syntax, lexical categories, and morphology; 2.– Grammatical relations; 3.– Dependency relations; 4.– Constituent structure; 5.– Grammar and lexicon; 6.– Theories of syntax.

Vera, A. (1995). Fundamentos de análisis sintáctico (de la palabra al texto). Secretariado de Publicaciones de la Universidad de Murcia.

1.– Planteamientos metodológicos: niveles y unidades; 1.1.– El monema; 1.2.– La palabra; 1.3.– El sintagma; 1.4.– La oración; 1.5.– El ámbito del discurso: texto, párrafo y macroproposición; 2.– Los componentes del análisis lingüístico: la sintaxis; 2.1- La estructura sintáctica de la palabra; 2.2.– La estructura sintáctica del sintagma; 2.3.– La estructura sintáctica de la oración; 2.4.– La estructura sintáctica de las unidades discursivas; 3.– Sobre la condición no discreta de las unidades lingüísticas.

Vera, A. (2010). Fundamentos de sintaxis. Universidad Nacional de Educación a Distancia.

1.– Niveles y unidades lingüísticas; 2.– Las relaciones sintácticas; 3.– El sintagma; 4.– La unidad oración. Las funciones sintácticas oracionales; 5.– Clases de estructuras oracionales en español; Bibliografía complementaria; Solución a los ejercicios de autocomprobación.

Treballs generals

Bloomfield, L. (1933). Sentence types. A Language (p. 170–183). Henry Holt. https://archive.org/details/in.ernet.dli.2015.205724

Bloomfield, L. (1933). Syntax. A Language (p. 184–206). Henry Holt. https://archive.org/details/in.ernet.dli.2015.205724

Bloomfield, L. (1964). Los tipos de oraciones (A. F. Ada de Zubizarreta, Trad.). A Lenguaje (p. 201–218). Universidad Nacional Mayor de San Marcos. (Obra original publicada el 1933)

Bloomfield, L. (1964). Sintaxis (A. F. Ada de Zubizarreta, Trad.). A Lenguaje (p. 219–246). Universidad Nacional Mayor de San Marcos. (Obra original publicada el 1933)

Bosque, I. (2015). Las categorías gramaticales: relaciones y diferencias (2a ed.). Síntesis. https://archive.org/details/lascategorasgram0000igna

Gutiérrez-Rexach, J. (2016). Sintaxis. A J. Gutiérrez-Rexach (Ed.), Enciclopedia de lingüística hispánica (Vol. 1, p. 301–313). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315713441

Hockett, C. F. (1958). Immediate constituents. A A course in modern linguistics (p. 147–156). Macmillan. https://archive.org/details/courseinmodernli0000hock

Hockett, C. F. (1958). Sentences and clauses. A A course in modern linguistics (p. 199–208). Macmillan. https://archive.org/details/courseinmodernli0000hock

Hockett, C. F. (1971). Constituyentes inmediatos (E. Gregores i J. A. Suárez, Trad.). A Curso de lingüística moderna (p. 149–158). Editorial Universitaria de Buenos Aires. (Obra original publicada el 1962)

Hockett, C. F. (1971). Oraciones y cláusulas (E. Gregores i J. A. Suárez, Trad.). A Curso de lingüística moderna (p. 201–212). Editorial Universitaria de Buenos Aires. (Obra original publicada el 1962)

Jacobson, P. (2006). Constituent structure. A K. Brown (Ed.), Encyclopedia of language & linguistics (2a ed., p. 58–71). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/b0-08-044854-2/01958-1

Luraghi, S. i Parodi, C. (Ed.). (2008). Key terms in syntax and syntactic theory. Bloomsbury.

I.– Introduction: 1.– Research on syntax; 2.– What is syntactic analysis?; 3.– Syntactic theories; II.– Key terms; III.– Key thinkers; IV.– Key texts.

Reculls

Carnie, A., Sato, Y. i Siddiqi, D. (Ed.). (2014). The Routledge handbook of syntax. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315796604

I.– Constituency, categories, and structure: 1.– Merge, labeling, and projection (N. Fukui, H. Narita); 2.– Argument structure (J. Mateu); 3.– The integration, proliferation, and expansion of functional categories: An overview (L. de Mena Travis); 4.– Functional structure inside nominal phrases (J. Punske); 5.– The syntax of adjectives (A. Alexiadou); 6.– The syntax of adverbs (T. Ernst); II.– Syntactic phenomena: 7.– Head movement (M. Barrie, É. Mathieu); 8.– Case and grammatical relations (M. Polinsky, O. Preminger); 9.– A-bar movement (N. Richards); 10.– The syntax of ellipsis and related phenomena (M. Yoshida, C. Nakao, I. Ortega-Santos); 11.– Binding theory (R. Truswell); 12.– Minimalism and control (N. Hornstein, J. Nunes); 13.– Scrambling (Y. Sato, N. Goto); 14.– Noun incorporation, nonconfigurationality, and polysynthesis (K. Murasugi); III.– Syntactic interfaces: 15.– The syntax–semantics/pragmatics interface (S. L. R. Schreiner); 16.– The syntax–lexicon interface (P. Ackema); 17.– The morphology–syntax interface (D. Siddiqi); 18.– Prosodic domains and the syntax–phonology interface (Y. Dobashi); IV.– Syntax in context: 19.– Syntactic change (W. Roberts); 20.– Syntax in forward and in reverse: Form, memory, and language processing (M. W. Wagers); 21.– Major theories in acquisition of syntax research (S. Kirby); 22.– The evolutionary origins of syntax (M. Tallerman); V.– Theoretical approaches to syntax: 23.– The history of syntax (P. W. Culicover); 24.– Comparative syntax (M. Haspelmath); 25.– Principles and Parameters/Minimalism (T. Lohndal, J. Uriagereka); 26.– Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar (F. Bildhauer); 27.– Lexical-Functional Grammar (G. A. Broadwell); 28.– Role and Reference Grammar (R. D. Van Valin, Jr.); 29.– Dependency Grammar (T. Osborne); 30.– Morphosyntax in Functional Discourse Grammar (J. L. Mackenzie); 31.– Construction Grammar (S. Iwata); 32.– Categorial Grammar (M. Steedman).

Everaert, M. i van Riemsdijk, H. C. (Ed.). (2017). The Wiley Blackwell companion to syntax. John Wiley & Sons. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118358733

Volume I: Editors; Contributors; Preface to first edition; Preface to second edition; Acknowledgements; A - Ca; Volume II: Ch - De; Volume III: Di - Im; Volume IV: Im - Mi; Volume V: Mi - Pr; Volume VI: Ps - Se; Volume VII: Se - T; Volume VIII: U - W; Index.

Kiss, T. i Alexiadou, A. (Ed.). (2015). Syntax – Theory and analysis: An international handbook (Vol. 1). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110377408

I.– Introduction: Syntax in linguistics: 1.– Syntax – The state of a controversial art (T. Kiss, A. Alexiadou); 2.– Syntactic constructions (P. Svenonius); 3.– Syntax and its interfaces: An overview (L. Mycock); II.– The syntactic tradition: 4.– The Indian grammatical tradition (P. Raster); 5.– Arabic syntactic research (J. Owens); 6.– Prestructuralist and structuralist approaches to syntax (P. A. M. Seuren); III.– Syntactic phenomena: 7.– Syntactic categories and subcategories (H.-J. Sasse); 8.– Grammatical relations (B. Primus); 9.– Arguments and adjuncts (P. Ackema); 10.– The morpho-syntactic realisation of negation (H. Zeijlstra); 11.– The syntactic role of agreement (S. Wechsler); 12.– Verb second (A. Holmberg); 13.– Discourse configurationality (K. É. Kiss); 14.– Control (B. Stiebels); 15.– Pronominal anaphora (S. Fischer); 16.– Coordination (K. Hartmann); 17.– Word order (W. Frey); 18.– Ellipsis (L. Aelbrecht); 19.– Syntactic effects of cliticization (A. Cardinaletti); 20.– Ergativity (A. R. Deal); 21.– Relative clauses and correlatives (R. Bhatt); 22.– Voice and valence change (E. Doron); 23.– Syntax and grammar of idioms and collocations (C. Fellbaum).

Kiss, T. i Alexiadou, A. (Ed.). (2015). Syntax – Theory and analysis: An international handbook (Vol. 2). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110363708

IV.– Syntactic models: 24.– Minimalism (M. Richards); 25.– Lexical-Functional Grammar (M. Butt, T. Holloway King); 26.– Optimality-Theoretic syntax (G. Müller); 27.– HPSG – A synopsis (S. Müller); 28.– Construction Grammar (M. Fried); 29.– Foundations of Dependency and Valency theory (M. Klotz); 30.– Dependency Grammar (T. Osborne); 31.– Categorial Grammar (J. Baldridge, F. Hoyt); V.– Interfaces: 32.– Syntax and the lexicon (A. Alexiadou); 33.– The syntax-morphology interface (H. Harley); 34.– Phonological evidence in syntax (M. Wagner); 35.– The syntax-semantics interface (W. Lechner); 36.– The syntax–pragmatics interface (G. Tsoulas); VI.– Theoretical approaches to selected syntactic phenomena: 37.– Arguments and adjuncts (D. Hole); 38.– Models of control (T. Kiss); 39.– Theories of binding (S. Fischer); 40.– Word order (K. Abels).

Kiss, T. i Alexiadou, A. (Ed.). (2015). Syntax – Theory and analysis: An international handbook (Vol. 3). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110363685

VII.– Syntactic sketches: 41.– German: A grammatical sketch (S. Müller); 42.– Hindi-Urdu: Central issues in syntax (A. Davison); 43.– Mandarin (L. L.-S. Cheng, R. Sybesma); 44.– Japanese (T. Gunji); 45.– Georgian (A. C. Harris, N. Amiridze); 46.– The Bantu languages (L. C. Buell); 47.– Tagalog (P. Schachter); 48.– Warlpiri (K. L. Hale, M. Laughren, J. Simpson); 49.– Creole languages (D. Bickerton); 50.– Northern Straits Salish (E. Czaykowska-Higgins, J. Leonard); 51.– Syntactic sketch: Bora (F. Seifart); VIII.– The cognitive perspective: 52.– Syntax and language acquisition (S. Eisenbeiss); 53.– Syntax and language disorders (M. Penke); 54.– Syntax and language processing (C. Felser); IX.– Beyond syntax: 55.– Syntax and corpora (H. Zinsmeister); 56.– Syntax and stylistics (M. Doherty); 57.– Syntax and lexicography (R. Osswald); 58.– Computational syntax (E. M. Bender, S. Clark, T. H. King); 59.– Reference grammars (I. Nikolaeva); 60.– Language documentation (E. Schultze-Berndt); 61.– Grammar in the classroom (A. Holler, M. Steinbach).

Luraghi, S. i Parodi, C. (Ed.). (2015). The Bloomsbury companion to syntax. Bloomsbury.

I.– Research methods in syntax: 1.1.– Hypothesis formation (W. Croft); 1.2.– Hypothesis testing in the Minimalist Program (M. Baker); 1.3.– Field methods in syntactic research (M. Mithun); 1.4.– Corpus methods (M. Freddi); II.– Current issues and research in syntax: 2.1.– Constituents (M.-L. Helasvuo); 2.2.– X-bar structure and Minimalism (J. Nunes); 2.3.– The structure of NPs (G. Longobardi, G. Silvestri); 2.4.– Word order (P. Munro); 2.5.– Scrambling (F. Ordóñez); 2.6.– On V2 types (C. Poletto); 2.7.– Clitics (S. Luraghi); 2.8.– Changing the subject: Shifting notions about subjecthood in Generative Grammar (T. Stowell); 2.9.– Alignment and grammatical relations (D. Payne); 2.10.– Passives and antipassives (E. Keenan); 2.11.– Middles and reflexives (L. Kulikov); 2.12.– Causatives: Structure, type and distribution (J. J. Song); 2.13.– Coordination (C. Mauri); 2.14.– Wh-movement (L. López); 2.15.– Complementation (C. Parodi, C. Quicoli); 2.16.– Adverbial subordination (H. Diessel); 2.17.– Negation (L. Haegeman, T. Lohndal); 2.18.– Syntactic change (T. Eythorsson); 2.19.– Acquisition of syntax (M. T .Guasti); III.– New directions in syntactic research: 3.1.– Usage and syntax (P. Hopper); 3.2.– Construction Grammar and the syntax/semantics interface (L. Michaelis); 3.3.– Topic, Focus and the cartography of the left periphery (L. Rizzi); 3.4.– Optimality Theory as a possible framework for the Minimalism Program (V.Samek-Lodovici); Appendix.– Resources in syntax (M .Freddi, S. Luraghi); Glossary.

Rojo, G., Vázquez Rozas, V. i Torres Cacoullos, R. (Ed.). (2023). Sintaxis del español. The Routledge handbook of Spanish syntax. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003035633

I.– Perspectivas históricas y conceptos fundamentales: 1.– La llamada «sintaxis tradicional(española)» (M. Lliteras); 2.– La sintaxis generativa (Á. L. Di Tullio); 3.– La sintaxis funcional (J. A. Martínez); 4.– La gramática de construcciones (M. Garachana Camarero); 5.– Unidades, relaciones y categorías sintácticas (P. Čermák); 6.– Sintaxis y discurso (P. Martín Butragueño); 7.– Sintaxis y cognición (P. E. Dussias); 8.– Sintaxis y léxico (E. de Miguel); II.– La oración: 9.– La oración y sus clases (M. Iglesias Bango); 10.– La estructura oracional (J. Pedersen); 11.– Sintaxis supraoracional (C. Fuentes Rodríguez); 12.– Las cláusulas absolutas (I. Pérez-Jiménez); 13.– Las oraciones complejas (completivas) (M. Delicado Cantero); 14.– Las oraciones de relativo (J. Elvira); 15.– Construcciones coordinadas (T. Jiménez Juliá); 16.– Construcciones condicionales y concesivas (R. Caravedo); 17.– Construcciones comparativas y pseudocomparativas (S. Gutiérrez Ordóñez); 18.– Construcciones causales, consecutivas e ilativas (J. L. Girón Alconchel); 19.– Estructura informativa (A. Dufter); 20.– Orden de elementos (B. López Meirama); III.– Fenómenos oracionales: 21.– Transitividad e intransitividad (J. M. García-Miguel); 22.– Las construcciones pasivas del español (F. Zúñiga); 23.– La impersonalidad (J. Clancy Clements, L. M. Merino Hernández); 24.– Régimen verbal (C. Melis); 25.– Ser, estar y los verbos semicopulativos (J. Rivas); 26.– La polaridad (R. González Rodríguez); 27.– Modo y modalidad (M. Pérez Saldanya); 28.– Tiempo y aspecto (A. Veiga); 29.– Perífrasis verbales (H. Olbertz); IV.– Sintagmas y clases de palabras: 30.– El sintagma nominal (M. J. Rodríguez Espiñeira); 31.– Los pronombres personales (D. L. Ranson); 32.– Demostrativos y posesivos (N. Shin, R. Vallejos Yopán); 33.– El sintagma adjetival (A. Serradilla Castaño); 34.– El sintagma adverbial (M. Giammatteo); 35.– El sintagma preposicional (M. V. Pavón Lucero); 36.– Las conjunciones (P. Gras); 37.– Los marcadores discursivos (A. Reig Alamillo); V.– Variación y cambio en sintaxis: 38.– El cambio sintáctico en español (C. J. Pountain); 39.– La variación sintáctica en español (C. Silva Corvalán); 40.– Sintaxis del español hablado (M. Sedano); 41.– Sintaxis del español en contacto con otras lenguas (R. Otheguy, L. B. Quesada Nieto); 42.– La enseñanza de la gramática en ELE (J. de Santiago Guervós, J. Fernández González); 43.– La adquisición de la sintaxis (J. M. Liceras); VI.– Sintaxis y computación: 44.– Corpus para el estudio de la sintaxis del español (C. Sánchez Lancis); 45.– Análisis morfosintáctico y sintáctico automáticos (M. A. Martí, M. Taulé).

Tipologia sintàctica

Arcodia, G. F. (2022). La tipologia sintattica. A N. Grandi i C. Mauri (Ed.), La tipologia linguistica: unità e diversità nelle lingue del mondo (p. 199–218). Carocci.

✓ Bernárdez, E. (2016). Tipología y clasificación de las lenguas. A Viaje lingüístico por el mundo: iniciación a la tipología de las lenguas (p. 59–82). Alianza.

Comrie, B. (1989). Word order. A Language universals and linguistic typology: Syntax and morphology (2a ed., p. 86–103). Basil Blackwell; The University of Chicago Press. https://archive.org/details/languageuniversa0000comr

Comrie, B. (1989). El orden de palabras (A. Ayuso, Trad.). A Universales del lenguaje y tipología lingüística: sintaxis y morfología (p. 127–151). Gredos. (Obra original publicada el 1981)

Dryer, M. S. (2013). Order of adjective and noun. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/87

Dryer, M. S. (2013). Order of adposition and noun phrase. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/85

Dryer, M. S. (2013). Order of genitive and noun. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/86

Dryer, M. S. (2013). Order of subject, object and verb. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/81

Dryer, M. S. (2013). Relationship between the order of object and verb and the order of adjective and noun. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/97

Dryer, M. S. (2013). Relationship between the order of object and verb and the order of adposition and noun phrase. A M. S. Dryer i M. Haspelmath (Ed.), The world atlas of language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://wals.info/chapter/95

Greenberg, J. H. (1966). Some universals of grammar with particular reference to the order of meaningful elements. A J. H. Greenberg (Ed.), Universals of human language: Report of a conference held at Dobbs Ferry, New York, April 13–15, 1961 (2a ed., p. 73–113). The MIT Press. https://archive.org/details/universalsoflang00jose

Moravcsik, E. A. (2013). Assembling words: Syntactic typology. A Introducing language typology (p. 65–108). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511978876.005

Song, J. J. (2018). Basic word order. A Linguistic typology (p. 227–281). Oxford University Press.

✓ Velupillai, V. (2012). Word order. A An introduction to linguistic typology (p. 277–306). John Benjamins. https://doi.org/10.1075/z.176

Semàntica

Manuals de lingüística

✓ Akmajian, A., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (1984). Semántica: el estudio del significado y de la referencia (V. Demonte i M. Mora, Trad.). A Lingüística: una introducción al lenguaje y a la comunicación (p. 275– 312). Alianza. (Obra original publicada el 1979)

✓ Akmajian, A., Farmer, A. K., Bickmore, L., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (2017). Semantics: The study of linguistic meaning. A Linguistics: An introduction to language and communication (7a ed., p. 215–260). The MIT Press.

Anderson, C., Bjorkman, B., Denis, D., Doner, J., Grant, M., Sanders, N. i Taniguchi, A. (2022). Semantics. A Essentials of linguistics (2a ed., p. 363–444). eCampusOntario. https://ecampusontario.pressbooks.pub/essentialsoflinguistics2/part/chapter-7-semantics/

Burridge, K. i Stebbins, T. N. (2020). Semantics: The meaning of words. A For the love of language: An introduction to linguistics (2a ed., p. 146–176). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108568753.007

Calvo, J. (1990). Semántica. A Lingüística general y aplicada (p. 203–242). Universitat de València.

Calvo, J. (2005). Los sentidos del lenguaje. A Á. López i B. Gallardo Paúls (Ed.), Conocimiento y lenguaje (p. 217–258). Universitat de València.

Cavallaro, J. (2024). Semantics: Relationships among words. A Everyday linguistics: An introduction to the study of language (p. 116–128). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429269059

Cerdà, R. (1983). Semántica. A H. López Morales (Coord.), Introducción a la lingüística actual (p. 35–55). Playor.

Dawson, H. C. i Phelan, M. (Ed.). (2016). Semantics. A Language files: Materials for an introduction to language and linguistics (12a ed., p. 245–272). The Ohio State University Press. https://linguistics.osu.edu/research/pubs/lang-files

Denham, K. i Lobeck, A. (2019). The study of meaning: Semantics and pragmatics. A Why study linguistics (p. 104–120). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429444623

Díaz-Campos, M., Geeslin, K. L. i Gurzynski-Weiss, L. (2018). Semántica: el estudio del significado. A Introducción y aplicaciones contextualizadas a la lingüística hispánica (p. 230–272). John Wiley & Sons.

✓ Escandell, M. V. (2009). El significado. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), El lenguaje humano (p. 207–238). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Escandell, M. V. (2011). La semántica. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), Invitación a la lingüística (p. 207–242). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Escandell, M. V. (2014). El significado. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), Claves del lenguaje humano (p. 195–223). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

Espinal, M. T. (1996). El significado. A C. Martín Vide (Ed.), Elementos de lingüística (p. 247–266). Octaedro.

✓ Finegan, E. (2015). The study of meaning: Semantics. A Language: Its structure and use (7a ed., p. 187–231). Cengage Learning.

✓ Fromkin, V., Rodman, R. i Hyams, N. (2017). The meaning of language. A An introduction to language (11a ed., p. 133–182). Cengage Learning.

✓ Ippolito, M. (2021). Semantics: The study of meaning. A W. O’Grady i J. Archibald (Ed.), Contemporary linguistic analysis: An introduction (9a ed., p. 18217). Pearson.

Israel, M. (2019). Semantics: How language makes sense. A C. Genetti (Ed.), How languages work: An introduction to language and linguistics (2a ed., p. 150–179). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108553988.008

Lyons, J. (1968). Semantics: General principles. A Introduction to theoretical linguistics (p. 400–442). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139165570.010

Lyons, J. (1968). Semantic structure. A Introduction to theoretical linguistics (p. 443–481). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139165570.011

Lyons, J. (1971). La semántica: principios generales (R. Cerdà, Trad.). A Introducción en la lingüística teórica (p. 413–454). Teide. (Obra original publicada el 1968)

Lyons, J. (1971). La estructura semántica (R. Cerdà, Trad.). A Introducción en la lingüística teórica (p. 455–496). Teide. (Obra original publicada el 1968)

McGregor, W. B. (2024). Meaning. A Linguistics: An introduction (3a ed., p. 131–158). Bloomsbury Academic. https://www.bloomsburyonlineresources.com/linguistics-an-introduction-3

Morales, E. (2000). Semántica. A F. Ramallo, G. Rei-Doval i X. P. Rodríguez Yáñez (Ed.), Manual de ciencias da linguaxe (p. 513–542). Edicións Xerais.

Muñoz-Basols, J., Moreno, N., Taboada, I. i Lacorte, M. (2017). Semántica y pragmática: del significado al uso del lenguaje. A Introducción a la lingüística hispánica actual: teoría y práctica (p. 227–288). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203096758

✓ O’Grady, W. (2017). Semantics: The analysis of meaning. A W. O’Grady, J. Archibald, M. Aronoff i J. Rees-Miller (Ed.), Contemporary linguistics: An introduction (7a ed., p. 217–260). Bedford/St. Martin’s, Macmillan Learning.

✓ O’Grady, W. i Katamba, F. (2011). Semantics and pragmatics: The analysis of meaning. A W. O’Grady, J. Archibald i F. Katamba (Ed.), Contemporary linguistics: An introduction (2a ed., p. 197–242). Pearson Longman.

✓ Portner, P. (2014). Meaning. A R. W. Fasold i J. Connor-Linton (Ed.), An introduction to language and linguistics (2a ed., p. 149–182). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107707511.005

Radford, A., Atkinson, M., Britain, D., Clahsen, H. i Spencer, A. (2009). Word meaning. A Linguistics: An introduction (2a ed., p. 170–185). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511841613.017

Radford, A., Atkinson, M., Britain, D., Clahsen, H. i Spencer, A. (2009). Sentence meanings and Logical Form. A Linguistics: An introduction (2a ed., p. 330–348). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511841613.029

Radford, A., Atkinson, M., Britain, D., Clahsen, H. i Spencer, A. (2000). El significado de las palabras (N. Bel, Trad.). A Introducción a la lingüística (p. 273–296). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 1999)

Radford, A., Atkinson, M., Britain, D., Clahsen, H. i Spencer, A. (2000). Forma lógica (N. Bel, Trad.). A Introducción a la lingüística (p. 499–526). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 1999)

Roberts, I. (2017). How to build a world: Semantics. A The wonders of language: Or how to make noises and influence people (p. 81–104). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781316576595.006

Rowe, B. M. i Levine, D. P. (2023). Semantics: The study of meaning. A A concise introduction to linguistics (6a ed., p. 140–164). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003268369

Saeed, J. (2015). Semantics. A N. Braber, L. Cummings i L. Morrish (Ed.), Exploring language and linguistics (p. 168–193). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139548922.008

Sandoval, J. B. i Denham, K. (2021). Analyzing meaning: Semantics and pragmatics. A Thinking like a linguist: An introduction to the science of language (p. 150–212). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781316874967.005

Slabakova, R. (2021). Semantics. A J. Bruhn de Garavito i J. W. Schwieter (Ed.), Introducing linguistics: Theoretical and applied approaches (p. 219–250). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108696784.007

Smith, K. A. (2025). Semantics. A Linguistics: A functionalist introduction (p. 64–70). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003325710

Travis, C. E. (2010). El estudio del significado. A J. I. Hualde, A. Olarrea, A. M. Escobar i C. E. Travis, Introducción a la lingüística hispánica (2a ed., p. 340–390). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511808821.007

Trujillo, R. (1983). La semántica. A F. Abad i A. García Berrio (Coord.), Introducción a la lingüística (p. 185–215). Alhambra.

Winkler, E. G. i Stickle, T. (2024). Semantics: Language and meaning. A Understanding language: A basic course in linguistics (3a ed., p. 189–213). Bloomsbury Academic. https://www.bloomsburyonlineresources.com/understanding-language-3/chapter-10

✓ Yule, G. (2008). Sem´ntica (N. Bel, Trad.). A A. Benítez Burraco (Ed.), El lenguaje (3a ed. corr. i ampl., p. 118–131). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 2006)

✓ Yule, G. (2020). Semantics. A The study of language (7a ed., p. 129–148). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108582889.010

Manuals de semàntica

Baylon, C. i Fabre, P. (1978). La sémantique avec des travaux pratiques d’application et leurs corrigés. Nathan.

Baylon, C. i Fabre, P. (1994). La semántica: con ejercicios prácticos y sus soluciones (M. T. Valbuena, Trad.). Paidós. (Obra original publicada el 1978)

Berruto, G. (1976). La semantica. Zanichelli.

1.– Definizione; 2.– Cenni di storia della semantica; 3.– Che cos’è il significato; 4.– Termini per la semantica; 5.– Semantica della parola; 6.– Semantica della frase; 7.– Prospettive ed applicazioni.

Berruto, G. (1979). La semántica (S. Tabasnik, Trad.). Nueva Imagen. (Obra original publicada el 1976)

1.– Definición; 2.– Referencias sobre historia de la semántica; 3.– Qué es el significado; 4.– Términos para la semántica; 5.– Semántica de la palabra; 6.– Semántica de la frase; 7.– Perspectivas y aplicaciones.

Birner, B. J. (2018). Language and meaning. Routledge.

1.– Introduction; 2.– Philosophical approaches to meaning; 3.– Semantics; 7.– Pragmatics; 5.– Conclusion.

✓ Cabré, M. T. i Rigau, G. (1986). Lexicologia i semàntica. Enciclopèdia Catalana.

Lexicologia: 1.– Supòsits teòrics; 2.– Derivació: adjunció d’afixos; 3.– Derivació: adjunció de prefixos; 4.– Alguns problemes que plantegen determinades estructures lèxiques; 5.– Formació de mots compostos; Semàntica: Introducció; 1.– Semàntica del mot; 2.– Semàntica de la frase; 3.– Semàntica del discurs.

Cann, R., Kempson, R. i Gregoromichelaki, E. (2009). Semantics: An introduction to meaning in language. Cambridge University Press.

1.– Preliminaries for model building; 2.– The syntax of logical inference; 3.– The semantics of logical inference: Models and semantic types; 4.– Quantification and plurality; 5.– Anaphora, discourse and context; 6.– Time, tense and events; 7.– Ellipsis as a window on context; 8.– What a word can mean.

Chierchia, G. i McConnell-Ginet, S. (2000). Meaning and grammar: An introduction to semantics (2a ed.). The MIT Press.

1.– The empirical domain of semantics; 2.– Denotation, truth and meaning; 3.– Quantification and logical form; 4.– Speaking, meaning and doing; 5.– Intensionality; 6.– Contexts: Indexicality, discourse and presupposition; 7.– Lambda abstraction; 8.– Word meaning; 9.– Generalized quantifiers; Appendix.– Set-theoretic notation and concepts.

Cruse, D. A. (1986). Lexical semantics. Cambridge University Press.

1.– A contextual approach to lexical semantics; 2.– The syntagmatic delimitation of lexical units; 3.– The paradigmatic and syntactic delimitation of lexical units; 4.– Introducing lexical relations; 5.– Lexical configurations; 6.– Taxonomies; 7.– Meronimies; 8.– Non-branching hierarchies; 9.– Opposites I: Complementaries and antonyms; 10.– Opposites II: Directional oppositions; 11.– Opposites III: General questions; 12.– Synonymy.

Cruse, A. (2006). A glossary of semantics and pragmatics. Edinburgh University Press.

Cruse, A. (2010). Meaning in language: An introduction to semantics and pragmatics (3a ed.). Oxford University Press.

I.– Fundamental notions: 1.– Introduction; 2.– Logic and meaning; 3.– Concepts and meaning; II.– Words and their meanings: 4.– Lexical units; 5.– Contextual variability of word meaning; 6.– Paradigmatic relations of inclusion and identity; 7.– Paradigmatic relations of exclusion and opposition; 8.– Lexical hierarchies; 9.– Syntagmatic semantic relations; 10.– Describing lexical senses 1: Dimensions and structures; 11.– Describing lexical senses 2: Approaches to the specification of word meanings; 12.– Extensions of meaning; III.– Grammatical meaning: 13.– Grammatical meaning: Nouns and noun phrases; 14.– Argument structure and transitivity; 15.– Grammatical meaning: Verbs and adjectives; 16.– The semantics of prepositions; 17.– The semantics of derivational affixes; IV.– Pragmatics: 18.– Speech acts; 19.– Reference and deixis; 20.– Conversational implicatures; Epilogue.

Curcó, C. (2021). Semántica: una introducción al significado lingüístico en español. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003014782

I.– Generalidades: 1.– Aspectos del significado. Significado semántico, significado pragmático y significado comunicado; 2.– Los problemas de la semántica y las preguntas pertinentes; II.– Significado y mundo: 3.– El significado y la realidad. Enfoques externistas. Verdad, denotación, referencia y sentido; 4.– Elementos básicos de la teoría de conjuntos; 5.– Representación del significado. Modelos, formas lógicas, oraciones y proposiciones; 6.– Breve introducción a la lógica proposicional; III.– Significado y mente: 7.– El significado y el pensamiento. Enfoques internistas. Los conceptos y la conceptualización; 8.– Universalismo y relativismo lingüístico; 9.– Significado conceptual y significado de procedimiento; IV.– Situaciones y participantes: 10.– El aspecto léxico; 11.– Papeles temáticos.

De Mauro, T. (1999). Introduzione alla semantica (4a ed.). Laterza.

1.– Antinomie semantiche; 2.– L’aristotelismo linguistico nella storia e nel Tractatus di Wittgenstein; 4.– La lingua come rappresentazione del mondo; 4.– La lingua come serie di espressioni; 5.– La lingua come sistema; 6.– Lo scetticismo semantico; 7.– Le basi soggetive del significare; 8.– Il significato come ordinamento dell’esperienza; 9.– Possibilità d’una semantica come scienza storica; Appendice: Saggio di teoria formalizzata del noema lessicale.

Elbourne, P. (2011). Meaning: A slim guide to semantics. Oxford University Press.

1.– Definitions; 2.– What are word meanings?; 3.– Semantic properties of words; 4.– What are sentence meanings?; 5.– Semantic properties of sentences; 6.– Meaning and grammar; 7.– Meaning and context; 8.– Meaning and thought; 9.– Conclusion.

✓ Espinal, M. T. (Coord.). (2002). Semàntica: del significat del mot al significat de l’oració. Ariel.

1.– L’estudi del lèxic i del significat a la gramàtica (M. T. Espinal, M. T. Ynglés); 2.– Lexicologia I. La informació semàntica de les unitats lèxiques (M. T. Espinal, J. Mateu); 3.– Lexicologia II. L’estructura semàntica de les unitats lèxiques (J. Mateu); 4.– Referència, veritat i significat (J. Macià); 5.– Semàntica I. Predicació i quantificació (J. Mateu, J. Quer); 6.– Semàntica II. Modificació i intensionalitat (J. Quer).

Espinal, M. T. (Coord.). (2014). Semántica. Akal.

Introducción (M. T. Espinal); 1.– Semántica. Entre palabras y oraciones (M. T. Espinal); 2.– Palabras y significado (M. T. Espinal, J. Mateu); 3.– El significado y su relación con la referencia y la verdad (J. Macià); 4.– Predicación (J. Mateu); 5.– Cuantificación (J. Quer); 6.– Modificación (M. T. Espinal, J. Quer); 7- Intensionalidad (J. Quer); 8.– Problemas de interfaz sintaxis-semántica y de interfaz gramática-cognición (M. T. Espinal, J. Mateu, J. Quer).

Fernández González, Á. R., Hervás, S. i Báez, V. (1989). Introducción a la semántica (2a ed.). Cátedra.

Primera parte.– Introducción histórica y temas fundamentales de semántica: I.– Introducción histórica; II.– Signos y símbolos; III.– La significación; IV.– La palabra; V.– La sinonimia; VI.– Homonimia y polisemia; VII.– La polisemia; VIII.– Cambios semánticos; IX.– Metáfora, metonimia y sinécdoque; X.– Otros cambios semánticos; Segunda parte.– Semántica estructural: I.– Sobre la semántica estructural; II.– La comunicación lingüística; III.– El signo lingüístico; IV.– Las unidades de comunicación; V.– Semántica, lexicología y lexicografía; VI.– Lengua y estructura; VII.– El léxico en la lengua. Funciones y relaciones; VIII.– Las unidades léxicas. Los cambios semánticos; IX.– Léxico y grupos humanos. Unilingüismo y bilingüismo; X.– Léxico y grupos humanos. Lenguas de grupo; XI.– Clasificaciones del léxico; XII.– Cuantificaciones del léxico; Tercera parte.– Descripción lingüística y semántica en la gramática generativa y en el estructuralismo funcionalista europeo (La escuela de Praga): I.– La gramática generativa; II.– La escuela de Praga actual; III.– Apéndice: Algunos aspectos de la investigación actual en semántica.

Goddard, C. (2011). Semantic analysis: A practical introduction (2a ed.). Oxford University Press.

1.– Semantics: The study of meaning; 2.– Three traditions: Lexicography, logic, and structuralism; 3.– NSM and other contemporary approaches; 4.– The semantics of emotions; 5.– Speech-act verbs; 6.– Discourse particles and interjections; 7.– Animals and artefacts; 8.– Motion; 9.– Physical activity verbs; 10.– Causatives; 11.– Grammatical categories; 12.– Developments, extensions, and applications.

Guiraud, P. (1979). La sémantique (9a ed.). Presses Universitaires de France.

Introduction ; I.– La signification : le procès sémantique ; II.– La signification : la fonction sémantique ; III.– Les changements de sens : leurs formes ; IV.– Les changements de sens : leurs causes ; V.– Points de vue de structure ; V.– La sémantique structurale.

Guiraud, P. (1960). La semántica (J. A. Hasler, Trad.). Fondo de Cultura Económica. (Obra original publicada el 1955)

Introducción; 1.– La significación: el proceso semántico; 2.– La significación: la función semántica; 3.– Los cambios de sentido: sus formas; 4.– Los cambios de sentido: sus causas; 5.– La semántica estructural; 6.– Las semánticas; Conclusión: la semántica.

Hurford, J. R. i Heasley, B. (1988). Curso de semántica (E. de Miguel i I. López Fraguas, Trad.). Visor. (Obra original publicada el 1983)

1.– Ideas básicas en la semántica; 2.– De la referencia …; 3.– … al sentido; 4.– Lógica; 5.– Significado de la palabra; 6.– Significado interpersonal.

Hurford, J. R., Heasley, B. i Smith, M. B. (2007). Semantics: A coursebook (2a ed.). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511841668

1.– Basic ideas in semantics; 2.– From reference …; 3.– … to sense; 4.– Logic; 5.– Word meaning; 6.– Interpersonal and non-literal meaning.

Kempson, R. M. (1977). Semantic theory. Cambridge University Press. https://archive.org/details/semantictheory0000kemp

1.– Introduction; 2.– Meaning and truth; 3.– Meaning and language use; 5.– Speech act semantics v. truth-conditional semantics; 6.– The formalisation of word meaning; 7.– Sentence meaning; 8.– Ambiguity and vagueness; 9.– The logic of natural language; 10.– Syntax and semantics; 11.– The state of the art and prospects for the future.

Kempson, R. M. (1982). Teoría semántica (R. Cerdà, Trad.). Teide. (Obra original publicada el 1977)

Kroeger, P. R. (2022). Analyzing meaning: An introduction to semantics and pragmatics (3a ed.). Language Science Press. https://doi.org/10.5281/ZENODO.6855854

I.– Foundational concepts: 1.– The meaning of meaning; 2.– Referring, denoting, and expressing; 3.– Truth and inference; 4.– The logic of truth; II.– Word meanings: 5.– Word senses; 6.– Lexical sense relations; 7.– Components of lexical meaning; III.– Implicature; 8.– Grice’s theory of implicature; 9.– Pragmatic inference after Grice; 10.– Indirect speech acts; 11.– Use-conditional meaning; IV.– Compositional semantics: 12.– How meanings are composed; 13.– Modeling compositionality; 14.– Quantifiers; 15.– Intensional contexts; V.– Modals, conditionals, and causation: 16.– Modality; 17.– Evidentiality; 18.– Because; 19.– Conditionals; VI.– Tense & aspect; 20.– Aspect and Aktionsart; 21.– Tense; 22.– Varieties of the perfect.

✓ Leech, G. (1974). Semantics. Penguin Books. https://archive.org/details/semantics00leec

1.– Meanings of meaning; 2.– Seven types of meaning; 3.– ‘Bony-structured concepts’; 4.– Semantics and society; 5.– Is semantics a science?; 6.– Components and contrasts of meaning; 7.– The semantic structure of sentences; 8.– Logic in everyday language; 9.– Semantics and syntax; 10.– Semantics and the dictionary; 11.– Colour and kinship: Two case studies in ‘universal semantics’; 12.– Semantic equivalence and ‘deep semantics’; 13.– Presuppositions and factuality; 14.– Alternative theories.

✓ Leech, G. (1977). Semántica (J. L. Tato, Trad.). Alianza. (Obra original publicada el 1974)

1.– Los significados de significado; 2.– Siete tipos de significado; 3.– «Conceptos con armazón»; 4.– Semántica y sociedad; 5.– ¿Es la semántica una ciencia?; 6.– Componentes y contraposiciones del significado; 7.– La estructura semántica de las oraciones; 8.– La lógica en el lenguaje cotidiano; 9.– Semántica y sintaxis; 10.– La semántica y el diccionario; 11.– Color y parentesco: dos estudios concretos sobre «semántica universal»; 12.– Equivalencia semántica y «semántica profunda»; 13.– Presuposiciones y facticidad; 14.– Otras teorías.

Löbner, S. (2013). Understanding semantics (2a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203528334

1.– Meaning and semantics; 2.– Dimensions of meaning; 3.– Ambiguity; 4.– Meaning and context; 5.– Predication; 6.– Verbs; 7.– Meaning and logic; 8.– Meaning relations; 9.– Meaning components; 10.– Meaning and language comparison; 11.– Meaning and cognition; 12.– Frames; 13.– Formal semantics.

Lyons, J. (1977). Semantics (Vol. 1). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139165693

Preface; 1.– Introduction: Some basic terms and concepts; 2.– Communication and information; 3.– Language as a semiotic system; 4.– Semiotics; 5.– Behaviourist semantics; 6.– Logical semantics; 7.– Reference, sense and denotation; 8.– Structural semantics I: Semantic fields; 9.– Structural semantics II: Sense relations.

Lyons, J. (1977). Semantics (Vol. 2). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511620614

Preface; 10.– Semantics and grammar I; 11.– Semantics and grammar II; 12.– Semantics and grammar III; 13.– The Lexicon; 14.– Context, style and culture; 15.– Deixis, space and time; 16.– Mood and illocutionary force; 17.– Modality.

Lyons, J. (1980). Semántica (R. Cerdà, Trad.). Teide. (Obra original publicada el 1977)

1.– Introducción; 2.– Comunicación e información; 3.– La lengua como sistema semiótico; 4.– La semiótica; 5.– La sem´ntica conductista; 6.– La sem´ntica lógica; 7.– Referencia, sentido y denotación; 8.– Sem´ntica estructural I: Campos sem´nticos; 9.– Sem´ntica estructural II: Relaciones de sentido; 10.– Sem´ntica y gram´tica I; 11.– Sem´ntica y gram´tica II; 12.– Sem´ntica y gram´tica III; 13.– El léxico; 14.– Contexto, estilo y cultura; 15.– Deixis, espacio y tiempo; 16.– Modo y fuerza ilocutiva; 17.– La modalidad.

Lyons, J. (1995). Linguistic semantics: An introduction. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511810213

I.– Setting the scene: 1.– Metalinguistic preliminaries: II.– Lexical meaning: 2.– Words as meaningful units; 3.– Defining the meaning of words; 4.– The structural approach; III.– Sentence-meaning: 5.– Meaningful and meaningless sentences; 6.– Sentence-meaning and propositional content; 7.– The formalization of sentence-meaning; IV.– Utterance-meaning: 8.– Speech acts and illocutionary force; 9.– Text and discourse; context and co-text; 10.– The subjectivity of utterance.

Lyons, J. (1997). Semántica lingüística (S. Alcoba, Trad.). Paidós. (Obra original publicada el 1995)

Primera parte: Puesta en escena: 1.– Preliminares metalingüísticos; Segunda parte: Significado del léxico: 2.– Las palabras como unidades dotadas de significado; 3.– Definición del significado de las palabras; 4.– El enfoque estructural; Tercera parte: Significado de la oración: 5.– Oraciones dotadas de significado y carentes de significado; 6.– Significado de la oración y contenido proposicional; 7.– La formalización del significado oracional; Cuarta parte: Significado del enunciado: 8.– Actos de habla y fuerza ilocutiva; 9.– Texto y discurso; contexto y cotexto; 10.– La subjetividad del enunciado.

Lyons, J. (1981). Language, meaning and context. Fontana. https://archive.org/details/languagemeaningc0000lyon

I.– Introduction: 1.– Setting the scene; II.– Words and phrases: 2.– Working with words; 3.– Dealing with definitions; 4.– Webs of words; III.– Sentences: 5.– Making sense with sentences; 6.– Logical links; 7.– Man-made models; IV.– Beyond the sentence: Utterances and texts: 8.– Words and deeds; 9.– Understanding utterances; 10.– Worlds within worlds.

Lyons, J. (1983). Lenguaje, significado y contexto (S. Alcoba, Trad.). Paidós. (Obra original publicada el 1981)

Primera parte: Introducción: 1.– Puesta en escena; Segunda parte: Palabras y sintagmas: 2.– Operando con las palabras; 3.– Tratamiento de las definiciones; 4.– Redes de palabras; Tercera parte: Oraciones: 5.– Significado de las oraciones; 6.– Nexos lógicos; 7.– Modelos hechos por el hombre; Cuarta parte: Más allá de la oración: enunciado y textos; 8.– Palabras y hechos; 9.– Entender enunciados; 10.– Mundos dentro de otros mundos.

Murphy, M. L. (2010). Lexical meaning. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/cbo9780511780684

I.– Meaning and the lexicon: 1.– The lexicon – some preliminaries; 2.– What do we mean by meaning?; 3.– Components and prototypes; 4.– Modern componential approaches – and some alternatives; II.– Relations among words and senses: 5.– Meaning variation: polysemy, homonymy, and vagueness; 6.– Lexical and semantic relations; III.– Word classes and semantic types: 7.– Ontological categories and word classes; 8.– Nouns and countability; 9.– Predication: verbs, events, and states; 10.– Verbs and time; 11.– Adjectives and properties.

Murphy, M. L. i Koskela, A. (2010). Key terms in semantics. Continuum.

Palmer, F. R. (1981). Semantics (2a ed.). Cambridge University Press.

1.– Introduction; 2.– The scope of semantics; 3.– Context and reference; 4.– Lexical semantics: Fields and collocation; 5.– Lexical semantics: Sense relations; 6.– Semantics and grammar; 7.– Utterance meaning; 8.– Semantics and logic.

Palmer, F. R. (1978). La semántica (A. Poloniato, Trad.). Siglo XXI. (Obra original publicada el 1976)

1.– Introducción; 2.– El alcance de la semántica; 3.– El contexto no lingüístico; 4.– Estructura léxica; 5.– Contexto lingüístico; 6.– El significado y el enunciado; 7.– Semántica y gramática; 8.– Desarrollos recientes.

Riemer, N. (2010). Introducing semantics. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511808883

1.– Meaning in the empirical study of language; 2.– Meaning and definition; 3.– The scope of meaning I: External context; 4.– The scope of meaning II: Interpersonal context; 5.– Analysing and distinguishing meanings; 6.– Logic as a representation of meaning; 7.– Meaning and cognition I: Categorization and cognitive semantics; 8.– Meaning and cognition II: Formalizing and simulating conceptual representations; 9.– Meaning and morphosyntax I: The semantics of grammatical categories; 10.– Meaning and morphosyntax II: Verb meaning and argument structure; 11.– Semantic variation and change.

Saeed, J. I. (2022). Semantics (5a ed.). Wiley Blackwell.

I.– Preliminaries: 1.– Semantics in linguistics; 2.– Meaning, thought, and reality; II.– Semantic description: 3.– Word meaning; 4.– Sentence relations and truth; 5.– Sentence semantics 1: Situations; 6.– Sentence semantics 2: Participants; 7.– Meaning and context; III.– Theoretical approaches: 8.– Meaning components; 9.– Formal semantics; 10.– Cognitive semantics; 11.– Inferential pragmatics; Solutions to exercises; Glossary.

Zimmermann, T. E. i Sternefeld, W. (2013). Introduction to semantics: An essential guide to the composition of meaning. De Gruyter. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110314373

1.– Literal meaning; 2.– Lexical semantics; 3.– Structural ambiguity; 4.– Introducing extensions; 5.– Composing extensions; 6.– Quantifiers; 7.– Propositions; 8.– Intensions; 8.– Presuppositions; 10.– Compositional variable binding; Solutions to the exercises.

Treballs generals

Blecua, J. M. (1975). Lingüística y significación. Salvat.

Comunicación y sociedad: Entrevista con Roman Jakobson; La comunicación humana; La semántica; Fenómenos semánticos; Lingüística y significación: Entrevista con André Martinet; Los universales lingüísticos; Unidades lingüísticas y significación; Formación del léxico de una lengua; Cambios semánticos; Problemas actuales y perspectivas de la investigación semántica.

Cabré, M. T. (1992). La terminologia: les teories, els mètodes, les aplicacions. Empúries.

I.– Situació i aspectes generals de la terminologia; II.– La terminologia, matèria interdisciplinària:; III.– Fonaments de la terminologia; IV.– Pràctica de la terminologia: la terminografia; V.– La terminòtica; VI.– Terminologia i normalització; VII.– La terminologia professional: el paper del terminòleg en un servei lingüístic.

Cabré, M. T. (1993). La terminología: teoría, metodología, aplicaciones (C. Tebé, Trad.). Antártida; Empúries. (Obra original publicada el 1992)

Cabré, M. T. (1999). Terminology: Theory, methods and applications (J. A. DeCesaris, Trad.). John Benjamins. https://doi.org/10.1075/tlrp.1 (Obra original publicada el 1992)

I.– An overview of terminology; II.– Terminology, an interdisciplinary field; III.– The foundations of terminology; 4.– Terminology in practice: Terminography; V.– Computerized terminology; VI.– Terminology and standardization; VIII.– Professional terminology: The role of terminologists in a language service.

Escandell, M. V. (2004). Fundamentos de semántica composicional. Ariel.

1.– La semántica composicional; 2.– La teoría semántica: objetivos e instrumentos; 3.– Oraciones y proposiciones; 4.– Relaciones de significado y conexión entre oraciones; 5.– La estructura semántica de las oraciones simples; 6.– Determinantes y cuantificadores; 7.– Los modificadores nominales; 8.– Tiempo y relaciones temporales; 9.– La modificación circunstancial; 10.– Contextos modales, contrafactuales y de actitud proposicional.

Espinal, M. T. (1988). Significat i interpretació. Publicacions de l’Abadia de Montserrat.

1.– Introducció; 2.– Significat i interpretació; 3.– Domini de la gramàtica; 4.– Domini de la pragmàtica; 5.– Domini de la lògica.

Espinal, M. T. (1996). On the contribution of lexical meaning to utterance interpretation. Links & Letters, 3, 29–38. https://raco.cat/index.php/LinksLetters/article/view/49843

Gutiérrez Ordóñez, S. (1989). Introducción a la semántica funcional. Síntesis.

Introducción; 1.– El signo; 2.– El signo lingüístico; 3.– El significante; 4.– La significación; 5.– La connotación; 6.– Unidades semánticas; 7.– Paradigmas léxicos; 8.– Otras estructuras léxicas; 9.– Relaciones semánticas; 10.– Ambigüedad, indeterminación, vaguedad; 11.– Anomalías semánticas.

López Palma, H. (2016). Semántica. A J. Gutiérrez-Rexach (Ed.), Enciclopedia de lingüística hispánica (Vol. 1, p. 284–300). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315713441

Miller, G. A. (1978). Semantic relations among words. A M. Halle, J. Bresnan i G. A. Miller (Ed.), Linguistic theory and psychological reality (p. 60–118). The MIT Press. https://archive.org/details/linguistictheory00nlan

Pustejovsky, J. (2006). Lexical semantics: Overview. A K. Brown (Ed.), Encyclopedia of language & linguistics (2a ed., p. 98–106). Elsevier. https://doi.org/10.1016/b0-08-044854-2/01095-6

Rigau, G. (1981). «Nihil est in lingua quod prius non fuerit in oratione»? A Gramàtica del discurs. Servei de Publicacions de la Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona. https://ddd.uab.cat/record/138514

Reculls

Maienborn, C., von Heusinger, K. i Portner, P. (Ed.). (2011). Semantics: An international handbook of natural language meaning (Vol. 1). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110226614

I.– Foundations of semantics: 1.– Meaning in linguistics (C. Maienborn, K. von Heusinger, P. Portner); 2.– Meaning, intentionality and communication (P. Jacob); 3.– (Frege on) Sense and reference (M. Textor); 4.– Reference: Foundational issues (B. Abbott); 5.– Meaning in language use (G. M. Green); 6.– Compositionality (P. Pagin, D. Westerståhl); 7.– Lexical decomposition: Foundational issues (S. Engelberg); II.– History of semantics: 8.– Meaning in pre-19th century thought (S. Meier-Oeser); 9.– The emergence of linguistic semantics in the 19^th and early 20^th century (B. Nerlich); 10.– The influence of logic on semantics (A. Newen, B. Schröder); 11.– Formal semantics and representationalism (R. Kempson); III.– Methods in semantic research: 12.– Varieties of semantic evidence (M. Krifka); 13.– Methods in cross-linguistic semantics (L. Matthewson); 14.– Formal methods in semantics (A. G. B. ter Meulen); 15.– The application of experimental methods in semantics (O. Bott, S. Featherston, J. Radó, B. Stolterfoht); IV.– Lexical semantics: 16.– Semantic features and primes (M. Bierwisch); 17.– Frameworks of lexical decomposition of verbs (S. Engelberg); 18.– Thematic roles (A. R. Davis); 19.– Lexical Conceptual Structure (B. Levin, M. Rappaport Hovav); 20.– Idioms and collocations (C. Fellbaum); 21.– Sense relations (R. Cann); 22.– Dual oppositions in lexical meaning (S. Löbner); V.– Ambiguity and vagueness: 23.– Ambiguity and vagueness: An overview (C. Kennedy); 24.– Semantic underspecification (M. Egg); 25.– Mismatches and coercion (H. de Swart); 26.– Metaphors and metonymies (A. Tyler, H. Takahashi); VI.– Cognitively oriented approaches to semantics: 27.– Cognitive Semantics: An overview (L. Talmy); 28.– Prototype theory (J. R. Taylor); 29.– Frame Semantics (J.-M. Gawron); 30.– Conceptual Semantics (R. Jackendoff); 31.– Two-level Semantics: Semantic Form and Conceptual Structure (E. Lang, C. Maienborn); 32.– Word meaning and world knowledge (J. R. Hobbs); VII.– Theories of sentence semantics: 33.– Model-theoretic semantics (T. E. Zimmermann); 34.– Event semantics (C. Maienborn); 35.– Situation Semantics and the ontology of natural language (J. Ginzburg); VIII.– Theories of discourse semantics: 36.– Situation Semantics: From indexicality to metacommunicative interaction (J. Ginzburg); 37.– Discourse Representation Theory (H. Kam, U. Reyle); 38.– Dynamic semantics (P. Dekker); 39.– Rhetorical relations (H. Zeevat).

von Heusinger, K., Maienborn, C. i Portner, P. (Ed.). (2012). Semantics: An international handbook of natural language meaning (Vol. 2). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110255072

IX.– Noun phrase semantics: 40.– Pronouns (D. Büring); 41.– Definiteness and indefiniteness (I. Heim); 42.– Specificity (K. von Heusinger); 43.– Quantifiers (E. Keenan); 44.– Bare noun phrases (V. Dayal); 45.– Possessives and relational nouns (C. Barker); 46.– Mass nouns and plurals (P. Lasersohn); 47.– Genericity (G. Carlson); X.– Verb phrase semantics: 48.– Aspectual class and Aktionsart (H. Filip); 49.– Perfect and progressive (P. Portner); 50.– Verbal mood (P. Portner); 51.– Deverbal nominalization (J. Grimshaw); XI.– Semantics of adjectives and adverbials: 52.– Adjectives (V. Demonte); 53.– Comparison constructions (S. Beck); 54.– Adverbs and adverbials (C. Maienborn, M. Schäfer); 55.– Adverbial clauses (K. J. Sæbø); 56.– Secondary predicates (S. Rothstein); XII.– Semantics of intensional contexts: 57.– Tense (T. Ogihara); 58.– Modality (V. Hacquard); 59.– Conditionals (K. von Fintel); 60.– Propositional attitudes (E. Swanson); 61.– Indexicality and De Se reports (P. Schlenker); XIII.– Scope, negation, and conjunction: 62.– Scope and binding (A. Szabolcsi); 63.– Negation (E. Herburger); 64.– Negative and positive polarity items (A. Giannakidou); 65.– Coordination (R. Zamparelli); XIV.– Sentence types: 66.– Questions (M. Krifka); 67.– Imperatives (C.-H. Han); 68.– Copular clauses (L. Mikkelsen); 69.– Existential sentences (L. McNally); 70.– Ellipsis (I. Reich); XV.– Information and discourse structure: 71.– Information structure and truth-conditional semantics (S. Hinterwimmer); 72.– Topics (C. Roberts); 73.– Discourse effects of word order variation (G. Ward, B. J. Birner); 74.– Cohesion and coherence (A. Kehler); 75.– Accessibility and anaphora (B. Geurts); 76.– Discourse particles (M. Zimmermann).

Maienborn, C., von Heusinger, K. i Portner, P. (Ed.). (2013). Semantics: An international handbook of natural language meaning (Vol. 3). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110253382

XVI.– The interface of semantics with phonology and morphology: 77.– Semantics of intonation (H. Truckenbrodt); 78.– Semantics of inflection (P. Kiparsky, J. Tonhauser); 79.– Semantics of derivational morphology (R. Lieber); 80.– Semantics of compounds (S. Olsen); 81.– Semantics in Distributed Morphology (H. Harley); XVII.– The syntax-semantics interface: 82.– Syntax and semantics: An overview (A. von Stechow); 84.– Operations on argument structure (D. Wunderlich); 85.– Type shifting (H. de Hoop); 86.– Constructional meaning and compositionality (P. Kay, L. A. Michaelis); 87.– Scalar implicature as a grammatical phenomenon (G. Chierchia, D. Fox, B. Spector); XVIII.– The semantics-pragmatics interface: 88.– Semantics/pragmatics boundary disputes (K. M. Jaszczolt); 89.– Context dependence (T. E. Zimmermann); 90.– Deixis and demonstratives (H. Diessel); 91.– Presupposition (D. Beaver, B. Geurts); 92.– Implicature (M. Simons); 93.– Game theory in semantics and pragmatics (G. Jäger); 94.– Conventional implicature and expressive content (C. Potts); XIX.– Typology and crosslinguistics semantics: 95.– Semantic types across languages (E. Bach, W. Chao); 96.– Count/mass distinctions across languages (J. Doetjes); 97.– Tense and aspect: Time across languages (C. S. Smith); 98.– The expression of space across languages (E. Pederson); XX.– Diachronic semantics: 99.– Theories of meaning change: An overview (G. Fritz); 100.– Cognitive approaches to diachronic semantics (D. Geeraerts); 101.– Grammaticalization and semantic reanalysis (R. Eckardt); XXI.– Processing and learning meaning: 102.– Meaning in psycholinguistics (L. Frazier); 103.– Meaning in first language acquisition (S. Crain); 104.– Meaning in second language acquisition (R. Slabakova); 106.– Conceptual knowledge, categorization, and meaning (S. Kelter, B. Kaup); 107.– Space in semantics and cognition (B. Landau); XXI.– Semantics and computer science: 108.– Semantic research in computational linguistics (M. Pinkal, A. Koller); 109.– Semantics in corpus linguistics (G. Katz); 110.– Semantics in computational lexicons (A. Frank, S. Padó); 111.– Web semantics (P. Buitelaar); 112.– Semantic issues in machine translation (K. Eberle).

Riemer, N. (Ed.). (2016). The Routledge handbook of semantics. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315685533

Introduction: Semantics – a theory in search of an object (N. Riemer); I.– Foundational issues: 1.– (Descriptive) Externalism in semantics (S. Gross); 2.– Internalist semantics: Meaning, conceptualization and expression (N. Riemer); 3.– A history of semantics (K. Allan); II.– Approaches: 4.– Foundations of formal semantics (J. Gajewski); 5.– Cognitive semantics (M. Lemmens); 6.– Corpus semantics (M. Stubbs); III.– Meaning and concepualization: 7.– Categories, prototypes and exemplars (J. A. Hampton); 8.– Embodiment, simulation and meaning (B. Bergen); 9.– Linguistic relativity (D. Casasanto); IV.– Meaning and context: 10.– Semantics and pragmatics (J. Saeed); 11.– Contextual adjustment of meaning (R. Carston); V.– Lexical semantics: 12.– Lexical decomposition (N. Riemer); 13.– Sense individuation (D. Geeraerts); 14.– Sense relations (P. Storjohann); 15.– Semantic shift (J. Newman); VI.– Semantics of specific phenomena: 16.– The semantics of nominals (S. Löbner); 17.– Negation and polarity (D. Penka); 18.– Varieties of quantification (A. Szabolcsi); 19.– Lexical and grammatical aspect (S. Dickey); 20.– Tense (B. Depraetere, R. Salkie); 21.– Modality (B. Depraetere); 22.– Event semantics (J.-P. Koenig); 23.– Participant roles (B. Primus); 24.– Compositionality (A. E. Goldberg); 25.– The semantics of lexical typology (M. Koptjevskaja-Tamm, E. Rakhilina, M. Vanhove); VII.– Extensions: 26.– Acquisition of meaning (S. Choi); 27.– Expressives (A. Foolen); 28.– Interpretative semantics (F. Rastier); 29.– Semantic processing (S. Frisson, M. J. Pickering).

Pragmàtica

Manuals de lingüística

✓ Akmajian, A., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (1984). Pragmática: el estudio del uso del lenguaje y la comunicación lingüística (V. Demonte i M. Mora, Trad.). A Lingüística: una introducción al lenguaje y a la comunicación (p. 313–346). Alianza. (Obra original publicada el 1979)

✓ Akmajian, A., Farmer, A. K., Bickmore, L., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (2017). Pragmatics: The study of language use and communication. A Linguistics: An introduction to language and communication (7a ed., p. 349–402). The MIT Press.

Anderson, C., Bjorkman, B., Denis, D., Doner, J., Grant, M., Sanders, N. i Taniguchi, A. (2022). Pragmatics. A Essentials of linguistics (2a ed., p. 47556). eCampusOntario. https://ecampusontario.pressbooks.pub/essentialsoflinguistics2/part/chapter-8-pragmatics/

Cavallaro, J. (2024). Language in everyday interaction. A Everyday linguistics: An introduction to the study of language (p. 129–138). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429269059

Díaz-Campos, M., Geeslin, K. L. i Gurzynski-Weiss, L. (2018). Pragmática: el uso en el contexto. A Introducción y aplicaciones contextualizadas a la lingüística hispánica (p. 273–300). John Wiley & Sons.

✓ Escandell, M. V. (2009). El significado. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), El lenguaje humano (p. 207–238). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Escandell, M. V. (2011). La pragmática. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), Invitación a la lingüística (p. 243–272). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Escandell, M. V. (2014). Lengua y comunicación: la pragmática. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), Claves del lenguaje humano (p. 225–247). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Finegan, E. (2015). Information structure and pragmatics. A Language: Its structure and use (7a ed., p. 268–301). Cengage Learning.

✓ Finegan, E. (2015). Speech acts and conversation. A Language: Its structure and use (7a ed., p. 302–338). Cengage Learning.

✓ Fromkin, V., Rodman, R. i Hyams, N. (2017). The meaning of language. A An introduction to language (11a ed., p. 133–182). Cengage Learning.

Hernández Sacristán, C. (2005). Los usos del lenguaje. A Á. López i B. Gallardo Paúls (Ed.), Conocimiento y lenguaje (p. 259–289). Universitat de València.

McGregor, W. B. (2024). Text and discourse. A Linguistics: An introduction (3a ed., p. 183–206). Bloomsbury Academic. https://www.bloomsburyonlineresources.com/linguistics-an-introduction-3/student-resources_chapter-8

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2000). Actos de habla: definición y tipología. Actos de habla indirectos. La lógica de los actos de habla. A Curso universitario de lingüística general: Vol. 2. Semántica, pragmática, morfología y fonología (2a ed. rev. i ampl., p. 353–374). Síntesis.

Moreno Cabrera, J. C. (2000). Lógica de la conversación e implicaturas conversatorias. La teoría de la relevancia: Definición y tipología. Actos de habla indirectos. La lógica de los actos de habla. A Curso universitario de lingüística general: Vol. 2. Semántica, pragmática, morfología y fonología (2a ed. rev. i ampl., p. 375–408). Síntesis.

Rowe, B. M. i Levine, D. P. (2023). Pragmatics: How language is used and the effects of context on meaning. A A concise introduction to linguistics (6a ed., p. 165–183). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003268369

✓ Schiffrin, D. (2014). Discourse. A R. W. Fasold i J. Connor-Linton (Ed.), An introduction to language and linguistics (2a ed., p. 183–216). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107707511.006

Smith, K. A. (2025). Pragmatics. A Linguistics: A functionalist introduction (p. 71–75). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003325710

Taboada, M. (2021). Pragmatics and discourse analysis. A J. Bruhn de Garavito i J. W. Schwieter (Ed.), Introducing linguistics: Theoretical and applied approaches (p. 356–375). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108696784.011

Winkler, E. G. i Stickle, T. (2024). Pragmatics: Language in use. A Understanding language: A basic course in linguistics (3a ed., p. 214–236). Bloomsbury Academic. https://www.bloomsburyonlineresources.com/understanding-language-3/chapter-11

✓ Yule, G. (2008). Pragm´tica (N. Bel, Trad.). A A. Benítez Burraco (Ed.), El lenguaje (3a ed. corr. i ampl., p. 132–145). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 2006)

✓ Yule, G. (2008). An´lisis del discurso (N. Bel, Trad.). A A. Benítez Burraco (Ed.), El lenguaje (3a ed. corr. i ampl., p. 146–160). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 2006)

✓ Yule, G. (2020). Pragmatics. A The study of language (7a ed., p. 149–166). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108582889.011

✓ Yule, G. (2020). Discourse analysis. A The study of language (7a ed., p. 167–183). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108582889.012

Manuals de pragmàtica

Allott, N. (2010). Key terms in pragmatics. Continuum.

Introduction: What is pragmatics?; Key terms; Key thinkers; Key works.

Armengaud, F. (2007). La pragmatique (5a ed. actual.). Presses Universitaires de France.

1.– Genèse de l’approche pragmatique ; 2.– La pragmatique du premier degré. L’étude des symboles indexicaux ; 3.– La pragmatique du second degré. Sens littéral et sens communiqué ; 4.– La pragmatique du troisième degré. La théorie des actes de langage ; 5.– À partir de la pragmatique : portée philosophique d’une nouvelle approche du langage ; Conclusion.

Bassols, M. (2001). Les claus de la pragmàtica. Eumo.

1.– De l’anàlisi del discurs a la pragmàtica; 2.– La pragmàtica; 3.– Els actes de parla; 4.– Les pressuposicions; 5.– Les implicacions conversacionals; 6.– La cortesia lingüística; 7.– El principi de la pertinença; Glossari.

Birner, B. J. (2018). Language and meaning. Routledge.

1.– Introduction; 2.– Philosophical approaches to meaning; 3.– Semantics; 7.– Pragmatics; 5.– Conclusion.

Birner, B. J. (2021). Pragmatics: A slim guide. Oxford University Press.

1.– Introduction; 2.– Literal vs. non-literal meaning; 3.– Implicature; 4.– Speech acts; 5.– Reference; 6.– Definiteness and anaphora; 7.– Presupposition; 8.– Information structure; 9.– New directions; 10.– Conclusion; Glossary; Sources of naturally occurring examples; References.

Birner, B. J. (2025). Introduction to pragmatics (2a ed.). Wiley-Blackwell.

1.– Defining pragmatics; 2.– Gricean implicature; 3.– Later approaches to implicature; 4.– Reference; 5.– Presupposition; 6.– Speech acts; 7.– Information structure; 8.– Inferential relations; 9.– Social pragmatics; 10.– Pragmatics and AI.

Blakemore, D. (1992). Understanding utterances: An introduction to pragmatics. Wiley-Blackwell.

I.– Fundamentals: 1.– Communication and the context; 2.– Relevance; 3.– Pragmatics, linguistics and literature; II.– Explicature: 4.– Explicating and implicating; 5.– The proposition expressed; 6.– Higher-level explicatures: Attitudes and speech acts; III.– Implicature: 7.– Types of implicature; 8.– Constraints on implicatures; 9.– Implicatures and style.

Brown, G. i Yule, G. (1983). Discourse analysis. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511805226

1.– Introduction: Linguistic forms and functions; 2.– The role of context in interpretation; 3.– Topic and the representation of discourse content; 4.– «Staging» and the representation of discourse structure; 5.– Information structure; 6.– The nature of reference in text and discourse; 7.– Coherence and the interpretation of text and discourse.

Brown, G. i Yule, G. (1993). Análisis del discurso (S. Iglesias, Trad.). Visor. (Obra original publicada el 1983)

1.– Introducción: formas y funciones lingüísticas; 2.– El papel del contexto en la interpretación; 3.– El tema y la representación del contenido del discurso; 4.– El ``montaje’’ y la representación de la estructura del discurso; 5.– La estructura informativa; 6.– La naturaleza de la referencia en el texto y en el discurso; 7.– La coherencia en la interpretación del discurso.

Calsamiglia, H. i Tuson, A. (2012). Las cosas del decir: manual de análisis del discurso (3a ed.). Ariel.

1.– El análisis del discurso; 2.– El discurso oral; 3.– El discurso escrito; 4.– El contexto discursivo; 5.– Las personas del discurso; 6.– Las relaciones interpersonales, la cortesía y la modalización; 7.– Los fines discursivos y los procesos de interpretación; 8.– La textura discursiva; 9.– Los géneros discursivos y las secuencias textuales; 10.– Los modos de organización del discurso; 11.– Decir el discurso: los registros y los procedimientos retóricos; Apéndice: La obtención y el tratamiento de los datos.

Canning, P. i Walker, B. (2024). Discourse analysis: A practical introduction. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003351207

1.– Discourse: Language, context, and choice; 2.– Organising discourse: Thematic and information structure; 3.– Organising information in discourse: Cohesion; 4.– Analysing spoken discourse; 5.– Analysing meaning in discourse; 6.– Meaning and context; 7.– Politeness; 8.– Metaphorical meanings in discourse: Metaphor and metonymy; 9.– Representing experience in discourse; 10.– Presenting other people’s speech, writing, and thought; 11.– Corpus linguistics and discourse analysis; 12.– Doing a project in discourse analysis.

Cruse, A. (2010). Meaning in language: An introduction to semantics and pragmatics (3a ed.). Oxford University Press.

✓ Escandell, M. V. (2013). Introducción a la pragmática (3a ed.). Ariel.

Introducción: 1.– La pragmática; 2.– Conceptos básicos de pragmática; El desarrollo de la pragmática: 3.– Austin y la filosofía del lenguaje corriente; 4.– Searle y la teoría de los actos de habla; 5.– Grice y el principio de cooperación; 6.– Anscombre y Ducrot y la teoría de la argumentación; 7.– Sperber y Wilson y la teoría de la relevancia; 8.– El estudio de la cortesía; Las explicaciones pragmáticas: 9.– Conectivas: el caso de la conjunción Y; 10.– Los enunciados interrogativos; 11.– La metáfora; 12.– Pragmática y literatura; 13.– El conocimiento pragmático; 14.– La pragmática y la estructura de la teoría lingüística.

Huang, Y. (2014). Pragmatics (2a ed.). Oxford University Press.

1.– Introduction; Central topics in pragmatics: 2.– Implicature; 3.– Presupposition; 4.– Speech acts; 5.– Deixis; 6.– Reference; Pragmatics and its interfaces: 7.– Pragmatics and cognition: Relevance theory; 8.– Pragmatics and semantics; 9.– Pragmatics and syntax.

Johnstone, B. i Andrus, J. (2024). Discourse analysis (4a ed.). Wiley Blackwell.

Introduction; 2.– Discourse and world; 3.– Intention and interpretation; 4.– Discourse structure: Parts and sequences; 5.– Participants in discourse: Relationships, roles, identities; 6.– Prior texts, prior discourses; 7.– Discourse and medium; Glossary.

Kroeger, P. R. (2022). Analyzing meaning: An introduction to semantics and pragmatics (3a ed.). Language Science Press. https://doi.org/10.5281/ZENODO.6855854

Lavandera, B. R. (1985). Curso de lingüística para el análisis del discurso. Centro Editor de América Latina.

Introducción; 1.– Etnografía del habla; 2.– Del análisis de la oración al análisis del discurso; 3.– Gramática generativa y análisis del discurso; 4.– Aportes de la semántica generativa; 5.– La teoría de los actos de habla; 6.– Lingüística pragmática; 7.– Discurso argumentativo; 8.– Cohesión, consistencia, coherencia; 9.– Conversación.

Leech, G. (1983). Principles of pragmatics. Longman. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315835976

1.– Introduction; 2.– A set of postulates; 3.– Formalism and functionalism; 4.– The interpersonal role of the Cooperative Principle; 5.– The Tact Maxim; 6.– A survey of the Interpersonal Rhetoric; 7.– Communicative Grammar: An example; 8.– Performatives; 9.– Speech-act verbs in English; 10.– Retrospect and prospect.

Leech, G. (1998). Principios de pragmática (F. Alcántara, Trad.). Universidad de La Rioja. (Obra original publicada el 1983)

✓ Levinson, S. C. (1983). Pragmatics. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511813313

1.– The scope of pragmatics; 2.– Deixis; 3.– Conversational implicature; 4.– Presupposition; 5.– Speech acts; 6.– Conversational structure; 7.– Conclusions.

✓ Levinson, S. C. (1989). Pragmática (À. Rubiés, Trad.). Teide. (Obra original publicada el 1983)

1.– El ámbito de la pragmática; 2.– La deixis; 3.– Implicatura conversacional; 4.– La presuposición; 5.– Actos de habla; 6.– Estructura de la conversación; 7.– Conclusiones.

Loureda, Ó. i Schrott, A. (Ed.). (2021). Manual de lingüística del hablar. De Gruyter. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110335224

Introducción (Ó. Loureda, A. Schrott); I.– La lingüística del hablar y sus ámbitos: 1.– El hablar y las lenguas (R. González Ruiz, D. Izquierdo Alegría); 2.– El hablar como hecho cultural e histórico (F. Lebsanft); 3.– El hablar como hecho pragmático-comunicativo (M. V. Escandell-Vidal); 4.– El hablar como intención comunicativa (B. Gallardo Paúls); 5.– El hablar como práctica social (N. Pardo Abril); 6.– El hablar como argumentación (S. Gómez-Jordana Ferary); II.– El hablar y el contexto: 7.– El hablar y el contexto (C. López Alonso, A, Séré Baby); III.– Las personas y las voces del hablar: 8.– El hablar y los participantes en la interacción comunicativa (J. Portolés); 9.– La modalidad entre lo dicho y el decir (M. Becker); 10.– La polifonía en el hablar (M. M. García Negroni); 11.– Las relaciones entre el hablante y el oyente: la cortesía verbal (M. Albelda Marco); IV.– La materialidad del discurso y de su concepción:12.– El hablar y lo oral (A. López Serena); 13.– La conversación coloquial como prototipo de lo dialogal (A. Briz Gómez, A. García-Ramón); 14.– El hablar y lo escrito (L. Pons Rodríguez); 15.– Textos y medios de comunicación (E. M. Eckkrammer); 16.– Los textos digitales y multimodales (F. Yus); 17.– La comunicación no verbal (A. M. Cestero Mancera); V.– La organización sintáctica, semántica e informativa del hablar:18.– Las unidades del discurso y el texto escrito (M. Borreguero Zuloaga); 19.– Las unidades del hablar: la oralidad (S. Pons Bordería, S. Salameh Jiménez); 20.– La estructura informativa del hablar (C. Fuentes Rodríguez); 21.– La semántica del hablar (J. Wolf); 22.– Enfoque cognitivo prototípico y complejidad textual (C. Borzi); VI.– La historicidad del hablar: 23.– Las relaciones intertextuales (G. Haβler); 24.– Las tradiciones discursivas (A. Schrott); 25.– El hablar y el discurso repetido: la fraseología (C. Mellado, G. Corpas, K. Berty); 26.– Géneros textuales y tipos de discurso (G. E. Ciapuscio); 27.– El hablar y el estilo (L. Payrató, V. Salvador); VII.– El saber hablar: 28.– La producción textual (T. álvarez Angulo, R. Ramírez Bravo); 29.– Comprender los textos escritos (G. Parodi, T. Moreno de Léon); 30.– El hablar: su adquisición y su deterioro (O. Ivanova); VIII.– El hablar y sus universos: 31.– El hablar y la literatura (L. Galván); 32.– El discurso tecnocientífico (C. Galán Rodríguez); 33.– El discurso científico-académico (G. E. Müller); 34.– Lenguas de especialidad en lenguas románicas y su contraste (V. Vivanco Cervero, S. Molina Plaza); 35.– El hablar y la variación de especialidad (M. Casas Gómez, G. Fernández Smith); 36.– Los discursos de la política (E. Narvaja de Arnoux); 37.– Decir (o no decir) la verdad en la esfera pública e institucional (C. Carbonell); IX.– Métodos y aplicaciones: 38.– El hablar y su traslación: traducir, interpretar, editar y posteditar (A. Weber, V. Atayan, R. Barranco-Droege); 39.– El hablar desde la didáctica: las destrezas comunicativas (D. Cassany, B. Vazquez-Clavo, L. Shafirova, L.-T. Zhang); 40.– Texto, edición y crítica textual (J. Rodríguez Molina); 41.– El hablar y la lingüística empírica (A. Cabedo Nebot, I. Recio Fernández); X.– El estudio del hablar: 42.– Las miradas sobre el hablar (L. Cortés, Ó. Loureda).

Mey, J. L. (2001). Pragmatics: An introduction (2a ed.). Blackwell.

I.– Basic notions; 1.– Defining pragmatics; 2.– Some issues in pragmatics; II.– Micropragmatics; 3.– Context, implicature and reference; 4.– Pragmatic principles; 5.– Speech acts; 6.– Conversation analysis; III.– Macropragmatics; 7.– Metapragmatics; 8.– Pragmatic acts; 9.– Literary pragmatics; 10.– Pragmatics across cultures; 11.– Social aspects of pragmatics; Discussion \& review questions; Epilogue: Of silence and comets.

O’Keeffe, A., Clancy, B. i Adolphs, S. (2020). Introducing pragmatics in use (2a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429342950

1.– Introduction; 2.– Researching pragmatics; 3.– Corpus pragmatics; 4.– Reference; 5.– Politeness; 6.– Speech acts; 7.– Pragmatics and language variation; 8.– Pragmatics and variation at the level of register; 9.– Pragmatics and language teaching.

✓ Payrató, L. (2018). Introducción a la pragmática: una perspectiva sobre el lenguaje en acción. Síntesis.

1.– La mirada pragmática: lenguaje y uso; 2.– Teorías y explicaciones pragmáticas; 3.– Pragmática y disciplinas conexas; 4.– La deíxis; 5.– Las inferencias; 6.– Actos de habla; 7.– La cortesía lingüística; 8.– Pragmática, variación funcional y estilística; 9.– Pragmática intercultural y contrastiva.

✓ Payrató, L. (2010). Pragmàtica, discurs i llengua oral: introducció a l’anàlisi funcional de textos (2a ed.). Editorial UOC.

I.– La pragmàtica, una perspectiva sobre l’ús lingüístic: 1.– Pragmàtica i ciències del llenguatge; 2.– Pragmàtica i disciplines connexes; 3.– Teories i explicacions pragmàtiques; II.– Àrees d’estudi de la pragmàtica: 4.– L’enunciació i les funcions del llenguatge; 5.– La dixi; 6.– Els actes de parla; 7.– Les inferències; 8.– La cortesia lingüística; 9.– La modalitat i la modalització; III.– Aplicacions i interseccions. Llengua, text i discurs: 10.– Àrees d’aplicació i d’intersecció de la pragmàtica; 11.– Text i discurs. Nocions introductòries; 12.– Propietats del text i del discurs; VI.– Variació funcional i llengua oral: 13.– La variació funcional. Delimitació i classes; 14.– Les modalitats de la llengua oral i la seva anàlisi; 15.– L’àmbit lingüístic col·loquial; A manera de conclusió (i amb vistes al futur).

Raymond, C. W. i Olguín, L. M. (2022). Análisis de la conversación: fundamentos, metodología y alcances. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429507274

1.– Introducción: Análisis de la conversación: la organización de la acción en la interacción social; 2.– Fundamentos del Análisis de la Conversación; 3.– La transcripción de datos conversacionales; 4.– La organización de la toma de turnos; 5.– La organización de secuencias de acción; 6.– La organización de la preferencia interaccional; 7.– La organización de la enmienda; 8.– Contextos, identidades e instituciones; 9.– A manera de epílogo: alcances del Análisis de la Conversación.

✓ Reyes, G. (2019). El abecé de la pragmática (11a ed.). Arco/Libros.

Introducción; 1.– El significado contextual; 2.– ¿Qué es la pragmática?; 3.– Lo dicho y lo implicado: el modelo de Grice; 4.– Lo dicho y lo implicado: la teoría de la relevancia; Ejercicios.

Tuson, A. (1995). Anàlisi de la conversa. Empúries.

0.– Introducció; 1.– «Parla com un llibre» / «Escriu com parla». Això és possible? 2.– Quan conversem, no tot el que diem és el que sembla; 3.– Què vol dir «conversar»?; 4.– L’edifici de la conversa; 5.– La conversa espontània i altres tipus d’interacció oral; 6.– Tots conversem, però… ho fem de la mateixa manera?; 7.– Enregistrament de dades i metodologia d’anàlisi; 8.– Perspectives de futur.

Tuson, A. (1997). Análisis de la conversación. Ariel.

0.– Introducción; 1.– «Habla como un libro» / «Escribe como habla» ¿Es eso posible?; 2.– Cuando conversamos, no todo lo que decimos es lo que parece; 3.– ¿Qué quiere decir «conversar»?; 4.– El edificio de la conversación; 5.– La conversación espontánea y otros tipos de interacción verbal; 6.– Todos conversamos, pero… ¿lo hacemos del mismo modo?; 7.– Registro de datos y metodología de análisis; 8.– Perspectivas de futuro.

Verschueren, J. (1999). Understanding pragmatics. Edward Arnold; Oxford University Press. https://repository.uantwerpen.be/docman/irua/03eb70/20735.pdf

Introduction; I.– The pragmatic perspective: 1.– Language and language use; 2.– Key notion; II.– Aspects of the meaningful functioning of language; 3.– Context; 4.– Structure; 5.– Dynamics; 6.– Salience; III.– Topics and trends: 7.– Micropragmatic issues; 8.– Macropragmatic issues; 9.– The pragmatic landscape.

Verschueren, J. (2002). Para entender la pragmática (E. Baena i M. Lacorte, Trad.). Gredos. (Obra original publicada el 1999)

Introducción; I.– La perspectiva pragmática: 1.– El lenguaje y el uso del lenguaje; 2.– Nociones clave; II.– Aspectos del funcionamiento significativo del lenguaje: 3.– Contexto; 4.– Estructura; 5.– Dinámica; 6.– Saliencia; III.– Temas y tendencias: 7.– Cuestiones micropragmáticas; 8.– Cuestiones macropragmáticas; 9.– El panorama de la pragmática.

Xiang, M., Jia, M. i Bu, X. (2024). Introduction to pragmatics. Springer; Peking University Press. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-99-6464-2

1.– Introduction; 2.– Deixis; 3.– Presupposition; 4.– Implicature; 5.– Speech acts; 6.– Politeness and impoliteness; 7.– Research methods; Appendix A.– Resources; Appendix B.– Research notes.

Treballs generals

Archer, D., Aijmer, K. i Wichmann, A. (2012). Pragmatics: An advanced resource book for students. Routledge.

A.– Introduction: A1.– The origins of pragmatics; A2.– Research methods in pragmatics; A3.– The semantic-pragmatic interface; A4.– Speech acts: Doing things with words; A5.– Implicature; A6.– Pragmatics and discourse; A7.– Pragmatic markers; A8.– Pragmatics, facework and im/politeness; A9.– Pragmatics, prosody and gesture; A10.– Cross-cultural pragmatics; A11.– Historical pragmatics; A12.– Pragmatics and power; B.– Extension: B1.– The origins of pragmatics. Readings; B2.– Research methods in pragmatics. Readings; B3.– The semantic-pragmatic interface. Readings; B4.– Speech acts: Doing things with words. Readings; B5.– Implicature. Readings; B6.– Pragmatics and the structure of discourse. Readings; B7.– Pragmatic markers. Readings; B8.– Pragmatics, facework and (im)politeness. Readings; B9.– Prosody: Intonation. Readings; B10.– Cross-cultural communication. Readings; B11.– Historical pragmatics. Readings; B12.– Analysing power. Readings; C.– Exploration: C1.– Choosing, transcribing and annotating a dataset; C2.– Exploring routinised speech acts using corpora; C3.– Testing for implicatures; C4.– The organization of discourse structure; C5.– Pragmatic markers: Further explorations; C6.– Facework and im/politeness; C7.– Prosody and non-verbal communication; C8.– Cross-cultural and intercultural pragmatics; C9.– Power.

Archer, D. i Grundy, P. (Ed.). (2011). The pragmatics reader. Routledge.

1.– Introduction; 2.– Linguistic pragmatics; 3.– Post-gricean pragmatics; 4.– Indexicality; 5.– Historical pragmatics; 6.– Politeness, face and impoliteness; 7.– Cross-cultural and intercultural pragmatics; 8.– Pragmatics and conversation - Development and impairment; 9.– Pragmaticians on pragmatics; 10.– Theory and practice in pragmatics.

Austin, J. L. (1975). How to do things with words (J. O. Urmson i M. Sbisà, Ed.; 2a ed.). Harvard University Press. (Obra original publicada el 1962)

Lecture I; Lecture II; Lecture III; Lecture IV; Lecture V; Lecture VI; Lecture VII; Lecture VIII; Lecture IX; Lecture X; Lecture XI; Lecture XII.

Austin, J. L. (1971). Palabras y acciones: cómo hacer cosas con palabras (J. O. Urmson, Ed.; G. R. Carrió i E. A. Rabossi, Trad.). Paidós. (Obra original publicada el 1962)

La filosofía de John L. Austin (G. Carrió, E. Rabossi); Nómina de trabajos de J. L. Austin; Prefacio de la edición inglesa (J. O. Urmson); Conferencia I; Conferencia II; Conferencia III; Conferencia IV; Conferencia V; Conferencia VI; Conferencia VII; Conferencia VIII; Conferencia IX; Conferencia X; Conferencia XI; Conferencia XII; Apéndice del compilador; Glosario de las traducciones de esta versión.

Benveniste, É. (1974). L’appareil formel de l’énonciation. A Problèmes de linguistique générale, 2 (p. 79–88). Gallimard. (Obra original publicada el 1970)

Benveniste, É. (1977). El aparato formal de la enunciación (J. Almela, Trad.). A Problemas de lingüística general, II (p. 82–91). Siglo XXI. (Obra original publicada el 1974)

Cutting, J. i Fordyce, K. (2021). Pragmatics: A resource book for students (4a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003010043

A.– Introduction: Concepts in pragmatics: 1.– Context and structure; 2.– Speech act theory; 3.– Cooperative principle; 4.– Politeness and impoliteness; 5.– Corpora and communities; 6.– Critical discourse analysis; 7.– Intercultural pragmatics; 8.– Pragmatics and language learning; B.– Development: Studies in pragmatics: 1.– Analysing context; 2.– Using speech acts; 3.– Understanding implicature; 4.– Analysing politeness and impoliteness; 5.– Analysing markers; 6.– Detecting hidden values; 7.– Studying intercultural pragmatics; 8.– Teaching pragmatics; C.– Exploration: Data for investigation: 1.– Contexts in writing; 2.– Culture and indirectness; 3.– Flouting and violating; 4.– Politeness and impoliteness; 5.– Variation and multimodal corpora; 6.– Language and power; 7.– Understanding each other; 8.– Pragmatics online and learning; D.– Extension: Readings: 1.– Conversation analysis and ELF (A. Santner-Wolfartsberger); 2.– Speech acts and conversation analysis (J. C. Félix-Brasdefer); 3.– Relevance and emotion (B. Zuo, W. Yuana, F. Y. Lin, R. P. Cooper); 4.– Impoliteness and rudeness (J. Culpeper); 5.– Corpora and language teaching (L. Flowerdew); 6.– Multimodal critical discourse analysis (S. Buckledee, D. Machin); 7.– African face needs (K. Grainger, S. Mills, M. Sibanda); 8.– Pragmatic development, ELF, and TBLT (N. Murray, M. González-Lloret).

Ducrot, O. (1972). Dire et ne pas dire : principes de sémantique linguistique. Hermann. https://archive.org/details/ducrot-oswald-dire-et-ne-pas-dire_202508

1.– Implicite et présupposition ; 2.– La notion de présupposition : présentation historique ; 3.– La notion de présupposition : l’acte de présupposer ; 4.– La présupposition dans la description sémantique ; 5.– Exercices formels ; 6.– Supposition et présupposition.

Ducrot, O. (1982). Decir y no decir: principios de semántica lingüística (W. Minetto i A. Hurtado, Trad.). Anagrama. (Obra original publicada el 1972)

Escandell, M. V. (2003). La investigación en pragmática. Interlingüística, 14, 45–58. https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/articulo?codigo=919034

Escandell, M. V. (2004). Aportaciones de la pragmática. A J. Sánchez Lobato i I. Santos Gargallo (Ed.), Enseñar español como segunda lengua o lengua extranjera: vademécum para la formación de profesores (p. 179–198). SGEL.

✓ Escandell, M. V. (2005). La comunicación. Gredos.

Escandell, M. V. (2014). La comunicación: lengua, cognición y sociedad. Akal.

Escandell, M. V. (2016). Pragmática. A J. Gutiérrez-Rexach (Ed.), Enciclopedia de lingüística hispánica (Vol. 1, p. 257–270). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315713441

Espinal, M. T. (1988). Significat i interpretació. Publicacions de l’Abadia de Montserrat.

1.– Introducció; 2.– Significat i interpretació; 3.– Domini de la gramàtica; 4.– Domini de la pragmàtica; 5.– Domini de la lògica.

Fillmore, C. J. (1969). Verbs of judging: An exercise in semantic description. Papers in Linguistics, 1(1), 91–117. https://doi.org/10.1080/08351816909389109

Fillmore, C. J. (1971). Verbs of judging: An exercise in semantic description. A C. J. Fillmore i D. T. Langendoen (Ed.), Studies in linguistic semantics (p. 273–289). Holt, Rinehart and Winston. https://archive.org/details/studiesinlinguis0000unse_x6x3

Frege, G. (1971). Sobre sentido y referencia (U. Moulines, Trad.). A Estudios sobre semántica (p. 49–84). Ariel. (Obra original publicada el 1892)

Grice, H. P. (1975). Logic and conversation. A P. Cole i J. L. Morgan (Ed.), Syntax and semantics: Vol. 3. Speech acts (p. 41–58). Academic Press.

Grice, H. P. (1991). Lógica y conversación (J. J. Acero, Trad.). A L. M. Valdés (Ed.), La búsqueda del significado: lecturas de filosofía del lenguaje (p. 511–530). Tecnos; Universidad de Murcia. (Obra original publicada el 1975)

Hymes, D. H. (1972). On communicative competence (Excerpts). A J. B. Pride i J. Holmes (Ed.), Sociolinguistics: Selected readings (p. 269–293). Penguin. https://archive.org/details/sociolinguistics0000unse_n0z7

Keenan, E. L. (1971). Two kinds of presupposition in natural language. A C. J. Fillmore i D. T. Langendoen (Ed.), Studies in linguistic semantics (p. 44–52). Holt, Rinehart and Winston. https://archive.org/details/studiesinlinguis0000unse_x6x3

Larreya, P. (1979). Énoncés performatifs et présupposition : éléments de sémantique et de pragmatique. Nathan.

1.– Énoncés performatifs et valeur illocutoire ; 2.– Énoncés de sens performatif : essai de construction d’une grammaire à base sémantique ; 3.– Quelle place la présupposition doit-elle occuper dans une grammaire ? ; 4.– L’imparfait, le « conditionnel » et la « présupposition » ; Appendice : La valeur illocutoire, la présupposition et l’implication dans un passage de Gigi (Colette) ; Glossaire de termes linguistiques.

Reyes, G. (1990). La pragmática lingüística: el estudio del uso del lenguaje. Montesinos.

1.– El estudio del significado lingüístico; 2.– Decir, querer decir y decir sin querer; 3.– Acuerdos y transgresiones; 4.– El hablante en la gramática; 5.– Las voces del texto.

Sanz, M. i Serrat, E. (2006). Pragmàtica i discurs. A O. Soler (Coord.), Psicologia del llenguatge (p. 115–151). Editorial UOC.

Searle, J. R. (1964). What is a speech act? A M. Black (Ed.), Philosophy in America (p. 221–239). George Allen & Unwin. https://archive.org/details/philosophyinamer00blac

Searle, J. R. (1977). ¿Qué es un acto de habla? (L. M. Valdés, Ed. i Trad.). Teorema. (Obra original publicada el 1964)

Presentación; 1.– Introducción; 2.– Reglas; 3.– Proposiciones; 4.– Significado; 5.– Cómo prometer; 6.– Reglas para el uso del dispositivo indicador de función; Bibliografía sobre actos de habla.

Searle, J. R. (1969). Speech acts: An essay in the philosophy of language. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139173438

I.– A theory of speech acts: 1.– Methods and scope; 2.– Expressions, meaning and speech acts; 3.– The structure of illocutionary acts; 4.– Reference as a speech act; 5.– Predication; II.– Some applications of the theory: 6.– Three fallacies in contemporary philosophy; 7.– Problems of reference; 8.– Deriving «ought» from «is».

Searle, J. R. (1980). Actos de habla: ensayos de filosofía del lenguaje (L. M. Valdés, Trad.). Cátedra. (Obra original publicada el 1969)

I.– Una teoría de los actos de habla: 1.– Métodos y alcance; 2.– Expresiones, significado y actos de habla; 3.– La estructura de los actos ilocucionarios; 4.– La referencia como acto de habla; 5.– La predicación; II.– Algunas aplicaciones de la teoría: 6.– Tres falacias de la filosofía contemporánea; 7.– Problemas de la referencia; 8.– Derivación de «debe» a partir de «es».

Tuson, A. (2008). El estudio de la oralidad desde una perspectiva etnográfica. A E. Fernández Rei i X. L. Regueira (Ed.), Perspectivas sobre a oralidade (p. 15–34). Consello da Cultura Galega. https://consellodacultura.gal/publicacion.php?id=10

Reculls

Allan, K. i Jaszczolt, K. M. (Ed.). (2012). The Cambridge handbook of pragmatics. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139022453

1.– Introduction: Pragmatic objects and pragmatic methods (K. M. Jaszczolt, K. Allan); I.– Problems and theories: 2.– Research paradigms in pragmatics (M. Ariel); 3.– Saying, meaning, and implicating (K. Bach); 4.– Implying and inferring (L. R. Horn); 5.– Speaker intentions and intentionality (M. Haugh, K. M. Jaszczolt); 6.– Context and content: Pragmatics in two dimensional semantics (B. Brogaard); 7.– Contextualism: Some varieties (F. Recanati); 8.– The psychology of utterance processing: Context vs salience (R. Giora); 9.– Sentences, utterances, and speech acts (M. Kissine); 10.– Pragmatics in update semantics (H. Zeevat); 11.– The normative dimension of discourse (J. Peregrin); 12.– Pragmatics in the (English) lexicon (K. Allan); 13.– Conversational interaction (M. Haugh); 14.– Experimental investigations and pragmatic theorising (N. Katsos); II.– Phenomena and applications: 15.– Referring in discourse (A. Sullivan); 16.– Propositional attitude reports: Pragmatic aspects (K. M. Jaszczolt); 17.– Presupposition and accommodation in discourse (R. van der Sandt); 18.– Negation (J. D. Atlas); 19.– Connectives (C. Mauri, J. van der Auwera); 20.– Spatial reference in discourse (L. Filipović); 21.– Temporal reference in discourse (L. de Saussure); 22.– Textual coherence as a pragmatic phenomenon (A. Fetzer); 23.– Metaphor and the literal/non-literal distinction (R. Carston); III.– Interfaces and the delimitation of pragmatics: 24.– Pragmatics in the history of linguistic thought (A. H. Jucker); 25.– Semantics without pragmatics? (E. Borg); 26.– The syntax/pragmatics interface (R. Kempson); 27.– Pragmatics and language change (E. Closs Traugott); 28.– Pragmatics and prosody (T. Wharton); 29.– Pragmatics and information structure (J. K. Gundel); 30.– Sociopragmatics and cross-cultural and intercultural studies (I. Kecskes); 31.– Politeness and pragmatics (M. Terkourafi).

Barron, A., Gu, Y. i Steen, G. (Ed.). (2017). The Routledge handbook of pragmatics. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315668925

1.– Pragmatics broadly viewed: Introduction (A. Barron, Y. Gu, G. Steen); 2.– Interdisciplinarity in pragmatics and linguistics (J. L. Mey); I.– Methods and modalities: 3.– Naturally occurring data (A. Golato); 4.– Elicited Data (J. C. Félix-Brasdefer, M. Hasler-Barker); 5.– Corpora (M. Weisser); 6.– British Sign Language (BSL) (G. Quinn); 7.– Gesture and pragmatics: From paralinguistic to variably linguistic (A. Cienki); 8.– Paralanguage (T. Wharton); II.– Established fields: 9.– Variation and change: Historical pragmatics (A. H. Jucker, D. Landert); 10.– Variational pragmatics (A. Barron); 11.– Postcolonial pragmatics (E. A. Anchimbe, R. W. Janney); 12.– Gender and sociopragmatics (J. Holmes, B. King); 13.– Bilingualism and multilingualism (J. Cenoz); 14.– Interlanguage pragmatics: A historical sketch and future directions (N. Taguchi); 15.– Intercultural pragmatics (A. Cogo, J. House); 16.– Identity and membership (D. Van De Mieroop); 17.– Folk pragmatics (D. R. Preston, N. Niedzielski); 18.– Intention (including speech acts) (J. Navarro); 19.– Temporal reference (K. M. Jaszczolt); 20.– Formal and natural languages: What logic tells us about natural language (J. Moeschler); 21.– Presupposition and accommodation (J. Romoli, U. Sauerland); 22.– Grammaticalisation (M. J. López-Couso, E. Seoane); 23.– Metarepresentation (N. Allott); 24.– Relevance (S. Assimakopoulos); 25.– Metaphor in pragmatics (M. Taverniers); 26.– Enrichment (A. Hall); 27.– Conversation (H. Z. Waring); 28.– Discourse (R. H. Jones); 29.– Politeness (D. Archer); 30.– Reported speech (I. Buchstaller); III.– Pragmatics across disciplines: 31.– Clinical pragmatics (L. Cummings); 32.– Pragmatics and neurolinguistics (E. Ahlsén); 33.– Doing ethnography (D. Pawluch, A McLuhan, W. Shaffir); 34.– Language use in a social semiotic perspective (C. M. I. M. Matthiessen); 35.– Linguistic pragmatics from an evolutionary perspective (N. Ritt); IV.– Applications: 36.– Pragmatics and ontology (L. Prévot); 37.– Pragmatics and translation/interpreting (N. Baumgarten); 38.– Pragmatics in legal interpretation (A. Durant, J. H. C. Leung); 39.– Social media (F. Yus); 40.– Teaching pragmatics (H. Basturkmen, T. T. M. Nguyen).

Cummings, L. (Ed.). (2009). The Routledge pragmatics encyclopedia. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203873069

Handford, M. i Gee, J. P. (Ed.). (2023). The Routledge handbook of discourse analysis (2a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003035244

Introduction (J. P. Gee, Mi. Handford); I.– Approaches to discourse analysis: 1.– Critical discourse analysis (N. Fairclough); 2.– Evaluation and discourse analysis (T. van Leeuwen, J. Han); 3.– A culturalist approach to discourse (Shi-xu); 4.– Discursive psychology (B. Humă, J. Potter); 5.– Conversation analysis (S. E. Clayman, V. Teas Gill); 6.– Interactional sociolinguistics and discourse analysis (J. Jaspers); 7.– Discourse-oriented ethnography (G. Smart); 8.– Discourse analysis and linguistic anthropology (J. B. Richland); 9.– Corpus-based discourse analysis (L. Flowerdew); 10.– Multimodal discourse analysis (G. Kress, J. Bezemer); 11.– Systemic functional linguistics: Exploring meaning in language (M. J. Schleppegrell, T. Oteíza); 12.– Metaphor and discourse: A view from extended conceptual metaphor theory (Z. Kövecses); II.– Gender, race and sexualities: 13.– Gender and discourse analysis (J. Coates, P. Pichler); 14.– Queer linguistics and discourse analysis (W. L. Leap); 15.– Intersectionality and discourse analysis (E. E. Thomas, A. A. Griffin, S. R. Toliver); 16.– Discourse, gender and professional communication (L. Mullany, V. Howard); 17.– (Anti)Racist discourse (T. A. van Dijk); III.– Narrativity and discourse: 18.– Narrative analysis (J. Thornborrow); 19.– Literary discourse (P. K. W. Tan); 20.– Narrative, cognition and rationality (D. R. Olson); IV.– Genre and register: 21.– Register and discourse analysis (D. Biber); 22.– Genre, register and discourse in systemic functional linguistics (D. Rose); 23.– Genre as social action (C. Bazerman); 24.– Critical genre analysis of professional discourse (V. K. Bhatia); V.– Spoken discourse: 25.– Prosody in discourse (W. Cheng, P. Lam); 26.– Lexis in spoken discourse (M. McCarthy, P. Buttery); 27.– Emergent Grammar (P. J. Hopper); VI.– Social media and online discourse: 28.– Social media and discourse analysis (R. H. Jones); 29.– (Small) Stories online: The intersection of affordances and practices (A. Georgakopoulou); 30.– Online identity and discourse analysis (C. Vásquez, D. Liska); VII.– Educational applications: 31.– Discourse and ‘the New Literacy Studies’ (J. P. Gee); 32.– Ethnography and classroom discourse (A. Bik-May Tsui); 33.– Education and bilingualism (K. Thompson, S. Colomer, K. Hakuta); 34.– English for academic purposes and discourse analysis (K. Hyland); VIII.– Institutional applications: 35.– Discourse(s) in advertising (E. Simões); 36.– Discourse and news media (M. Ekström); 37.– Discourse and health(care) (G. Brookes, K. Harvey, S. Adolphs); 38.– Discourses in the language of the law (E. Finegan); 39.– Ethnicity and humour in the workplace (J. de Bres, J. Holmes); 40.– Politics as usual: Investigating political discourse in action (R. Wodak); 41.– Critical policy discourse analysis (N. Montesano Montessori); 42.– Intercultural discourse: Identity perspectives on business interaction (S. Stadler, H. Ișık-Güler, H. Spencer-Oatey).

Horn, L. i Ward, G. (Ed.). (2004). The handbook of pragmatics. Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470756959

I.– The domain df pragmatics; 1.– Implicature (L. R. Horn); 2.– Presupposition (J. D. Atlas); 3.– Speech acts (J. Sadock); 4.– Reference (G. Carlson); 5.– Deixis (S. C. Levinson); 6.– Definiteness and indefiniteness (B. Abbott); II.– Pragmatics and discourse structure: 7.– Information structure and non-canonical syntax (B. Birner, G. Ward); 8.– Topic and focus (J. K. Gundel, T. Fretheim); 9.– Context in dynamic interpretation (C. Roberts); 10.– Discourse markers (D. Blakemore); 11.– Discourse coherence. (A. Kehler); 12.– The pragmatics of non-sentences (R. J. Stainton); 13.– Anaphora and the pragmatics-syntax interface (Y. Huang); 14.– Empathy and direct discourse perspectives (S. Kuno); 15.– THe pragmatics of deferred interpretation (G. Nunberg); 16.– Pragmatics of language performance (H. H. Clark); 17.– Constraints on ellipsis and event reference (A. Kehler, G. Ward); III.– Pragmatics and its interfaces: 18.– Some interactions of pragmatics and grammar (G. M. Green); 19.– Pragmatics and argument structure (A. Goldberg); 20.– Pragmatics and semantics (F. Récanati); 21.– Pragmatics and the philosophy of language (K. Bach); 22.– Pragmatics and the lexicon (R. Blutner); 23.– Pragmatics and intonation (J. Hirschberg); 24.– Historical pragmatics (E. Closs Traugott); 25.– Pragmatics and language acquisition (E. V. Clark); 26.– Pragmatics and computational linguistics (D. Jurafsky); IV.– Pragmatics and cognition: 27.– Relevance theory (D. Wilson, D. Sperber); 28.– Relevance theory and the saying/implicating distinction (R. Carston); 29.– Pragmatics and cognitive linguistics (G. Fauconnier); 30.– Pragmatic aspects of grammatical constructions (P. Kay); 31.– The pragmatics of polarity (M. Israel); 32.– Abduction in natural language understanding (J. R. Hobbs).

Huang, Y. (Ed.). (2017). The Oxford handbook of pragmatics. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199697960.001.0001

Introduction: 1.– What is pragmatics? (Y. Huang); I.– Schools of thought, foundations, and theories: 2.– Contextualism and semantic minimalism (A. Bezuidenhout); 3.– Neo-gricean pragmatics (Y. Huang); 4.– Relevance theory (D. Wilson); 5.– Formal pragmatics (R. Blutner); 6.– Continental European perspective view (J. Verschueren); 7.– The sociological foundations of pragmatics (J. L. Mey); II.– Central topics: 8.– Implicature (Y. Huang); 9.– Presupposition and givenness (B. Geurts); 10.– Speech acts (S. C. Levinson); 11.– Deixis and the interactional foundations of reference (J. Sidnell, N. J. Enfield); 12.– Reference (B. Abbott); 13.– Context (A. Fetzer); III.– Macro-pragmatics and cognition: 14.– Cognitive pragmatics (B. G. Bara); 15.– Developmental pragmatics (P. R. Rollins); 16.– Experimental pragmatics (R. W. Gibbs, Jr); 17.– Computational pragmatics (H. Bunt); 18.– Clinical pragmatics (L. Cummings); 19.– Neuropragmatics (B. Stemmer); IV.– Macro-pragmatics and society/culture: 20.– Politeness and impoliteness (P. Brown); 21.– Cross-cultural and intercultural pragmatics (I. Kecskes); 22.– Interlanguage pragmatics (J. C. Félix-Brasdefer); 23.– Conversation analysis (E. A. Schegloff); V.– Interfaces: 24.– Pragmatics and semantics (R. Carston); 25.– Pragmatics and grammar: More pragmatics or more grammar (M. Ariel); 26.– Pragmatics and morphology: Morphopragmatics (W. U. Dressler, L. Merlini-Barbaresi); 27.– Pragmatics and the lexicon (L. R. Horn); 28.– Pragmatics and prosody (J. Hirschberg); 29.– Pragmatics and language change: Historical pragmatics (A. H. Jucker); 30.– Pragmatics and information structure (G. Ward, B. J. Birner, E. Kaiser).

Koike, D. A. i Félix-Brasdefer, J. C. (Ed.). (2021). The Routledge handbook of Spanish pragmatics: Foundations and interfaces. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429455643

Introduction: The Routledge Handbook of Spanish Pragmatics: Foundations and interfaces (D. A. Koike, J. C. Félix-Brasdefer); I.– Foundations of pragmatics: 1.– Implicature and Spanish speakers’ meaning (S. E. Blackwell); 2.– Speech act research in Spanish (M. E. Placencia, Hebe Powell); 3.– Deixis in Spanish research (R. Maldonado); 4.– Pragmatics and word order (P. Posio, M. Rosemeyer); 5.– Relevance theory in Spanish pragmatics (V. Escandell-Vidal, M. Leonetti); II.– Interfaces of Spanish pragmatics: 6.– Pragmatics and semantics: A focus on evidentiality (J. I. Marín-Arrese); 7.– The role of pragmatics in shaping linguistic structures (C. E. Travis, R. Torres Cacoullos); 8,- Pragmatics and prosody in research on Spanish (V. Escandell-Vidal, P. Prieto); 9.– Pragmatics and sociolinguistics (M. J. Serrano); III.– Pragmatics and discourse: 10.– Discourse markers in Spanish (A. B. Llopis Cardona, S. Pons Bordería); 11.– Formulaic language in Spanish pragmatics (K. ardovi-Harlig, S. Mossman); 12.– Pragmatics and argumentation (C. Fuentes Rodríguez); 13.– Pragmatics and censorship in Spanish research (J. Portolés Lázaro); 14.– Pragmatics and medical discourse in Spanish (K. Hardin); IV:- Pragmatic variation; culture and interculture: 15.– Pragmatic variation across varieties of Spanish (J. C. Félix-Brasdefer); 16.– Pragmatic variation and forms of address (M. I. Moyna, J. L. Blas Arroyo); 17.– Intercultural communication in a globalized world (R. Márquez Reiter, R. Hidalgo Downing); 18.– Cross-cultural and intercultural pragmatics research in Spanish (G. Mugford); 19.– Pragmatics and multilingualism (H. R. Cashman, A. Tseng); V.– (Im)politeness in interaction; humor: 20.– Politeness research in the Spanish-speaking world (G. Mugford, J. C. Félix-Brasdefer); 21.– Impoliteness and conflict in Spanish (P. Garcés-Conejos Blitvich); 22.– Mitigation in Spanish pragmatics research (L. Czerwionka); 23.– Pragmatics and humor in Spanish research (F. Yus); VI.– Pragmatics learning contexts and teaching: 24.– Second language acquisition of Spanish pragmatics (L. Pearson, M. Hasler-Barker); 25.– Advances in L2 Spanish pragmatics classroom instruction (C. Sessarego); 26.– Research on pragmatics learning, teaching, and curricula for heritage speakers (R. Elizabeth Showstack, D. Vergara Wilson); 27.– Pragmatics and teacher education (M. Lacorte); 28.– The impact of study abroad on L2 Spanish pragmatics development (À. Llanes); 29.– Pragmatics instruction and assessment in study abroad research (R. L. Shively); VII.– Pragmatics, technology, and research methods: 30.– Eye-tracking applications for Spanish pragmatics research (E. Gironzetti); 31.– Pragmatics and digital discourse in Spanish research (P. Bou-Franch); 32.– Corpus pragmatics in first- and second-language research (J. Romero-Trillo, P. Gozalo); 33.– Research methods for Spanish pragmatics study (D. A. Koike).

Mey, J. L. (Ed.). (2009). Concise encyclopedia of pragmatics (2a ed.). Elsevier. https://archive.org/details/concise-encyclopedia-of-pragmatics

Romero Trillo, J. (Ed.). (2024). The Cambridge handbook of language in context. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108989275

I.– Language in context: A sociohistorical perspective: 1.– Conversation analysis (J. Heritage); 2.– Context in historical linguistics (E. Traugott); 3.– Context in discourse analysis (C. Deschrijver, A. Georgakopoulou); II.– Philosophical, semantic, and grammatical approaches to context: 4.– Philosophy of language and action theory (M. de Ponte, K. Korta, J. Perry); 5.– A functional approach to context (R. Wegener, L. Fontaine); 6.– The grammar of incremental language production in context (J. L. Mackenzie); 7.– Cognitive linguistics and context (D. Geeraerts); III.– Pragmatic approaches to context: 8.– The role of context in Gricean and Neo-Gricean pragmatics (J. Moeschler); 9.– Sociopragmatics and context (S. Marmaridou); 10.– Natural semantic metalanguage and context (A. Gladkova); 11.– Relevance theory and context (D. Wilson); 12.– The interplay of linguistic, conceptual, and encyclopedic knowledge in meaning construction and comprehension (Istvan Kecskes); 13.– Corpus pragmatics (K. Aijmer); 14.– Prosodic pragmatics in context (J. Romero-Trillo, Y. Sadeghi); IV.– Applications of context studies: 15.– Language learning and assessment in context (D. Koike, E. Gironzetti); 16.– Linguistic creativity and humor in context (D. Chiaro); 17.– Context in translation and interpreting studies (L. Pérez-González); 18.– The role of context in clinical linguistics (L. Cummings); 5.– Advances in multimodal and technological context-based research: 19.– Nonverbal communication and context: Multimodality in interaction (P. Madella, T. Wharton); 20.– AI, human–robot interaction, and natural language processing (I. McLoughlin, N. Indurkhya); 21.– Social media and computer-mediated communication (F. Yus).

Tannen, D., Hamilton, H. E. i Schiffrin, D. (Ed.). (2015). The handbook of discourse analysis (2a ed.). Wiley Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118584194

I.– Linguistic analysis of discourse: 1.– Discourse and grammar (M. Mithun); 2.– Intertextuality in discourse (A. Hodges); 3.– Cohesion and texture (J. R. Martin); 4.– Intonation and discourse (E. Couper-Kuhlen); 5.– Voice registers (M. A. Sicoli); 6.– Computer-mediated discourse 2.0 (S. C. Herring, J. Androutsopoulos); 7.– Discourse analysis and narrative (A. De Fina, B. Johnstone); 8.– Humor and laughter (S. Attardo); 9.– Discourse markers: Language, meaning, and context (Y. Maschler, D. Schiffrin); 10.– Historical discourse analysis (L. J. Brinton); 11.– Discourse, space, and place (E. Keating); 12.– Gesture in discourse (D. Mcneill, E. T. Levy, S. D. Duncan); II.– Approaches and methodologies: 13.– Nine ways of looking at apologies: The necessity for interdisciplinary theory and method in discourse analysis (R. Tolmach Lakoff); 14.– Interactional sociolinguistics: A personal perspective (J. J. Gumperz); 15.– Framing and positioning (C. Gordon); 16.– Conversational interaction: The embodiment of human sociality (E. A. Schegloff); 17.– Transcribing embodied action (P. Luff, C. Heath); 18.– Constraining and guiding the flow of discourse (W. Chafe); 19.– Imagination in narratives (H. H. Clark, M. M. Van Der Wege); 20.– Oral discourse as a semiotic ecology: The co-construction and mutual influence of speaking, listening, and looking (F. Erickson); 21.– Multimodality (T. Van Leeuwen); 22.– Critical discourse analysis (T. A. Van Dijk); 23.– Computer-assisted methods of analyzing textual and intertextual competence (M. Stubbs); 24.– Register variation: A corpus approach (S. Staples, J. Egbert, D. Biber, S. Conrad); III.– The individual, society, and culture: 25.– Voices of the speech community: Six people I have learned from (W. Labov); 26.– Language ideologies (S. U. Philips); 27.– Discourse and racism (R. Wodak, M. Reisigl); 28.– Code-switching, identity, and globalization (K. Hall, C. Nilep); 29.– Cross-cultural and intercultural communication and discourse analysis (S. F. Kiesling); 30.– Discourse and gender (S. Kendall, D. Tannen); 31.– Queer linguistics as critical discourse analysis (W. L. Leap); 32.– Child discourse (A. Kyratzis, J. Cook-Gumperz); 33.– Discourse and aging (H. E. Hamilton, T. Hamaguchi); 34.– Discursive underpinnings of family coordination (E. Ochs, T. Kremer-Sadlik); IV.– Discourse in real-world contexts: 35.– Institutional discourse (A. Mayr); 36.– Political discourse (J. Wilson); 37.– Discourse and media (C. Cotter); 38.– Discourse analysis in the legal context (R. W. Shuy); 39.– Discourse and health communication (R. H. Jones); 40.– Discourse in educational settings (C. Temple Adger, L. J. Wright); 41.– Discourse in the workplace (J. Holmes); 42.– Discourse and religion (M. Lempert).

Sociolingüística

Manuals de lingüística

✓ Akmajian, A., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (1984). La variación en el lenguaje (V. Demonte i M. Mora, Trad.). A Lingüística: una introducción al lenguaje y a la comunicación (p. 217–250). Alianza. (Obra original publicada el 1979)

✓ Akmajian, A., Farmer, A. K., Bickmore, L., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (2017). Language variation. A Linguistics: An introduction to language and communication (7a ed., p. 26298). The MIT Press.

Anderson, C., Bjorkman, B., Denis, D., Doner, J., Grant, M., Sanders, N. i Taniguchi, A. (2022). Language variation and change. A Essentials of linguistics (2a ed., p. 603–653). eCampusOntario. https://ecampusontario.pressbooks.pub/essentialsoflinguistics2/part/chapter-10-language-variation-and-change/

Braber, N. (2015). Sociolinguistics. A N. Braber, L. Cummings i L. Morrish (Ed.), Exploring language and linguistics (p. 274–298). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139548922.012

Bucholtz, M. i Zimman, L. (2019). Language in the social world. A C. Genetti (Ed.), How languages work: An introduction to language and linguistics (2a ed., p. 240–263). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108553988.012

Burridge, K. i Stebbins, T. N. (2020). Variation and identity. A For the love of language: An introduction to linguistics (2a ed., p. 303–335). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108568753.011

✓ Casado, C. i Escandell, M. V. (2011). El lenguaje y las lenguas. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), Invitación a la lingüística (p. 1–52). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Casado, C. i Gutiérrez Rodríguez, E. (2009). La lengua en la sociedad. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), El lenguaje humano (p. 277–303). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Casado, C. i Marrero, V. (2009). Variación y cambio lingüístico. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), El lenguaje humano (p. 239–275). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

✓ Casado, C., Marrero, V. i Gutiérrez Rodríguez, E. (2014). Variación y cambio lingüístico. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), Claves del lenguaje humano (p. 249–294). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

Cavallaro, J. (2024). Language variation and society. A Everyday linguistics: An introduction to the study of language (p. 149–167). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429269059

Cavallaro, J. (2024). Multilingualism. A Everyday linguistics: An introduction to the study of language (p. 194–213). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429269059

Cruz-Ferreira, M. i Abraham, S. A. (2011). Language and languages. A The language of language: A linguistics course for starters (3a ed., p. 25–39). https://www.beingmultilingual.com/Books.html

Dawson, H. C. i Phelan, M. (Ed.). (2016). Language variation. A Language files: Materials for an introduction to language and linguistics (12a ed., p. 415–458). The Ohio State University Press. https://linguistics.osu.edu/research/pubs/lang-files

Denham, K. i Lobeck, A. (2019). Studying language variation: Sociolinguistics. A Why study linguistics (p. 138–154). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429444623

Díaz-Campos, M., Geeslin, K. L. i Gurzynski-Weiss, L. (2018). El español en el mundo. A Introducción y aplicaciones contextualizadas a la lingüística hispánica (p. 159–229). John Wiley & Sons.

Escobar, A. M. (2010). Variación lingüística en español. A J. I. Hualde, A. Olarrea, A. M. Escobar i C. E. Travis, Introducción a la lingüística hispánica (2a ed., p. 39444). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511808821.008

✓ Finegan, E. (2015). Language variation among social groups: Dialects. A Language: Its structure and use (7a ed., p. 372–418). Cengage Learning.

✓ Finegan, E. (2015). Language variation across situations of use: Registers. A Language: Its structure and use (7a ed., p. 339–371). Cengage Learning.

✓ Fromkin, V., Rodman, R. i Hyams, N. (2017). Language in society. A An introduction to language (11a ed., p. 269–325). Cengage Learning.

✓ van Herk, G. (2021). Language in social contexts. A W. O’Grady i J. Archibald (Ed.), Contemporary linguistic analysis: An introduction (9a ed., p. 453–484). Pearson.

✓ van Herk, G. i Katamba, F. (2011). Language in social contexts. A W. O’Grady, J. Archibald i F. Katamba (Ed.), Contemporary linguistics: An introduction (2a ed., p. 477–522). Pearson Longman.

✓ van Herk, G. i Rees-Miller, J. (2017). Language in social contexts. A W. O’Grady, J. Archibald, M. Aronoff i J. Rees-Miller (Ed.), Contemporary linguistics: An introduction (7a ed., p. 483–530). Bedford/St. Martin’s, Macmillan Learning.

Lorenzo, A. (2000). Sociolingüística. A F. Ramallo, G. Rei-Doval i X. P. Rodríguez Yáñez (Ed.), Manual de ciencias da linguaxe. (p. 343–408). Edicións Xerais.

McGregor, W. B. (2024). Sociolinguistics: Language in its social context. A Linguistics: An introduction (3a ed., p. 159–182). Bloomsbury Academic. https://www.bloomsburyonlineresources.com/linguistics-an-introduction-3/student-resources_chapter-7

Nadasdi, T. (2021). Sociolinguistics. A J. Bruhn de Garavito i J. W. Schwieter (Ed.), Introducing linguistics: Theoretical and applied approaches (p. 327–355). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108696784.010

Roberts, I. (2017). How to influence the right people: Sociolinguistics. A The wonders of language: Or how to make noises and influence people (p. 139–150). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781316576595.009

Rotaetxe, K. (1996). Lenguaje y sociedad: sociolingüística. A C. Martín Vide (Ed.), Elementos de lingüística. (p. 307–339). Octaedro.

Rowe, B. M. i Levine, D. P. (2023). Sociolinguistics: Language and society. A A concise introduction to linguistics (6a ed., p. 184–214). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003268369

✓ Schilling, N. (2014). Dialect variation. A R. W. Fasold i J. Connor-Linton (Ed.), An introduction to language and linguistics (2a ed., p. 32352). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107707511.010

Smith, K. A. (2025). Variation. A Linguistics: A functionalist introduction (p. 94–108). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003325710

Viaplana, J. (2000). La llengua, realitat diversa. A Lingüística descriptiva: una introducció aplicada al català (p. 35–47). Edicions 62.

Winkler, E. G. i Stickle, T. (2024). Language variation and change. A Understanding language: A basic course in linguistics (3a ed., p. 263–301). Bloomsbury Academic. https://www.bloomsburyonlineresources.com/understanding-language-3/chapter-13

✓ Yule, G. (2008). La variación geogr´fica de las lenguas (N. Bel, Trad.). A A. Benítez Burraco (Ed.), El lenguaje (3a ed. corr. i ampl., p. 238–252). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 2006)

✓ Yule, G. (2008). La variación social de las lenguas (N. Bel, Trad.). A A. Benítez Burraco (Ed.), El lenguaje (3a ed. corr. i ampl., p. 253–266). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 2006)

✓ Yule, G. (2008). Lengua y cultura (N. Bel, Trad.). A A. Benítez Burraco (Ed.), El lenguaje (3a ed. corr. i ampl., p. 267–282). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 2006)

✓ Yule, G. (2020). Regional variation in language. A The study of language (7a ed., p. 279–294). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108582889.019

✓ Yule, G. (2020). Social variation in language. A The study of language (7a ed., p. 295–310). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108582889.020

✓ Yule, G. (2020). Language and culture. A The study of language (7a ed., p. 31329). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108582889.021

Manuals de sociolingüística

Almeida, M. (2003). Sociolingüística (2a ed. corr. i ampl.). Universidad de La Laguna.

Bell, A. (2014).The guidebook to sociolinguistics. John Wiley & Sons.

1.– What are sociolinguistics?; 2.– A profusion of languages; 3.– Language shift and maintenance; 4.– Language birth and death; 5.– Codes and choices; 6.– Situated language; 7.– Variation in language; 8.– Language in time; 9.– Language in space; 10.– Valuing language; 11.– Styling language and identities; 12.– Theory and engagement.

Blas, J. L. (2004). Sociolingüística del español: desarrollos y perspectivas en el estudio de la lengua española en contexto social. Cátedra.

I.– Sociolingüística variacionista del español. Las variables lingüísticas; II.– Los factores sociales; III.– El cambio lingüístico; IV.– Temas de sociolingüística interaccional; V.– Usos y funciones de las lenguas en las comunidades hispánicas; VI.– Consecuencias lingüísticas del bilingüismo social.

Boix, E. i Vila, F. X. (1998). Sociolingüística de la llengua catalana. Ariel.

1.– Panoràmica general de la sociolingüística; 2.– La perspectiva macrosociològica de la llengua; 3.– La perspectiva antropològica. La diversitat situada; 4.– Llengua, poder i ideologies; 5.– La reproducció de llengües: el manteniment i la substitució lingüístics; 6.– El multilingüisme i el contacte lingüístic; 7.– Política i planificació lingüístiques.

Boyer, H. (1996). Éléments de sociolinguistique : langue, communication et société. Dunod.

Introduction ; I.– La variation dans les usages de la langue : 1.– Normes et usages ; 2.– Les marchés linguistiques ; 3.– Qu’est-ce que « le bon usage » ; 4.– Avec ou sans « accent » ? ; II.– La communication sociale et ses discours : 1.– Une approche sociolinguistique de la communication ; 2.– Rituels ; 3.– Langage et politique ; III.– Contact/conflit de langues et gestions du plurilinguisme : 1.– Langues en contact, langues en conflit ; 2.– Les politiques linguistiques ; 3.– Un exemple européen de normalisation sociolinguistique : la langue catalane face au castillan en Catalogne autonome.

Boyer, H. (2017). Introduction à la sociolinguistique (2a ed.). Dunod.

1.– La sociolinguistique : un autre regard sur le langage et les langues en sociétés ; 2.– La variation comme fondement de l’exercice d’une langue ; 3.– « Communauté linguistique », « marché linguistique » et représentations ; 4.– Bilinguisme/diglossie : quel(s) modèle(s) de traitement des plurilinguismes ? ; 5.– Le contact des langues ; 6.– Politique(s) linguistique(s).

Calvet, Boë, L.-J. (1993). La sociolinguistique. Presses Universitaires de France. https://archive.org/details/lasociolinguisti0000calv

I.– La lutte pour une conception sociale de la langue ; II.– Les langues en contact ; III.– Comportements et attitudes ; IV.– Les variables linguistiques et les variables sociales ; V.– Sociolinguistique ou sociologie du langage ? ; VI.– Les politiques linguistiques.

Chambers, J. K. (2008). Sociolinguistic theory: Linguistic variation and its social significance (3a ed.). Wiley-Blackwell.

1.– Correlations; 2.– Class, network, and mobility; 3.– Expressing sex and gender; 4.– Accents in time; 5.– Adaptive significance of language variation.

Coulmas, F. (2013). Sociolinguistics: The study of speakers’ choices (2a ed.). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139794732

1.– Introduction: Notions of language; I.– Micro-choices: 2.– Standard and dialect: Social stratification as a factor of linguistic choice; 3.– Gendered speech: Sex as a factor of linguistic choice; 4.– Communicating across generations: Age as a factor of linguistic choice; 5.– Choice and change; 6.– Politeness: Cultural dimensions of linguistic choice; II.– Macro-choices: 7.– Code-switching: Linguistic choices across language boundaries; 8.– Diglossia and bilingualism: Functional restrictions on language choice; 9.– Language spread, shift and maintenance: How groups choose their language; 10.– Language and identity: Individual, social, national; 11.– Language planning: Communication demands, public choice, utility; 12.– Select letters: A major divide; 13.– The language of choice; 14.– Research ethics.

Deckert, S. K. i Vickers, C. H. (2011). An introduction to sociolinguistics: Society and identity. Continuum.

1.– Introduction to sociolinguistics: Society and identity; 2.– Identity as a central theme in linguistics; 3.– Language variation; 4.– Language development; 5.– Language and social interaction; 6.– Language, power and micro-interactions; 7.– Language, power, and macro-societal issues; 8.– Sociolinguistics: Methods and approaches.

Downes, W. (1998). Language and society (2a ed.). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139163781

1.– Linguistics and sociolinguistics; 2.– A tapestry in space and time; 3.– Language varieties: Processes and problems; 4.– Discovering the structure in variation; 5.– Rhoticity; 6.– At the intersection of social factors; 7.– Change, meaning and acts of identity; 8.– The discourse of social life; 9.– Communication: Words and world; 10.– Action and critique; 11.– Language and social explanation.

Edwards, J. (2013). Sociolinguistics: A very short introduction. Oxford University Press.

1.– Coming to terms; 2.– Variation and change; 3.– Perceptions of language; 4.– Protecting language; 5.– Languages great and small; 6.– Loyalty, maintenance, shift, loss and revival; 7.– In a world of language; 8.– Name, sex and religion; References; Further reading.

Fasold, R. W. (1984). The sociolinguistics of society: Introduction to sociolinguistics (Vol. 1). Blackwell.

1.– Societal multilingualism; 2.– Diglossia; 3.– Qualitative formulae; 4.– Statistics; 5.– Quantitative analysis; 6.– Language attitudes; 7.– Language choice; 8.– Language maintenance and shift; 9.– Language planning and standardization; 10.– Language-planning cases; 11.– Vernacular language education.

Fasold, R. W. (1990). The sociolinguistics of language: Introduction to sociolinguistics. (Vol. 2). Blackwell.

1.– Address forms; 2.– The ethnography of communication; 3.– Discourse; 4.– Language and sex; 5.– Linguistic pragmatics: Conversational implicature; 6.– More on linguistic pragmatics; 7.– Pidgin and creole languages; 8.– Linguistic variation; 9.– Some applications of the sociolinguistics of language.

Fasold, R. W. (1996). La sociolingüística de la sociedad: introducción a la sociolingüística (M. España i J. Mejía, Trad.). Visor. (Obra original publicada el 1984)

1.– El plurilingüismo social; 2.– La diglosia; 3.– Las fórmulas cualitativas; 4.– Estadística; 5.– El análisis cuantitativo; 6.– Las actitudes lingüísticas; 7.– La elección de lengua; 8.– El cambio y la conservación de lengua; 9.– La planificación y normalización lingüística; 10.– Ejemplos de planificación lingüística; 11.– La educación en la lengua vernácula.

Fishman, J. A. (1972). The sociology of language: An interdisciplinary social science approach to language in society. Newbury House. https://archive.org/details/sociologyoflangu0000fish

I.– Introduction; II.– Some reasons why the sociology of language has only recently begun to develop; III.– Some basic sociolinguistic concepts; IV.– Interactional sociology of language: Micro and macro; V.– Social differentiation and repertoire range; VI.– Societal bilingualism: Stable and transitional; VII.– Language maintenance and language shift; VIII.– Sociocultural organization: Language constraints and language reflections; IX.– Applied sociology of language; X.– Linguistics: The science of code description… and more (Addendum for non-linguists); Addendum for linguists.

Fishman, J. A. (1982). Sociología del lenguaje (R. Sarmiento i J. C. Moreno, Trad.). Cátedra. (Obra original publicada el 1972)

1.– La sociología del lenguaje; 2.– ¿Por qué se ha empezado a desarrollar sólo recientemente la sociología del lenguaje?; 3.– Algunos conceptos básicos de sociolingüística; 4.– Sociología interrelacional del lenguaje: micro- y macrosociología; 5.– La diferenciación social y el rango del repertorio; 6.– Bilingüismo social estable y transitorio; 7.– Mantenimiento de la lengua y desplazamiento de la lengua; 8.– La organización sociocultural; constricciones lingüísticas y reflejos lingüísticos; 9.– Sociología aplicada del lenguaje; 10.– La lingüística: algo más que la descripción del código; Addendum para lingüistas.

García Marcos, F. (1993). Nociones de sociolingüística. Octaedro.

García Marcos, F. (2015). Sociolingüística. Síntesis.

I.– Bases teóricas de la sociolingüística: 1.– La sociolingüística en el contexto de la lingüística contemporánea; 2.– Unidades fundamentales de análisis sociolingüístico; II.– Ámbitos sociolingüísticos: 3.– Evaluación sociolingüística; 4.– La variación social de las lenguas; 5.– La comunicación y la construcción de la dinámica social; 6.– La lectura sociolingüística del contacto entre lenguas; 7.– Lenguas y sociedades a través de la historia; III.– Sociolingüística aplicada: 8.– Política y planificación lingüísticas; 9.– Sociolingüística aplicada a la educación; 10.– Sociolingüística y mundo jurídico.

Gimeno, F. i Montoya, B. (1989). Sociolingüística. Universitat de València.

Introducció; 1.– Precedents de la sociolingüística; 2.– Línies de recerca en la sociolingüística; 3.– Estat de la qüestió als Països Catalans; 4.– Estratificació de la variació lingüística a Petrer; 5.– Cloenda.

van Herk, G. (2017). What is sociolinguistics? (2a ed.). Wiley-Blackwell.

1.– Introduction; 2.– Language and society; 3.– Place; 4.– Social status; 5.– Time; 6.– Ethnicity; 7.– Gender; Interlude; 8.– Style; 9.– Interaction; 10.– Multilingualism; 11.– Language contact; 12.– Attitudes and ideologies; 13.– Language as a social entity; 14.– Education; Epilogue; What is sociolinguistics?; Glossary.

Holmes, J. i Wilson, N. (2022). An introduction to sociolinguistics (6a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780367821852

1.– What do sociolinguists study?; I.– Multilingual speech communities: 2.– Language choice in multilingual communities; 3.– Language maintenance and shift; 4.– Linguistic varieties and multilingual nations; 5.– National languages and language planning; II.– Language variation: Focus on users: 6.– Regional and social dialects; 7.– Gender and age; 8.– Ethnicity and social networks; 9.– Language change; Interlude: Identity in sociolinguistics; III.– Language variation: Focus on uses: 10.– Style, context and register; 11.– Speech functions, politeness and cross-cultural communication; 12.– Gender, politeness and stereotypes; 13.– Language, cognition and culture; 14.– Analysing discourse; 15.– Attitudes and applications; 16.– Conclusion; References; Appendix: Phonetic symbols; Sociolinguistics: Key words and concepts.

Hudson, R. (1996). Sociolinguistics (2a ed.). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139166843

1.– Introduction; 2.– Varieties of language; 3.– Language, culture and thought; 4.– Speech as social interaction; 5.– The quantitative study of speech; 6.– Linguistic and social inequality; 7.– Theoretical summary.

Hudson, R. (1981). La sociolingüística (X. Falcón, Trad.). Anagrama. (Obra original publicada el 1980)

1.– Introducción; 2.– Variedades del lenguaje; 3.– Lenguaje, cultura y pensamiento; 4.– El habla como interacción social; 5.– El estudio cuantitativo del habla; 6.– Desigualdad lingüística y social; 7.– Conclusiones.

Jones, R. H. i Themistocleous, C. (2022). Introducing language and society. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108689922

Introduction; 1.– Imagining languages and their speakers; 2.– Resources and repertoires; 3.– Language variation; 4.– Modes and media of communication; 5.– Code mixing, crossing, and translanguaging; 6.– Style and identity; 7.– Language attitudes, mocking, and appropriation; 8.– Language in the material world; 9.– Mobility, contact, and flows; Appendix.– A sociolinguist’s toolkit; Glossary.

Lastra, Y. (1992). Sociolingüística para hispanoamericanos: una introducción. El Colegio de México.

I.– El campo de la sociolingüística; II.– Diversidad lingüística; III.– La situación lingüística en América; IV.– Lenguas en contacto; V.– Pidgins y criollos; VI.– Variación interna y cambio lingüístico; VII.– Cambios lingüísticos externos; VIII.– La lengua como medio de comunicación y símbolo de identidad; IX.– Aplicaciones de la sociolingüística.

López Morales, H. (2004). Sociolingüística (3a ed. ampl.). Gredos.

1.– Hacia un concepto de la sociolingüística; 2.– La estratificación social de la lengua; 3.– La variable lingüística; 4.– La variable social; 5.– Lenguas en contacto; 6.– La competencia sociolingüística; 7.– La conciencia sociolingüística; 8.– Creencias y actitudes. El cambio lingüístico.

Mesthrie, R., Swann, J., Deumert, A. i Leap, W. L. (2009). Introducing sociolinguistics (2a ed.). Edinburgh University Press.

1.– Clearing the ground: Basic issues, concepts and approaches; 2.– Regional dialectology; 3.– Social dialectology; 4.– Language variation and change; 5.– Language choice and code-switching; 6.– Language in interaction; 7.– Gender and language use; 8.– Language contact 1: Maintenance, shift and death; 9.– Language contact 2: Pidgins, creoles and «new Englishes»; 10.– Critical sociolinguistics: Approaches to language and power; 11.– Sociolinguistics and education; 12.– Language planning and policy; 13.– The sociolinguistics of sign language.

Mesthrie, R., Swann, J. i Lurie Starr, R. (2026). Introducing sociolinguistics (3a ed.). Edinburgh University Press.

1.– Clearing the ground: Basic issues, concepts and approaches; 2.– Regional dialectology; 3.– Social dialectology; 4.– Language variation and change; 5.– Style and stylistic variation; 6.– Language choice and code-switching; 7.– Language in interaction; 8.– Media, modes, mobilities; 9.– Gender and language use; 10.– Language contact and its outcomes; 11.– Globalisation and language; 12.– Language and power.

Meyerhoff, M. (2019). Introducing sociolinguistics (3a ed.). Routledge. https://routledgetextbooks.com/textbooks/meyerhoff/

1.– Introduction; 2.– Variation and language; 3.– Variation and style; 4.– Language attitudes; 5.– Verbal politeness — interactional options; 6.– Multilingualism and language choice; 7.– Real time and apparent time; 8.– Social class; 9.– Social networks and communities of practice; 10.– Gender; 11.– Language contact; 12.– Looking back and looking ahead.

Mollà, T. (2002). Manual de sociolingüística. Bromera.

Montgomery, M. (2008). An introduction to language and society (3a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203390177

I.– The development of language: 1.– The beginnings of language development; 2.– Dialogue and language development; II.– Linguistic diversity and the speech community: 3.– Language and regional variation: Accent and dialect; 4.– Language and ethnicity; 5.– Language and subcultures: Anti-language; 6.– Language and situation: Register; 7.– Language and social class: Restricted and elaborated speech variants; 8.– Language and gender; 9.– Linguistic diversity and the speech community: Conclusion; III.– Language and social interaction: 10.– Language and social interactions; IV.– Language and representation: 11.– Language and representation.

Moreno Fernández, F. (2009). Principios de sociolingüística y sociología del lenguaje (4a ed.). Ariel.

I.– La variación en la lengua: 1.– La variación en los niveles de la lengua; 2.– La variación sociolingüística. Las variables sociales; 3.– Patrones de estratificación sociolingüística; 4.– Variedades lingüísticas; 5.– El cambio lingüístico visto desde la sociolingüística; 6.– El concepto de variación; II.– La lengua en su uso social: 7.– Interacción comunicativa y cortesía; 8.– Discurso y conversación; 9.– Actitudes lingüísticas; 10.– Lengua, cultura y pensamiento; III.– La coexistencia de lenguas y sociedades: 11.– Bilingüismo; 12.– Diglosia; 13.– Elección, mantenimiento y sustitución de lenguas; 14.– Lenguas en contacto; 15.– Lenguas pidgin, lenguas criollas y mezclas de lenguas; IV.– Teorías, métodos y aplicaciones: 16.– Sociolingüística, sociología del lenguaje y etnografía de la comunicación; 17.– Sociolingüística variacionista; 18.– Fundamentos de metodología sociolingüística cuantitativa; 19.– Sociolingüística aplicada; 20.– Planificación lingüística; Glosario sociolingüístico.

Puigdevall, M. T. (Dir.). (2012). Sociolingüística. FUOC. http://hdl.handle.net/10609/56524

1.– La sociolingüística variacionista (R. Casesnoves); 2.– La sociologia del llenguatge (J. J. Conill); 3.– La sociolingüística de la interacció (E. Codó); 4.– La sociolingüística crítica (J. Pujolar).

Romaine, S. (2000). Language in society: An introduction to sociolinguistics (2a ed.). Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oso/9780198731924.001.0001

1.– Language in society/Society in language; 2.– Language choice; 3.– Sociolinguistic patterns; 4.– Language and gender; 5.– Language change in social perspective; 6.– Pidgin and creole languages; 7.– Linguistic problems as societal problems; 8.– Conclusions.

Romaine, S. (1996). El lenguaje en la sociedad: una introducción a la sociolingüística (J. Borrego, Trad.). Ariel. (Obra original publicada el 1994)

1.– La lengua en la sociedad/La sociedad en la lengua; 2.– Elección de la lengua; 3.– Patrones sociolingüísticos; 4.– Lengua y género; 5.– El cambio lingüístico desde una perspectiva social; 6.– Lenguas pidgin y criollas; 7.– Los problemas lingüísticos como problemas sociales; 8.– Conclusiones.

Rotaetxe, K. (1988). Sociolingüística. Síntesis.

1.– La sociolingüística: definición; 2.– Conceptos fundamentales y precisiones terminológicas; 3.– Sociolingüística interaccional; 4.– Bilingüismo y diglosia; 5.– Lengua, pensamiento, organización sociocultural; 6.– Lenguas en contacto; 7.– Estudios cuantitativos de la variación; 8.– Competencia comunicativa; 9.– Política y planificación lingüística.

Schlieben-Lange, B. (1977). Iniciación a la sociolingüística (J. Rubio Sáez, Trad.). Gredos. (Obra original publicada el 1973)

El planteamiento de la sociolingüística; Evolución histórico-científica de la sociolingüística; Problemas de la sociolingüística; Interés actual por la sociolingüística.

Serrano, M. J. (2011). Sociolingüística. Ediciones del Serbal.

1.– Introducción; 2.– Perspectivas teóricas y analíticas en Sociolingüística y disciplinas afines; 3.– Las variables sociales; 4.– El estilo; 5.– Los niveles de la variación sociolingüística; 6.– Metodología de análisis sociolingüístico; 7.– Variación y cambio lingüístico; 8.– Las reacciones subjetivas de los hablantes o actitudes lingüística; 9.– Bilingüismo y contacto de lenguas.

Silva-Corvalán, C. (1989). Sociolingüística: teoría y análisis. Alhambra.

1.– Introducción; 2.– Metodología; 3.– Variabilidad fonológica y sociolingüística cuantitativa; 4.– Variación sintáctica; 5.– Variación y cambio lingüístico.

Silva-Corvalán, C. (2001). Sociolingüística y pragmática del español. Georgetown University Press.

1.– Lengua, variación y dialectos; 2.– Metodología; 3.– Teoría de la variación y sociofonología; 4.– Variación sintáctica y morfosintáctica; 5.– Análisis del discurso; 6.– Variación y cambio; 7.– Lenguas en contacto y bilingüismo.

Silva-Corvalán, C. i Enrique-Arias, A. (2017). Sociolingüística y pragmática del español (2a ed.). Georgetown University Press.

1.– Lengua, variación y dialectos; 2.– Metodología; 3.– El estudio de actitudes lingüísticas; 4.– Teoría de la variación y sociofonología; 5.– Variación sintáctica y morfosintáctica; 6.– Pragmática del discurso oral; 7.– Variación y cambio; 8.– Lenguas en contacto y bilingüismo.

Simpson, A. (2019). Language and society. Oxford University Press.

1.– Languages and dialects; 2.– Languages with special roles/functions: National and official languages; 3.– Languages under pressure: Minority groups and language loss; 4.– Diglossia and code-switching; 5.– Pidgins and creoles: The birth and development of new languages; 6.– The globalization of English; 7.– Language(s) in the USA; 8.– Bilingualism; 9.– Language and thought: The linguistic relativity controversy; 10.– Language and gender; 11.– Language variation and change.

Solé i Camardons, J. (1992). Iniciació a la sociolingüística. Barcanova.

Solé i Camardons, J. (2025). Sociolingüística per a joves del segle XXI: una perspectiva catalana (17a ed.). Voliana.

Pròleg a la dissetena edició; La llengua en la societat; La sociolingüística; El concepte de bilingüisme; El concepte de substitució lingüística; La integració/assimilació lingüística; El concepte de conflicte lingüístic; La llengua autocentrada (o la importància del centre); El concepte de diglòssia; L’estàndard lingüístic; Dialectes i estàndard; La minorització lingüística; La «discriminació lingüística». Utilitat i necessitat d’ús; Les actuacions contra el català; La normalització lingüística; Documentació; Bibliografia; Bibliografia de l’autor.

Trudgill, P. (2000). Sociolinguistics: An introduction to language and society (4a ed.). Penguin Books.

1.– Sociolinguistics — Language and society; 2.– Language and social class; 3.– Language and ethnic group; 4.– Language and sex; 5.– Language and context; 7.– Language and social interaction; 7.– Nation and language; 8.– Language and geography; 9.– Language and contact; 10.– Language and humanity; Annotated bibliography for further reading.

Vida, M. Á., Ávila Muñoz, A. M. i Carriscondo, F. M. (2016). Manual práctico de sociolingüística. Síntesis.

1.– Marco teórico y antecedentes; 2.– Conceptos clave en sociolingüística; 3.– Situaciones sociolingüísticas; 4.– Metodología de la investigación sociolingüística; 5.– Cómo preparar un trabajo de sociolingüística; 6.– Sociolingüística hispánica: recursos fundamentales.

Walker, J. A. (2024). Language in its social context: An introduction to sociolinguistics. Palgrave Macmillan. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-42522-6

1.– Studying language in its social context; 2.– Beliefs about language; 3.– One society, many languages; 4.– Language and interpersonal relationships; 5.– Language and culture; 6.– Language variation and place; 7.– The sociolinguistic variable; 8.– Language variation and style; 9.– Language variation and social status; 10.– Language variation and sex; 11.– Language variation and ethnicity; 12.– Language variation and time; 13.– Languages in contact; 14.– Language, mode and media; Supplementary information: Glossary; Bibliography.

Wardhaugh, R. i Fuller, J. M. (2021). An introduction to sociolinguistics (8a ed.). Wiley-Blackwell.

1.– Introduction; I.– Languages, communities, and contexts: 2.– Languages, dialects, and varieties; 3.– Defining groups; 4.– Language in context: Pragmatics; II.– Theory and methods: 5.– Language variation and change; 6.– Ethnographic approaches in sociolinguistics; 7.– Discourse analysis; III.– Multilingual matters: 8.– Languages in contact: Multilingual societies and multilingual discourse; 9.– Contact varieties: Structural consequences of social factors; 10.– Language, the nation, and beyond; IV.– Sociolinguistics and social justice: 11.– Language, gender, and sexuality; 12.– Sociolinguistics and education; 13.– Language policy and planning; Glossary.

Wardhaugh, R. (1992). Introducción á sociolingüística (M. Cal, Trad.). Universidade de Santiago de Compostela.

Treballs generals

Alvar, M. (1976). Lengua y sociedad. Planeta.

1.– Postulados teóricos; 2.– Delimitación de conceptos básicos; 3.– La organización social y su expresión lingüística; 4.– Partición gremial y sociología lingüística; 5.– Macrocosmos y microcosmos lingüísticos; 6.– Sociolingüística urbana; 7.– Motivaciones sociológicas del cambio lingüístico; 8.– Lenguas en contacto geográfico; 9.– Problemas de bilingüismo e integración.

Álvarez Muro, A. (2007). Textos sociolingüísticos. Universidad de Los Andes.

1.– Lengua y sociedad; 2.– La cultura como texto; 3.– La sociedad como texto; 4.– El lenguaje como texto.

Argenter, J. A. (1998). La variació lingüística: el fet i la seva significació. Caplletra. Revista Internacional de Filologia, 25, 120. https://ojs.uv.es/index.php/caplletra/article/view/6734

Casesnoves, R. (2012). La sociolingüística variacionista. A M. T. Puigdevall (Dir.), Sociolingüística. FUOC. http://hdl.handle.net/10609/56524

Coseriu, E. (1973). Sistema, norma y habla. A Teoría del lenguaje y lingüística general: cinco estudios (3a ed. rev. i corr., p. 11–113). Gredos. https://archive.org/details/teoriadellenguaj0000cose (Obra original publicada el 1952)

Coulmas, F. (2018). An introduction to multilingualism: Language in a changing world. Oxford University Press.

1.– The polyphonic world; 2.– Multilingualism is...: Twenty definitions — and more; 3.– Descriptive and theoretical concepts; 4.– Power, inequality, and language; 5.– The polyglot individual; 6.– Multilingual (international) institutions; 7.– Talk of the town: Language in super-diverse cities; 8.– Multilingual (multiethnic) countries; 9.– Diversity in cyberspace: The multilingual Internet; 10.– Integration and separation: Language; 11.– Integration and separation: Society; 12.– Research methods for investigating multilingualism.

✓ Forrest, J. (2019). What is the connection between language and society? A C. Myrick i W. Wolfram (Ed.), The five-minute linguist: Bite-sized essays on language and languages (3a ed., p. 203–207). University of Toronto Press.

Gooskens, C. (2013). Experimental methods for measuring intelligibility of closely related language varieties. A R. Bayley, R. Cameron i C. Lucas (Ed.), The Oxford handbook of sociolinguistics. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199744084.013.0010

Gordon, M. J. (2013). Labov: A guide for the perplexed. Bloomsbury.

1.– The challenges of Labov; 2.– Linguistics and sociolinguistics before Labov; 3.– How to establish a field as a graduate student; 4-.– A variationist approach to language; 5.– Speech styles and discourse; 6.– The «socio» of sociolinguistics; 7.– Labov as historical linguist; 8.– African American English: Lessons learned, lessons taught; 9.– The revolution at 50.

Grandi, N. (2022). La variazione tra le lingue e nelle lingue. A N. Grandi i C. Mauri (Ed.), La tipologia linguistica: unità e diversità nelle lingue del mondo (p. 121–173). Carocci.

Labov, W. (1978). Sociolinguistic patterns. Basil Blackwell. https://archive.org/details/sociolinguisticp0000unse_j7v3 (Obra original publicada el 1972)

1.– The social motivation of a sound change; 2.– The social stratification of (r) in New York City department stores; 3.– The isolation of contextual styles; 4.– The reflection of social processes in linguistic structures; 5.– Hypercorrection by the lower middle class as a factor in linguistic change; 6.– Subjective dimensions of a linguistic change in progress; 7.– On the mechanics of linguistic change; 8.– The study of language in its social context; 9.– The social settings of linguistic change.

Labov, W. (1983). Modelos sociolingüísticos (J. M. Marinas, Trad.). Cátedra. (Obra original publicada el 1972)

1.– La motivación social de un cambio fonético; 2.– La estratificación social de (r) en los grandes almacenes de Nueva York; 3.– La diferenciación de los estilos contextuales; 4.– El reflejo de los procesos sociales en las estructuras lingüísticas; 5.– La hipercorrección en la clase media baja como factor del cambio lingüístico; 6.– Las dimensiones subjetivas de un cambio lingüístico en curso; 7.– El mecanismo del cambio lingüístico; 8.– El estudio del lenguaje en su contexto social; 9.– La base social del cambio lingüístico.

Labov, W. (2006). The social stratification of English in New York City (2a ed.). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511618208

Introductory note (Alfred S. Hayes); Preface to the first edition; Preface to the second edition: forty years later; I.– Problems and methods of analysis: 1.– The study of language in its social context; 2.– First approach to the structure of New York City English; 3.– The social stratification of (r) in New York City department stores; 4.– The isolation of contextual styles; 5.– The linguistic interview; 6.– The survey of the Lower East Side; II.– Social differentiation: 7.– Class differentiation of the variables; 8.– Further analysis of the variables; 9.– Distribution of the variables in apparent time; 10.– Other linguistic variables; III.– Social evaluation: 11.– Subjective evaluation of the variables; 12.– Self-evaluation and linguistic security; 13.– General attitudes towards the speech of New York City; IV.– Synthesis: 14.– The structure of the New York City vowel system; 15.– 1966–2006; Glossary of linguistic symbols and terminology; Appendix A.– Questionnaire for the ALS Survey; Appendix B.– Anonymous observations of casual speech; Appendix C.– Analysis of losses through moving of the MFY sample population; Appendix D.– Analysis of the non-respondents: The television interview.

Labov, W. (2008). Quantitative analysis of linguistic variation. A U. Ammon, N. Dittmar, K. J. Mattheier i P. Trudgill (Ed.), Sociolinguistics: An international handbook of the science of language and society (Vol. 1, p. 6–21). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110141894.1.1.6

Monteiro, J. L. (2002). Para compreender Labov (2a ed.). Vozes.

Dados biobliográficos; 1.– A concepção de língua; 2.– O escopo da sociolingüística; 3.– As comunidades e os (dia)letos; 4.– A variação lingüística; 5.– A pesquisa variacionista; 6.– A mudança lingüística; 7.– As diferenças dialetais e o ensino; Referências bibliográficas; Chave dos exercícios.

Moreno Fernández, F. (2016). Sociolingüística. A J. Gutiérrez-Rexach (Ed.), Enciclopedia de lingüística hispánica (Vol. 1, p. 314–325). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315713441

Patiño-Santos, A. (2016). Etnografía y sociolingüística. A J. Gutiérrez-Rexach (Ed.), Enciclopedia de lingüística hispánica (Vol. 1, p. 53–63). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315713441

Ruiz San Pascual, F., Sanz Ribelles, R. i Solé Camardons, J. (2001). Diccionari de sociolingüística. Enciclopèdia Catalana.

Trudgill, P. (2003). A glossary of sociolinguistics. Edinburgh University Press.

Trudgill, P. i Hernández Campoy, J. M. (2007). Diccionario de sociolingüística. Gredos.

Völkel, S. i Kretzschmar, F. (2021). Sociolinguistics and anthropological linguistics. A Introducing linguistic research (p. 166–194). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781316884485.009

Reculls

Ammon, U., Dittmar, N., Mattheier, K. J. i Trudgill, P. (Ed.). (2004). Sociolinguistics: An international handbook of the science of language and society (2a ed., Vol. 1). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110141894.1

I.– The subject matter of sociolinguistics; II.– Basic sociolinguistic concepts; III.– Sociological concepts; IV.– The social implications of levels of linguistic analysis; V.– The history of sociolinguistics.

Ammon, U., Dittmar, N., Mattheier, K. J. i Trudgill, P. (Ed.). (2005). Sociolinguistics: An international handbook of the science of language and society (2a ed., Vol. 2). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110171488.2

VI.– Neighbouring disciplines; VII.– Sociolinguistic methodology; VIII.– Findings of sociolinguistic research.

Ammon, U., Dittmar, N., Mattheier, K. J. i Trudgill, P. (Ed.). (2006). Sociolinguistics: An international handbook of the science of language and society (2a ed., Vol. 3). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110184181.3

IX.– Regional overview; X.– Linguistic change, sociolinguistic aspects; XI.– Application.

Bayley, R., Cameron, R. i Lucas, C. (Ed.). (2013). The Oxford handbook of sociolinguistics. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199744084.001.0001

I.– Disciplinary perspectives: 1.– Variationist sociolinguistics (R. Bayley); 2.– Linguistic anthropology (J. Shibamotoe-Smith, V. Chand); 3.– Doers and makers: The interwoven stories of sociology and the study of language (C. McAll); 4.– Critical discourse analysis (M. Reisigl); 5.– Conversation analysis (P. Seedhouse); 6.– The intersections of language socialization and sociolinguistics (K. Watson-Gegeo, M. C. Bronson); 7.– Psycholinguistic approaches (B. C. Loudermilk); 8.– Interdisciplinary approaches (C. Mallinson, T. Kendall); II.– Methodologies and approaches: 9.– Studies of the community and the individual (J. A. Walker, M. Meyerhoff); 10.– Experimental methods for measuring intelligibility of closely related language varieties (C. Gooskens); 11.– Quantitative analysis (K. Gorman, D. Ezra Johnson); 12.– Analyzing qualitative data: Mapping the research trajectory in multilingual contexts (J. Langman); 13.– Longitudinal studies (G. Sankoff); 14.– Methods for studying sign languages (C. Lucas); III.– Bilingualism and language contact: 15.– Pidgins and creoles (E. Russell Webb); 16.– Language maintenance and shift (K. Potowski); 17.– Sociolinguistics and second language acquisition (M. Howard, R. Mougeon, J.-M. Dewaele); 18.– Codeswitching (L. Wei); 19.– Sign language contact (D. Quinto-Pozos, R. Adam); IV.– Variation: 20.– Sociophonetics (M. Baranowski); 21.– Phonology and sociolinguistics (N. Nagy); 22.– Morphosyntactic variation (R. King); 23.– Pragmatics and sociolinguistic variation (R. Cameron, S. Schwenter); 24.– Variation and change (A. D’Arcy); 25.– Sociolinguistic variation and change in sign languages (A. Schembri, T. Johnston); V.– Language policy, language ideology, and language attitudes: 26.– Language policy, ideology, and attitudes in English-dominant countries (T. Ricento); 27.– Language policies and language attitudes in Africa: Challenges and prospects for vernacularization (N. M. Kamwangamalu); 28.– Language policy and ideology: Greater China (Q. Zhang); 29.– Language policies and politics in South Asia (V. Chand); 30.– Language policy and ideology in Latin America (E. Rainer Hamel); 31.– Language policy, ideology, and attitudes in Western Europe (F. Grin); 32.– Language management in the Russian Empire, Soviet Union, and Post-Soviet countries (A. Pavlenko); 33.– Language policy and attitudes towards sign languages (J. Hill); VI.– Sociolinguistics, the professions, and the public interest: 34.– Language and law (G. Matoesian); 35.– Our stories, ourselves: Can the culture of a large medical school be changed without open heart surgery? (R. M. Frankel); 36.– Sociolinguistic studies of sign language interpreting (C. Roy, M. Metzger); 37.– Language awareness in community perspective: Obligation and opportunity (W. Wolfram); 38.– Linguistic and ecological diversity (S. Romaine); 39.– Language revitalization (L. A. Grenoble); 40.– Linguistics and social activism (A. H. Charity Hudley).

Chambers, J. K. i Schilling, N. (Ed.). (2013). The handbook of language variation and change (2a ed.). Wiley-Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118335598

I.– Data collection: 1.– Entering the community (C. Feagin); 2.– Data in the study of variation and change (T. Kendall); 3.– Investigating historical variation and change in written documents (E. W. Schneider); II.– Evaluation: 4.– The quantitative paradigm (R. Bayley); 5.– Sociophonetics (E. R. Thomas); 6.– Comparative sociolinguistics (S. A. Tagliamonte); 7.– Language with an attitude (D. R. Preston); III.– Linguistic structure: 8.– Variation and syntactic theory (R. W. Fasold); 9.– Investigating chain shifts and mergers (M. J. Gordon); 10.– Discourse variation (R. Macaulay); IV.– Language and time: 11.– Real time and apparent time (P. Cukor-Avila, G. Bailey); 12.– Child language variation (J. Roberts); 13.– Adolescence (S. Kirkham, E. Moore); 14.– Patterns of variation including change (J. K. Chambers); V.– Social differentiation: 15.– Investigating stylistic variation (N. Schilling); 16.– Social class (S. Ash); 17.– Gender, sex, sexuality, and sexual identities (R. Queen); 18.– Ethnicity (C. Fought); VI.– Domains: 19.– Social networks (L. Milroy, C. Llamas); 20.– Communities of practice (M. Meyerhoff, A. Strycharz); 21.– Constructing identity (S. F. Kiesling); VII.– Contact: 22.– Space, diffusion and mobility (D. Britain); 23.– Linguistic outcomes of bilingualism (G. Sankoff); 24.– Koineization (P. Kerswill); 25.– Supraregionalisation and dissociation (R. Hickey); VIII.– Sociolinguists and their communities: 26.– Community commitment and responsibility (W. Wolfram); Postscript (N. Schilling, J. Chambers).

Coulmas, F. (Ed.). (1998). The handbook of sociolinguistics. Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781405166256

1.– The evolution of a sociolinguistic theory of language (R. B. Le Page); 2.– The demography of language (A. F. Verdoot); 3.– Varieties and variation (J. Milroy, L. Milroy); 4.– Language change in progress: Variation as it happens (N. Denison); 5.– Social factors in language change (W. Bright); 6.– Sociophonology (J. Honey); 7.– Dialect in society (W. Wolfram); 8.– Gender as a sociolinguistic variable: New perspectives on variation studies (R. Wodak, G. Benke); 9.– Age as a sociolinguistic variable (P. Eckert); 10.– Spoken and written language (C. Roberts, B. Street); 11.– The sociolinguistics of communication media (G. Leitner); 12.– Diglossia as a sociolinguistic situation (H. F. Schiffman); 13.– Code switching (C. Myers); 14.– Language contact and language generation (J. R. Rickford); 15.– Language contact and language degeneration (C. Grinevald); 16.– Language contact and language displacement (M. Brenzinger); 17.– Language conflict (P. H. Nelde); 18.– Multilingualism (M. Clyne); 19.– Language and identity (A. Tabouret-Keller); 20.– Language and ethnicity (J. A. Fishman); 21.– Global scale sociolinguistics (G. D. McConnell); 22.– Language and the mediation of experience: Linguistics representation and cognitive orientation (M. Stubbs); 23.– Linguistics etiquette (G. Kasper); 24.– Sociolinguistics and education (L. Verhoeven); 25.– Bilingual education (O. García); 26.– Sociolinguistics and the law (E. Finegan); 27.– Language planning and language reform (D. Daoust).

Coulmas, F. (Ed.). (2013). Manual de sociolingüística (G. Reyes, Trad.). Instituto Caro y Cuervo. (Obra original publicada el 1998)

1.– La evolución de una teoría sociolingüística del lenguaje (R. B. Le Page); 2.– La demografía del lenguaje (A. F. Verdoot); 3.– Variedad y variación (J. Milroy, L. Milroy); 4.– El cambio lingüístico en curso: la variación tal como se da (N. Denison); 5.– Factores sociales del cambio lingüístico (W. Bright); 6.– Sociofonología (J. Honey); 7.– El dialecto en la sociedad (W. Wolfram); 8.– El género como variable sociolingüística: nuevas perspectivas sobre los estudios de variación (R. Wodak, G. Benke); 9.– La edad como variable sociolingüística (P. Eckert); 10.– El lenguaje escrito y hablado (C. Roberts, B. Street); 11.– La sociolingüística de los medios de comunicación (G. Leitner); 12.– La diglosia como situación sociolingüística (H. F. Schiffman); 13.– La alternancia de código (C. Myers); 14.– Contacto entre lenguas y generación de lenguas: pidgins y criollas (J. R. Rickford); 15.– Contacto entre lenguas y degeneración de las lenguas (C. Grinevald); 16.– Contacto entre lenguas y desplazamiento lingüístico (M. Brenzinger); 17.– Conflicto entre lenguas (P. H. Nelde); 18.– Multilingüismo (M. Clyne); 19.– Lenguaje e identidad (A. Tabouret-Keller); 20.– Lenguaje y etnia: la perspectiva interna (J. A. Fishman); 21.– La sociolingüística a escala global (G. D. Mcconnell); 22.– El lenguaje y la mediación de la experiencia: representación lingüística y orientación cognoscitiva (M. Stubbs); 23.– Etiqueta lingüística (G. Kasper); 24.– Sociolingüística y educación (L. Verhoeven); 25.– Educación bilingüe (O. García); 26.– Sociolingüística y derecho (E. Finegan); 27.– Planificación y reforma lingüística (D. Daoust).

Llamas, C., Mullany, L. i Stockwell, P. (Ed.). (2007). The Routledge companion to sociolinguistics. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203441497

I.– Methods of observation and analysis: 1.– Variation and the variable (D. Watt); 2.– Field methods (C. Llamas); 3.– Techniques of analysis (1) Phonological variation (M. Gordon); 4.– Techniques of analysis (II) Morphosyntactic variation (J. Smith); 5.– Techniques of analysis (III) Discourse (M. Garner); II.– Social correlates: 6.– Social class (P. Kerswill); 7.– Gender (J. Coates); 8.– Age (C. Llamas); 9.– Ethnic varieties (W. Wolfram); 10.– Speech communities (L. Mullany); III.– Socio-psychological factors: 11.– Style and the linguistic repertoire (A. Bell); 12.– Language and identity (J. Dyer); 13.– Mobility, contact and accommodation (P. Auer); 14.– Language attitudes (P. Garrett); 15.– Politeness and power (S. Harris); IV.– Socio-political factors: 16.– The ideology of the standard language (J. Milroy); 17.– The influence of the media (J. Stuart-Smith); 18.– Multilingualism (S. Gal); 19.– Language and education (J. Maybin); 20.– Language policy and language planning (S. Wright); V.– Language change: 21.– Creoles and pidgins (S. S. Mufwene); 22.– Koineization (D. N. Tuten); 23.– Colonial and postcolonial varieties (B. A. Fennell): 24.– Language death (D. Nelson).

Mesthrie, R. (Ed.). (2001). Concise encyclopedia of sociolinguistics. Pergamon.

Mesthrie, R. (Ed.). (2011). The Cambridge handbook of sociolinguistics. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511997068

1.– Introduction: The sociolinguistic enterprise (R. Mesthrie); I.– Foundations of sociolinguistics: 2.– Power, social diversity, and language (J. Baugh); 3.– Linguistic anthropology: The study of language as a non-neutral medium (A. Duranti); 4.– The social psychology of language: A short history (W. P. Robinson, A. Locke); 5.– Orality and literacy in sociolinguistics (L. Hemphill); 6.– Sign languages (R. Bayley, C. Lucas); II.– Interaction, style, and discourse: 7.– Conversation and interaction (C. Gordon); 8.– Pragmatics and discourse (J. Blommaert); 9.– The sociolinguistics of style (N. Coupland); III.– Social and regional dialectology: 10.– Language, social class, and status (G. R. Guy); 11.– Language and region (W. A. Kretzschmar); 12.– Language and place (B. Johnstone); 13.– Language, gender, and sexuality (N. Schilling); 14.– Language and ethnicity (C. Fought); IV.– Multilingualism and language contact: 15.– Multilingualism (A. Deumert); 16.– Pidgins and creoles (S. Kouwenberg, J. V. Singler); 17.– Code-switching (P. Muysken); 18.– Language maintenance, shift, and endangerment (N. Ostler); 19.– Colonization, globalization, and the sociolinguistics of World Englishes (E. W. Schneider); V.– Applied sociolinguistics: Language planning and language policy (J. W. Tollefson); 21.– Sociolinguistics and the law (D. Eades); 22.– Language and the media (S. McKay); 23.– Language in education (C. Stroud, K. Heugh).

Moreau, M.-L. (Ed.). (1997). Sociolinguistique: les concepts de base. Mardaga.

Wodak, R., Johnstone, B. i Kerswill, P. E. (Ed.). (2010). The SAGE handbook of sociolinguistics. SAGE Publications.

Introduction (R. Wodak, B. Johnstone, P. Kerswill) I.– History of sociolinguistics: 1.– Ferguson and Fishman: Sociolinguistics and the sociology of language (B. Spolsky); 2.– Labov: Language variation and change (K. Hazen); 3.– Bernstein: Codes and social class (G. Ivinson); 4.– Dell Hymes and the ethnography of communication (B. Johnstone, W. M. Marcellino); 5.– Gumperz and interactional sociolinguistics (C. Gordon); II.– Sociolinguistics and social theory: 6.– Social stratification (C. Mallinson); 7.– Social constructionism (A. Irwin); 8.– Symbolic interactionism, Erving Goffman, and sociolinguistics (S. Kendall); 9.– Ethnomethodology and membership categorization analysis (R. Garot, T. Berard); 10.– The power of discourse and the discourse of power (J. A. Flores Farfán, A. Holzscheiter); 11.– Globalization theory and migration (S. Slembrouck); 12.– Semiotics interpretants, inference, and intersubjectivity (P. Kockelman); III.– Language variation and change: 13.– Individuals and communities (N. Mendoza-Denton); 14.– Social class (R. Dodsworth); 15.– Social network (E. Vetter); 16.– Sociolinguistic approaches to language change: Phonology (P. Kerswill); 17.– Social structure, language contact and language change (P. Trudgill); 18.– Sociolinguistics and formal linguistics (G. R. Guy); 19.– Attitudes, ideology and awareness (T. Kristiansen); 20.– Historical sociolinguistics (T. Nevalainen); 21.– Fieldwork methods in language variation (W. Wolfram); IV.– Interaction: 22.– Sociolinguistic potentials of face-to-face interaction (H. Kotthoff); 23.– Doctor-patient communication (F. Menz); 24.– Discourse and schools (L. Martín Rojo); 25.– Courtroom discourse (S. Ehrlich); 26.– Analysing conversation (C. M. I. M. Matthiessen, D. Slade); 27.– Narrative analysis (A. Georgakopoulou); 28.– Gender and interaction (T.-S. Pavlidou); 29.– Interaction and the media (B. Busch, P. Pfisterer); V.– Multilingualism and contact: 30.– Societal bilingualism (M. Sebba); 31.– Code-switching/mixing (P. Auer); 32.– Language policy and planning (A.-C. Berthoud, G. Lüdi); 33.– Language endangerment (J. Sallabank); 34.– Global Englishes (A. Pennycook); VI.– Applications: 35.– Forensic linguistics (M. Coulthard, T. Grant, K. Kredens); 36.– Language teaching and language assessment (C. Leung); 37.– Guidelines for non-discriminatory language use (M. Hellinger); 38.– Language, migration and human rights (I. Piller, K. Takahashi); 39.– Literacy studies (D. Barton, C. Lee).

Metodologia de la recerca

Drager, K. (2018). Experimental research methods in sociolinguistics. Bloomsbury.

1.– Defining and constraining the research question; 2.– Some practicalities when running experiments; 3.– Experimental designs to examine perception; 4.– Experimental designs to examine production; 5.– Open fontiers; 6.– Statistics for experimental sociolinguistics; 7.– Moving forward.

Hernández Campoy, J. M. i Almeida, M. (2005). Metodología de la investigación sociolingüística. Comares.

I.– Fundamentos teóricos (Definición y orígenes): 1.– Definición y orígenes de la sociolingüística; 2.– Aspectos controvertidos en sociolingüística; 3.– Direcciones en la investigación sociolingüística; II.– Metodología para el estudio de la variación: 4.– Planificación inicial; 5.– Métodos de campo; 6.– Análisis cuantitativo y cualitativo de la variación.

Holmes, J. i Hazen, K. (Ed.). (2014). Research methods in sociolinguistics: A practical guide. John Wiley & Sons. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781394260867

Introduction (J. Holmes, K. Hazen); 1.– A historical assessment of research questions in sociolinguistics (K. Hazen); I.– Types of data and methods of data collection: 2.– Sociolinguistic interviews (M. Hoffman); 3.– Written surveys and questionnaires in sociolinguistics (E. Schleef); 4.– Experimental methods in sociolinguistics (K. Drager); 5.– Computer-mediated communication and linguistic landscapes (J. Androutsopoulos); II.– Methods of analysis: 6.– Sociohistorical analysis (T. Nevalainen); 7.– Corpus linguistics in sociolinguistics (P. Baker); 8.– Phonetic analysis in sociolinguistics (E. R. Thomas); 9.– Phonological considerations in sociophonetics (P. Kerswill, K. Watson); 10.– Morphosyntactic analysis in sociolinguistics (J. Davydova); 11.– Vocabulary analysis in sociolinguistic research (M. Adams); 12.– Doing discourse analysis in sociolinguistics (J. Holmes); 123.– Words and numbers: Statistical analysis in sociolinguistics (G. R. Guy); 14.– Anthropological analysis in sociolinguistics (A. Jaffe); 15.– Conversation analysis in sociolinguistics (P. Drew); 16.– Geographical dialectology (D. Britain); 17.– Speech communities, social networks, and communities of practice (R. Dodsworth); 18.– Analysing sociolinguistic variation in multilingual contexts (R. Mesthrie); 19.– Social context, style, and identity in sociolinguistics (N. Coupland); 20.– Researching children’s acquisition of sociolinguistic competence (C. O’Shannessy).

López Morales, H. (1994). Métodos de investigación lingüística. Ediciones Colegio de España.

1.– Fundamentos de la investigación; 2.– Objetivos de la investigación; 3.– Justificación del tema; 4.– Técnicas de muestreo; 5.– Instrumentos de la investigación (I): la entrevista; 6.– El corpus; 8.– Comprobación de hipótesis y preparación de conclusiones; 10.– Estructura de la monografía final.

Meyerhoff, M., Schleef, E. i MacKenzie, L. (2015). Doing sociolinguistics: A practical guide to data collection and analysis. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315723167

I.– Data collection: 1.– Finding a topic; 2.– Sample design and the envelope of variation; 3.– Ethics and archiving; 4.– Sampling techniques and gaining access to speakers; 5.– Interviews as a source of data; 6.– Naturally-occurring, spontaneous speech as a source of data; 7.– Corpora as a source of data; 8.– Written surveys and questionnaires as a source of data; 9.– Studying perceptions and attitudes; II.– Data analysis: 10.– Transcription; 11.– Identifying, coding & summarising your data; 12.– Analysing your data; 13.– Presenting your data; 14.– Analysing multiple independent variables; 15.– Mixing qualitative and quantitative analysis; 16.– Writing up your research.

Milroy, L. (1987). Observing and analysing natural language: A critical account of sociolinguistic method. Basil Blackwell.

1.– Field linguistics: some models and methods; 2.– Sampling; 3.– Speakers: Some issues in data collection; 4.– Methodological principles and fieldwork strategy: Two case studies; 5.– Analysing variable data: Speaker variables: 6.– Analysing phonological variation; 7.– Analysing syntactic variation; 8.– Style-shifting and code-switching; 8.– Sociolinguistics: Some practical applications.

Milroy, L. i Gordon, M. (2003). Sociolinguistics: Method and interpretation. Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470758359

1.– Sociolinguistics: Models and methods; 2.– Locating and selecting subjects; 3.– Data collection; 4.– Language variation and the social world: Issues in analysis and interpretation; 5.– Social relationships and social practices; 6.– Investigating phonological variation; 7.– Beyond phonology: Analyzing and interpreting higher level variation; 8.– Style-shifting and code-switching; 9.– Epilogue.

Moreno Fernández, F. (1990). Metodología sociolingüística. Gredos.

Introducción; 1.– Las reglas del método sociolingüístico; 2.– La recogida de materiales; 3.– Análisis de los materiales sociolingüísticos; 4.– Interpretación de los análisis e implicaciones teóricas; Conclusión.

Pradilla, M. À. (2001). La sociolingüística de la variació: aproximació metodològica (I). Noves SL. Revista de sociolingüística, Hivern – Primavera. http://www.gencat.cat/llengua/noves/noves/hm01hivern-primavera/metodologia/pradilla1_7.htm

Pradilla, M. À. (2001). La sociolingüística de la variació: aproximació metodològica (II). Noves SL. Revista de sociolingüística, Estiu. http://www.gencat.cat/llengua/noves/noves/hm01estiu/metodologia/pradillab1_9.htm

Tagliamonte, S. A. (2006). Analysing sociolinguistic variation. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511801624

1.– Introduction; 2.– Data collection; 3.– The sociolinguistic interview; 4.– Data, data and more data; 5.– The linguistic variable; 6.– Formulating hypotheses/operationalising claims; 7.– The variable rule program: Theory and practice; 8.– The how-to’s of a variationist analysis; 9.– Distributional analysis; 10.– Multivariate analysis; 11.– Interpreting your results; 12.– Finding the story; Select Glossary of terms.

Variació geogràfica

Boberg, C., Nerbonne, J. i Watt, D. (Ed.). (2018). The handbook of dialectology. Wiley Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118827628

Introduction (C. Boberg, J. Nerbonne, D. Watt); I.– Theory: Introduction (D. Watt); 1.– Dialectology, philology, and historical linguistics (R. Hickey); 2.– The dialect dictionary (J. Van Keymeulen); 3.– Linguistic atlases (W. A. Kretzschmar Jr.); 4.– Structural dialectology (M. J. Gordon); 5.– Dialectology and formal linguistic theory: The blind man and the lame (F. Hinskens); 6.– Sociodialectology (T. Kristiansen); 7.– Dialectometry (H. Goebl); 8.– Dialect contact and new dialect formation (D. Britain); 9.– Dialect change in Europe – Leveling and convergence (P. Auer); 10.– Perceptual dialectology (D. R. Preston); 11.– Dialect intelligibility (C. Gooskens); 12.– Applied dialectology: Dialect coaching, dialect reduction, and forensic phonetics (D. Watt); II.– Methods: Introduction (J. Nerbonne); 13.– Dialect sampling methods (R. Macaulay); 14.– The dialect questionnaire (C. Llamas); 15.– Written dialect surveys (J. K. Chambers); 16.– Field interviews in dialectology (G. Bailey); 17.– Corpus-based approaches to dialect study (B. Szmrecsanyi, L. Anderwald); 18.– Acoustic phonetic dialectology (E. R. Thomas); 19.– Computational dialectology (W. Heeringa, J. Prokić); 20.– Dialect maps (S. Rabanus); 21.– Identifying regional dialects in on-line social media (J. Eisenstein); 22.– Logistic regression analysis of linguistic data (J. C. Paolillo); 23.– Statistics for aggregate variationist analyses (J. Nerbonne, M. Wieling); 24.– Spatial statistics for dialectology (J. Grieve); III.– Data: Introduction (C. Boberg); 25.– Dialects of British and Southern Hemisphere English (K. Watson); 26.– Dialects of North American English (C. Boberg); 27.– Dialects of German, Dutch, and the Scandinavian languages (S. Kürschner); 28.– Dialects of French (D. Hall); 29.– Dialects of Italy (T. Telmon); 30.– Dialects of Spanish and Portuguese (J. M. Lipski); 31.– Dialects of the Slavic languages (V. Zhobov, R. Alexander); 32.– Dialects of Arabic (E. Al-Wer, R. de Jong); 33.– Dialects in the Indo-Aryan landscape (A. Deo); 34.– Dialects of Chinese (C. Tang); 35.– Dialects of Japanese (T. Onishi); 36.– Dialects of Malay/Indonesian (A. Adelaar).

Brasseur, P. (1999). L’enquête dialectologique. Les atlas linguistiques. A Boë, L.-J. Calvet i P. Dumont (Dir.), L’enquête sociolinguistique (p. 25–60). L’Harmattan.

Chambers, J. K. i Trudgill, P. (1998). Dialectology (2a ed.). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511805103

I.– Background: 1.– Dialect and language; 2.– Dialect geography; 3.– Dialectology and linguistics; 4.– Urban dialectology; II.– Social variation: 5.– Social differentiation and language; 6.– Sociolinguistic structure and linguistic innovation; III.– Spatial variation: 7.– Boundaries; 8.– Transitions; IV.– Mechanisms of variation: 9.– Variability; 10.– Diffusion: Sociolinguistic and lexical; 11.– Diffusion: Geographical; 12.– Cohesion in dialectology.

Chambers, J. K. i Trudgill, P. (1994). La dialectología (E. Bustos Gisbert, Ed.; C. Morán, Trad.). Visor. (Obra original publicada el 1980)

I.– Fundamentos: 1.– Lengua y dialecto; 2.– La geografía lingüística; 3.– Dialectología y lingüística; 4.– Dialectología urbana; II.– La variación social: 5.– Diferenciación social y lengua; 6.– Estructura sociolingüística e innovación lingüística; III.– La variación espacial: 7.– Fronteras; 8.– Transiciones; IV.– Mecanismos de la variación: 9.– Variabilidad; 10.– Difusión sociolingüística y difusión léxica; 11.– La difusión geográfica; 12.– Hacia la geolingüística.

García Mouton, P. (2016). Dialectología y geografía lingüística. A J. Gutiérrez-Rexach (Ed.), Enciclopedia de lingüística hispánica (Vol. 1, p. 30–40). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315713441

Muñoz-Basols, J., Moreno, N., Taboada, I. i Lacorte, M. (2017). Variación: diversidad lingüística y dialectal en el mundo hispanohablante. A Introducción a la lingüística hispánica actual: teoría y práctica (p. 337–433). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203096758

Viaplana, J. (2002). Dialectologia (2a ed. corr.). Universitat de València.

I.– Aspectes generals: 1.– Concepte; 2.– Desenvolupament; 3.– Contingut; 4.– Mètode; 5.– Dialectologia i teoria lingüística; II.– Aspectes específics: 1.– La dialectologia regional; 2.– La dialectologia urbana; 3.– El canvi lingüístic; 4.– Els prejudicis lingüístics; 5.– La política lingüística.

Variació relacionada amb el gènere i amb l’orientació sexual

✓ Barrett, R. (2019). Can someone ‘sound gay’? A C. Myrick i W. Wolfram (Ed.), The five-minute linguist: Bite-sized essays on language and languages (3a ed., p. 160–162). University of Toronto Press.

✓ Cameron, D. (2019). Do men and women talk differently? A C. Myrick i W. Wolfram (Ed.), The five-minute linguist: Bite-sized essays on language and languages (3a ed., p. 156–159). University of Toronto Press.

Cameron, D. i Kulick, D. (2003). Language and sexuality. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511791178

1.– Making connections; 2.– Talking sex and thinking sex: The linguistic and discursive construction of sexuality; 3.– What has gender got to do with sex? Language, heterosexuality and heteronormativity; 4.– Sexuality as identity: Gay and lesbian language; 5.– Looking beyond identity: Language and desire; 6.– Language and sexuality: Theory, research and politics.

Coates, J. (2016). Women, men and language: A sociolinguistic account of gender differences in language (3a ed.). https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315645612

I.– Introductory: 1.– Language and gender; 2.– The historical background (I) – Folklinguistics and the early grammarians; 3.– The historical background (II) – Anthropologists and dialectologists; II.– The sociolinguistic evidence: 4.– Quantitative studies; 5.– Social networks; 6.– Gender differences in conversational practice; 7.– Conversational dominance in mixed talk; 8.– Same-sex talk; III.– Causes and consequences: 9.– Children and gender-differentiated language; 10.– The role of gender differences in linguistic change; 11.– The social consequences of gender differences in language; IV.– Looking to the future: 12.– New developments in language and gender research.

Eckert, P. i McConnell-Ginet, S. (2013). Language and gender (2a ed.). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139245883

1.– An introduction to gender; 2.– Introduction to the study of language and gender; 3.– Linguistic resources; 4.– Getting it said; 5.– Making nice; 6.– Being assertive… or not; 7.– Where common sense comes from and where it hides; 8.– Mapping the world; 9.– Constructing nations, constructing boundaries; 10.– Fashioning selves.

Ehrlich, S., Meyerhoff, M. i Holmes, J. (Ed.). (2014). The handbook of language, gender, and sexuality (2a ed.). Wiley Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118584248

Introduction: Language, gender, and sexuality (S. Ehrlich, M. Meyerhoff); I.– Theory and history: 1.– The feminist foundations of language, gender, and sexuality research (M. Bucholtz); 2.– Theorizing gender in sociolinguistics and linguistic anthropology: Toward effective interventions in gender inequity (B. McElhinny); 3.– Language and desire (D. Kulick); II.– Methods: 4.– Variation and gender (M. Meyerhoff); 5.– Sociophonetics, gender, and sexuality (R. J. Podesva, S. Kajino); 6.– Ethnographic methods for language and gender research (N. Besnier, S. U. Philips); 7.– Conversation analysis in language and gender studies (S. Wilkinson, C. Kitzinger); 8.– Gender and categorial systematics (E. Stokoe, F. Attenborough); 9.– Feminist critical discourse analysis: Relevance for current gender and language research (M. M. Lazar); III.– Identities: 10.– Language and sexual identities (R. Queen); 11.– Exceptional speakers: Contested and problematized gender identities (K. Hall); 12.– Language and masculinity (B. Benwell); 13.– Queering masculinities (T. M. Milani); IV.– Ideologies: 14.– Gender and language ideologies (D. Cameron); 15.– The power of gender ideologies in discourse (S. U. Philips); 16.– Meaning-making and ideologies of gender and sexuality (S. McConnell-Ginet); 17.– A marked man: The contexts of gender and ethnicity (S. Trechter); V.– Global and cross-cultural perspectives: 18.– Language and gender research in Poland: An overview (A. Kiełkiewicz-Janowiak, J. Pawelczyk); 19.– Historical discourse approach to Japanese women’s language: Ideology, indexicality, and metalanguage (M. Nakamura); 20.– Language and gender in the Middle East and North Africa (E. Al-Wer); 21.– Language and gender research in Brazil: An overview (A. C. Ostermann, L. P. Moita-Lopes); VI.– Domains and institutions: 22.– Language and gender in the workplace (J. Holmes); 23.– Language, gender, and sexual violence: Legal perspectives (S. Ehrlich); 24.– Language and gender in educational contexts (J. Menard-Warwick, M. Mori, S. Williams); 25.– Gender and family interaction (D. Tannen); 26.– Language and gender in peer interactions among children and youth (M. Harness Goodwin, A. Kyratzis); 27.– Language and gender in adolescence (P. Eckert); VII.– Engagement and application: 28.– Gender, endangered languages, and revitalization (B. A. Meek); 29.– Gender and (a)nonymity in computer-mediated communication (S. C. Herring, S. Stoerger); 30.– «One man in two is a woman»: Linguistic approaches to gender in literary texts (A. Livia); 31.– Language, gender, and popular culture (M. Talbot); 32.– The public view of language and gender: Still wrong after all these years (A. F. Freed).

García Mouton, P. (2000). Cómo hablan las mujeres (2a ed.). Arco/Libros.

1.– La mujer en la sociedad; 2.– Mujeres y género; 3.– Cómo habla la mujer en el campo. Los dialectólogos; 4.– La mujer en la ciudad (y fuera de ella). Los sociolingüistas; 5.– Cómo hablan las mujeres y «cómo deberían hablar»; Ejercicios; Soluciones a los ejercicios.

Jule, A. (2017). A beginner’s guide to language and gender (2a ed.). Multilingual Matters.

Prologue to the second edition; i.– Understanding gender and language use: 1.– The emergence and direction of the field; 2.– Language as gendered; II.– Understanding gender and language use in various contexts — Brief introductions: 3.– Gender and language use in the media and technology; 4.– Gender and language use in education; 5.– Gender and language use in the workplace; 6.– Gender and language use in religion: Judaism, Christianity and Islam; 7.– Gender and language use in negotiated relationships; 8.– An anti-conclusion; Glossary; References.

Kiesling, S. F. (2019). Language, gender, and sexuality. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781351042420

Notation and transcription; 1.– More than talking difference; 2.– Studying language; 3.– What are gender and sexuality?: A short introduction to a very big topic; 4.– How we got here: A brief history of the study of language, gender, and sexuality; 5.– Linguistic categorization and gender categories; 6.– Interaction, identity, and performativity; 7.– Linguistic norms as gender norms; 8.– Putting it all together: Gender, sexuality, and language infuse life and society.

Meyerhoff, M. i Ehrlich, S. (2019). Language, gender, and sexuality. Annual Review of Linguistics, 5, 455–475. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-linguistics-052418-094326

Munson, B. i Babel, M. (2007). Loose lips and silver tongues, or, projecting sexual orientation through speech. Language and Linguistics Compass, 1(5), 416–449. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1749-818x.2007.00028.x

Tuson, A. (1998). Diferència sexual i variació lingüística. Caplletra. Revista Internacional de Filologia, 25, 205–220. https://ojs.uv.es/index.php/caplletra/article/view/6745

Zimman, L. i Hall, K. (2023, 17 de juliol). Language, gender, and sexuality. Oxford Bibliographies. https://doi.org/10.1093/OBO/9780199772810-0109

Variació fonètica relacionada amb el gènere

Variació fonètica relacionada amb l’orientació sexual

Variació situacional

Atkinson, D. i Biber, D. (1994). Register: A review of empirical research. A D. Biber i E. Finegan (Ed.), Sociolinguistic perspectives on register (p. 351–385). Oxford University Press.

Bell, A. (1984). Language style as audience design. Language in Society, 13(2), 145–204. https://doi.org/10.1017/S004740450001037X

Bell, A. (2001). Back in style: Reworking audience design. A P. Eckert i J. R. Rickford (Ed.), Style and sociolinguistic variation (p. 139–169). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511613258.010

Biber, D. i Conrad, S. (2019). Register, genre, and style (2a ed.). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108686136

1.– Registers, genres, and styles: Fundamental varieties of language; I.– Analytical framework: 2.– Describing the situational characteristics of registers and genres; 3.– Analyzing linguistic features and their functions; II.– Detailed descriptions of registers, genres, and styles: 4.– Interpersonal spoken registers; 5.– Written registers, genres, and styles; 6.– Academic and professional written registers; 7.– Registers and genres in interpersonal electronic communication; 8.– Historical evolution of registers, genres, and styles; III.– Larger theoretical issues: 9.– Multi-dimensional patterns of register variation; 10.– Register studies in context; Appendix A.– Annotations of major register and genre studies; Appendix B.– Activity texts.

Black, A., Dixon, T., Goulart, L. i Wizner, S. (2025, 16 de gener). Register and register variation. Oxford Bibliographies. https://doi.org/10.1093/OBO/9780199772810-0278

Brown, P. i Fraser, C. (1979). Speech as a marker of situation. A K. R. Scherer i H. Giles (Ed.), Social markers in speech (p. 33–62). Cambridge University Press; Maison des Sciences de l’Homme. https://archive.org/details/socialmarkersinspee0000_v0n5

Cutillas, J. A. i Hernández Campoy, J. M. (2018). Modelos sociolingüísticos de variación estilística. Tonos Digital. Revista Electrónica de Estudios Filológicos, 35. http://www.tonosdigital.es/ojs/index.php/tonos/article/view/1994

Gregory, M. i Carroll, S. (1978). Language and situation: Language varieties and their social contexts. Routledge and Kegan Paul. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429436185

1.– Introduction; 2.– Dialect; 3.– Fields of discourse; 4.– Modes of discourse; 5.– Tenors of discourse; 6.– Register; 7.– Code; 8.– Conclusion: Textual varieties, meaning and social context; Appendix; Some suggestions for further reading.

Gregory, M. i Carroll, S. (1986). Lenguaje y situación: variedades del lenguaje y sus contextos sociales (L. A. Rodríguez, Trad.). Fondo de Cultura Económica. (Obra original publicada el 1978)

1.– Introducción; 2.– Dialecto; 3.– Campos del discurso; 4.– Modos del discurso; 5.– Tonos del discurso; 6.– Registro; 7.– Código; 8.– Conclusión: variedades textuales, significado y contexto social; Apéndice; Sugerencias de lectura.

Hernández Campoy, J. M. (2016). Sociolinguistic styles. Wiley-Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118737606

I.– The concept and nature of style: 1.– The concept of style; 2.– The nature of style; II.– Sociolinguistic models of style-shifting: 3.– Situation-centered approach: Attention paid to speech; 4.– Audience-centered approach: Audience design; 5.– Context-centered approach: Functional model; 6.– Speaker-centered approach: Speaker design; 7.– Conclusion.

Joos, M. (1968). The isolation of styles. A J. A. Fishman (Ed.), Readings in the sociology of language (p. 185–191). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110805376.185

Labov, W. (1978). The isolation of contextual styles. Sociolinguistic patterns (p. 70–109). Basil Blackwell. (Obra original publicada el 1972)

Labov, W. (1983). La diferenciación de los estilos contextuales (J. M. Marinas, Trad.). Modelos sociolingüísticos (p. 105–153). Cátedra. (Obra original publicada el 1972)

Labov, W. (2001). The anatomy of style-shifting. A P. Eckert i J. R. Rickford (Ed.), Style and sociolinguistic variation (p. 85–108). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511613258.006

Payrató, L. (1998). Variació funcional, llengua oral i registres. A L. Payrató (Ed.), Oralment: estudis de variació funcional. Publicacions de l’Abadia de Montserrat.

Schilling-Estes, N. (2008). Stylistic variation and the sociolinguistic interview: A reconsideration. A R. Monroy i A. Sánchez (Ed.), 25 años de Lingüística Aplicada en España: hitos y retos / 25 years of Applied Linguistics in Spain: Milestones and challenges (p. 971–986). Servicio de Publicaciones de la Universidad de Murcia. https://web.archive.org/web/20220302153931/https://www.um.es/lacell/aesla/contenido/pdf/9/schilling.pdf

Llengua oral i llengua escrita

Almela, R. (2003). Inconsistencias en la oposición oral / escrito. Oralia. Análisis del Discurso Oral, 6, 63–88. https://doi.org/10.25115/oralia.v1i6.8407

Baylon, C. i Fabre, P. (1975). Langue parlée et langue écrite. A Initiation à la linguistique avec des travaux pratiques d’application et leurs corrigés (p. 49–53). Nathan. https://archive.org/details/initiationlaling0000bayl

Biber, D. (1988). Variation across speech and writing. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511621024

I.– Background concepts and issues: 1.– Introduction: Textual dimensions and relations; 2.– Situations and functions; 3.– Previous linguistic research on speech and writing; II.– Methodology: 4.– Methodological overview of the study; 5.– Statistical analysis; III.– Dimensions and relations in English: 6.– Textual dimensions in speech and writing; 7.– Textual relations in speech and writing; 8.– Extending the description: Variation within genres; 9.– Afterword: applying the model; Appendix I.– Texts used in the study; Appendix II.– Linguistic features: Algorithms and functions; Appendix III.– Mean frequency counts of all linguistic features in each genre.

Biber, D., Davies, M., Jones, J. K. i Tracy-Ventura, N. (2006). Spoken and written register variation in Spanish: A multi-dimensional analysis. Corpora, 1(1), 1–37. https://doi.org/10.3366/cor.2006.1.1.1

Blanche-Benveniste, C. (1997). Le parlé et l’écrit. A Approches de la langue parlée en français (p. 5–34). Ophrys. https://archive.org/details/approchesdelalan0000blan

Blanche-Benveniste, C. (1998). Estudios lingüísticos sobre la relación entre oralidad y escritura (L. Varela, Trad.). Gedisa.

1.– Algunas características de la oralidad; 2.– Lo hablado y lo escrito; 3.– Las unidades de lo escrito y lo oral; 4.– Análisis sintáctico de producciones orales y escritas: «las grillas»; 5.– Establecimiento del texto; 6.– Relaciones entre oral y escrito en la enseñanza; 7.– El retrato de mi papá tiene el pelo calvo.

Briz, A. (2010). ¿Registro coloquial = oral :: registro formal = escrito? A El español coloquial: situación y uso (6a ed., p. 18–23). Arco/Libros.

Brown, G. i Yule, G. (1983). Spoken and written language. A Discourse analysis (p. 4–19). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511805226.003

Brown, G. i Yule, G. (1993). Lenguaje hablado y escrito (S. Iglesias, Trad.). A Análisis del discurso (p. 23–37). Visor. (Obra original publicada el 1983)

Bustos Tovar, J. J. (1995). De la oralidad a la escritura. A Actas del I Simposio sobre análisis del discurso oral (p. 11–28). Universidad de Almería.

Castellà, J. M. (2004). Oralitat i escriptura: dues cares de la complexitat en el llenguatge. Curial; Publicacions de l’Abadia de Montserrat.

1.– Presentació; 2.– La llengua oral i la llengua escrita: 2.1.– Cultura oral i cultura escrita; 2.2.– La tradició en els estudis lingüístics; 2.3.– El mode del registre; 2.4.– La complexitat lingüística en la llengua oral i escrita; 3.– El contrast lèxic i gramatical en els modes del registre: 3.1.– Aspectes metodològics; 3.2.– Densitat lèxica, estil nominal i estil verbal; 3.3.– Composició oracional i connexió textual; 4.– Conclusions de la recerca.

Crystal, D. (1987). Written and spoken language. A The Cambridge encyclopedia of language (p. 178–181). Cambridge University Press. https://archive.org/details/cambridgeencycl000crys

Crystal, D. (1994). Lengua oral y lengua escrita. A J. C. Moreno Cabrera (Ed.), Enciclopedia del lenguaje de la Universidad de Cambridge. Taurus. (Obra original publicada el 1987)

Delattre, P. (1954). Sur les origines celtiques de la prononciation française. Le Bayou, 62, 316–318.

Delattre, P. (1966). Sur les origines celtiques de la prononciation française. A Studies in French and comparative phonetics: Selected papers in French and English (p. 215–217). Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783112416105-027 (Obra original publicada el 1954)

Fernández Rei, E. (2008). A expresión oral (e escrita): nos lindeiros entre o oral e o escrito. A E. Fernández Rei i X. L. Regueira (Ed.), Perspectivas sobre a oralidade (p. 187–200). Consello da Cultura Galega; Instituto da Lingua Galega. https://consellodacultura.gal/publicacion.php?id=10

Gregory, M. (1967). Aspects of varieties differentiation. Journal of Linguistics, 3(2), 177–198. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0022226700016601

Gregory, M. i Carroll, S. (1978). Modes of discourse. A Language and situation: Language varieties and their social contexts (p. 37–47). Routledge and Kegan Paul. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429436185

Gregory, M. i Carroll, S. (1986). Modos del discurso (L. A. Rodríguez, Trad.). A Lenguaje y situación: variedades del lenguaje y sus contextos sociales (p. 67–82). Fondo de Cultura Económica. (Obra original publicada el 1978)

Halliday, M. A. K. (1989). Spoken and written language (2a ed.). Oxford University Press. https://archive.org/details/spokenwrittenlan0000hall

1.– Development of speech; 2.– Writing systems; 3.– Written language; 4.– Spoken language: Prosodic features; 5.– Written language: Lexical density; 6.– Spoken language: Grammatical intricacy; 7.– Speaking, writing and learning.

Havelock, E. A. (1986). The Muse learns to write: Reflections on orality and literacy from antiquity to the present. Yale University Press. https://archive.org/details/muselearnstowrit0000have

1.– Program of investigation; 2.– Introducing the Muse; 3.– The modern discovery of orality; 4.– Radio and rediscovery of rhetoric; 5.– Cross-cultural collisions; 6.– Can a text speak?; 7.– Speech put in storage; 8.– The general theory of primary orality; 9.– The special theory of Greek orality; 10.– The special theory of Greek literacy; 11.– The special theories on trial.

Havelock, E. A. (1996). La musa aprende a escribir: reflexiones sobre oralidad y escritura desde la antigüedad hasta el presente (L. Bredlow, Trad.). Paidós. https://archive.org/details/havelock-eric-a.-la-musa-aprende-a-escribir.-reflexiones-sobre-oralidad-y-escrit (Obra original publicada el 1986)

1.– Programa de investigación; 2.– Presentación de la musa; 3.– El descubrimiento moderno de la oralidad; 4.– La radio y el redescubrimiento de la retórica; 5.– Colisiones interculturales; 6.– ¿Puede hablar un texto?; 7.– El habla almacenada; 8.– La teoría general de la oralidad primaria; 9.– La teoría especial de la oralidad griega; 10.– La teoría especial de la escritura griega; 11.– Las teorías especiales y sus críticos.

Jahandarie, K. (1999). Spoken and written discourse: A multi-disciplinary perspective. Ablex.

1.– The oral theory; 2.– Eric Havelock: The alphabet’s dominion; 3.– Harold Innis: Writing, space and time; 4.– Marshall McLuhan: Print as the fall; 5.– Walter Ong: Writing and human consciousness; 6.– Jack Goody: Writing, culture, and cognition; 7.– David Olson: Development of the literate mind; 8.– Structural differences between speech and writing: The linguistic evidence; 9.– Processing differences between speech and writing: The psychological evidence; 10.– Writing in time: The historical evidence; 11.– Cognitive consequences of speech and writing in cultural psychology; 12.– Anthropological dissent.

Lamíquiz, V. (1989). Sobre el texto oral. A J. Borrego, J. J. Gómez Asencio i L. Santos Río (Ed.), Philologica: homenaje a D. Antonio Llorente (Vol. 2, p. 39–46). Universidad de Salamanca.

Lamíquiz, V. (1993). Cuestiones lingüísticas sobre el texto oral. Epos: Revista de Filología, 9, 101–126. https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/articulo?codigo=106023

Lamíquiz, V. (1996). Texto oral y texto coloquial. A M. Casado Velarde, A. Freire, J. E. López Pereira i J. I. Pérez Pascual (Ed.), Scripta philologica in memoriam Manuel Taboada Cid (Vol. 1, p. 123–130). Universidade da Coruña.

Linell, P. (2005). The written language bias in linguistics: Its nature, origins and transformations. Routledge.

I.– Preliminaries: 1.– Introduction; 2.– From aspects of communicative action to sets of abstract forms; 3.– Speech and writing, spoken and written language; 4.– The written language bias in linguistics and language sciences; II.– The phenomenon and its extension: 5.– The written language bias in 101 points; III.– Discussion: 6.– The transformations of some written-language-based themes; 7.– Critique of the ‘written language bias’ argument; 8.– People’s languages and linguists’ grammar; 9.– The written language bias – past, present, future; Appendix: The written language bias in 101 points.

Luque, S. i Alcoba, S. (1999). Comunicación oral y oralización. A S. Alcoba (Coord.), La oralización (p. 15–44). Ariel.

Maingueneau, D. (2009). Écrit et oral. A Aborder la linguistique (Ed. rev. i ampl., p. 39–58). Éditions du Seuil.

Martinet, A. (1974). Langue parlée et code écrit. A J. Martinet (Ed.), De la théorie linguistique à l’enseignement de la langue (p. 73–82). Presses Universitaires de France. https://archive.org/details/delathorielingui0000unse

✓ Murillo, J. (1979). Langue orale, langue écrite. A M. Pendanx-Pousa (Ed.), L’écrit (p. 23–28). Institut de Ciències de l’Educació, Universitat Autònoma de Barcelona.

Ong, W. J. (1987). Oralidad y escritura: tecnologías de la palabra (A. Scherp, Trad.). Fondo de Cultura Económica. https://archive.org/details/ong-w-j-1982-oralidad-y-escritura (Obra original publicada el 1982)

Introducción; 1.– La oralidad del lenguaje; 2.– El descubrimiento moderno de las culturas orales primarias; 3.– Algunas psicodinámicas de la oralidad; 4.– La escritura reestructura la conciencia; 5.– Lo impreso, el espacio y lo concluido; 6.– Memoria oral, la línea narrativa y la caracterización; 7.– Algunos teoremas.

Ong, W. J. (2012). Orality and literacy: The technologizing of the word (3a ed.). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203103258

Before Ongism: «To become what we want to be, we have to decide what we were» (J. Hartley); Introduction; 1.– The orality of language; 2.– The modern discovery of primary oral cultures; 3.– Some psychodynamics of orality; 4.– Writing restructures consciousness; 5.– Print, space and closure; 6.– Oral memory, the story line and characterization; 7.– Some theorems; After Ongism: The evolution of networked intelligence (J. Hartley).

Tuson, A. (1991). Las marcas de la oralidad en la escritura. Signos. Teoría y práctica de la educación, 3, 14–19.

✓ Tuson, A. (1995). «Parla com un llibre» / «escriu com parla». Això és possible? A Anàlisi de la conversa (p. 13–23). Empúries.

✓ Tuson, A. (2003). «Habla como un libro» / «Escribe como habla» ¿Es eso posible? A Análisis de la conversación (2a ed., p. 17–30). Ariel.

Vagle, W. (1991). Radio language – spoken or written? International Journal of Applied Linguistics, 1(1), 118–131. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1473-4192.1991.tb00009.x

Contacte de llengües

Appel, R. i Muysken, P. (1987). Language contact and bilingualism. Edward Arnold.

1.– Introduction: Bilingualism and language contact; I.– Social aspects of the bilingual community: 2.– Language and identity; 3.– The sociology of language choice; 4.– Language maintenance and shift; 5.– Language planning; 6.– Bilingual education; II.– The bilingual speaker: 7.– Psychological dimensions of bilingualism; 8.– Second language acquisition; 9.– The effects of bilingualism; III.– Language use in the bilingual community: 10.– Code switching and code mixing; 11.– Strategies of neutrality; 12.– Strategies and problems in bilingual interaction; IV.– Linguistic consequences: 13.– Language contact and language change; 14.– Lexical borrowing; 15.– Pidgins and creoles.

Appel, R. i Muysken, P. (1996). Bilingüismo y contacto de lenguas (A. M. Lorenzo i C. I. Bouzada, Trad.). Ariel. (Obra original publicada el 1987)

1.– Introducción; bilingüismo y contacto de lenguas; I.– Aspectos sociales de la comunidad bilingüe: 2.– Lengua e identidad; 3.– Aspectos sociológicos de la elección lingüística; 4.– Mantenimiento y sustitución lingüística; 5.– Planificación lingüística; 6.– Enseñanza bilingüe; II.– El hablante bilingüe: 7.– Las dimensiones psicológicas del bilingüismo; 8.– La adquisición de segundas lenguas; 9.– Los efectos del bilingüismo; III.– Usos lingüísticos en la comunidad bilingüe: 10.– Alternancia lingüística y mezcla de códigos; 11.– Estrategias de neutralidad; 12.– Estrategias y problemas de la interacción bilingüe; IV.– Consecuencias lingüísticas: 13.– Contacto de lenguas y cambio lingüístico; 14.– El préstamo léxico; 15.– Sabires y criollos.

Crystal, D. (2000). Language death. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139871549

1.– What is language death?; 2.– Why should we care?; 3.– Why do languages die?; 4.– Where do we begin?; 5.– What can be done?; Appendix.– Some useful organizations.

Crystal, D. (2001). La muerte de las lenguas (P. Tena, Trad.). Cambridge University Press. (Obra original publicada el 2000)

1.– ¿Qué es la muerte de una lengua?; 2.– ¿Por qué deberíamos preocuparnos?; 3.– ¿Por qué mueren las lenguas?; 4.– ¿Por dónde empezamos?; 5.– ¿Qué puede hacerse? Apéndice.– Algunas organizaciones útiles.

Dressler, W. (1987). La mort de les llengües. Límits. Revista d’assaig i divulgació sobre les ciències del llenguatge, 3, 87–100.

Edwards, J. (2023). Multilingualism: Understanding linguistic diversity (2a ed.). Bloomsbury Academic.

Prologue; 1.– Language origins and language diversity; 2.– Interpreting language diversity; 3.– The emergence and measurement of multilingualism; 4.– Dialects and other language varieties; 5.– Multilingual abilities; 6.– The consequences of Babel: Lingua francas and translation; 7.– Keeping languages pure; 8.– Languages and identities; 9.– Language decline and revival: Basic factors; 10.– Language decline and revival: Advocacy and activism; 11.– Language planning and the ecology of language; 12.– Postmodern perspectives; Epilogue.

Ferguson, C. (1959). Diglossia. Word, 15(2), 325–340. https://doi.org/10.1080/00437956.1959.11659702

Ferguson, C. (1972). Diglossia. A P. P. Giglioli (Ed.), Language and social context: Selected readings (p. 232–251). Penguin. https://archive.org/details/languagesocialco0000unse (Obra original publicada el 1959)

Grant, A. P. (Ed.). (2020). The Oxford handbook of language contact. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780199945092.001.0001

1.– Contact-induced linguistic change: An introduction (A. P. Grant); I.– Language contact and linguistic theory: 2.– Theories of language contact (D. Winford); 3.– Contact-induced change and phonology (A. P. Grant, T. B. Klein, E-C. Ng); 4.– Morphology and contact-induced language change (F. Gardani); 5.– Syntax and contact-induced language change (M. Ross); 6.– Semantic borrowing in language contact (B. Mott, N. Laso); 7.– Sociolinguistic, sociological, and sociocultural approaches to contact-induced language change: Identifying Chamic child bilingualism in contact-based language change (G. Thurgood); 8.– Code-switching as a reflection of contact-induced change (A. Backus); 9.– First- and second-language acquisition and CILC (G. Ozón, E. Duran Eppler); 10.– Language contact and endangered languages (A. Aikhenvald); 11.– Pidgins (M. Parkvall); 12.– Creoles (J. McWhorter); 13.– Mixed languages, younger languages, and contact-induced linguistic change (N. Smith, A. Grant); II.– Language contact in several languages: 14.– Language contact in Celtic and Early Irish (R. Hickey); 15.– English and Welsh in contact (C. Grey); 16.– Language contact in the history of English (J. Beal, M. Faulkner); 17.– Contact-induced language change in Spanish (M. Bouzouita); 18.– Language contact in Tagdal, a Northern Songhay language of Niger (C. M. Benítez-Torres); 19.– Language contact in the West Chadic language Goemai (B. Hellwig); 20.– Language contact in Berber (L. Souag); 21.– Contact influences on Ossetic (O. Belyaev); 22.– Northeastern Neo-Aramaic and language contact (E. Coghill); 23.– Contact and the development of Malayalam (P. Sreekumar); 24.– Language contact in Korean (H.-M. Sohn); 25.– Language contact in Khmer (J. Haiman); 26.– Language contact in Warlpiri and Light Warlpiri (C. O’Shannessy); 27.– Language contact and Tok Pisin (A. A. H. Blaxter Paliwala); 28.– Bidirectional borrowing of structure and lexicon: The case of the Reef Islands (Å. Næss); 29.– Language contact in Unangam Tunuu (Aleut) (A. Berge); 30.– The Lower Mississippi as a linguistic area (D. Kaufman); 31.– Language contact considering Signed Language (D. Quinto-Pozos, R. Adam); 32.– Language contact in Paraguayan Guaraní (J. Gómez-Rendón); 33.– Language contact in Cape Verdean creole: A study of bidirectional influences in two contact settings (M. Baptista, M. Veiga, S. Soares da Costa, L. M. Herbert Duarte Lopes Robalo).

Hickey, R. (Ed.). (2020). The handbook of language contact (2a ed.). Wiley-Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781119485094

Language contact and linguistic research (R. Hickey); I.– Contact, contact studies and linguistics: 1.– Contact explanations in linguistics (S. Thomason); 2.– Contact, bilingualism and diglossia (L. Sayahi); 3.– Language contact and change through child first language acquisition (C. O’Shannessy, L. Davidson); 4.– Contact and grammaticalization (B. Heine, T. Kuteva); 5.– Contact and language convergence (A. Grant); 6.– Contact and linguistic typology (O. Bond, H. Sims-Williams, M. Baerman); 7.– Contact and language shift (R. Hickey); 8.– Contact and lexical borrowing (P. Durkin); 9.– Contact and code-switching (P. Gardner-Chloros); 10.– Contact and mixed languages (P. Bakker); 11.– Contact and sociolinguistic variation (M. Abtahian, J. Kasstan); 12.– Contact and new varieties (P. Kerswill); 13.– Contact in the city (H. Wiese); 14.– Linguistic landscapes and language contact (K. Bolton, W. Botha, S.-L. Lee); II.– Case studies of contact: 15.– Contact and early Indo-European in Europe (B. Drinka); 16.– Contact and the history of Germanic languages (P. Roberge); 17.– Contact in the history of English (R. McColl Millar); 18.– Contact and the development of American English (J. C. Salmons, T. Purnell); 19.– Contact and African Englishes (R. Mesthrie); 20.– Contact and Caribbean creoles (E. W. Schneider, R. Hickey); 21.– Contact and the Romance languages (J. C. Smith); 22.– Contact and Spanish in the Pacific (E. Sippola); 23.– Contact and Portuguese lexified creoles (H. Cardoso); 24.– Contact and the Celtic languages (J. Eska); 25.– Contact and the Slavic languages (L. A. Grenoble); 26.– Contact and the Finno-Ugric languages (J. Laakso); 27.– Language contact in the Balkans (B. Joseph); 28.– Turkic language contacts (L. Johanson, É. Csató, B. Karakoç); 29.– Contact and Afroasiatic languages (Z. Frajzyngier, E. Shay); 30.– Contact and North American languages (M. Mithun); 31.– Contact and Mayan languages (D. Law); 32.– Contact and South American languages (L. Campbell, T. Chacon, J. Elliott); 33.– Contact among African languages (K. Beyer); 34.– Contact and Siberian languages (B. Pakendorf); 35.– Language contact: Sino-Russian (Z. Frajzyngier, N. Gurian, S. Karpenko); 36.– Language contact and Australian languages (D. Loakes, J. Vaughan); 37.– Contact languages of the Pacific (J. Siegel).

Lehiste, I. (1988). Lectures on language contact. The MIT Press.

1.– The concept of interference; 2.– Bilingualism: The bilingual individual; 3.– Bilingualism: The bilingual community; 4.– Language contact and linguistic convergence; 5.– Results of language contact: Pidgins and creoles.

Matras, Y. (2020). Language contact (2a ed.). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108333955

1.– Introduction; 2.– An emerging multilingual repertoire; 3.– Societal multilingualism; 4.– Acquiring and maintaining a bilingual repertoire; 5.– Crossing the boundaries: Codeswitching in conversation; 6.– The replication of linguistic ‹matter›; 7.– Lexical borrowing; 8.– Grammatical and phonological borrowing; 9.– Converging structures: Pattern replication; 10.– Contact languages; 11.– Towards a functional theory of language contact.

Mufwene, S. i Escobar, A. M. (Ed.). (2022). The Cambridge handbook of language contact: Vol. 1. Population movement and language change. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781316796146

Introduction: 1.– Language contact: what a rich and intellectually stimulating history since the late 19^th century! (S. S. Mufwene, A. M. Escobar); I.– Language contact and genetic linguistics: 2.– Language contact and historical linguistics (B. D. Joseph); 3.– The Chinese expansion and language coexistence in modern China (R. J. LaPolla); 4.– Tracing language contact in Africa’s past (B. Sands); 5.– Populations in contact: Linguistic, archaeological, and genomic evidence for Indo-European diffusion (B. Drinka); 6.– The impact of autochthonous languages on Bantu language variation: A comparative view on southern and central Africa (K. Bostoen, H. Gunnink); II.– Linguistic areas: 7.– The Balkans (V. A. Friedman); 8.– The Amazon basin: Linguistic areas and language contact (A. Y. Aikhenvald); 9.– Migration and trade as drivers of language spread and contact in indigenous Latin America (T. Costa Chacon); 10.– Language contact in South Asia (H. H. Hock); III.– Language spread: 11.– The geographic and demographic expansion of Malay (J. T. Collins); 12.– Geographic and demographic spread of Swahili (A. Mazrui); 13.– Arabic language contact (J. Owens); IV.– Emergence and spread of some European languages: 14.– The emergence and evolution of romance languages in Europe and the Americas (J. M. Lipski); 15.– The expansion and evolution of Portuguese (J. C. Clements); 16.– French and English in contact in North America (R. A. Papen); 17.– French in African contact settings (C. B. Vigouroux); 18.– The geographical and demographic expansion of English (E. W. Schneider, S. Buschfeld); V.– Language diasporas: 19.– Diasporas: An overview (D. Hoerder, H. Yu); 20.– Labor migrations: Language change in communities and diasporas (D. Hoerder, H. Yu); 21.– The Korean diaspora (J. S.-Y. Park); 22.– The Chinese diaspora: Language maintenance and loss (S. Lee); 23.– The diachrony of Yiddish and Judaeo-Spanish as contact languages (M.-C. Bornes Varol, A. Szulmajster-Celnikier).

Mufwene, S. i Escobar, A. M. (Ed.). (2022). The Cambridge handbook of language contact: Vol. 2. Multilingualism in population structure. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781009105965

Introduction: 1.– Introduction: Language contact in population structure (S. S. Mufwene, A. M Escobar); I.– Multilingualism: 2.– Societal multilingualism (J. Edwards); 3.– Individual bilingualism (A. De Houwer); 4.– Codeswitching and translanguaging (J. MacSwan); 5.– Urban contact dialects (H. Wiese); 6.– Multilingualism and super-diversity: Some historical and contrastive perspectives (S. S. Mufwene); 7.– Multilingualism and language contact in signing communities (D. Quinto-Pozos, R. Adam); 8.– Multilingualism in India, Southeast Asia, and China (T. K. Bhatia); 9.– Monolingualism vs. multilingualism in Western Europe: Language regimes in France, Spain, and the United Kingdom (Z. Fagyal); II.– Contact, emergence, and language classification: 10.– Perspectives on creole formation (E. O. Aboh, M. DeGraff); 11.– Non-European pidgins in early European colonial explorations and trade: Mobilian jargon and maritime Polynesian pidgin in contrast (E. J. Drechsel); 12.– Mixed languages (F. Meakins, J. Stewart); 13.– Reconstructing the sociolinguistic history of expansion languages in the Americas: A research program (P. Muysken); 14.– On the idiolectal nature of lexical and phonological contact: Spaniards, nahuas, and Yoruba in the new world (R. Otheguy, N. Shin, D. Erker); III.– Lingua francas: 15.– The emergence of lingua francas (N. Ostler); 16.– Colonization and the emergence and spread of indigenous lingua francas in Africa, the Americas and Asia (H. H. do Couto); IV.– Language vitality: 17.– Language endangerment, loss, and reclamation today (D. Bradley); 18.– Contact and shift: Colonization and urbanization in the Arctic (L. A. Grenoble); 19.– The Indian diaspora: Language maintenance and loss (S. K. Gambhir); 20.– Quechua expansion during the Inca and colonial periods (C. Itier); 21.– Indigenous and immigrant languages in the US: Language contact, change and survival (M. M. Engman, K. A. King); V.– Contact and language structures: 22.– Structural outcomes of language contact (Y. Matras); 23.– The emergence of Andean Spanish: Against the odds (A. M. Escobar); 24.– Contact between English and Norman in the Channel Islands (M. C. Jones).

Poplack, S. (1983). Lenguas en contacto. A H. López Morales (Ed.), Introducción a la lingüística (p. 183–209). Playor.

Weinreich, U. (1979). Languages in contact: Findings and problems. De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110802177 (Obra original publicada el 1953)

1.– The problem of approach; 2.– Mechanisms and structural causes of interference; 3.– The bilingual individual; 4.– The socio-cultural setting of language contact; 5.– Research methods and opportunities; Appendix.– Effects of bilingualism on the individual.

Weinreich, U. (1974). Lenguas en contacto: descubrimientos y problemas (F. Rivera, Trad.). Universidad Central de Venezuela. (Obra original publicada el 1953)

1.– El problema del método; 2.– Los mecanismos y las causas estructurales de la interferencia; 3.– El individuo bilingüe; 4.– El ambient sociocultural de los contactos de lenguas; 5.– Métodos y oportunidades de investigación; Apéndice.– Efectos del bilingüismo sobre los individuos.

Weinreich, U. (1996). Llengües en contacte. Descobriments i problemes (F. Martínez, Trad.). Bromera. (Obra original publicada el 1953)

Winford, D. (2003). An introduction to contact linguistics. Wiley-Blackwell.

1.– Introduction: The field of contact linguistics; 2.– Language maintenance and lexical borrowing; 3.– Structural diffusion in situations of language maintenance; 4.– Code switching in its social contexts; 5.– Code switching: Linguistic aspects; 6.– Bilingual mixed languages; 7.– Second language acquisition and language shift; 8.– Pidgins and pidginization; 9.– Creole formation.

Bilingüisme

Pidgins i criolls

Ansaldo, U. i Meyerhoff, M. (Ed.). (2021). The Routledge handbook of pidgin and creole languages. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003107224

Not in retrospective: The future of pidgin and creole research (U. Ansaldo, M, Meyerhoff); I.– Space and place: 1.– Sub-Saharan Africa (A. Deumert); 2.– The Arab world (S. Manfredi); 3.– Indian Ocean creoles (G. Fon Sing, D. Véronique); 4.– South and Southeast Asia (N. H. Lee); 5.– Australia and the South West Pacific (F. Meakins); 6.– The contact varieties of Japan and the North-West Pacific (K. Matsumoto, D. Britain); 7.– North America and Hawai’i (S. Roberts); 8.– Caribbean, South and Central America (B. Migge); 9.– The Atlantic (K. Yakpo, N. Smith); 10.– Pidgins and creoles in Eurasia: The consolation of philology (A. P. Grant); II.– Usage, function and power: 11.– Creole arts and music (K. Managan); 12.– The rise of pidgin theatre in Hawai’i (T. H. Baker); 13.– Creoles in literature: Talking story with Lee A. Tonouchi, ‘Da pidgin guerrilla’ on pidgin in the local literatures of Hawai’i (M. M. Soong, L. A. Tonouchi); 14.– Identity politics (N. Faraclas); 15.– Creoles, education and policy (D. Angelo); 16.– Identity and flexible languages: Youth and urban varieties (E. Hurst-Harosh); 17.– Pidgins and creoles: New domains, new technologies (T. Heyd); 18.– Im/Mobilities (L. Lim); 19.– Variation in pidgin and creole languages (M. Meyerhoff); III.– Framing: 20.– On the history of pidgin and creole studies (R. Selbach); 21.– The typology of pidgin and creole languages (V. Velupillai); 22.– Language contact and human dispersal (R. Blench); 23.– Diachronic studies of pidgins and creoles (M. Huber); 24.– Pidgins and creoles and the language faculty (M. Baptista, D. Burgess, J. P. G. Peltier); 25.– Child acquisition of pidgins and creoles (M. M. Kennedy); 26.– Multilingualism and the structure of code-mixing (E. Sippola); 27.– Post-structuralist approaches to language contact (K. Fleming); 28.– Pidgin and creole ecology and evolution (U. Ansaldo, P. Y. Szeto).

Arends, J., Muysken, P. i Smith, N. (Ed.). (1994). Pidgins and creoles: An introduction. John Benjamins. https://doi.org/10.1075/cll.15

I.– General aspects: 1.– The study of pidgin and creole languages (P. Muysken, N. Smith); 2.– The socio-historical background of creoles (J. Arends); 3.– Pidgins (P. Bakker); 4.– Mixed languages and language intertwining (P. Bakker, P. Muysken); 5.– Variation (V. A. de Rooij); 6.– Decolonization, language planning and education (R. Appel, L. Verhoeven); 7.– Creole literature (L. Adamson, C. G. Th. van Rossem); II.– Theories of genesis: 8.– Theories focusing on the European input (H. den Besten, P. Muysken, N. Smith); 9.– Theories focusing on the non-European input (J. Arends, S. Kouwenberg, N. Smith); 10.– Gradualist and developmental hypotheses (J. Arends, A. Bruyn); 11.– Universalist approaches (P. Muysken, T. Veenstra); III.– Sketches of individual languages: 12.– Eskimo pidgin (H. van der Voort); 13.– Haitian (P. Muysken, T. Veenstra); 14.– Saramaccan (P. Bakker, N. Smith, T. Veenstra); 15.– Shaba Swahili (V. A. de Rooij); 16.– Fa d’Ambu (M. Post); 17.– Papiamento (S. Kouwenberg, P. Muysken); 18.– Sranan (L. Adamson, N. Smith); 19.– Berbice Dutch (S. Kouwenberg); IV.– Grammatical features: 20.– TMA particules and auxiliaries (P. Bakker, M. Post, H. van der Voort); 21.– Noun phrases (A. Bruyn); 22.– Reflexives (P. Muysken, N. Smith); 23.– Serial verbs (P. Muysken, T. Veenstra); 24.– Fronting (T. Veenstra, H. den Besten); V.– Conclusions and annotated language list: 25.– Conclusions (J. Arends, P. Muysken, N. Smith); 26.– An annotated list of creoles, pidgins, and mixed languages (N. Smith).

Holm, J. (2000). An introduction to pidgins and creoles. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139164153

1.– Introduction; 2.– The development of theory; 3.– Social factors; 4.– Lexicosemantics; 5.– Phonology; 6.– Syntax; 7.– Conclusions.

Kouwenberg, S. i Singler, J. V. (Ed.). (2008). The handbook of pidgin and creole studies. Wiley-Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781444305982

1.– Introduction (S. Kouwenberg, J. V. Singler); I.– Properties of pidgins and creoles: 2.– Atlantic creole syntax (D. Winford); 3.– Forging Pacific pidgin and creole syntax: Substrate, discourse, and inherent variability (M. Meyerhoff); 4.– Pidgin and creole morphology (T. Crowley); 5.– Creole phonology (N. S. H. Smith); 6.– Pidgins versus creoles and pidgincreoles (P. Bakker); 7.– Non-Indo-European pidgins and creoles (K. Versteegh); II.– Perspectives on pidgin/creole genesis: 8.– Pidgins/creoles, and second language acquisition (J. Siegel); 9.– Creole genesis: The impact of the language bioprogram hypothesis (T. Veenstra); 10.– Pidgins/creoles and historical linguistics (S. G. Thomason); 11.– Pidgins/creoles and contact languages: An overview (R. Mesthrie); 12.– Creole studies and multilingualism (P. Muysken); 13.– A demographic perspective on creole formation (J. Arends); 14.– The sociohistorical context of creole genesis (J. V. Singler); 15.– The cultural in pidgin genesis (C. Jourdan); III.– Pidgins/creoles and linguistic explanation: 16.– Grammaticalization in pidgins and creoles (A. Bruyn); 17.– Creoles, markedness, and default settings: An appraisal (A. Kihm); 18.– Semantic evidence in pidgin and creole genesis (G. Huttar); 19.– Pidgins, creoles, and variation (P. L. Patrick): IV.– Pidgins/creoles and kindred languages: 20.– The case of signed languages in the context of pidgin and creole studies (J. Kegl); 21.– Pidgins/creoles and African American English (A. K. Spears); 22.– Spanish-based creoles in the Caribbean (J. M. Lipski); V.– Pidgins/creoles in society: 23.– Pidgins/creoles and discourse (G. Escure); 24.– Pidgins/creoles and education (D. Craig); 25.– Language planning in pidgins and creoles (H. Devonish); 26.– Literary representations of creole languages: Cross-linguistic perspectives from the Caribbean (H. Buzelin, L. Winer).

López Rodríguez, I. (2019). Una visión panorámica de los criollos de base hispana. Tonos Digital. Revista Electrónica de Estudios Filológicos, 36, 55. http://www.tonosdigital.es/ojs/index.php/tonos/article/view/2095

Michaelis, S. M., Maurer, P., Haspelmath, M. i Huber, M. (Ed.). (2013). Atlas of pidgin and creole language structures online. Max Planck Institute for Evolutionary Anthropology. https://apics-online.info

Mühlhäusler, P. (1997). Pidgin and creole linguistics (Ed. rev. i ampl.). University of Westminster Press.

1.– Names and definitions; 2.– The study of pidgins and creoles; 3.– The socio-historical context of pidgin and creole development; 4.– Theories of origin; 5.– Linguistic development of pidgins and creoles; 6.– The relevance of pidgin and creole studies to linguistic theory; 7.– Conclusions and outlook.

Romaine, S. (1988). Pidgin and creole languages. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315504971

1.– Introduction to the study of pidgins and creoles; 2.– Definitions and characteristics of pidgins and creoles; 3.– The origin of pidgins; 4.– The life–cycle of pidgins; 5.– The life-cycle of creoles: decreolization and recreolization; 6.– Language acquisition and the study of pidgins and creoles; 7.– Language universals and pidgins and creoles; 8.– Conclusion.

Singh, I. (2000). Pidgins and creoles: An introduction. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315824857

1.– Definitions; 2.– Once long ago, not too long ago: Theories of genesis; 3.– An’ den de news spread across de lan’: The creole continuum; 4.– Crick crack, monkey break ’e back for a piece of pommerac: Language planning.

Todd, L. (1990). Pidgins and creoles. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203381199

1.– Introduction; 2.– Language and name; 3.– Theories of origin: Pidgins; 4.– The process of development: From pidgin to creole; 5.– The scope of pidgins and creoles; 6.– Conclusion; Appendix 1.– List of pidgins and creoles referred to and area of use; Appendix 2.– List of less well-known languages referred to and area of use; Appendix 3.– Source of proverbs quoted; Appendix 4.– Pidgin and creole texts.

Velupillai, V. (2015). Pidgins, creoles and mixed languages: An introduction. John Benjamins. https://doi.org/10.1075/cll.48

General introduction; I.– General aspects: 1.– Pidgins; 2.– Creoles; 3.– Mixed languages; 4.– Sociohistorical contexts of pidgins and creoles; 5.– Theories on the formation processes of pidgins; 6.– Theories on the formation processes of creoles; 7.– Variation and change; 8.– Language in society; II.– Linguistic features: Introduction to Part II; 9.– Phonology; 10.– Morphology; 11.– The noun phrase; 12.– The verb phrase and predication; 13.– Simple sentences; 14.– Complex sentences; 15.– Pragmatics; Glossary.

Política i planificació lingüístiques

Bastardas, A. (1996). Política y planificación lingüísticas. A C. Martín Vide (Ed.), Elementos de lingüística. (p. 341–360). Octaedro.

Bibiloni, G. (1997). Llengua estàndard i variació lingüística. Eliseu Climent.

Presentació; Introducció: les llengües són productes de la història; Primera part: les llengües estàndard; Segona part: la variació dins les llengües constituïdes; Tercera part: l’estandardització de la llengua catalana.

Calvet, L. J. (1996). Les politiques linguistiques. Presses Universitaires de France.

1.– Aux origines de la politique linguistique ; 2.– Les typologies des situations plurilingues ; 3.– Les instruments de planification linguistique ; 4.– L’action sur la langue (le corpus) ; 5.– L’action sur les langues (le statut) ; Conclusion.

Falcón, X. (2000). Planificación lingüística. A F. Ramallo, G. Rei-Doval i X. P. Rodríguez Yáñez (Ed.), Manual de ciencias da linguaxe. (p. 409–442). Edicións Xerais.

Fasold, R. W. (2014). The politics of language. A R. W. Fasold i J. Connor-Linton (Ed.), An introduction to language and linguistics (2a ed., p. 383–412). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107707511.012

✓ Gambhir, V. (2019). How can a country function with more than one official language. A C. Myrick i W. Wolfram (Ed.), The five-minute linguist: Bite-sized essays on language and languages (3a ed., p. 213–217). University of Toronto Press.

Gazzola, M., Grin, F., Cardinal, L. i Heugh, K. (Ed.). (2024). The Routledge handbook of language policy and planning. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429448843

1.– Language policy and planning: From theory to practice (M. Gazzola, F. Grin, L. Cardinal, K. Heugh); I.– Foundations of LPP: 2.– The historical development of language policy and planning (L. Oakes); 3.– Language policy and planning: Terms of engagement (J. Edwards); 4.– Language competition models (T. Templin, B.-A. Wickström); II.– The language policy cycle: Stage 1 – The emergence of language-related issues: 5.– Language policy and planning and the role of the state (R. Léger); 6.– Language, belonging, and citizenship (P. A. Kraus); 7.– Language policy, planning, and mobilisation in post-colonial civil societies (K. Heugh); 8.– Language and territory (V. Mamadouh); 9.– Languages, the labour market, and trade (G. Grenier, W. Zhang); 10.– The economics of language policy and planning (B.-A. Wickström, M. Gazzola); 11.– More than one language: Cognitive perspectives and implications for language policy (M. Vernice, A. Sorace); Stage 2 – The politics of language and agenda-setting: 12.– Power and the politics of language (S. K. Sonntag); 13.– Language policy and discourse in the public sphere: The discursive construction of language and multilingualism as policy objects (J. Sheyholislami, R. Vessey); 14.– Inter-group relations and attitudes: Conceptualisation, measurement, and relevance for language policy and planning (G. Fürst); Stage 3 – Policy formulation and adoption: 15.– Language policy design and programme theory (F. Grin); 16.– Language policy instruments (L. Cardinal); 17.– Costs and benefits of language policy: How to measure them (F. Vaillancourt); 18.– Governance, complexity, and multi-level language policy and planning (H. Lewis, E. Royles); 19.– Language rights and protection of linguistic minorities: International legal instruments, their development, and implementation (R. Medda-Windischer, S. Constantin); Stage 4 – Implementation and monitoring: 20.– Principles for language policy implementation (H. Gaspard); 21.– Language policy implementation from an interactive governance perspective (S. Godenhjelm); 22.– Indicators in language policy and planning (M. Gazzola, G. Iannàccaro); Stage 5 – Evaluation: 23.– Quantitative methods in language policy and planning: Statistical measurement and identification of causal patterns (A. Di Paolo); 24.– Qualitative methods in language policy and planning: Ethnographic monitoring (T. L. McCarty, K. Halle-Erby); III.– Contexts of language policy and planning: 25.– Official multilingualism (N. Stojanović); 26.– Minority language protection and promotion (B. Ó Curnáin, C. Ó Giollagáin); 27.– Reclaiming indigenous languages (C. Sánchez Avendaño); 28.– International and supranational organisations (L. J. McEntee-Atalianis); 29.– Multilingual cities (I. Gogolin, S. McMonagle); 30.– Language education policies: The role of the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages (C. Colaiuda); 31.– Language policy, literacy, and multilingualism (J. Lo Bianco); 32.– Language policy in higher education (M. T. Zanola); 33.– Public services and translation policy (R. Meylaerts); 34.– Language policy and regulation in the old and new media (T. McGonagle, T. Moring); 35.– Language policy and linguistic landscape (S. van der Jeught); 36.– Sign languages and language policy (T. Reagan); 37.– Planned languages (S. Fiedler); 38.– Transnational agencies and national language policy and planning in multilingual Africa (H. Ekkehard Wolff); 39.– Language policies and integration in the labour market and society in Europe (K. Buzási).

✓ Hirata-Edds, T., Linn, M. S., Berardo, M., Peter, L., Sly, G. i Williams, T. (2019). How are endangered and sleeping languages being revitalized? A C. Myrick i W. Wolfram (Ed.), The five-minute linguist: Bite-sized essays on language and languages (3a ed., p. 32326). University of Toronto Press.

Lamuela, X. i Monteagudo, H. (1996). Planificación lingüística. A M. Fernández Pérez (Coord.), Avances en lingüística aplicada (p. 229–302). Universidade de Santiago de Compostela.

Leclerc, J. (2025). L’aménagement linguistique dans le monde. Université Laval, CEFAN. http://www.axl.cefan.ulaval.ca

Romaine, S. (2023, 25 d’abril). Language policy and planning. Oxford Bibliographies. https://doi.org/10.1093/OBO/9780199772810-0273

Skutnabb-Kangas, T. i Phillipson, R. (Ed.). (2023). The handbook of linguistic human rights. John Wiley & Sons. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781119753926

Introduction: Establishing linguistic human rights (T. Skutnabb-Kangas, R. Phillipson); I.– Approaches to linguistic human rights: 1.– Linguistic human rights in international law (R. Dunbar); 2.– Sociolinguistic and political theory perspectives on language rights (S. May); 3.– Linguistic and epistemic erasure in Africa: Coloniality, linguistic human rights and decoloniality (K. Heugh); 4.– Struggling to access health information in the midst of a pandemic: Linguistic human rights in Indonesia (H. Coleman, D. Fero); 5.– Economic and policy issues in the promotion of linguistic human rights (F. Grin); 6.– Preventing the implementation of linguistic human rights in education (T. Skutnabb-Kangas); 7.– Debating linguistic human rights in militarised Myanmar: Political agitation and policy deliberation (J. Lo Bianco); 8.– Language policy implications of ‘global’ English for linguistic human rights (R. Phillipson); 9.– From neoliberal to decolonial language rights and reparative linguistic justice (A. Kabel); II.– International standards for linguistic human rights: 10.– Some shortcomings of linguistic rights (G. Alfredsson); 11.– Linguistic human rights challenges in the work of the UN Special Rapporteur on Minority Issues (F. De Varennes); 12.– Time, politics, and linguistic human rights: Bringing words to our songs (E. Stamatopoulou); 13.– Linguistic human rights challenges in the work of the UN Permanent Forum on Indigenous Issues (O. H. Magga); 14.– Linguistic human rights in relation to the administration of justice: A European perspective (K. Henrard); 15.– Using the UN human rights treaty system to defend LHRs (A. B. Nicholas, L. Fontaine, A. Key Jr, K. Thompson); 16.– The Bangkok statement on language and inclusion: A rose by any other name? (K. R. Person); 17.– Linguistic human rights in the work of the World Federation of the Deaf (V. Manning, J. J. Murray, A. Bloxs); III.– Case studies: Linguistic human rights violated: 18.– Resistance to the violations of linguistic human rights in Nunavut, Canada (A. Kotierk); 19.– Linguicide and historicide (A. B. Nicholas); 20.– Linguistic human rights for indigenous peoples in the USA (J. Reyhner); 21.– Linguistic human rights of minorities in China (M. Zhou); 22.– Linguistic human rights in Tibet: Advocacy and denial (G. Roche); 23.– Linguistic, cultural, and ethnic genocide of the Uyghurs in Xinjiang, China (A. Ayup, S. Tékin, E. Sidick); 24.– Linguistic human rights in Kurdistan (J. Sheyholislami); 25.– The linguistic human rights plight of Hungarians in Ukraine (I. Csernicskó, M. Kontra); 26.– A tale of two springs and an impending winter: Linguistic human rights and the politics of dignity in North Africa (A. Kabel); 27.– English linguistic imperialism and mother tongue medium education in Ethiopia (Y. G. Woldeyes); 28.– Judicial interpretations of the law to safeguard linguistic minorities in India (E. Annamalai); 29.– Linguistic human rights and higher education: Reflections from India (S. Nag); 30.– Language matters for development, peace, and reconciliation: The case for change in Haiti (D. Dupuy); 31.– Romani emancipation and linguistic human rights (D. W. Halwachs); IV.– Case Studies: Implementing linguistic human rights: 32.– Finnish and Swedish as national languages of Finland: A linguistic human rights success story – Why and how? (M. Suksi); 33.– When implementation of linguistic human rights does not match legislation – The case of Sweden (J. Lainio); 34.– Court challenges and linguistic human rights: The Canadian case (P. Foucher); 35.– Linguistic human rights of indigenous Sámi in the Finnish education system (U. Aikio-Puoskari, G. Piera Jovnna Ulla); 36.– A time of promise in Latin America: Linguistic human rights from within language communities (G. Pérez Báez, Y. Elena Aguilar Gil); 37.– Pueblo revitalisation in education in Southwest USA (C. R. Sims); 38.– Language endangerment and linguistic human rights of a cross-border minority: Karelian in Russia and Finland (A. Sarhimaa); 39.– Linguistic human rights in Russia (J. Saarikivi); 40.– Challenges in the acknowledgement and implementation of linguistic human rights in Nepal (L. D. Awasthi, M. Turin, Y. P. Yadava); 41.– Linguistic human rights in education in India: Odisha’s partial success story (A. Mohanty); 42.– Language rights as human rights in Aotearoa New Zealand (R. Benton); 43.– The history of linguistic human rights at Gallaudet University (T. Holmes Hlibok, L. E. Simms); V.– Cross-cutting issues in linguistic human rights: 44.– The role of interpreting and translation in promoting linguistic human rights (G. González Núñez); 45.– Language testing/assessment and linguistic human rights (E. Shohamy); 46.– Promoting linguistic human rights through language documentation (M. P. Lewis); 47.– Linguistic human rights, Living Tongues Institute for Endangered Languages, and the rise of the multilingual internet (G. D. S. Anderson, A. L. Daigneault); 48.– Disaster linguicism as deprivation of the victims’ linguistic human rights (S. Uekusa, S. Matthewman); 49.– Linguistic human rights and the imperative to remember in the Philippines (R. Tupas); 50.– Existential evidence: A compilation (Tove Skutnabb-Kangas, Robert Phillipson); 51.– Afterword: Pursuing linguistic human rights (R. Phillipson, T. Skutnabb-Kangas).

Spolsky, B. (Ed.). (2012). The Cambridge handbook of language policy. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511979026

I.– Definition and principles: 1.– What is language policy? (B. Spolsky); 2.– History of the field: A sketch (B. Jernudd, J. Nekvapil); 3.– Philosophy of language policy (D. Réaume, M. Pinto); 4.– Language policy, the nation and nationalism (S. Wright); 5.– Ethnic identity and language policy (O. García); 6.– Diversity and language policy for endangered languages (J. Sallabank); 7.– Language is just a tool! On the instrumentalist approach to language (D. Robichaud, H. De Schutter); II.– Language policy at the macrolevel: 8.– Language policy at the supra-national level (F. de Varennes); 9.– Language policy, territorialism and regional autonomy (C. Williams); 10.– Colonialism and imperialism (R. Phillipson); 11.– Language policy and management at the municipal level (P. Backhaus); 12.– Language policy and management in service domains: Brokering communication for linguistic minorities in the community (C. V. Angelelli); 13.– Language policy in defense and attack (R. Brecht, W. P. Rivers); 14.– Language policy and medium of instruction in education I (S. Walter, C. Benson); 15.– Language policy in education II: Additional languages (J. Cenoz, D. Gorter); III.– Non-governmental domains: 16.– Language policy in the workplace (A. Duchêne, M. Heller); 17.– Language policy and religion (C. Bratt Paulston, J. M. Watt); 18.– Language policy in the family (S. J. Caldas); 19.– Language policies and the deaf community (S. Wilcox, V. Krausneker, D. Armstrong); IV.– Globalization and modernization: 20.– Transnationalism, migration and language education policy (K. A. King, A. C. Rambow); 21.– Language management agencies (J. Edwards); 22.– Literacy and script reform (F. Coulmas, F. Guerini); 23.– Language activism and language policy (M. C. Combs, S. D. Penfield); 24.– English in language policy and management (G. Ferguson); V.– Regional and thematic issues: 25.– National language revival movements: Reflections from India, Israel, Indonesia and Ireland (J. Lo Bianco); 26.– Colonial and postcolonial language policies in Africa: Historical and emerging landscapes (S. Makoni, B. Makoni, A. Abdelhay, P. Mashiri); 27.– Indigenous language planning and policy in the Americas (T. McCarty); 28.– Language policy in the European Union (EU) (U. Ammon); 29.– Language policy management in the former Soviet sphere (G. Hogan-Brun, S. Melnyk); 30.– Language policy in Asia and the Pacific (R. B. Bauldauf, Jr, T. M. H. Nguyen).

Tollefson, J. W. i Pérez-Milans, M. (Ed.). (2018). The Oxford handbook of language policy and planning. Oxford University Press. https://doi.org/10.1093/oxfordhb/9780190458898.001.0001

1.– Research and practice in language policy and planning (J. W. Tollefson, M. Pérez-Milans); I.– Conceptual underpinnings of language policy and planning: Theories and methods in dialogue: 2.– Socio-economic junctures, theoretical shifts: A genealogy of language policy and planning research (M. Heller); 3.– Research methods in language policy and planning (D. Cassels Johnson); 4.– The critical ethnographic turn in research on language policy and planning (M. Martin-Jones, I. da Costa Cabral); 5.– Critical discourse-ethnographic approaches to language policy (R. Wodak, K. Savski); 6.– Metapragmatics in the ethnography of language policy (M. Pérez-Milans); 7.– Language ethics and the interdisciplinary challenge (Y. Peled); II.– Language policy and planning, nation-states, and communities: II.A.– Modern nationalism, languages, minorities, standardization, and globalization: 8.– Nationalism and national languages (T. Kamusella); 9.– Language and the state in Western political theory: Implications for language policy and planning (P. Ives); 10.– Ideologies of language standardization: The case of Cantonese in Hong Kong (K. H. Y. Chen); 11.– Globalization, language policy, and the role of English (T. Ricento); 12.– Language rights and language repression (S. May); II.B.– Language policy and planning in institutions of the modern nation-state: Education, citizenship, media, and public signage: 13.– Medium of instruction policy (J. W. Tollefson, A. B. M. Tsui); 14.– Language tests, language policy, and citizenship (K. Frost, T. McNamara); 15.– Language policy and mass media (X. (A.) Gao, Q. Shao); 16.– Maintaining «good guys» and «bad guys»: Implicit language policies in media coverage of international crises (S. Silberstein); 17.– Language policy and planning and linguistic landscapes (F. M. Hult); II.C.– Language policy and planning in/through communities: 18.– Revitalizing and sustaining endangered languages (T. L. McCarty); 19.– «We work as bilinguals»: Socioeconomic changes and language policy for indigenous languages in El Impenetrable (V. Unamuno, J. E. Bonnin); 20.– Critical community language policies in education: Solomon Islands Case (K. A. Watson-Gegeo, D. W. Gegeo, B. Fito’o); 21.– Family language policy (X. L. Curdt-Christiansen); 22.– Language policies and sign languages (R. Müller de Quadros); III.– Language policy and planning and late modernity: III.A.– Language policy and planning neoliberalism and governmentality: A political economy view of language, bilingualism and social class: 23.– Language policy and planning, institutions and neoliberalization (E. Codó); 24.– Post-nationalism and language commodification (J. Pujolar); 25.– Bilingual education policy and neoliberal content and language integrated learning practices (A. M. Relaño-Pastor); 26.– Turning language and communication into productive resources: Language policy and planning and multinational corporations (A. del Percio); 27.– Neoliberalism and linguistic governmentality (L. Martín Rojo); 28.– Inequality and class in language policy and planning (D. Block); III.B.– Mobility, diversity and new social media: Revisiting key constructs: 29.– Community languages in late modernity (L. Wei); 30.– New speakers and language policy (B. O’Rourke, J. Soler, J. Darquennes); 31.– Security and language policy (C. Charalambous, P. Charalambous, K. Khan, B. Rampton); 32.– Language policy and new media: An age of convergence culture (A. Lenihan); III.C.– Language, ideology and critique: Rethinking forms of engagement: 33.– Language ideologies in the text based art of Xu Bing: Implications for language policy and planning (A. Jaworski); 34.– Language education policy and sociolinguistics: Toward a new critical engagement (J. Jaspers); V.– Summary and future directions: 35.– Language policy and planning: Directions for future research (M. Pérez-Milans, J. W. Tollefson).

Canvi lingüístic

Manuals de lingüística

✓ Akmajian, A., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (1984). El cambio lingüístico (V. Demonte i M. Mora, Trad.). A Lingüística: una introducción al lenguaje y a la comunicación (p. 251–274). Alianza. (Obra original publicada el 1979)

✓ Akmajian, A., Farmer, A. K., Bickmore, L., Demers, R. A. i Harnish, R. M. (2017). Language change. A Linguistics: An introduction to language and communication (7a ed., p. 299–342). The MIT Press.

Baker, A. E. i Hengeveld, K. (Ed.). (2012). Language change. A Linguistics (p. 385–402). Blackwell.

Burridge, K. i Stebbins, T. N. (2020). Structure across time. A For the love of language: An introduction to linguistics (2a ed., p. 336–375). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108568753.012

✓ Casado, C. i Marrero, V. (2009). Variación y cambio lingüístico. A M. V. Escandell (Coord.), El lenguaje humano (p. 239–275). Editorial Universitaria Ramón Areces.

Cavallaro, J. (2024). Language birth and death. A Everyday linguistics: An introduction to the study of language (p. 214–233). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429269059

Culpeper, J. i McIntyre, D. (2015). Historical linguistics. A N. Braber, L. Cummings i L. Morrish (Ed.), Exploring language and linguistics (p. 245–273). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139548922.011

Dawson, H. C. i Phelan, M. (Ed.). (2016). Language change. A Language files: Materials for an introduction to language and linguistics (12a ed., p. 527–572). The Ohio State University Press. https://linguistics.osu.edu/research/pubs/lang-files

Denham, K. i Lobeck, A. (2019). Studying language change: Historical linguistics. A Why study linguistics. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780429444623

✓ Finegan, E. (2015). Language change over time: Historical linguistics. A Language: Its structure and use (7a ed., p. 420–466). Cengage Learning.

✓ Fromkin, V., Rodman, R. i Hyams, N. (2017). Language change: The syllables of time. A An introduction to language (11a ed., p. 326–382). Cengage Learning.

Gabas Jr., N. (2005). Lingüística histórica. A F. Mussalim i A. C. Bentes (Ed.), Introdução à lingüística; domínios e fronteiras (5a ed., Vol. 1, p. 77–104). Cortez.

Grestenberger, L. (2021). Historical linguistics. A J. Bruhn de Garavito i J. W. Schwieter (Ed.), Introducing linguistics: Theoretical and applied approaches (p. 289–324). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108696784.009

Hualde, J. I. (2010). Historia de la lengua española. A J. I. Hualde, A. Olarrea, A. M. Escobar i C. E. Travis, Introducción a la lingüística hispánica (2a ed., p. 279–339). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511808821.006

McGregor, W. B. (2024). Language change. A Linguistics: An introduction (3a ed., p. 387–412). Bloomsbury Academic. https://www.bloomsburyonlineresources.com/linguistics-an-introduction-3/student-resources_chapter-16

Mithun, M. (2019). Language change: The dinamycity of linguistic systems. A C. Genetti (Ed.), How languages work: An introduction to language and linguistics (2a ed., p. 264–294). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108553988.013

Muñoz-Basols, J., Moreno, N., Taboada, I. i Lacorte, M. (2017). Historia de la lengua: la evolución del idioma. A Introducción a la lingüística hispánica actual: teoría y práctica (p. 289–336). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9780203096758

✓ Murray, R. W. (2011). Historical linguistics: The study of language change. A W. O’Grady, J. Archibald i F. Katamba (Ed.), Contemporary linguistics: An introduction (2a ed., p. 272–326). Pearson Longman.

✓ Murray, R. W. (2017). Historical linguistics: The study of language change. A W. O’Grady, J. Archibald, M. Aronoff i J. Rees-Miller (Ed.), Contemporary linguistics: An introduction (7a ed., p. 297–345). Bedford/St. Martin’s, Macmillan Learning.

✓ Murray, R. W. (2021). Historical linguistics: The study of language change. A W. O’Grady i J. Archibald (Ed.), Contemporary linguistic analysis: An introduction (9a ed., p. 244–297). Pearson.

Roberts, I. (2017). How to find lost languages. A The wonders of language: Or how to make noises and influence people (p. 118–138). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781316576595.008

Rowe, B. M. i Levine, D. P. (2023). Historical linguistics: The history of languages. A A concise introduction to linguistics (6a ed., p. 337–356). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003268369

✓ Shukla, S. i Connor-Linton, J. (2014). Language change. A R. W. Fasold i J. Connor-Linton (Ed.), An introduction to language and linguistics (2a ed., p. 287–320). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107707511.009

Smith, K. A. (2025). Language history. A Linguistics: A functionalist introduction (p. 84–90). Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781003325710

✓ Yule, G. (2008). Historia de la lengua y cambio lingüístico (N. Bel, Trad.). A A. Benítez Burraco (Ed.), El lenguaje (3a ed. corr. i ampl., p. 222–237). Akal. (Obra original publicada el 2006)

✓ Yule, G. (2020). Language history and change. A The study of language (7a ed., p. 262–278). Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108582889.018

Manuals sobre canvi lingüístic

Bybee, J. (2015). Language change. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139096768

1.– The study of language change; 2.– Sound change; 3.– Sound change and phonological change in a wider perspective; 4.– The interaction of sound change with grammar; 5.– Analogical change; 6.– Grammaticalization: Processes and mechanisms; 7.– Common paths of grammaticalization; 8.– Syntactic change: The development and change of constructions; 9.– Lexical change: How languages get new words and how words change their meaning; 10.– Comparison, reconstruction and typology; 11.– Sources of language change: Internal and external factors; IPA chart; Glossary of terms used.

Campbell, L. (2021). Historical linguistics: An introduction (4a ed.). Edinburgh University Press; The MIT Press.

1.– Introduction; 2.– Sound change; 3.– Loanwords (Borrowing); 4.– Analogical change; 5.– Lexical change; 6.– Semantic change; 7.– The comparative method and linguistic reconstruction; 8.– Internal reconstruction; 9.– Linguistic classification; 10.– Language contact; 11.– Change in syntax and morphology; 12.– Explanation of language change; 13.– Distant genetic relationship; 14.– Writing and philology: The role of written records; 15.– Linguistic prehistory; 16.– Quantitative approaches to historical linguistics and technical tools.

Hock, H. H. i Joseph, B. D. (2019). Language history, language change, and language relationship: An introduction to historical and comparative linguistics (3a ed. rev.). De Gruyter Mouton. https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110613285

1.– Introduction; 2.– The discovery of Indo-European; 3.– Writing: Its history and decipherment; 4.– Sound change; 5.– Analogy and change in word structure; 6.– Syntactic change; 7.– Semantic change; 8.– Lexical borrowing; 9.– Lexical change and etymology. The study of words; 10.– Language, dialect, and standard; 11.– Dialect geography and dialectology; 12.– Language spread, link languages, and bilingualism; 13.– Convergence: Dialectology beyond language boundaries; 14.– Pidgins, creoles, and related forms of language; 15.– Language death; 16.– Comparative method: Establishing language relationship; 17.– Proto-World? The question of long-distance genetic relationships; 18.– Linguistic palaeontology: Historical linguistics, history, and prehistory.

Janson, T. (2011). The history of languages. Oxford University Press.

I.– Before history: 1.– Unwritten languages; 2.– The large language groups; II.– The basis of history: 3.– History and writing; 4.– Hieroglyphs and Egyptian 5.– Chinese – The oldest survivor; III.– Language expansions: 6.– Greek – Conquest and culture; 7.– Latin – Conquest and order; 8.– Arabic – Conquest and religion; IV.– Languages and nations: 9.– Did Dante write in Italian?; 10.– From Germanic to Modern English; 11.– The era of national languages; V.– Europe and the world: 12.– Languages of Europe and of the world; 13.– How languages are born –Or made; 14.– How languages disappear; VI.– Recent past, present, future: 15.– The heyday of English; 16.– Chinese and English in China; 17.– And then?; Chronology; References; Guidelines for answers to questions.

Labov, W. (1994). Principles of linguistic change: Vol. 1. Internal factors. Wiley-Blackwell.

I.– Introduction and methodology: 1.– The use of the present to explain the past; 2.– An overview of the issues; 3.– The study of change in progress: Observations in apparent time; 4.– The study of change in progress: Observations in real time; II.– Chain shifting: 5.– General principles of vowel shifting; 6.– Chain shifts in progress; 7.– Resolution of the paradoxes; 8.– Reduction of the rules and principles; 9.– Chain shifts across subsystems; III.– Mergers and splits: 10.– Some impossible unmergings; 11.– The general properties of mergers and splits; 12.– Near-mergers; 13.– The explanation of unmergings; 14.– The suspension of phonemic contrast; IV.– The regularity controversy: 15.– Evidence for lexical diffusion; 16.– Expanding the Neogrammarian viewpoint; 17.– Regular sound change in English dialect geography; 18.– A proposed resolution of the regularity question; V.– The functional character of change: 19.– The overestimation of functionalism; 20.– The maintenance of meaning; 21.– The principles reviewed.

Labov, W. (2001). Principles of linguistic change: Vol. 2. Social factors. Wiley-Blackwell.

I.– The speech community: 1.– The Darwinian paradox; 2.– The study of linguistic change and variation in Philadelphia; 3.– Stable sociolinguistic variables; 4.– The Philadelphia vowel system; II.– Social class, gender, neighborhood, and ethnicity: 5.– Location of the leaders in the socioeconomic hierarchy; 6.– Subjective dimensions of change in progress; 7.– Neighborhood and ethnicity; 8.– The gender paradox; 9.– The intersection of gender, age, and social class; III.– The leaders of linguistic change: 10.– Social networks; 11.– Resolving the gender paradox; 12.– Portraits of the leaders; IV.– Transmission, incrementation, and continuation: 13.– Transmission; 14.– Incrementation; 15.– Continuation; 16.– Conclusion.

Labov, W. (2010). Principles of linguistic change: Vol. 3. Cognitive and cultural factors. Wiley-Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781444327496

1.– Introduction to cognitive and cultural factors in linguistic change; A.– Cross-dialectal comprehension: 2.– Natural misunderstandings; 3.– A controlled experiment on vowel identification; 4.– The gating experiments; B.– The life history of linguistic change: 5.– Triggering events; 6.– Governing principles; 7.– Forks in the road; 8.– Divergence; 9.– Driving forces; 10.– Yankee cultural imperialism and the Northern cities shift; 11.– Social evaluation of the Northern cities shift; 12.– Endpoints; C.– The unit of linguistic change: 13.– Words floating on the surface of sound change; 14.– The binding force in segmental phonology; D.– Transmission and diffusion: 15.– The diffusion of language from place to place; 16.– The diffusion of language from group to group; 17.– Conclusion.

Labov, W. (1996). Principios del cambio lingüístico: Vol. 1. Factores internos (P. Martín Butragueño, Trad.). Gredos. (Obra original publicada el 1994)

Labov, W. (2006). Principios del cambio lingüístico: Vol. 2. Factores sociales (P. Martín Butragueño, Trad.). Gredos. (Obra original publicada el 2001)

McMahon, A. M. S. (1994). Understanding language change. Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139166591

1.– Introduction; 2.– Three views of sound change; 3.– Sound change: The implementation problem; 4.– Morphological change; 5.– Syntactic change: The Transparency Principle; 6.– Word order change and grammaticalisation: Language change and general laws; 7.– Semantic and lexical change; 8.– Language contact; 9.– Linguistic variation; 10.– Pidgins and Creoles; 11.– Language death; 12.– Linguistic evolution?

Treballs generals

Aitchison, J. (2013). Language change: Progress or decay? (4a ed.). Cambridge University Press.

I.– Preliminaries: 1.– The ever-whirling wheel; 2.– Collecting up clues; 3.– Charting the changes; III.– Transition: 4.– Spreading the word; 5.– Conflicting loyalties; 6.– Catching on and taking off; 7.– Caught in the web; 8.– The wheels of language; 9.– Spinning away; III.– Causation: 10.– The reason why; 11.– Doing what comes naturally; 12.– Repairing the patterns; 13.– Pushing and pulling; IV:- Beginnings and endings: 14.– Language birth; 15.– Language death; 16.– Progress or decay?

Aitchison, J. (1993). El cambio en las lenguas: ¿progreso o decadencia? (L. Castro i V. Forcadell, Trad.). Ariel. (Obra original publicada el 1991)

Campbell, L. i Mixco, M. J. (2007). A glossary of historical linguistics. Edinburgh University Press.

Labov, W. (1963). The social motivation of a sound change. Word, 19(3), 273–309. https://doi.org/10.1080/00437956.1963.11659799

Labov, W. (1978). The social motivation of a sound change. Sociolinguistic patterns (p. 1–42). Basil Blackwell. (Obra original publicada el 1963)

Labov, W. (1983). La motivación social de un cambio fonético (J. M. Marinas, Trad.). Modelos sociolingüísticos (p. 29–74). Cátedra. (Obra original publicada el 1963)

Labov, W. (1978). The social setting of linguistic change. Sociolinguistic patterns (p. 260–325). Basil Blackwell.

Labov, W. (1983). La base social del cambio lingüístico (J. M. Marinas, Trad.). Modelos sociolingüísticos (p. 325–400). Cátedra. (Obra original publicada el 1978)

Labov, W. (2002, 3–5 d’agost). Driving forces in linguistic change [Comunicació]. 2002 International Conference on Korean Linguistics, Seoul, South Korea. http://www.ling.upenn.edu/~wlabov/Papers/DFLC.htm

✓ McWhorter, J. (2019). Do languages have to change? A C. Myrick i W. Wolfram (Ed.), The five-minute linguist: Bite-sized essays on language and languages (3a ed., p. 143–146). University of Toronto Press.

Trask, R. L. (2010). Why do languages change? Cambridge University Press. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511841194

1.– How do languages change?; 2.– Why are languages always changing?; 3.– Where do words come from?; 4.– Skunk-Leek – my kind of town: What’s in a name?; 5.– Where does English come from?; 6.– Why is American English different from British English?; 7.– Why is English spelling so eccentric?; 8.– Which is the oldest language?

Reculls

Bowern, C. i Evans, B. (Ed.). (2015). The Routledge handbook of historical linguistics. Routledge. https://doi.org/10.4324/9781315794013

Editors’ introduction: Foundations of the new historical linguistics (C. Bowern, B. Evans); I.– Overviews: 1.– Lineage and the constructive imagination: The birth of historical linguistics (R. Lass); 2.– New perspectives in historical linguistics (P. Kiparsky); 3.– Compositionality and change (N. Vincent); II.– Methods and models: 4.– The Comparative Method (M. Weiss); 5.– The Comparative Method: Theoretical issues (M. Hale); 6.– Trees, waves and linkages: Models of language diversification (A. François); 7.– Language phylogenies (M. Dunn); 8.– Diachronic stability and typology (S. Wichmann); III.– Language change: 9.– Sound change (A. Garrett); 10.– Phonological changes (S. Hamann); 11.– Morphological change (S. R. Anderson); 12.– Morphological reconstruction (H. Koch); 13.– Functional syntax and language change (Z. Frajzyngier); 14.– Generative syntax and language change (E. van Gelderen); 15.– Syntax and syntactic reconstruction (J. Barðdal); 16.– Lexical semantic change and semantic reconstruction (M. Urban); 17.– Formal semantics/pragmatics and language change (A. Deo); 18.– Discourse (A. D’Arcy); 19.– Etymology (R. Mailhammer); 20.– Sign languages in their historical context (S. D. Fischer); 21.– Language acquisition and language change (J. N. Stanford); 22.– Social dimensions of language change (L. Michael); 23.– Language use, cognitive processes and linguistic change (J. Bybee, C. Beckner); 24.– Contact-induced language change (C. Lucas); 25.– Language attrition and language change (J. Simpson); IV.– Interfaces: 26.– Demographic correlates of language diversity (S. J. Greenhill); 27.– Historical linguistics and socio-cultural reconstruction (P. Epps); 28.– Prehistory through language and archaeology (P. Heggarty); 29.– Historical linguistics and molecular anthropology (B. Pakendorf); V.– Regional summaries: 30.– Indo-European: methods and problems (B. W. Fortson IV); 31.– The Austronesian language family (R. Kikusawa); 32.– The Austroasiatic language phylum: A typology of phonological restructuring (P. Sidwell); 33.– Pama-Nyungan (L. Miceli); 34.– The Pacific Northwest linguistic area: Historical perspectives (S. G. Thomason).

Joseph, B. D. i Janda, R. D. (Ed.). (2003). The handbook of historical linguistics. Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470756393

On language, change, and language change – Or, of history, linguistics, and historical linguistics (R. D. Janda, B. D. Joseph); 1.– The comparative method (R. L. Rankin); 2.– On the limits of the comparative method (S. P. Harrison); 3.– Internal reconstruction (D. Ringe); 4.– How to show languages are related: Methods for distant genetic relationship (L. Campbell); 5.– Diversity and stability in language (J. Nichols); 6.– The phonological basis of sound change (P. Kiparsky); 7.– Neogrammarian sound change (M. Hale); 8.– Variationist approaches to phonological change (G. R. Guy); 9.– «Phonologization» as the start of dephoneticization – Or, on sound change and its aftermath: Of extension, generalization, lexicalization, and morphologization (R. D. Janda); 10.– Analogy: The warp and woof of cognition (R. Anttila); 11.– Analogical change (H. H. Hock); 12.– Naturalness and morphological change (W. U. Dressler); 13.– Morphologization from syntax (B. D. Joseph); 14.– Grammatical approaches to syntactic change (D. Lightfoot); 15.– Variationist approaches to syntactic change (S. Pintzuk); 16.– Cross-linguistic perspectives on syntactic change (A. C. Harris); 17.– Functional perspectives on syntactic change (M. Mithun); 18.– Grammaticalization (B. Heine); 19.– Mechanisms of change in grammaticization: The role of frequency (J. Bybee); 20.– Constructions in grammaticalization (E. Closs Traugott); 21.– An approach to semantic change (B. W. Fortson IV); 22.– Phonetics and historical phonology (J. J. Ohala); 23.– Contact as a source of language change (S. Grey Thomason); 24.– Dialectology and linguistic diffusion (W. Wolfram, N. Schilling-Estes); 25.– Psycholinguistic perspectives on language change (J. Aitchison).

Janda, R. D., Joseph, B. D. i Vance, B. S. (Ed.). (2021). The handbook of historical linguistics (Vol. 2). Wiley- Blackwell. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118732168

1.– Some things old, some renewed, some on borrowing – Here, previewed (R. D. Janda, B. D. Joseph, B. S. Vance); I.– Change within and across core components of language: 2.– The expanding universe of the study of sound change (F. Hinskens); 3.– Tonogenesis: Register > tones > tone realignment (G. Thurgood); 4.– Historical morphology – Overview and update (B. D. Joseph); 5.– Theory and data in historical syntax (B. Vance); II.– On the variety of methods and foci available for the study of language change: 6.– Dialect convergence and the formation of new dialects (P. Trudgill); 7.– Formal syntax as a phylogenetic method (C. Guardiano, G. Longobardi, G. Cordoni, P. Crisma); 8.– Typological approaches and historical linguistics (N. Pat-El); 9.– Inferring linguistic change from a permanently closed historical corpus (K. Yoshida); 10.– Studying language change in the present, with special reference to English (L. Bauer); 11.– Bayesian phylolinguistics (S. Greenhill, P. Heggarty, R. Gray); 12.– Eliciting evidence of relatedness and change: Fieldwork-based historical linguistics (E. Vajda); 13.– Using large recent corpora to study language change (T. Nevalainen); III.– Causation and linguistic diachrony: What starts, shoves, shifts, shapes, and/or spreads language change?: 14.– The phonetics of sound change (A. C. L. Yu); 15.– What role do iconicity and analogy play in grammaticalization? (O. Fischer); 16.– Spread across the lexicon: Frequency, borrowing, analogy, and homophones (B. S. Phillips); 17.– Language acquisition, microcues, parameters, and syntactic change (M. Westergaard); 18.– Theorizing language contact: From synchrony to diachrony (Y. Matras); IV.– Changing perspectives in the study of linguistic diachrony: 19.– Genetic creolistics as part of evolutionary linguistics (S. Mufwene); 20.– Historical change in American Sign Language (T. Supalla, F. Limousin, B. Hicks McDonald); 21.– Language change in language obsolescence (A. Y. Aikhenvald); 22.– Narrative historical linguistics: Linguistic evidence for human (pre)history (M. Ross); 23.– A comparative evolutionary approach to the origins of cognition and of language (M. Tamariz); 24.– Perturbations, practices, predictions, and postludes in a bioheuristic historical linguistics (R. D. Janda).

Treballs generals sobre la lingüística, el llenguatge i les llengües

Lingüística general

Lingüística

BibliografiaLingüística general

La lingüística i l’estudi del llenguatge

Manuals de lingüística

Treballs generals

Competència, actuació, gramaticalitat, acceptabilitat i correcció

Prejudicis lingüístics

L’accentisme

L’accentisme als mitjans de comunicació i a les xarxes

Estudis acadèmics sobre l’accentisme

Llengües amenaçades

Llenguatge i comunicació: el llenguatge com a sistema de signes

Semiòtica i comunicació

Comunicació no verbal

Bases biològiques del llenguatge

Biolingüística

Comunicació animal i trets de disseny del llenguatge

Manuals de lingüística

Treballs generals

Abelles

Aus

Primats no humans

Comunicació entre primats no humans i humans

Origen i evolució del llenguatge

Manuals de lingüística

Manuals i treballs generals

Reculls

Capacitats lingüístiques dels primers homínids

Llenguatge i genètica

Llenguatge i cervell

Llenguatge, cultura i pensament

Relativisme lingüístic

Adquisició del llenguatge

Manuals de lingüística

Manuals i treballs generals

Reculls

Diversitat lingüística, tipologia lingüística i universals lingüístics

Glotònims

Llengües del món i famílies lingüístiques

Manuals de lingüística

Treballs generals

Treballs específics

Reculls i repertoris de llengües

Treballs sobre famílies lingüístiques específiques

Llengües signades

Manuals de lingüística

Manuals i treballs generals

Classificació de llengües

Manuals de lingüística

Treballs generals

Treballs específics

Lingüística de camp

Manuals

Treballs generals

Reculls

Tipologia lingüística

Manuals de lingüística

Manuals de tipologia lingüística

Treballs generals

Aspectes metodològics

Reculls

Revistes

Congressos

Universals lingüístics

Manuals de lingüística

Manuals sobre universals lingüístics

Treballs generals

Reculls

Sistemes d’escriptura

Manuals de lingüística

Treballs generals

Reculls i obres de referència

Treballs específics

Fonètica

Fonologia

Manuals de lingüística

Manuals de fonologia

Treballs generals

Reculls

Els trets distintius

La síl·laba

Bibliografia
Lingüística general